2013
I n t e r n a t i o n a l
Te l e c o m m u n i c a t i o n
Measuring
Information
Society
Printed in Switzerland
Geneva, 2013
ISBN 978-92-61-14401-2
Photo credits: Shutterstock
Measuring the Information Society
the
*38501*
U n i o n
2013
I n t e r n a t i o n a l
T e l e c o m m u n i c a t i o n
U n i o n
Measuring
Information
THE
Society
2013
© 2013 ITU
International Telecommunication Union
Place des Nations
CH-1211 Geneva Switzerland
Original language of publication: English.
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form
or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior permission of the
International Telecommunication Union.
ISBN 978-92-61-14401-2
ii
Foreword
I am pleased to present to you the 2013 edition of Measuring the Information Society (MIS).
Now in its fifth year, this annual report identifies key ICT developments and tracks the cost
and affordability of ICT services, in accordance with internationally agreed methodologies.
Its core feature is the ICT Development Index (IDI), which ranks countries’ performance
with regard to ICT infrastructure and uptake. The report aims to provide an objective
international performance evaluation based on quantitative indicators and benchmarks,
as an essential input to the ICT policy debate in ITU Member States. The 2013 edition also
presents the latest results of the ICT Price Basket (IPB), and the first complete price data
set for mobile-broadband services; the first-ever model to measure the world’s digital
native population; and a quantitative assessment of recent digital TV broadcasting trends.
Over 250 million people came online over the last year, and almost 40 per cent of the
world’s population will be using the Internet by end 2013. Mobile technology and services
continue to be the key driver of the information society, and the number of mobilebroadband subscriptions is close to 2 billion. Mobile-broadband networks are allowing more people to connect to highspeed networks and benefit from a growing number of applications and services. While both fixed- and mobile-broadband
speeds continue to increase, the price of services is falling and ICTs are becoming more affordable: in the space of four years,
fixed-broadband prices have dropped by an impressive 82 per cent.
At the same time, the report also shows that ICT uptake remains limited in many developing countries, and particularly in
the world’s least connected countries (LCCs) – a group of 39 countries (home to 2.4 billion people) with particularly low
levels of ICT development. In this group of countries, ICTs can become key enablers for achieving international and national
development goals and have the greatest development impact, and more policy attention needs to be directed towards them.
Young people all over the world are the most active users of ICTs. For the first time, a model has been developed to estimate
the number of digital natives - the young people with solid ICT experience who are drivers of the information society. While
30 per cent of the youth population are digital natives today, the report shows that within the next five years, the digital
native population in the developing world is expected to double.
The report also sheds new light on the latest digital TV broadcasting trends, another key driving force of the growing
information society. The TV industry has undergone an important shift during the past few years and, in 2012, the number
of households with digital TV overtook the number of households with analogue TV. This achievement reinforces the dual
role of TV broadcasts: fulfilling some of the public services associated with communications and being a major market for
private content creators, distributors and networks.
I trust that the data and analysis contained in this report will be of great value to the ITU membership, including policymakers, the ICT industry and others working towards building an inclusive global information society.
Brahima Sanou
Director
Telecommunication Development Bureau (BDT)
International Telecommunication Union
iii
Acknowledgements
The 2013 edition of Measuring the Information Society was prepared by the ICT Data and Statistics Division within the
Telecommunication Development Bureau of ITU. The team included Susan Teltscher (Head of Division), Vanessa Gray,
Esperanza Magpantay, Doris Olaya and Ivan Vallejo. The following consultants to ITU provided substantive inputs: Lisa
Kreuzenbeck, Michael Best (Chapter 4), and Simon Murray (Chapter 5). Fernando Callorda, Diana Korka, Christoph Stork and
Shazna Zuhely contributed to the compilation of data sets on prices. Helpful inputs and suggestions were received from
the following ITU colleagues: Istvan Bozoski, Pham Hai, Aurora Rubio, Sameer Sharma, Anne Rita Ssemboga and Marcelino
Tayob. The work was carried out under the overall direction of Cosmas Zavazava, Chief, Project Support and Knowledge
Management Department, Telecommunication Development Bureau.
The report includes data from Digital TV Research, Eurostat, OECD, IMF, UNCTAD, the UNESCO Institute for Statistics, the
United Nations Population Division and the World Bank, which is greatly acknowledged.
ITU also appreciates the cooperation of countries that have provided data included in this report.
The report was edited by Anthony Pitt and Bruce Granger, ITU English Translation Section. The desktop publishing was
carried out by Nathalie Delmas, and the cover was designed by Céline Désthomas. Administrative support was provided
by Herawasih Yasandikusuma.
v
Table of contents
Foreword.................................................................................................................................................................................................................iii
Acknowledgements.............................................................................................................................................................................................v
Table of contents................................................................................................................................................................................................ vii
Chapter 1. Introduction.......................................................................................................................................................................................1
1.1 Recent trends in ICT developments ...........................................................................................................................................................................1
1.2 Overview of the report...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 13
Chapter 2. The ICT Development Index (IDI)............................................................................................................................................17
2.1 Introduction to the IDI....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 17
2.2 Global IDI analysis................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 22
2.3 Monitoring the digital divide: developed, developing and least connected countries........................................................... 39
2.4 IDI sub-indices: access, use and skills....................................................................................................................................................................... 44
2.5 Regional IDI analysis............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 53
Chapter 3. Measuring the cost and affordability of broadband .......................................................................................................77
3.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 77
3.2 Fixed-broadband prices ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 78
3.3 Mobile-broadband prices................................................................................................................................................................................................ 92
3.4 Comparison of mobile-broadband with fixed-broadband and mobile-cellular prices......................................................... 105
3.5 The mobile-broadband sub-basket....................................................................................................................................................................... 110
Chapter 4. Measuring the world’s digital natives.................................................................................................................................127
4.1 Introduction.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 127
4.2 Review of the literature.................................................................................................................................................................................................. 129
4.3 Quantifying digital natives........................................................................................................................................................................................... 138
4.4 Analysis of the results...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 140
4.5 Conclusions........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 156
vii
Chapter 5. Digital TV broadcasting trends..............................................................................................................................................159
5.1 Growth of households with a TV.............................................................................................................................................................................. 162
5.2 The growth of digital TV................................................................................................................................................................................................. 163
5.3 TV reception by platform.............................................................................................................................................................................................. 168
5.4 TV reception by region................................................................................................................................................................................................... 179
5.5 Pay-TV reception ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 185
5.6 Digital switchover ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 188
5.7 Over-the-top Internet TV and video...................................................................................................................................................................... 192
5.8 Conclusions and recommendations...................................................................................................................................................................... 194
List of references...............................................................................................................................................................................................201
Annex 1. ICT Development Index (IDI) methodology.........................................................................................................................209
Annex 2. ICT price data methodology .....................................................................................................................................................217
Annex 3. Statistical tables of indicators used to compute the IDI..................................................................................................227
Annex 4. Statistical tables of prices used to compute the ICT Price Basket................................................................................235
viii
List of charts
1.1 Global ICT developments, 2003-2013............................................................................................................................................................................. 2
1.2 Active mobile-broadband subscriptions, world and by level of development, 2007-2013, penetration (left) and
annual growth (right)................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 2
1.3 Active mobile-broadband subscriptions, by region and level of development, 2013..................................................................... 3
1.4 Mobile data traffic, 2012-2017 (forecasts), total (left) and by end-user device (right)....................................................................... 4
1.5 Fixed (wired)-broadband subscriptions, world and by level of development, 2003-2013, penetration (left) and
annual growth (right)................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 4
1.6 Fixed (wired)-broadband subscriptions, by region and level of development, 2013........................................................................ 5
1.7 Telecommunication revenues, world and by level of development, 2007-2011, total in USD (left) and annual
growth (right)................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 6
1.8 Annual investment (CAPEX) of telecommunication operators, world and by level of development, 2007-2011,
total in USD (left) and annual growth (right).............................................................................................................................................................. 7
1.9 Households with Internet access, world and by level of development, 2003-2013, penetration (left) and annual
growth (right)................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 8
1.10 Households with Internet access, by region and level of development, 2013...................................................................................... 8
1.11 Households with a TV, a computer and Internet, by level of development, 2012.............................................................................. 9
1.12 Individuals using the Internet, world and by level of development, 2003-2013, penetration (left) and annual
growth (right)...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................10
1.13 Individuals using the Internet, by region and level of development, 2013...........................................................................................10
2.1 IDI, world and by level of development.......................................................................................................................................................................40
2.2 IDI access sub-index, world and by level of development...............................................................................................................................40
2.3 IDI use sub-index, world and by level of development.....................................................................................................................................40
2.4 IDI skills sub-inde, world and by level of development.....................................................................................................................................40
2.5 IDI and GNI per capita.............................................................................................................................................................................................................43
2.6 IDI and IPB.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................44
2.7 Countries with a national broadband plan................................................................................................................................................................49
2.8 IDI ranges and averages, by region, 2012....................................................................................................................................................................53
2.9 IDI values compared with the global, regional and developing/developed-country averages, Africa, 2012..................57
2.10 Mobile-cellular telephone subscriptions, Africa, 2011 and 2012.................................................................................................................59
2.11 IDI values compared with the global, regional and developing/developed-country averages, Arab States, 2012.....59
ix
2.12 Individuals using the Internet, Arab States, 2011 and 2012............................................................................................................................62
2.13 IDI values compared with the global, regional and developing/developed-country averages, Asia and the
Pacific, 2012....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................62
2.14 Mobile-cellular telephone subscriptions, Asia and the Pacific, 2011 and 2012..................................................................................64
2.15 IDI values compared with the global, regional and developing/developed-country averages, CIS, 2012........................65
2.16 Households with Internet access, CIS, 2011 and 2012........................................................................................................................................66
2.17 IDI values compared with the global, regional and developing/developed-country averages, Europe, 2012..............67
2.18 Wireless-broadband subscriptions, Europe, 2011 and 2012...........................................................................................................................69
2.19 IDI values compared with the global, regional and developing/developed-country averages, the Americas,
2012....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................70
2.20 Households with Internet access, the Americas, 2011 and 2012.................................................................................................................72
3.1 Fixed-broadband prices, as a percentage of GNI p.c. (left) and annual change (right), 2008-2012........................................79
3.2 Fixed-braodband median price per Mbit/s, in USD, world and by level of development, 2008 and 2012........................80
3.3 Fixed-broadband prices, as a percentage of GNI p.c., by level of development, number of countries, 2012..................81
3.4 Fixed-broadband prices, as a percentage of GNI p.c., by region, 2012.....................................................................................................83
3.5 Purchasing-power-adjusted fixed-broadband prices in the Africa region, 2012...............................................................................85
3.6 Purchasing-power-adjusted fixed-broadband prices in the Americas region, 2012.......................................................................87
3.7 Purchasing-power-adjusted fixed-broadband prices in the Arab States region, 2012...................................................................88
3.8 Purchasing-power-adjusted fixed-broadband prices in the Asia and the Pacific region, 2012................................................90
3.9 Purchasing-power-adjusted fixed-broadband prices in the CIS region, 2012.....................................................................................91
3.10 Purchasing-power-adjusted fixed-broadband prices in the Europe region, 2012............................................................................93
3.11 Mobile-broadband prices as a percentage of GNI p.c., world and by level of development, 2012.......................................97
3.12 Mobile-broadband prices, in USD, world and by level of development, 2012....................................................................................97
3.13 Mobile-broadband prices, in PPP$, world and by level of development, 2012..................................................................................98
3.14 Mobile-broadband prices, in USD, world, 2012....................................................................................................................................................104
3.15 Mobile-broadband prices per GB, in USD, world, 2012...................................................................................................................................105
3.16 Mobile-broadband and fixed-broadband prices, as a percentage of GNI p.c., world and by level of
development, 2012................................................................................................................................................................................................................106
3.17 Postpaid fixed-broadband and postpaid computer-based mobile-broadband prices, as a percentage of
GNI p.c., by region, 2012......................................................................................................................................................................................................107
3.18 Mobile-broadband and mobile-cellular prices as a percentage of GNI p.c., world and by level of
development (left) and comparison (right), 2012..............................................................................................................................................110
x
3.19 Mobile-broadband sub-basket, as a percentage of GNI p.c., by level of development, number of
countries, 2012..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................114
3.20 Relationship between the mobile-broadband sub-basket and mobile-broadband penetration, 2012..........................115
4.1 Digital natives as a percentage of total population, top countries (left) and bottom countries (right), 2012..............144
4.2 Relationship between digital natives as a percentage of total population and the IDI value................................................145
4.3 Digital natives as a percentage of total population, by region and level of development (left) and by
income (right), 2012..............................................................................................................................................................................................................146
4.4 Population distribution by age group and gender, Egypt, 2010...............................................................................................................146
4.5 Percentage of population in the age group 15-24, by region and level of development (left), and income
group (right), 2012..................................................................................................................................................................................................................147
4.6 Digital natives as a percentage of youth (15-24), by region and level of development (left), and by income
group (right), 2012..................................................................................................................................................................................................................148
4.7 Percentage of digital natives among youth Internet users, 2012.............................................................................................................149
4.8
Ratio of youth (15-24) Internet usage to overall Internet usage, by region and level of development (left),
and by income group (right), 2012..............................................................................................................................................................................150
4.9 Relationship between the ratio of youth (15-24) Internet users to overall Internet users (y-axis) and
percentage of total population aged 15-24 (x-axis), by income group, 2012...................................................................................153
4.10 Relationship between digital natives as a percentage of total population and school enrolment, by
education level, 2012............................................................................................................................................................................................................154
4.11 Relationship between digital natives as a percentage of total population, 2012 and primary enrolment, 2002......155
4.12 Relationship between digital natives as a percentage of total population and ratio of females to males in
school enrolment, by education level, 2012..........................................................................................................................................................155
5.1 Households with a TV, world and by level of development, 2008-2012..............................................................................................162
5.2 Households with a TV, by region, 2008-2012.........................................................................................................................................................163
5.3 Top seven countries by number of households with a TV, 2012...............................................................................................................163
5.4 Households with digital TV, world and by level of development, 2008-2012...................................................................................165
5.5 Households with digital TV, by region, 2008-2012.............................................................................................................................................167
5.6 Top seven countries by number of households with digital TV, 2008 and 2012.............................................................................168
5.7 Households with a TV by type of technology, 2008-2012.............................................................................................................................169
5.8 Households with a TV by four main technologies, 2008-2012...................................................................................................................169
5.9 Households with only terrestrial TV broadcasting, by region, 2008-2012...........................................................................................170
5.10 Households with only analogue terrestrial TV broadcasting, by region, 2008-2012.....................................................................170
5.11 Number of countries by % of households with analogue terrestrial TV broadcasting, 2008-2012.....................................171
xi
5.12 Households with only DTT, by region, 2008-2012..............................................................................................................................................172
5.13 Households with CATV, by region, 2008-2012......................................................................................................................................................173
5.14 Households with digital CATV (left) and analogue CATV (right), by region, 2008-2012.............................................................173
5.15 Households with DTH satellite TV, by region, 2008-2012...............................................................................................................................175
5.16 Households with pay DTH satellite TV, by region, 2008-2012.....................................................................................................................176
5.17 Households with FTA DTH satellite TV, by region, 2008-2012.....................................................................................................................176
5.18 Households with IPTV, by region, 2008-2012........................................................................................................................................................177
5.19 Households with a TV by type of technology, Africa, 2008-2012..............................................................................................................179
5.20 Households with a TV by type of technology, Arab States, 2008-2012.................................................................................................181
5.21 Households with a TV by type of technology, Asia and the Pacific, 2008-2012...............................................................................181
5.22 Households with a TV by type of technology, CIS, 2008-2012...................................................................................................................182
5.23 Households with a TV by type of technology, Europe, 2008-2012..........................................................................................................183
5.24 Households with a TV by type of technology, Americas, 2008-2012......................................................................................................185
5.25 Households with pay TV, world and by development level, 2008-2012...............................................................................................186
5.26 Households with pay TV, by region, 2008-2012...................................................................................................................................................187
5.27 Pay-TV subscriptions by technology, 2008 and 2012.......................................................................................................................................188
5.28 Households with DTT, world and by level of development, 2008-2012...............................................................................................189
5.29 Households with DTT, by region, 2008-2012.........................................................................................................................................................190
5.30 Households with pay DTT, Africa and Europe, 2008-2012.............................................................................................................................191
List of figures
2.1 Three stages in the evolution towards an information society.....................................................................................................................18
2.2 ICT Development Index: indicators, reference values and weights............................................................................................................21
2.3 IDI spider charts, selected dynamic countries, 2011 and 2012......................................................................................................................36
3.1 Mobile-broadband services by type of end-user device and plan.............................................................................................................93
3.2 Methodology for the mobile-broadband sub-basket......................................................................................................................................112
4.1 Distribution of digital natives across countries (absolute numbers), 2012.........................................................................................141
4.2 Digital natives as a percentage of total population, 2012.............................................................................................................................142
xii
4.3 Percentage of population in the age group 15-24, 2012...............................................................................................................................148
4.4 Ratio of youth (15-24) Internet users to overall Internet users, 2012......................................................................................................152
5.1 Main TV-distribution technologies...............................................................................................................................................................................161
5.2 DTT standard adoption by country, January 2013.............................................................................................................................................189
List of boxes
1.1 Monitoring the ICT gender gap........................................................................................................................................................................................12
2.1 ITU expert groups......................................................................................................................................................................................................................19
2.2 From active-mobile broadband to wireless broadband....................................................................................................................................20
2.3 Europe counts on ICTs: The Digital Agenda for Europe.....................................................................................................................................26
2.4 Smarter phones and faster networks are driving data usage and revenues in Australia..............................................................28
2.5 Competition pushes Costa Rica above the regional average........................................................................................................................31
2.6 Oman boasts second highest wireless-broadband subscriptions penetration in the region...................................................33
2.7 An ICT user profile from the United Arab Emirates...............................................................................................................................................34
2.8 Rural roll-out in Zambia..........................................................................................................................................................................................................35
2.9 The least connected countries (LCCs) – home to 2.4 billion people – are not making enough progress to
reduce the digital divide........................................................................................................................................................................................................42
2.10 Abundant and secure international Internet bandwidth and fast broadband to protect and run
Hong Kong (China)’s financial centre.............................................................................................................................................................................45
2.11 Kenya – largest amount of international Internet bandwidth per Internet user in Africa............................................................47
2.12 Cambodia’s heated mobile market.................................................................................................................................................................................48
2.13 Growth in broadband networks brings more Albanians online...................................................................................................................52
3.1 Data issues: Comparability and transparency..........................................................................................................................................................80
3.2 Rules applied in collecting mobile-broadband prices........................................................................................................................................94
3.3 Available mobile-broadband plans according to different monthly data allowances...................................................................96
3.4 To what extent are fixed-broadband and mobile-broadband prices and services comparable?........................................106
4.1 Youth and ICT: the BYN D 2015 Global Youth Summit....................................................................................................................................128
4.2 Survey depicts optimistic millennial generation that believes in the potential of ICTs..............................................................130
4.3 Digital native model..............................................................................................................................................................................................................139
xiii
5.1 Historic developments in TV broadcasting – North America and Europe..........................................................................................160
5.2 Measuring TV uptake............................................................................................................................................................................................................161
5.3 The ITU GE06 Agreement...................................................................................................................................................................................................166
5.4 The digital TV boom in Brazil............................................................................................................................................................................................184
List of tables
2.1 IDI values and changes, 2011 and 2012.......................................................................................................................................................................23
2.2 ICT Development Index (IDI), 2011 and 2012...........................................................................................................................................................24
2.3 Most dynamic countries – changes between IDI 2011 and 2012...............................................................................................................27
2.4 IDI by level of development, 2011 and 2012............................................................................................................................................................41
2.5 IDI by groups, 2011 and 2012.............................................................................................................................................................................................41
2.6 IDI access sub-index, 2011 and 2012.............................................................................................................................................................................46
2.7 Top ten economies with the greatest 2011-2012 change in the IDI access sub-index, by absolute value
change (left) and rank change (right)............................................................................................................................................................................48
2.8 IDI use sub-index, 2011 and 2012....................................................................................................................................................................................50
2.9 Top ten economies with the greatest 2011-2012 change in IDI use sub-index, by absolute value change (left)
and rank change (right)..........................................................................................................................................................................................................51
2.10 IDI skills sub-index, 2011 and 2012.................................................................................................................................................................................54
2.11 IDI by region, 2011 and 2012..............................................................................................................................................................................................55
2.12 The top five economies in each region and their ranking in the global IDI, 2012............................................................................56
2.13 IDI – Africa.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................58
2.14 IDI – Arab States..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................60
2.15 IDI – Asia and the Pacific........................................................................................................................................................................................................63
2.16 IDI – CIS.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................65
2.17 IDI – Europe....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................68
2.18 IDI – The Americas.....................................................................................................................................................................................................................71
3.1 Minimum advertised fixed-broadband speeds, percentage of countries, 2008 and 2012..........................................................79
3.2 Fixed-broadband prices, 2012............................................................................................................................................................................................82
3.3 Fixed-broadband prices ranges and averages as a percentage of GNI p.c., by region, 2012......................................................83
xiv
3.4 Fixed-broadband prices, Africa, 2012.............................................................................................................................................................................84
3.5 Fixed-broadband prices, the Americas, 2012............................................................................................................................................................86
3.6 Fixed-broadband prices, Arab States, 2012................................................................................................................................................................87
3.7 Fixed-broadband prices, Asia and the Pacific, 2012..............................................................................................................................................89
3.8 Fixed-broadband prices, CIS, 2012..................................................................................................................................................................................90
3.9 Fixed-broadband prices, Europe, 2012.........................................................................................................................................................................92
3.10 Mobile-broadband prices as a percentage of GNI p.c., by region, 2012..................................................................................................99
3.11 Mobile-broadband prepaid handset-based prices (500 MB), 2012.........................................................................................................100
3.12 Mobile-broadband postpaid handset-based prices (500 MB), 2012......................................................................................................101
3.13 Mobile-broadband prepaid computer-based prices (1 GB), 2012...........................................................................................................102
3.14 Mobile-broadband postpaid computer-based prices (1 GB), 2012.........................................................................................................103
3.15 Comparison of postpaid fixedbroadband and postpaid computer-based mobile-broadband prices,
percentage of countries, by region, 2012................................................................................................................................................................108
3.16 Comparison of postpaid fixed-broadband and postpaid computer-based mobile-broadband plans in
selected countries, 2012.....................................................................................................................................................................................................109
3.17 Mobile-broadband sub-basket and its components, 2012..........................................................................................................................113
3.18 ICT Price Basket and sub-baskets, 2011 and 2012..............................................................................................................................................116
3.19 Fixed-telephone sub-basket, 2011 and 2012.........................................................................................................................................................118
3.20 Mobile-cellular sub-basket, 2011 and 2012............................................................................................................................................................120
3.21 Fixed-broadband sub-basket, 2011 and 2012.......................................................................................................................................................122
4.1 Digital natives, 2012...............................................................................................................................................................................................................143
4.2 Internet user penetration, youth and total population, 2012.....................................................................................................................151
5.1 Countries that have assigned part of the digital dividend to mobile-broadband networks..................................................164
5.2 Prices of DTT set-top boxes (STB) in selected African countries, July 2013.........................................................................................180
5.3 Top 15 countries by percentage of households with pay TV, 2012.........................................................................................................187
5.4 BBC iPlayer requests by device, Q4 2010 – Q4 2012, millions.....................................................................................................................193
5.5 Netflix subscriptions by type of service, Q3 2011 – Q4 2012, millions...................................................................................................194
xv
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Chapter 1. Introduction
1.1Recent trends in ICT
developments
regions. Reflecting the strong growth in mobile Internet uptake,
As more and more people join the global information society
will reach a penetration rate of over 40 per cent globally by end
and high-speed communication networks become an
indispensable infrastructure, the tracking and measurement
growth in household access to the Internet has also accelerated
over the past three years, mainly in the developing world, and
2013. As a comparison, this figure corresponds to about half the
proportion of households worldwide that have a TV (almost
of developments in information and communication
80 per cent penetration in 2012: see below and Chapter 5).
technologies (ICTs) remain as relevant as ever. According
Infrastructure trends – From ubiquitous
mobile to ubiquitous broadband?
to ITU estimates, there will be 6.8 billion mobile-cellular
subscriptions by the end of 2013 – almost as many as there
are people on the planet. While the ubiquitous availability of
In view of the steep growth of mobile broadband and
mobile-telephone services is undeniable, with close to 100
the widespread deployment of mobile infrastructure,
per cent of the population covered by a mobile signal, not
expectations are high that mobile-broadband services will
everyone has a mobile phone. From a measurement point
become equally as available as mobile-cellular telephony
of view, the ongoing challenge thus remains to identify
in the near future. Indeed, Ericsson forecasts that by 2018
those who are still left without access to ICTs. By end 2013,
there will be 6.5 billion mobile-broadband subscriptions,
there will be an estimated 2.7 billion people using the
almost as many as there are mobile-cellular telephone
Internet worldwide. In other words, there are still 4.4 billion
subscriptions in 2013.1
people who are not yet online. Priority attention needs to
be given to the unconnected, and action needs to be taken
Today, almost all people on Earth live somewhere within
to improve the accessibility and affordability of broadband
reach of a mobile-cellular signal. Not all of those networks,
Internet services everywhere in order to usher in an inclusive
however, have been upgraded to 3G technology, which is
information society.
necessary to qualify as mobile broadband and provide highspeed access to the Internet. By end 2012, the percentage
Over the past year, ICT deployment and uptake have continued
of the world’s population covered by a 3G network was
to grow worldwide (Chart 1.1). While growth in mobile-cellular
around 50 per cent.
penetration is flattening, reaching 96 per cent by end 2013,
mobile broadband continues to grow strongly, on average
In the large majority of countries, 3G services are now
by around 40 per cent annually between 2010 and 2013.
commercially available, at least in major urban areas. As
Fixed-broadband uptake, on the other hand, is growing more
networks are being upgraded and services accordingly
slowly – at around 10 per cent compound annual growth rate
offered in the market, mobile-broadband subscriptions
(CAGR) – albeit steadily, across both developing and developed
will continue to grow strongly. ITU estimates that, by end
1
Chapter 1. Introduction
Chart 1.1: Global ICT developments, 2003-2013*
Per 100 inhabitants/households
100
90
Mobile-cellular telephone subscriptions
Households with Internet access
80
Individuals using the Internet
96.2
Active mobile-broadband subscriptions
70
Fixed-telephone subscriptions
60
Fixed (wired) broadband subscriptions
50
40
41.3
38.8
30
29.5
20
16.5
9.8
10
0
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012*
2013*
Note: * Estimate.
Source: ITU World Telecommunication/ICT Indicators database.
2013, there will be around 2 billion mobile-broadband
subscriptions, corresponding to a global penetration rate
of almost 30 per cent (Chart 1.2).
Mobile broadband has been the fastest growing market
segment over the past few years, with a 40 per cent average
annual growth (CAGR) since 2007. It is growing rapidly not
only in developed but also in developing countries, where
subscriptions doubled over the past two years and now
outnumber subscriptions in developed countries. Even in
Africa, penetration rates will reach almost 11 per cent by
end 2013, up from 2 per cent only three years earlier, and
will continue to grow strongly (Chart 1.3).
Differences between developed and developing countries
remain substantial, however, with 75 per cent penetration
Chart 1.2: Active mobile-broadband subscriptions, world and by level of development, 2007-2013*,
penetration (left) and annual growth (right)
120
80
Developed
World
Developing
70
Developed
60
World
50
100
80
Developing
% 60
40
40
30
29.5
20
19.8
Note: * Estimate.
Source: ITU World Telecommunication/ICT Indicators database.
3*
2*
20
1
12
120
1
-1
*
1
-1
10
20
-1
0
09
20
2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012* 2013*
20
7-
0
08
08
-0
9
0
10
2
20
20
0
Per 100 inhabitants
74.8
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Chart 1.3: Active mobile-broadband subscriptions, by region and level of development, 2013*
80
74.8
67.5
70
Per 100 inhabitants
60
46.0
50
48.0
40
29.5
30
22.4
19.8
18.9
20
10.9
10
0
Africa
Arab States
Asia &
Pacific
CIS
The
Americas
Europe
Developing
World
Developed
Note: * Estimate.
Source: ITU World Telecommunication/ICT Indicators database.
in the former compared with 20 per cent in the latter
borne in mind that countries are just starting to collect the
(Chart 1.3). In developed countries, mobile-broadband
data, and it is to be expected that the share will increase
uptake continues to grow at double-digit rates and has
in the future. For some countries, WiMAX is already quite
not yet reached saturation, although a slowdown is to be
significant, for example Bahrain, Pakistan and Nigeria,
expected in the near future. A major difference between
where about half the wireless-broadband subscriptions
developed and developing countries is that, in developed
are WiMAX subscriptions.
countries, mobile broadband is often a complement to
rather than a substitute for fixed-broadband access. In
The use of Internet via wireless networks and devices will
developing countries, mobile broadband took off in 2010,
continue to grow strongly, accompanied and/or driven
and penetration rates will have increased from 4.4 per cent
by an ever-increasing supply of mobile applications and
to almost 20 per cent by end 2013.
services in the markets. An important trend highlighted in
In addition to mobile-broadband services, a number of
countries and operators, especially from the developing
world, where fixed networks are very limited, have chosen
to develop other wireless broadband services, in particular
WiMAX services, which are now offered in almost 100
countries. In those countries, wireless Internet access –
either through the mobile-broadband network or via fixed
wireless or satellite – is often the only alternative to fixed
previous reports (ITU, 2012a), and which will continue in the
near future, is the shift from voice to data traffic. According
to Cisco (2013a), global mobile data traffic grew by 70 per
cent in 2012, to a level which corresponds to almost 12
times the entire Internet traffic in 2000. Half of the traffic
was video traffic. Cisco forecasts that “global mobile data
traffic will increase 13-fold between 2012 and 2017. Mobile
data traffic will grow at a CAGR of 66 per cent from 2012
(wired) Internet access.2
to 2017, reaching 11.2 exabytes per month by 2017” (Cisco,
For the time being, the difference between the number of
smartphones, is closely linked to the spread of 4G services.
mobile-broadband and wireless-broadband subscriptions
While insignificant today,3 by 2017 4G is predicted to
is small, globally speaking. This means that the share of
account for 10 per cent of mobile connections and 45 per
WiMAX subscriptions is very small, although it should be
cent of total mobile traffic.
2013a) (Chart 1.4). The growth in traffic, mostly driven by
3
Chapter 1. Introduction
Chart 1.4: Mobile data traffic, 2012-2017 (forecasts), total (left) and by end-user device (right)
11.2
12
12
Other portable devices (0.2%)
Non-smartphones (1.4%)
M2M (5.1%)
Tablets (11.7%)
Laptops (14%)
Smartphones (67.5%)
10
Exabytes per month
Exabytes per month
10
7.4
8
6
4.7
4
2.8
1.6
2
8
6
4
2
0.9
0
0
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
Note: Figures in legend (right chart) refer to traffic share in 2017.
Source: Cisco VNI Mobile Forecast, 2013a.
The strong growth in mobile data traffic puts enormous
A large proportion of mobile data traffic will be offloaded
pressure on mobile networks faced with limited
on fixed (wired) networks, for example through WiFi
spectrum. As the industry is constantly requesting
connections (33 per cent was offloaded in 2012 according
additional spectrum for mobile broadband such as 4G/
LTE, and in order to keep pace with demand, policymakers and regulators should consider adopting
regulatory measures to promote flexible and effective
to Cisco, 2013a). Since a lot of data activity takes place
in households or other locations where fixed (wired)broadband and WiFi access is available, and since more and
more devices used include WiFi capacity, data offloading will
increase as well. This takes some of the pressure off mobile
frequency-management tools such as spectrum trading
networks, but at the same time requires improved fixed
and refarming (ITU, 2013b).
(wired) infrastructure.
Chart 1.5: Fixed (wired)-broadband subscriptions, world and by level of development, 2003-2013*,
penetration (left) and annual growth (right)
30
Per 100 inhabitants
25
Developed
World
Developing
70
27.2
60
50
Developed
World
Developing
20
40
%
15
30
10
9.8
20
5
6.1
10
0
20
12
*-
13
*
0
Note: * Estimate.
Source: ITU World Telecommunication/ICT Indicators database.
4
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Chart 1.6: Fixed (wired)-broadband subscriptions, by region and level of development, 2013*
30
27.2
27.0
Per 100 inhabitants
25
20
17.1
13.5
15
9.8
10
7.6
6.1
5
3.3
0.3
0
Africa
Arab States
Asia &
Pacific
CIS
The
Americas
Europe
Developing
World
Developed
Note: * Estimate.
Source: ITU World Telecommunication/ICT Indicators database.
Fixed (wired)-broadband uptake continues to grow – albeit
The strong link between broadband uptake and broadband
more slowly than mobile broadband – at around 10 per
affordability has been demonstrated in previous editions of this
cent annual average growth between 2010 and 2013.
report. ITU tracks the price of key ICT services annually, including
Worldwide, growth is slowing owing to slower growth in
the price of fixed-broadband services. The results show that the
developed countries over the past three years, whereas
price of fixed-broadband, measured as a percentage of GNI per
growth in developing countries continues at double-digit
capita, has fallen by 82 per cent over the past four years. The
rates (Chart 1.5).
drop is particularly remarkable in developing countries, partly
In developing countries, the fixed-network infrastructure
services are still unaffordable for most people in developing
is much less widely deployed than in most developed
countries, costing on average 30 per cent of GNI per capita.
countries. This makes it much more costly to put in place
fixed (wired)-broadband infrastructure, there being fewer
or no existing networks that could be upgraded with highspeed technologies. Although fixed (wired)-broadband
uptake is growing continuously – at 13 per cent annual
growth over the past three years – and reflects the significant
investments made in optical-fibre infrastructure in many
developing countries, the fixed (wired)-broadband divide
between developed and developing regions remains
substantial. According to the latest ITU estimates, by end
due to very high initial values. Nonetheless, fixed-broadband
In 2012, ITU collected data on a number of different mobilebroadband plans and prices, in addition to fixed-broadband
prices. A comparison of prices for fixed- and mobile-broadband
services shows that, in developing countries, mobile broadband
is cheaper than fixed broadband, on average. It is important to
keep in mind, however, that many fixed-broadband plans now
offer unlimited data volumes, whereas the mobile-broadband
plans considered here are capped at 500 MB or 1 GB of data
volume. A comparison of four typical mobile-broadband plans
– for handsets and computers and for prepaid and postpaid
2013 fixed (wired)-broadband penetration will reach almost
plans – shows that, in most countries, postpaid handset-based
10 per cent globally, 27 per cent in developed countries and
plans are the cheapest and prepaid computer-based plans
around 6 per cent in developing countries. In Africa, fixed
are the most expensive. In other words, users pay less for a
(wired)-broadband penetration remains below 1 per cent,
monthly Internet subscription on their smartphone than for a
compared with 27 per cent in Europe (Chart 1.6).
USB prepaid card they can use with their laptops to connect
5
Chapter 1. Introduction
to the Internet. These and other important findings on the
2010, spiking up to 11 per cent, and was sustained in 2011
cost and affordability of broadband are presented in Chapter
with an 8 per cent increase. Developed countries, on the
3 of this report.
other hand, saw no growth in revenues in 2010, recovering
Revenue and investment trends in the
telecommunication sector
The size of the telecommunication market is increasing, in
line with developments in terms of ICT access and uptake.
From 2007 to 2011, total telecommunication revenues grew
by 12 per cent, climbing to USD 1.8 trillion, or 2.6 per cent of
world GDP. Over the same period, the developing countries’
share of total telecommunication revenues increased from
26 to 30 per cent, highlighting the growing importance
of the telecommunication sector in its own right for the
economic growth of the developing world. However, given
only in 2011 with a 5 per cent increase.
These data suggest that the adverse financial situation did
indeed have an impact on telecommunication spending,
particularly in developed countries, which took until 2011
to return to their 2008 revenue levels, whereas developing
countries were less affected by the financial crisis. In both
the developed and the developing world, subscriptions
continued to grow between 2008 and 2009, thus proving
to be resilient to adverse economic conditions, while
telecommunication spending (and hence revenues) was
more elastic.
that the developing economies’ combined share of global
Chart 1.8 shows the evolution of telecommunication
GDP stands at around 35 per cent, there is still room for further
operators’ capital expenditure (CAPEX), which is fundamental
telecommunication sector growth in developing countries.
for driving ICT developments. A peak was reached in 2008,
Future revenue growth in developing countries could be
with global investment totaling USD 290 billion, but this
fuelled by accelerating broadband deployment, thereby
was followed by two consecutive years of decline. Despite
reaching more people, and by increasing the intensity of use of
the upturn in 2011, the 2008 investment levels have thus
telecommunication services, for instance through bundling.
far not been restored.
Chart 1.7 shows a decline in revenues from 2008 to 2009,
Data on annual CAPEX growth rates show that developed
coinciding with the global financial crisis. In the case of
countries experienced the highest contraction between
developing countries, growth immediately recovered in
2008 and 2009 (-16 per cent), but also the strongest recovery
Chart 1.7: Telecommunication revenues, world and by level of development, 2007-2011, total in USD
(left) and annual growth (right)
2'000
1'800
1'644
1'748
1'687
1'739
1'231
1'235
1'837
1'600
Billion USD
1'400
1'224
1'288
600
Developing
4
%
2
2008-09
0
400
200
World
6
World
Developed
Developing
800
Developed
10
8
1'293
1'200
1'000
12
420
460
455
504
544
-2
2007-08
2009-10
2010-11
-4
0
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
-6
Note: ‘World’ includes 82 countries accounting for 94 per cent of world GDP. ‘Developed’ includes 33 developed countries accounting for 99
per cent of total GDP in the developed world. ‘Developing’ includes 49 developing countries accounting for 86 per cent of total GDP in
the developing world.
Source: ITU World Telecommunication/ICT Indicators database.
6
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Chart 1.8: Annual investment (CAPEX) of telecommunication operators, world and by level of
development, 2007-2011, total in USD (left) and annual growth (right)
World
Developed
Developing
350
290
300
249
264
Billion USD
250
200
172
196
253
250
166
163
Developed
20
World
15
Developing
10
176
150
100
25
5
2008-09
2009-10
% 0
77
93
88
87
89
-5
2007-08
2010-11
-10
50
-15
0
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
-20
Note: ‘World’ includes 67 countries accounting for 87 per cent of world GDP. ‘Developed’ includes 31 developed countries accounting for 96
per cent of total GDP in the developed world. ‘Developing’ includes 36 developing countries accounting for 72 per cent of total GDP in
the developing world.
Source: ITU World Telecommunication/ICT Indicators database.
in 2011 (+8 per cent). Investment in developing countries
for increased investment in order to meet the needs of
was more stable, with the highest decrease (-6 per cent)
tomorrow’s information society and extend ICT services to
occurring between 2008 and 2009, and a mild recovery in
a larger proportion of the world’s population.
2011 (+2 per cent). This contrasts sharply with the growth
rates in telecommunication operators’ CAPEX recorded
prior to the global financial crisis: e.g. an increase of 21 per
cent in developing countries and 14 per cent in developed
countries between 2007 and 2008.
Sluggish investment levels after 2008 are consistent with
an overall economic environment of restricted access to
capital markets, which may limit the capacity of operators
to raise funds for new investments. With the expansion of
global operators into new markets, many operators are
active in both developing and developed countries, and
the adverse financial environment in the developed world
Consumer uptake trends
In parallel with the increase in services and applications
offered over the Internet and on mobile devices, an
increasing number of people worldwide are using ICTs.
Monitoring consumer uptake is important not only for the
development of the content industry and Internet-based
companies, but also for the development and delivery of
online public services, such as e-government, e-education
or e-health. The successful implementation of such services
depends on having a critical mass of potential consumers
online.
has thus most probably also impaired investments in the
A key basic indicator to monitor consumer uptake is the
developing world.
number of households with access to the Internet. The
number of households with Internet access is increasing
Insofar as the impact of an investment usually stretches
in all regions, but large differences persist between
beyond the specific year in which it is allocated, the current
developed and developing countries, with penetration
relatively lower levels of investment may restrict future
rates set to reach almost 80 per cent in the former
ICT developments, such as for instance those needed to
compared with 28 per cent in the latter, by end 2013 (Chart
improve international connectivity in developing countries
1.9). Nevertheless, in developing countries, the proportion
or to boost the capacity of mobile-broadband networks
of households with Internet access has increased from 12
in the developed world. This brings into focus the need
per cent in 2008 to 28 per cent in 2013, which corresponds
7
Chapter 1. Introduction
Chart 1.9: Households with Internet access, world and by level of development, 2003-2013*,
penetration (left) and annual growth (right)
100
25
Developed
World
Developing
Per 100 households
80
Developed
World
Developing
20
77.7
15
60
%
40
41.3
10
28.0
5
20
0
20
12
*-
13
*
0
Note: * Estimate.
Source: ITU World Telecommunication/ICT Indicators database.
to a remarkable 18 per cent annual average growth rate.
At the same time, the numbers also show that there
A comparison across geographic regions reveals that by
are 1.1 billion households worldwide that are not yet
far the lowest household Internet penetration is found in
connected to the Internet, and that 90 per cent of
Africa. Indeed, the gap between Africa and Asia (the two
these are in the developing world. In order to meet the
regions with the lowest household Internet penetrations)
target set by the Broadband Commission for Digital
is substantial, with a penetration rate of 6.7 per cent in
Development,4 40 per cent of households in developing
the former compared with 32.7 per cent in the latter
countries should have access to the Internet by 2015. If
(Chart 1.10).
growth rates continue at the same rate as during the past
Chart 1.10: Households with Internet access, by region and level of development, 2013*
90
77.7
77.3
80
Per 100 households
70
60.8
60
45.7
50
41.3
40
32.7
33.6
28.0
30
20
10
6.7
0
Africa
Asia &
Pacific
Arab States
CIS
Note: * Estimate.
Source: ITU World Telecommunication/ICT Indicators database.
8
The
Americas
Europe
Developing
World
Developed
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Chart 1.11: Households with a TV, a computer and Internet, by level of development, 2012*
TV
Computer
Internet
24% gap
100
Per 100 households
53% gap
67% gap
80
60
40
20
0
Developed
World
Developing
Note: * Estimate.
Source: ITU World Telecommunication/ICT Indicators database.
couple of years, there is a realistic chance that the target
An additional interesting comparison is the proportion
will be achieved.
of households with a computer and Internet access and
households with a television (Chart 1.11). Both require
There are many reasons why households in developing
access to electricity in order to function properly, and both
countries are not (yet) connected to the Internet, primarily
represent an expense for household budgets for acquiring
related to the affordability and availability of Internet
the equipment/service and/or for the monthly subscription
services. With 53 per cent of the population in developing
charges. As at end 2012, more than 80 per cent of
countries living in rural areas, the infrastructure challenge
households globally had a TV, compared with 41 per cent of
to connect all of these people to high-speed Internet
households with a computer and 37 per cent with Internet
is enormous. With the continuous increase in wireless-
access. The gap between households with a TV on the one
broadband deployment and services, coupled with
hand, and households with a computer and Internet, on
falling prices, however, Internet access in households in
the other, is much bigger in developing countries than in
developing regions is expected to improve over the next
developed countries. In the former, there are almost three
few years.
times as many households with a TV than households with
a computer or Internet (a gap of 69 percent), while in the
A comparison between households with Internet access and
latter there are 1.3 times as many (a gap of 25 per cent).
households with computers shows that the ratio has been
falling steadily and is almost 1:1 in developed countries. In
While household connections are important for ensuring
Africa, the ratio is the highest (at 1:1.5), but has fallen sharply
more inclusive and more frequent Internet access, people can
since 2005, when it was almost 1:3. This also reflects the shift
also access the Internet in other locations when household
in the type of Internet access devices used in households,
access is not available. This is particularly the case in rural areas
which are no longer limited to computers, but increasingly
of developing countries. Therefore, it is essential to track actual
include other devices, such as smartphones. This raises new
Internet usage (from any location). ITU estimates that, by end
questions concerning the differences in ICT usage and
2013, almost 40 per cent of the global population, and 31 per
impact related to ICT devices and the role of computers in,
cent of the population in developing countries, will be online
for example, building ICT skills.
(Chart 1.12). Internet user penetration has been growing on
5
9
Chapter 1. Introduction
Chart 1.12: Individuals using the Internet, world and by level of development, 2003-2013*,
penetration (left) and annual growth (right)
90
Per 100 inhabitants
70
Developed
World
Developing
30
Developed
World
Developing
80
76.8
25
20
60
50
% 15
40
38.8
30.7
30
10
20
5
10
0
20
12
*-
13
*
0
Note: * Estimate.
Source: ITU World Telecommunication/ICT Indicators database.
average at double-digit rates over the past ten years, but is
services in many African countries, bringing Internet at lower
slowing in developed countries, where penetration rates
prices to customers already using handsets. In the world’s
will reach almost 77 per cent by end 2013, compared with
least developed countries (LDCs), the estimate is for fewer
31 per cent in developing countries. In Africa, Internet user
than one in ten people to be using the Internet by end 2013.
penetration has doubled over the past four years, and is set
to climb to 16 per cent by end 2013 (Chart 1.13). This trend
On the basis of the target set by the Broadband Commission
is largely driven by the emergence of mobile-broadband
for Digital Development, by 2015 at least 60 per cent of
Chart 1.13: Individuals using the Internet, by region and level of development, 2013*
80
76.8
74.7
70
60.8
Per 100 inhabitants
60
51.9
50
38.8
37.6
40
31.9
30.7
30
20
16.3
10
0
Africa
Asia &
Pacific
Arab States
CIS
Note: * Estimate.
Source: ITU World Telecommunication/ICT Indicators database.
10
The
Americas
Europe
Developing
World
Developed
Measuring the Information Society 2013
the world population should be online, 50 per cent in
improving with the introduction of LTE advanced – do
developing countries and 15 per cent in LDCs. The target
not replace fixed technologies for intensive, high-end
was meant to be ambitious and, indeed, at current growth
users. For them, the preferred option will therefore be a
rates it is unlikely to be achieved. Even the somewhat
high-speed fixed-broadband connection. On the other
less ambitious target set by the World Summit on the
hand, the mobility requirements of users also vary. A micro-
Information Society (WSIS) in 2003, which calls for half
entrepreneur who is on the move may prefer a mobile
the population to have access to ICTs by 2015, will not be
connection.
achieved – in the case of Internet access – at current growth
rates. Major efforts will have to be deployed in developing
countries to make Internet more accessible and affordable
to low-income groups, which account for the large majority
In order to address these concerns and respond to
consumers’ demands, operators need to upgrade their
networks with technologies that provide higher bandwidth
of consumers in developing countries.
and speed in both wireless and fixed networks. IMT-
In order to identify digital divides and ensure equal access
developed and tested, promise much higher speeds, equal
to ICTs, it is important to track Internet users by different
to those delivered over fixed broadband.
socio-economic variables, for example gender, age, level
of education or employment status. While data on these
variables are much more limited, in particular in the
developing world, ITU estimates show that, for example, the
gender gap in Internet usage is still prevalent (see Box 1.1).
Advanced/4G technologies, which are currently being
Developments in fixed-broadband networks need to focus
on extending the fibre network from the core, and bringing
it closer or direct to the end user. Upgrading cable networks
to DOCSIS 3.0 will support connections at very high speeds,
in line with those currently being provided by commercial
While the above numbers confirm the overall growth of the
fibre connections.
information society worldwide, more information is required
The role of broadband policies
to assess other aspects, such as the speed and quality of the
broadband connections and services. High-end users such
as businesses and other organizations require reliable and
fast connections without network interruptions. Available
data show that there are huge differences among countries
in terms of the speeds of connections for fixed broadband:
National ICT/broadband policies can stimulate the market,
expand services and bring down prices. Governments can
therefore play an important role by providing an enabling
environment for development of the ICT market and the
deployment of broadband infrastructure. Governments
the majority of developed countries’ subscriptions are at
should put in place policies to stimulate competition
speeds above 2 Mbit/s, while many developing countries
and private investment, in particular in advanced ICT
are limited to speeds below 2 Mbit/s (ITU, 2013a). Most of
networks, since these are long-term investments that
the subscriptions at speeds in excess of 10 Mbit/s are found
foster economic growth.
in developed countries. This partly reflects the prevailing
retail prices in countries and the limitations of the network
An increasing number of governments have not only
infrastructure itself: few fibre-optic cables are deployed
recognized the importance of broadband but also taken
outside major urban areas in many developing countries.
active steps to develop a national broadband plan or
Other aspects receiving increased attention relate to
strategy, or include broadband in their universal access/
the differences between the advertised and real speeds
service definitions. Today, of the 146 governments that
of broadband connections. During peak hours, speeds
have adopted or are planning to adopt a national policy,
can slow down considerably, which is a major complaint
strategy or plan to promote broadband, 70 per cent
consumers are making to their Internet service providers
are from developing countries. Furthermore, around 35
(ISPs).
per cent of countries have included broadband in their
6
universal access/service definitions – and these numbers
Speed and quality also differ between mobile and fixed
are expected to increase further.7 To recall the target set
technologies. So far, mobile technologies – although
by the Broadband Commission for Digital Development,
11
Chapter 1. Introduction
Box 1.1: Monitoring the ICT gender gap
In view of the multitude of benefits and opportunities ICTs bring,
of internationally comparable statistical standards and definitions
the desire to use computers, mobile phones and the Internet
related to ICT occupations and employment.
cuts across all sectors of society, and is found in the female and
male population alike. But do girls and boys, women and men,
have equal access to ICTs? ITU has been tracking indicators
that capture the use of ICTs disaggregated by sex since 2007.
Data show that there is a gender gap in the use of computers,
mobile phones and Internet, and that the gap is more prevalent
in developing than developed countries. For example, by end
While discussions around the gender digital divide and its
measurement are not new, recently the topic has received
renewed attention in international forums, and there continues
to be considerable demand for internationally comparable sexdisaggregated ICT data. The measurement of ICT and gender
is critical to understanding developments in the information
2013, ITU estimates that the gender gap in Internet usage will be
society and the digital divide, and to informing ICT policy-makers,
11 per cent globally, 2 per cent in developed countries and 16
analysts and other stakeholders addressing issues of gender
per cent in developing countries (Chart Box 1.1).8 Indeed, there
equality and ICT for development.
is a close relationship between Internet access differences by
At the international level, since its launch in 2004, the Partnership
gender and other variables, such as level of income and level of
on Measuring ICT for Development has been formulating core
education (Dean-Swarray et al, 2013). Gender differences can
also be observed when it comes to the location of Internet use,
activities carried out over the Internet and frequency of Internet
use. For example, available data suggest that women tend to use
the Internet more than men for educational activities; that men
access the Internet more than women in commercial Internet
access facilities (such as cybercafés); and that men tend to be
online more frequently than women.
indicators in the area of infrastructure and access, household
ICT access, individual use of ICT, use of ICT in education, ICT use
in business, ICT use in government and the ICT sector. While
many of these indicators can be broken down by gender, not
all of them are collected internationally and/or nationally and,
as a result, data availability is patchy at best – in particular in
developing countries. In addition, certain areas that are not
(yet) covered by the Partnership and its members are critical
Another area where critical gender-relevant information is in high
to gender and ICT policy-making, such as ICT careers, ICT-
demand is the participation of women in the ICT workforce. There
related employment and ICT skills. In order to prompt people
seems to be a striking gap when it comes to gender equality
in ICT-related professions and careers, across developed and
developing countries (ITU, 2012b). Few comparable data are
available to monitor such trends, primarily on account of a lack
to give greater attention to measuring gender and ICT, the
Partnership launched a new Task Group on Gender, co-led by
ITU and UNCTAD, in early 2013. The objective of the task group
is to improve the availability of internationally comparable
indicators on gender and ICT, especially in developing countries.
Chart Box 1.1: Men and women online, 2013*
Members include representatives of international and regional
organizations, NGOs and the private sector.
11%
1.6
In 2012, the Broadband Commission for Digial Development
launched a new Working Group on Gender in order, inter alia,
Billions of people
1.4
16%
1.2
to promote digital inclusion for women and empower women
1.0
0.8
0.6
through ICTs. At its first meeting in March 2013, the working
group proposed a new target aiming to achieve gender
2%
0.4
equality in broadband access by 2020, which was endorsed by
0.2
the Broadband Commission. In recognizing the importance of
setting and monitoring international ICT for development goals,
0.0
Women
Men
Developed
Women
Men
Developing
Women
Men
World
the Broadband Commission is making an important contribution
to raising awareness, among policy-makers and data producers
alike, of the importance of addressing and measuring the gender
Note: * Estimate.
Source: ITU World Telecommunication/ICT Indicators database.
12
digital divide.
Measuring the Information Society 2013
by 2015 all countries should have included broadband in
connected to the Internet. People living outside major
their national ICT policy or plan.
cities in developing countries are those for whom ICTs can
have the greatest development impact. Bringing people
Many of these broadband policies and plans focus on
online will also give them access to knowledge, education,
building nationwide broadband infrastructure and
healthcare and other essential services and business
connecting households, but also on stimulating demand
opportunities. Future progress will depend, moreover, on
through the adoption of online services and applications
how good the Internet access is and whether it supports
such as e-business, e-education, e-health and e-government,
running the applications required and desired. It will
and on extending connectivity to provide universal access.
also be necessary to provide relevant content, and in the
Particularly in countries where international connectivity
languages which those most in need understand.
has been limited, another key focus has been on increasing
international Internet bandwidth.
While it is not clear yet how ICTs will be reflected in future
international development goals, there is no doubt that
In its latest Trends in Telecommunication Reform report
they will continue to permeate all sectors of society and the
(ITU, 2013b), ITU highlights various options for policy-
economy and become increasingly indispensable. The divide
makers and regulators to create incentives for the private
sector to invest in ICTs, such as adopting enabling policies,
simplifying licensing regimes, increasing the amount of
available spectrum, reducing regulatory obligations and
offering tax incentives. In addition, for a thriving broadband
environment, regulatory frameworks need to achieve a
balance between the promotion of competition in services
and in infrastructure in order to address the challenges
associated with access to broadband networks and services.
between those who are part of the global information society
and those who are not is liable to deepen, as the latter are
left behind and face little progress. Continuous monitoring
and measurement of information-society developments
will be required in order to identify progress and gaps and
to ensure equal access, use and impact of ICTs. It is essential
to have the national and international statistical community
on board early on in the process of formulating targets
and indicators in the field of ICT4D. During the WSIS Forum
The post-2015 debate and ICT measurement
2013, participants discussed the process of the post-2015
At the global level, the ICT-for-development (ICT4D)
agenda. A session organized by the Partnership on Measuring
debate has shifted its focus towards the post-2015
ICT for Development looked at the lessons learned from
development agenda, which was one of the main topics
measuring international ICT4D goals, specifically those
at the WSIS Forum 2013.9 There is no doubt that ICTs
related to the WSIS process, and recommended that “the
continue to be a key enabler for social and economic
future ICT4D policy debate should take into consideration
development. Access to new technologies is important
inputs from the statistical community”.10 ITU, jointly with its
for ensuring full participation by all in new opportunities
partners, is working actively to establish a bridge between
related to employment, education, health, governance,
these debates and promote an active role for the statistical
peace-building, etc. Nevertheless, outside the ICT4D
community in the process of developing future ICT-related
community, the spread of ICT is often taken for granted
development frameworks.
and therefore sometimes left out of the core development
development agenda and highlighted the need to link the
ICT4D measurement debate to the broader development
debate.
1.2 Overview of the report
There is a real danger, however, that while the world is
The main objective of this Measuring the Information Society
transforming into an information society based on high-
(MIS) report is to identify recent global and regional trends in
speed, always-on connections, there is no equal access
ICT deployment and uptake, on the basis of internationally
to ICTs for all. The main target groups of the MDGs and
comparable ICT statistics. A key feature of the MIS report
post-2015 development goals will have to be sought
series is the presentation of two tools for benchmarking
precisely among those 4.4 billion people who are not yet
the information society: the ICT Development Index (IDI)
13
Chapter 1. Introduction
and the ICT Price Basket (IPB). The latest results for these
regions and between developed and developing countries.
two metrics will help policy-makers monitor trends, identify
The chapter then goes on to compare fixed- and mobile-
areas for policy action and compare their ICT developments
broadband plans, highlighting differences in terms of
with those in other markets. In addition, each year the report
prices, data volumes and speed, and pointing to the
looks at specific information-society aspects and discusses
limitations in terms of comparability. The final section of the
them on the basis of quantitative analyses. The objective is
chapter proposes a future mobile-broadband sub-basket,
to provide an unbiased overview of ICT trends for as many
combining prices of the different mobile-broadband plans
countries as possible, especially in the developing world.
into one single benchmarking value per country, which
could be added to the IPB in the future.
The data used in the report are primarily statistics collected
by ITU, complemented by data received from the United
Without doubt, ICTs – where available and affordable –
Nations Population Division (population statistics), the
play a vital role in the life of young people. The concept
UNESCO Institute for Statistics (UIS) (statistics on literacy
of “digital natives” is broadly used to characterize (young)
and school enrolment), the World Bank (data on GNI per
people born during the digital age and growing up using
capita and PPP dollars) and IMF (data on exchange rates).
ICTs. However, no effort has been made so far to quantify
the digital natives of today’s (and tomorrow’s) world, in
Chapter 2 will report on the main results of the latest ICT
particular in the developing nations. ITU data, coupled with
Development Index (IDI), featuring country data for the
the UN’s demographic statistics, provide a unique source
years 2011 and 2012. The chapter begins by presenting a
for calculating/estimating the digital native population
global IDI analysis and highlighting key performers and most
in all countries. Chapter 4 is about measuring the world’s
dynamic countries, especially from developing regions. It
digital native population. After first reviewing the concept
also looks at the relationship between the IDI and GDP per
of digital natives and defining the methodology used for
capita, and analyses IDI results by level of development.
the calculation, it presents and discusses the main results.
This is followed by an analysis of the three IDI sub-indices:
Results are shown globally, regionally and at the country
the access sub-index, the use sub-index and the skills sub-
level, and are also compared with other relevant variables, for
index, highlighting key performers. Finally, a regional analysis
example related to education. The chapter concludes with
of the IDI will be presented, discussing the IDI results and
a number of policy implications resulting from the findings.
main findings separately for each of the six regions defined
by the ITU Telecommunication Development Bureau (BDT).
Chapter 5 takes a closer look at the evolution and current
state of play of audiovisual services. It explains how TV
Chapter 3 presents the main results of the latest ICT price-
broadcasting services have evolved from traditional TV
data collection exercise. This year’s edition of the report will
services (linear, free-to-air, analogue TV) to the current diverse
focus primarily on the consumer price of fixed-broadband
audiovisual offer (multichannel, multidevice, linear/non-
and mobile-broadband services. The overall ICT Price
linear digital TV and user-generated content), highlighting
Basket (IPB) and its main objective are briefly introduced
the effects of convergence in transforming the audiovisual
and presented. This is followed by an analysis of fixed-
landscape. The Chapter then presents and analyses the
broadband price data. Price trends over the past five years
data for multichannel TV services, and the growth of digital
are discussed, including for different regions and comparing
TV. Data are also broken down by technology (CATV, DTH,
developed and developing countries. Recent market trends
satellite, IPTV, DTT, analogue terrestrial broadcasting) and by
in terms of fixed-broadband plans offered in countries are
region, and regional and country differences are examined.
also presented and discussed, such as increases in speed
The chapter also looks at the digital switchover and analyses
and data allowances. Price data are then presented for
data illustrating the increasing role of the Internet in the
mobile-broadband services. Four different types of plan
distribution of audiovisual content (for both IPTV and
are discussed (prepaid/postpaid handset-based/computer-
over-the-top audiovisual services). It concludes with a list
based plans), and the prices and services analysed and
of regulatory and policy considerations derived from the
compared. The analysis also looks at differences across
analysis presented.
14
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Endnotes
See http://www.ericsson.com/news/1659597.
1
In order to take into account the importance of fixed-wireless and satellite Internet access in some countries, and following the recommendations
of some Member States, ITU has replaced the indicator “mobile-broadband subscriptions” with the (broader) indicator “wireless-broadband
subscriptions” in the ICT Development Index (IDI) (see Chapter 2). Apart from mobile-broadband subscriptions, wireless broadband also includes
terrestrial fixed-wireless (including WiMAX) and satellite subscriptions.
2
According to Cisco, in 2012, 4G connections represented only 0.9 per cent of mobile connections.
3
In 2011, the Broadband Commission endorsed four targets to be achieved by 2015: (1) making broadband policy universal, (2) making broadband
affordable, (3) connecting homes to broadband and (4) getting people online. See http://www.broadbandcommission.org.
4
A computer refers to a desktop, or a laptop computer, or a tablet or similar handheld computer. It does not include equipment with some
embedded computing abilities, such as smart TV sets, and devices with telephony as a main function, such as mobile or smart phones. The
definition of computer has been recently updated by the ITU Expert Group on ICT Household Indicators (EGH), as part of the revisions of the core
ICT indicators on access to and use of ICT by households and individuals. See
http://www.itu.int/en/ITU-D/Statistics/Documents/events/brazil2013/Final_report_EGH.pdf.
5
See, for example, the joint project by SamKnows and the US Federal Communications Commission (FCC, 2013).
6
ITU World Telecommunication Regulatory Database.
7
This measure presents the difference (in absolute values) between numbers of male and female Internet users relative to male Internet users. Thus,
the reference value is the male Internet users group, and the gender gap is expressed comparing females to males.
8
See http://www.itu.int/wsis/implementation/2013/forum/.
9
See http://www.itu.int/wsis/implementation/2013/forum/agenda/session_docs/41/41-ORG-session-report.pdf.
10
15
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Chapter 2. The ICT Development Index
(IDI)
2.1 Introduction to the IDI1
Conceptual framework
The ICT Development Index (IDI) is a composite index
The recognition that ICTs can be a development enabler,
if applied and used appropriately, is critical to countries
that are moving towards information or knowledgebased societies, and is central to the IDI’s conceptual
framework. The ICT development process, and a country’s
transformation to becoming an information society, can be
depicted using the following three-stage model (Figure 2.1):
combining 11 indicators into one benchmark measure
that serves to monitor and compare developments in
information and communication technology (ICT) across
countries. The IDI was developed by ITU in 2008 and first
presented in the 2009 edition of Measuring the Information
Society (ITU, 2009a). It was established in response to ITU
Member States’ request to develop an ICT index and
publish it regularly. This section briefly describes the main
•
Stage 1: ICT readiness (reflecting the level of networked
infrastructure and access to ICTs)
•
Stage 2: ICT intensity (reflecting the level of use of ICTs
in the society)
•
Stage 3: ICT impact (reflecting the result/outcome of
efficient and effective ICT use).
objectives, conceptual framework and methodology of
the IDI.
The main objectives of the IDI are to measure:
•the level and evolution over time of ICT developments
in countries and relative to other countries;
•
progress in ICT development in both developed and
developing countries: the index should be global and
reflect changes taking place in countries at different
levels of ICT development;
•the digital divide, i.e. differences between countries
Advancing through these stages depends on a combination
of three factors: the availability of ICT infrastructure and
access, a high level of ICT usage and the capability to use
ICTs effectively. Accordingly, the first two stages listed above
correspond to two major components of the IDI: ICT access
and ICT use.
growth and development, based on available
Reaching the final stage, and maximizing the impact of ICTs,
crucially depends on the third component of the IDI: ICT
skills. ICT (and other) skills determine the effective use that is
made of ICTs, and are critical to leveraging the full potential
of ICTs for socio-economic development. Economic growth
capabilities and skills.
and development will remain below potential if economies
with different levels of ICT development;
•the development potential of ICTs or the extent to
which countries can make use of ICTs to enhance
17
Chapter 2. The ICT Development Index (IDI)
Figure 2.1: Three stages in the evolution towards an information society
ICT Readiness
(infrastructure,
access)
ICT
Development
Index
ICT Use
ICT Impact
(intensity)
(outcomes)
ICT Capability
(skills)
Source: ITU.
are not capable of exploiting new technologies and reaping
their benefits. Therefore, the IDI includes a measurement of
the capability to use ICTs effectively.
A single indicator cannot track progress in all three
components (access, usage and skills) of the ICT development
process, and it is thus necessary to construct a composite
index such as the IDI. The IDI aims to capture the evolution of
the information society as it goes through its different stages
of development, taking into consideration technology
convergence and the emergence of new technologies.
Based on this conceptual framework, the IDI is divided into
the following three sub-indices:
•
•
18
•
Skills sub-index: This sub-index captures ICT capability
or skills as indispensable input indicators. In the
absence of data on ICT skills, it includes three proxy
indicators (adult literacy, gross secondary enrolment
and gross tertiary enrolment), and is therefore given
less weight in the computation of the IDI compared
with the other two sub-indices.2
The choice of indicators included in the sub-indices reflects
the corresponding stage of transformation to the information
society. Therefore, the indicators in each sub-index may change
over time to reflect technological developments related
to ICTs, and as more and better data become available. For
example, what was considered basic infrastructure in the past
– such as fixed-telephone lines – is fast becoming less relevant
Access sub-index: This sub-index captures IC T
readiness, and includes five infrastructure and access
indicators (fixed-telephone subscriptions, mobilecellular telephone subscriptions, international
Internet bandwidth per Internet user, percentage
of households with a computer, and percentage of
households with Internet access).
in the light of increasing fixed-mobile substitution. Similarly,
Use sub-index: This sub-index captures ICT intensity,
and includes three ICT intensity and usage indicators
(individuals using the Internet, fixed (wired)-broadband
subscriptions, and wireless-broadband subscriptions).
Methodology
broadband is currently considered an advanced technology,
characterizing intense Internet use, and is therefore included in
stage 2 (as an indicator in the use sub-index). However, in the
future it may come to be seen as essential and be moved to
stage 1 (as an indicator in the access sub-index), while another,
new technology may appear in stage 2.
The IDI includes 11 indicators. A detailed definition of each
indicator is provided in Annex 1.
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Box 2.1: ITU expert groups
Much of ITU’s work in the area of indicator definitions and
Telecommunication/ICT Indicators Symposium (WTIS), ITU’s
methodologies is carried out through its two expert groups:
main forum on ICT statistics.
the Expert Group on Telecommunication/ICT Indicators (EGTI)
In 2011, EGTI opened a discussion item on the IDI on its online
and the Expert Group on ICT Household Indicators (EGH).
forum, and its experts are encouraged to provide suggestions
Created in 2009 and 2012, respectively, these two expert
on how to improve the IDI methodology. 3 EGH includes
groups revise and review ITU’s supply-side and demand-
discussion on the three demand-side indicators included in
side statistics, and discuss methodological issues and new
the IDI (households with a computer, households with Internet
indicators. Both groups, which are open to all ITU members
access, and individuals using the Internet).
and to experts in the field of ICT statistics and data collection,
Interested experts are invited to join the EGTI4 and/or the
work through online discussion forums and occasional face-
EGH5 discussion forum to share experiences, contribute to the
to-face meetings. They periodically report back to the World
discussions and participate in the decision-making process.
The indicators used to calculate the IDI were selected on
the IDI and its sub-indices are under regular discussion in
the basis of the following criteria:
ITU, in consultation with experts. Indicator definitions and
•
the IDI methodology are discussed in the ITU Expert Group
The relevance of a particular indicator for contributing
on Telecommunication/ICT Indicators (EGTI) and the ITU
to the main objectives and conceptual framework of
Expert Group on ICT Household Indicators (EGH) (Box 2.1).
the IDI. For example, the selected indicators need
•
to be relevant to both developed and developing
The indicator that has undergone the greatest change
countries, and should reflect – as much as possible –
in recent years is the one serving to measure the uptake
the framework’s three components described above.6
of wireless broadband. In 2010, ITU revised the definition
Data availability and quality. Data are required for a
of mobile-broadband subscriptions so as to reflect more
large number of countries, as the IDI is a global index.
There is relative paucity of ICT-related data, especially
•
accurately actual data connections to mobile-broadband
networks rather than potential connections. In addition,
at the household level, in the majority of developing
the breakdown of broadband subscriptions was revised and
countries. In particular, the three indicators included
changed from the previous “fixed vs mobile” to the current
in the skills sub-index should be considered as
“wired vs wireless” classification. As a result, the new wireless-
proxies until data directly relating to ICT skills become
broadband indicators include satellite subscriptions,
available for more countries.
terrestrial fixed (wireless)-broadband subscriptions and
The results of various statistical analyses. The statistical
associations between various indicators were
examined, and principal components analysis (PCA)
was used to examine the underlying nature of the data
and to explore whether the different dimensions are
statistically well-balanced.
active mobile-broadband subscriptions.7 In the 2011
edition of the IDI, the indicator “active mobile-broadband
subscriptions” replaced the previous indicator “mobilecellular subscriptions with access to data communications
at broadband speeds”, which measured the potential of
mobile-cellular subscriptions to access, for example, 3G
networks. In this year’s IDI, as countries improve their
While the basic methodology has remained the same since
data collection in the area of wireless broadband, all
the IDI was first published, minor adjustments are being
(combined) wireless-broadband technologies are taken into
made each year.
consideration (Box 2.2).
Given the dynamic nature of the ICT sector and related
To improve the IDI, another major consideration for ITU has
data availability, the types of indicators to be included in
been to replace some of the subscription-based (supply-
19
Chapter 2. The ICT Development Index (IDI)
Box 2.2: From active-mobile broadband to wireless broadband
By 2013, the large majority of countries had launched 3G
subscriptions” has been replaced with “wireless-broadband
high-speed mobile-broadband networks, and more and more
subscriptions”.
countries are starting to test and even commercialize LTEadvanced networks. By 2011, ITU had identified a definition to
clearly separate fixed (wired)-broadband subscriptions from
wireless-broadband subscriptions and to move from potential
subscriptions to active subscriptions. This definition of wireless
broadband, in line with that used by OECD, includes satellite
subscriptions, terrestrial fixed (wireless)-broadband subscriptions
and active mobile-broadband subscriptions. The latter includes
both subscriptions that have been used to connect to the
Internet using a mobile-cellular telephone and dedicated
subscriptions using a USB modem/dongle (Figure Box 2.2).
While the number of satellite subscriptions is relatively small
(or even negligible) in most countries, a number of countries
are deploying fixed (wireless)-broadband technologies, such
as WiMAX. This is particularly true in some Arab States and
some countries in the Americas and Europe. In Bahrain, for
example, terrestrial fixed (wireless)-broadband subscriptions
in 2011 accounted for close to 50 per cent of all wirelessbroadband subscriptions. Poland and Brazil had well over
1 million fixed-wireless subscriptions in 2012, although the
figures were much higher for active mobile-broadband
subscriptions. In the Islamic Republic of Iran, where 3G
When ITU started collecting data for these indicators in 2010,
mobile-broadband services were not available in 2012, fixed
data reporting was relatively limited. Therefore, the IDI did not
(wireless)-broadband subscriptions were the only wireless-
at first include satellite broadband, nor terrestrial fixed (wireless)-
broadband technology available to citizens. For most
broadband subscriptions. More recently, though, most countries
countries, however, especially those that have launched 3G
have aligned their definition and data reporting on the ITU
mobile-broadband networks, the inclusion of satellite and
definition and are henceforth providing data broken down by the
terrestrial fixed (wireless)-broadband subscriptions in the IDI
different wireless-broadband technologies. Consequently, in the
will not have a major impact on the data, or on their position
2013 edition of the IDI, the indicator “active mobile-broadband
in the IDI ranking.
Figure Box 2.2: Wireless-broadband subscriptions
Active mobile-broadband subscriptions
Standard mobilebroadband
subscriptions
(via a mobilecellular
telephone)
Dedicated mobilebroadband
subscriptions (via
USB dongle/modem
or as an add-on data
package to voice
package)
Terrestrial fixed
(wireless)broadband
subscriptions
Satellitebroadband
subscriptions
Source: ITU (2011b).
side) data with more data based on national household
2013, no fewer than 93 economies of the 157 included
surveys (demand-side indicators). This seems particularly
in the IDI had passed the 100 per cent mobile-cellular
important in the area of mobile-cellular services. By end
penetration mark. The high number of mobile-cellular
2013, ITU estimates that the number of mobile-cellular
subscriptions is due mainly to multiple SIM cards that
subscriptions will have reached 6.8 billion, close to the
one person may own. The indicator on the number of
figure for the world’s population (7 billion). Also, by early
individuals using a mobile-cellular telephone (which ITU
20
Measuring the Information Society 2013
•
collects through its household survey questionnaire)
Normalization of data. This is necessary in order to
would therefore provide a more accurate picture of the
transform the values of the IDI indicators into the
actual uptake, use and distribution of mobile-cellular
same unit of measurement. The chosen normalization
services. While the number of countries that collect
method was the distance to a reference measure (or
this information is increasing steadily, only 58 countries
goalpost). The reference values were either 100 or
reported these data to ITU by end 2012. It is therefore too
obtained through a statistical procedure.
early to substitute the current mobile-cellular subscription
•
data in the IDI with mobile-phone user data.
Rescaling of data. The data were rescaled on a scale
from 0 to 10 in order to compare the values of the
indicators and the sub-indices.
The IDI was computed using the same methodology as in
•
the past, applying the following steps (details are provided
Weighting of indicators and sub-indices. The indicator
weights were chosen based on the principal
in Figure 2.2 and Annex 1):
components analysis (PCA) results. The access and
•
Preparation of the complete data set. This step includes
use sub-indices were given equal weight (40 per cent
filling in missing values using various statistical
each). The skills sub-index was given less weight (20
techniques.
per cent), since it is based on proxy indicators.
Figure 2.2: ICT Development Index: indicators, reference values and weights
Reference
value
(%)
1. Fixed-telephone subscriptions per 100 inhabitants
60
20
2. Mobile-cellular telephone subscriptions per 100 inhabitants
190
20
3. International Internet bandwidth (bit/s) per Internet user
621’834*
20
4. Percentage of households with a computer
100
20
5. Percentage of households with Internet access
100
20
Reference
value
(%)
6. Percentage of individuals using the Internet
100
33
7. Fixed (wired)-broadband subscriptions per 100 inhab.itants
60
33
8. Wireless-broadband subscriptions per 100 inhabitants
100
33
Reference
value
(%)
9. Adult literacy rate
100
33
10. Secondary gross enrolment ratio
100
33
11. Tertiary gross enrolment ratio
100
33
ICT access
ICT use
ICT skills
40
40
ICT
Development
Index
20
Note: * This corresponds to a log value of 5.79, which was used in the normalization step.
Source: ITU.
21
Chapter 2. The ICT Development Index (IDI)
This chapter presents the IDI results for 2012 in comparison
possible (theoretical) range of 0 to 10. At the same time,
with 2011. It should be noted that the 2011 IDI values have
nearly all countries increased their IDI values between 2011
changed from those published in the previous edition of
and 2012, demonstrating that ICT levels continue to mature
this report as a result of:
throughout the world. In 2012, the average IDI value climbed
•
to 4.35, up about 5 per cent from 4.15 in 2011 (Table 2.1).
Country data revisions. As more accurate data
become available, countries provide ITU with revised
statistics for previous years, which have been taken
into consideration. This also allows ITU to identify
inconsistencies and revise previous estimates.
Differences are significant in all three sub-indices of the IDI,
but are greatest in the use sub-index, which captures ICT
uptake and intensity of usage. Its relatively high coefficient
of variation, which measures the variation in countries’ IDI
•
Change from “active mobile-broadband subscriptions”
to “wireless-broadband subscriptions” (see Box 2.2).
values, indicates the greatest disparity, higher than in terms
•
Differences among countries included in the IDI. The
calculation of the IDI ranking depends on the values
of the other countries included. In each new edition,
some countries are excluded and others added based
on data availability. Overall, this version of the IDI
includes 157 countries/economies as compared with
155 in last year’s edition.
into information societies (at different speeds), they move
of skills and access. This is consistent with the conceptual
framework of the IDI, which holds that as countries evolve
from the stage of ICT access to ICT use. While most countries
are constantly increasing access to ICTs, a number of
countries continue to display very low levels of ICT use.
A comparison between 2011 and 2012 shows that, over this
time period, both the maximum and minimum IDI values
The remainder of the chapter is structured as follows. Section
had increased, meaning that ICT levels are maturing not only
2.2 presents the IDI results at the global level. It highlights
in countries at the top but also in those at the very bottom.
some of the top performers, as well as the most dynamic
The range between the lowest and the highest IDI values
countries as reflected by their changes in IDI value and
has not changed (7.58 in both 2011 and 2012), suggesting
rank. It also looks at the relationship between a country’s
that, overall, the ICT development gap between countries
IDI score and its income level, presents IDI results by level
at the very top and at the very bottom has not altered over
of development (developed/developing countries) and by
the year. Changes in the standard deviation (StDev) and the
groups of countries with different IDI levels.
coefficient of variation (CV), which measure the variation or
dispersion of all IDI values from the average IDI values, were
Section 2.3 analyses the three sub-indices (access, use
also relatively minor, suggesting that, overall, countries are
and skills), providing additional insights into areas of high/
moving at similar speeds. A minor decrease in the coefficient
low ICT growth, in order to identify areas requiring further
of variation between 2011 and 2012 suggests that values
attention from policy-makers and private stakeholders.
are tending to get closer to the average IDI value.
Finally, section 2.4 presents a regional analysis of the IDI.
Top IDI countries
It shows IDI results for six regions (Africa, Americas, Arab
States, Asia and the Pacific, Commonwealth of Independent
The IDI 2012 includes a total of 157 countries (Table 2.2). The
States (CIS) and Europe), as well as a comparative analysis
top ten IDI countries are predominantly from Europe and
of the six regions.
from Asia and the Pacific. While the Republic of Korea, with
the highest IDI value of 8.57, continues to lead the world in
2.2 Global IDI analysis
terms of ICT developments, the Nordic countries Sweden,
The results of the 2012 ICT Development Index (IDI) show
Netherlands, the United Kingdom, Luxembourg and Hong
that there are major differences in ICT levels between
Kong (China) also rank in the top ten. A comparison with
countries. In 2012, IDI values ranged from a low of 0.99
the 2011 ranking shows that there is hardly any change in
(Niger) to a high of 8.57 (Republic of Korea) – within the
terms of the countries with the highest ICT levels. The United
22
Iceland, Denmark, Finland and Norway follow closely. The
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Table 2.1: IDI values and changes, 2011 and 2012
IDI 2012
IDI 2011
Average
value*
Min.
Max.
Range
StDev
CV
Average
value*
Min.
Max.
Range
StDev
CV
Change in
average value
2011-2012
IDI
4.35
0.99
8.57
7.58
2.19
50.28
4.15
0.93
8.51
7.58
2.13
51.32
0.20
Access sub-index
4.74
1.12
9.18
8.06
2.25
47.56
4.56
1.12
9.13
8.01
2.25
49.23
0.18
Use sub-index
2.85
0.03
8.25
8.22
2.37
83.26
2.53
0.02
8.17
8.15
2.25
88.75
0.32
Skills sub-index
6.59
1.51
9.86
8.35
2.12
32.25
6.58
1.49
9.86
8.37
2.13
32.37
0.01
Note: * Simple average. StDev: Standard deviation, CV: Coefficient of variation.
Source: ITU.
Kingdom joined the top ten group (up from 11th position
broadband penetration exceeds 30 per cent in every one
in 2011), replacing Japan.
of the top ten economies.
Almost two-thirds of the top 30 IDI countries are from
The very large majority of households in the top ten IDI
Europe, where a shared regulatory framework and a clear set
economies have a computer and Internet access. Another
of priority areas and goals and targets have helped countries
shared characteristic of these economies is their high
evolve into advanced information economies (Box 2.3). Also
level of Internet penetration: with the exception of Hong
among the top 30 are a number of high-income economies
Kong (China), where Internet penetration in 2012 stood
from Asia and the Pacific (Australia, Macao (China), Singapore
at 73 per cent, more than four out of five people in the
and New Zealand) and the United States, Canada and
top ten economies are online. In Iceland, Norway and
Barbados from the Americas region.
Sweden, between 94 and 96 per cent of the population
are using the Internet. In the Republic of Korea, over 97 per
All top ten IDI countries have reached very high levels of ICT
cent of households have access to the Internet, and the
access and use, and share a number of characteristics. These
figure is over 90 per cent in the Netherlands (94 per cent),
include highly competitive ICT markets and ICT services
Luxembourg and Norway (93 per cent) and Denmark and
that were privatized and liberalized early on. The top ten
Sweden (92 per cent).
economies achieve top scores on all IDI indicators, including
in the area of wireless: the number of mobile-cellular
Since countries at the top of the IDI are attaining high levels
subscriptions has surpassed the number of inhabitants in
of ICT access and use, their performance is often measured
all top ten economies, and mobile-broadband penetration
in terms of objectives that go beyond those measured by the
levels are high, and growing steadily. High-speed mobile-
IDI indicators. Indeed, economies with the highest level of
broadband networks were launched relatively early on, and
ICT use and uptake are increasingly focusing on exploiting
by 2012 wireless-broadband penetration stood at over 50
the latest technologies, optimizing regulatory frameworks
per cent in all top ten economies. The Republic of Korea,
and pushing for increasingly fast and better ICT services.
together with Finland and Sweden, are leaders in terms of
High-speed Internet access at home has become one of
mobile-broadband uptake, and all three have passed the
the common measures of success.
100 per cent penetration rate for active mobile-broadband
subscriptions.8
For example, in the Republic of Korea, where ICT continues
to be a key priority area, by 2012 nearly all households
At the same time, all top performers benefit from abundant
had high-speed Internet access and the country enjoyed
international Internet bandwidth, a highly developed
one of the highest average advertised broadband speeds
backbone, and solid fixed-broadband infrastructure. Fixed-
in the world. ICTs have helped the Republic of Korea to
23
Chapter 2. The ICT Development Index (IDI)
Table 2.2: ICT Development Index (IDI), 2011 and 2012
Economy
Korea (Rep.)
Sweden
Iceland
Denmark
Finland
Norway
Netherlands
United Kingdom
Luxembourg
Hong Kong, China
Australia
Japan
Switzerland
Macao, China
Singapore
New Zealand
United States
France
Germany
Canada
Austria
Estonia
Ireland
Malta
Belgium
Israel
Spain
Slovenia
Barbados
Italy
Qatar
Greece
United Arab Emirates
Czech Republic
Latvia
Portugal
Poland
Croatia
Bahrain
Russian Federation
Belarus
Hungary
Slovakia
Lithuania
Cyprus
Bulgaria
Uruguay
Kazakhstan
Antigua & Barbuda
Saudi Arabia
Chile
Lebanon
Argentina
Oman
Romania
Serbia
TFYR Macedonia
Brunei Darussalam
Malaysia
Costa Rica
Azerbaijan
Brazil
St. Vincent and the Gr.
Seychelles
Moldova
Trinidad & Tobago
Bosnia and Herzegovina
Ukraine
Turkey
Panama
Georgia
Mauritius
Maldives
Armenia
Saint Lucia
Jordan
Colombia
China
Venezuela
Rank 2012
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
IDI 2012
8.57
8.45
8.36
8.35
8.24
8.13
8.00
7.98
7.93
7.92
7.90
7.82
7.78
7.65
7.65
7.64
7.53
7.53
7.46
7.38
7.36
7.28
7.25
7.25
7.16
7.11
6.89
6.76
6.65
6.57
6.54
6.45
6.41
6.40
6.36
6.32
6.31
6.31
6.30
6.19
6.11
6.10
6.05
5.88
5.86
5.83
5.76
5.74
5.74
5.69
5.46
5.37
5.36
5.36
5.35
5.34
5.19
5.06
5.04
5.03
5.01
5.00
4.81
4.75
4.74
4.73
4.71
4.64
4.64
4.61
4.59
4.55
4.53
4.45
4.43
4.22
4.20
4.18
4.17
Rank 2011
1
2
4
3
5
6
7
11
9
10
15
8
12
13
14
18
16
19
17
20
21
25
22
24
23
26
27
28
36
29
30
33
45
31
37
35
32
34
42
38
46
39
40
41
43
47
50
49
44
48
52
61
53
58
54
51
55
56
57
65
60
62
59
70
67
63
64
69
66
68
73
74
71
75
72
77
78
79
76
IDI 2011
8.51
8.41
8.12
8.18
7.99
7.97
7.85
7.63
7.76
7.66
7.54
7.77
7.62
7.57
7.55
7.31
7.35
7.26
7.33
7.14
7.10
6.74
7.10
6.85
6.85
6.70
6.65
6.60
6.01
6.43
6.41
6.21
5.68
6.30
6.00
6.07
6.22
6.14
5.79
5.94
5.57
5.91
5.85
5.79
5.71
5.50
5.38
5.41
5.70
5.46
5.08
4.62
5.06
4.80
5.05
5.38
4.93
4.93
4.81
4.47
4.62
4.59
4.71
4.36
4.46
4.54
4.49
4.38
4.47
4.38
4.24
4.23
4.31
4.18
4.28
3.90
3.89
3.86
4.00
Economy
Albania
Ecuador
Fiji
Mexico
South Africa
Mongolia
Egypt
Suriname
Viet Nam
Morocco
Iran (I.R.)
Tunisia
Peru
Jamaica
Dominican Rep.
Thailand
Cape Verde
Indonesia
Philippines
Bolivia
El Salvador
Tonga
Syria
Paraguay
Uzbekistan
Guyana
Algeria
Sri Lanka
Botswana
Namibia
Honduras
Cuba
Gabon
Ghana
Nicaragua
Zimbabwe
Kenya
Swaziland
Bhutan
Sudan
Cambodia
India
Nigeria
Lao P.D.R.
Senegal
Solomon Islands
Lesotho
Yemen
Gambia
Pakistan
Uganda
Djibouti
Zambia
Mauritania
Myanmar
Bangladesh
Cameroon
Côte d'Ivoire
Comoros
Angola
Congo
Rwanda
Tanzania
Benin
Mali
Malawi
Liberia
Congo (Dem. Rep.)
Mozambique
Madagascar
Guinea-Bissau
Ethiopia
Guinea
Eritrea
Burkina Faso
Chad
Central African Rep.
Niger
Rank 2012
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
Note: *The GNI per capita is based on the World Bank’s Atlas Method.
Source: ITU.
Source:
ITU.
24
IDI 2012
4.11
4.08
3.99
3.95
3.95
3.92
3.85
3.84
3.80
3.79
3.79
3.70
3.68
3.68
3.58
3.54
3.53
3.43
3.34
3.28
3.25
3.23
3.22
3.21
3.12
3.08
3.07
3.06
3.00
2.85
2.74
2.72
2.61
2.60
2.54
2.52
2.46
2.44
2.40
2.33
2.30
2.21
2.18
2.10
2.02
1.97
1.95
1.89
1.88
1.83
1.81
1.77
1.77
1.76
1.74
1.73
1.72
1.70
1.70
1.68
1.66
1.66
1.65
1.60
1.54
1.43
1.39
1.31
1.31
1.28
1.26
1.24
1.23
1.20
1.18
1.01
1.00
0.99
Rank 2011
80
83
81
82
85
90
87
84
86
89
88
92
91
93
95
94
96
97
98
102
103
101
99
100
104
106
105
107
108
111
109
110
112
114
113
119
116
115
117
118
121
120
123
122
125
124
126
129
127
128
130
131
137
133
132
139
136
135
134
138
140
143
141
142
144
145
148
146
149
147
152
150
151
153
154
156
155
157
IDI 2011
3.80
3.73
3.79
3.78
3.67
3.59
3.65
3.73
3.65
3.59
3.61
3.58
3.58
3.54
3.36
3.42
3.18
3.14
3.14
3.08
3.06
3.09
3.13
3.10
3.02
2.96
2.98
2.92
2.83
2.60
2.70
2.66
2.46
2.30
2.39
2.16
2.23
2.27
2.19
2.19
2.05
2.13
1.96
1.99
1.88
1.91
1.84
1.76
1.79
1.78
1.72
1.71
1.64
1.70
1.70
1.62
1.66
1.66
1.68
1.63
1.58
1.54
1.57
1.57
1.43
1.41
1.27
1.30
1.26
1.28
1.19
1.22
1.20
1.15
1.11
0.94
1.00
0.93
Measuring the Information Society 2013
become a robust economy, and overcome the 2008 financial
wholesale voice and data market services to competitors
crisis. They have driven growth and innovation, increased
at fixed (non-discriminatory) prices.14
transparency and made the country one of the key ICT
exporters in the world.9
Regulators are also increasingly monitoring the speed and
quality of fixed- and mobile-broadband subscriptions,
By 2012, the large majority of households in Europe’s Nordic
and looking into regulatory measures to ensure that
countries also had high-speed Internet access. Sweden (87
their country’s backbone infrastructure is able to cope
per cent) registered the highest penetration of broadband
with increasing demand for bandwidth. In the United
connections, followed by Denmark and Finland (both 85 per
Kingdom, Ofcom recently published a report “to encourage
cent). In the Netherlands and the United Kingdom, 83 per
competition in the business connectivity market, and
cent and 80 per cent, respectively, of all households had a
identify how best to sustain critical fibre networks between
broadband connection to the Internet in 2012.10 Sweden’s
Broadband Survey, conducted by the Swedish Post and
businesses – which also support a growing number of
consumer services”.15 In Hong Kong (China), the Office
Telecom Authority (PTS), showed that by early 2012 almost
of the Communications Authority offers users an online
half of all households and businesses in Sweden could get
broadband performance test system to test both actual
broadband with a theoretical rate of at least 100 Mbit/s.
fixed-broadband and mobile-broadband speeds.16
Much of the increase was due to fibre being rolled out in
Dynamic IDI countries
the access network.11
Most of the top performers in the IDI were also early
adopters of Long Term Evolution (LTE) wireless technology,
and they include the first countries to offer these mobilebroadband services commercially. In Europe, Sweden and
Norway were the first countries to offer LTE, as early as
end 2009.12 By early 2012, about half of the population of
Sweden lived in a place that had coverage by one of the
4G networks. In the Republic of Korea, where LTE services
were launched in 2011, nationwide coverage was achieved
by April 2012. In June 2012, the largest operators in the
Republic of Korea and in Hong Kong (China) announced
Between 2011 and 2012, there was hardly any change in
the top ten IDI economies and only one country – the
United Kingdom – joined the group from its previous
11th position. The group of the top 30 economies saw
similarly few changes, suggesting that the countries that
have reached high ICT levels – usually through a high and
long-standing degree of liberalization and privatization and
focused ICT policies – remain at the top. The ranking further
highlights the link between income and education levels
and ICT development: all of the top 30 economies in the IDI
are high-income economies that share a high level of skills.
that they were offering users the benefits of the first LTE
Although most countries in the ICT Development Index do
international roaming agreement.13
not see dramatic changes in their IDI value or rank within a
Another feature shared by top performers in the IDI is
an independent and active regulatory authority that
analyses and supervises the telecommunication markets
in order to provide impartial and transparent information,
protect consumer interests and guarantee an open and
competitive market environment. Only recently, both
the Swedish Post and Telecom Authority (PTS) and the
year, there are some significant and noteworthy movements.
A number of so-called “dynamic” countries report aboveaverage positive changes in their IDI rank and/or IDI value
over the 12-month period. This group of dynamic countries
predominantly includes developing countries found in the
upper and medium group of the IDI (see section 2.3 and
Table 2.5 for a division of countries into groups) (Table 2.3).
The most dynamic countries come from all regions, except
Icelandic Post and Telecom Administration (PTA) laid
Europe, where IDI values are generally already very high and
down new rules for dominant operators identified as
growth is more moderate.
having significant market power, in order to ensure longterm competition. Recent decisions – also referred to as
The reasons underlying the improvement in IDI values and
ex ante regulation, as the market is regulated in advance
rankings in the most dynamic countries are multiple and
– imposed obligations on certain companies to offer
varied, but can often be linked to a higher level of competition
25
Chapter 2. The ICT Development Index (IDI)
Box 2.3: Europe counts on ICTs: The Digital Agenda for Europe
The European Union has high hopes for information and
guarantee consumer rights. The rules, which apply to fixed
communication technologies. Among other things, it is
and wireless telecommunication markets, the Internet and
counting on ICTs to fuel competitiveness, drive innovation and
broadcasting services, were designed to be simple, to foster
create new job opportunities. To fully benefit from its potential,
deregulation and to be technology-neutral and sufficiently
citizens and businesses alike must have access to a flawless,
flexible to deal with fast-changing market environments.17 In
high-speed and universally available network infrastructure.
2010, the existing regulatory framework was complemented
A shared regulatory framework and EU-wide rules created in
with the Digital Agenda for Europe (DAE), the first of seven
2002 and updated in 2009 were put in place to encourage
flagship initiatives under Europe 2020 – the EU’s strategy to
competition, improve functioning of the internal market and
deliver smart, sustainable and inclusive growth. The DAE, which
Figure Box 2.3: The EU’s Digital Agenda Scoreboard
Note: * R&D: Research and Development.
Source: European Commission, Digital Agenda Scoreboard 2012.
Note: R&D: Research & Development.
Source: European Commission, Digital Agenda Scoreboard 2012.
26
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Box 2.3: Europe counts on ICTs: The Digital Agenda for Europe (continued)
was updated in 2013, includes over 100 actions grouped into
than 54 per cent of EU citizens have broadband available at
seven pillars that include a single digital market, trust and
speeds greater than 30 Mbit/s. At the same time, the report
security, and fast and ultra-fast Internet access. It also includes
also pinpointed shortcomings, including fragmented national
a set of specific targets that should be achieved by 2020 and
markets and the need to move even further and create a
that are tracked via the EU scoreboard (Figure Box 2.3).
Single Telecoms Market to foster growth and further streamline
18
regulation.20 Although details have not been discussed, a single
Progress on the actions and towards the specific targets
telecommunication market could, for example, mean the EU-
is monitored closely and can be viewed by country, or for
wide licensing of certain telecommunication services, facilitate
the EU as a whole.19 In the last review, major achievements
cross-border merger of telecommunication operators, and affect
were highlighted – including the fact that, by 2013, no fewer
roaming charges.
Source: ITU, based on https://ec.europa.eu/digital-agenda/en/digital-agenda-europe.
and positive role of the private sector. In a number of cases,
government-driven programmes or initiatives have also helped
to increase ICT access and use. Finally, strong growth in the
number of wireless- and fixed-broadband subscriptions is
enabling more and more countries to increase household ICT
access and use, and to bring more people online. The following
section looks at the most dynamic countries in more detail.
Figure 2.3 contains spider charts of the most dynamic countries,
which illustrate normalized values and changes between 2011
and 2012, for each one of the 11 indicators included in the IDI.
Australia increased its IDI from 7.54 in 2011 to 7.90 in 2012,
moving up four places on the IDI in the process, to 11th
position. While Australia already boasts a very high level of
ICT development, consistent growth rates were recorded
on the indicators included in the access sub-index. The
highest jump, however, occurred in the use sub-index,
with an increase of 0.80 value points (as compared with the
global average increase of 0.32) to 7.46 in 2012. Australia has
seen a significant rise in the number of wireless-broadband
subscriptions, and wireless-broadband penetration
Table 2.3: Most dynamic countries – changes between IDI 2011 and 2012
Change in IDI ranking
IDI rank
2012
Country
Change in IDI value (absolute)
IDI rank
change
IDI rank
2012
Country
IDI value
change
33
United Arab Emirates
12
52
Lebanon
0.75
52
Lebanon
9
33
United Arab Emirates
0.73
29
Barbados
7
29
Barbados
0.65
64
Seychelles
6
54
Oman
0.56
41
Belarus
5
60
Costa Rica
0.56
60
Costa Rica
5
41
Belarus
0.55
85
Mongolia
5
22
Estonia
0.54
132
Zambia
5
39
Bahrain
0.51
11/135
Australia/Bangladesh
4*
26
Israel
0.41
54/115
Oman/Zimbabwe
4*
62
Brazil
0.41
Note: * Australia, Bangladesh, Oman and Zimbabwe all went up four places in the IDI rankings between 2011 and 2012.
Source: ITU.
27
Chapter 2. The ICT Development Index (IDI)
increased from 81 per cent in 2011 to 103 per cent in 2012,
by the public awareness campaign “I Love My Number”.21 The
which is among the highest rates in the world. A report
introduction of MNP further heightened the competitiveness
by the Australian Communications and Media Authority
of the relatively small mobile-cellular market in which three
(ACMA) links the surge in wireless-broadband usage to
operators compete. Within the IDI use sub-index, both
the increased uptake of smartphones and tablets (Box 2.4).
Bahrain entered the top 40 of the IDI 2012, with an IDI value
increase of 0.51. The country improved in both the access and
the number of Internet users and the number of wirelessbroadband subscriptions grew significantly. The percentage
of individuals using the Internet increased to 88 per cent in
use sub-indices. Within the access sub-index, mobile-cellular
2012, up from 77 per cent the year before. At the same time,
telephone penetration climbed from 128 per cent in 2011
broadband has spread successfully around Bahrain and, at
to 156 per cent in 2012. This comes after mobile number
13 per cent, Bahrain’s fixed (wired)-broadband penetration
portability (MNP) was introduced in July 2011, accompanied
is the highest in the Arab States region. Since 2010, all of
Box 2.4: Smarter phones and faster networks are driving data usage and revenues in Australia
Between 2011 and 2012, Australia’s wireless-broadband
growth. Increasing weight is being given to the smartphone
penetration grew by 27 per cent, from 81 subscriptions per 100
and tablet market, as more and more customers switch from
inhabitants in 2011, to 103 in 2012. This constitutes not only one
basic and feature phones to smartphones and tablets. ACMA
of the highest growth rates, but also one of the highest 2012
estimates that, in May 2012, 8.67 million Australians were using
penetration levels worldwide (see Chart Box 2.4).
a smartphone, 4.37 million were using a tablet and 3.65 million
According to a report by the Australian Communications and
customers were using both a mobile phone and a tablet to
Media Authority (ACMA), improvements in mobile-broadband
access the Internet. The rise in smartphone usage is in turn
infrastructure as well as the rapid uptake of smartphones and
driving data usage, and the report shows that, in comparison
tablets have revived the Australian mobile market, in which
with non-smartphone users, smartphone users are:
mobile-cellular penetration had reached 100 per cent in 2007
and growth was stagnating.
The report highlights the importance of the mobile-broadband
market as an opportunity for new revenue streams and market
•
nine times more likely to go online via their handsets;
•
four times more likely to purchase goods online;
•
three times more likely to stream or download audio or
video content;
Per 100 inhabitants
Chart Box 2.4: Wireless-broadband subscriptions,
top ten economies, 2011 and 2012
200
180
160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
•
three times more likely to pay bills online;
•
twice as likely to access social networking sites.
2011
2012
Young people, in particular, were accessing the Internet via their
mobile phones: 76 per cent of 18 to 24 year olds and 78 per
cent of 25 to 34 year olds, as compared with 51 per cent of the
population as a whole.
To facilitate Internet access via smartphones or tablets, an
estimated 4.5 million Australians downloaded a mobile
application during the month of June 2012. Operators, on
the other hand, are doing their part and are busy upgrading
networks, including by supporting the roll-out of 4G.
Source: ITU World Telecommunication/ICT Indicators database.
28
Source: ITU, based on ACMA, 2013.
Measuring the Information Society 2013
the Kingdom’s Internet subscriptions are broadband. In
Barbados increased its IDI by 0.65 value points, rising
2011, more than half of all broadband subscriptions were
seven places to 29th position in the IDI 2012. Most progress
22
to plans with advertised speeds of more than 2 Mbit/s.
has been made in the use sub-index. The country’s
Wireless-broadband penetration almost doubled, reaching
two mobile operators, Digicel and Lime, launched their
33.5 per cent in 2012. The country also has a nationwide
mobile-broadband networks in November 2011.26 Mobile-
WiMAX network, which the operator Bahrain Zain launched
broadband had been long awaited in Barbados, one of the
to complement its mobile 3G cellular voice and data network,
last countries in the Americas region to offer the service.
and upgraded in 2011 in order to provide higher speeds and
Subsequently, wireless-broadband penetration went up
increase reliability. Bahraini Internet subscribers are thus
from less than 1 per cent in 2011 to 37 per cent in 2012.
benefiting from the improved quality and speed offered by
Lime and Digicel offer a variety of data plans allowing users
23
broadband connections.
to choose according to their needs and budget. Customers
Bangladesh climbed four places to 135th in the IDI 2012,
handset- and computer-based usage, as well as different
with the access sub-index showing the highest increases.
validity periods and data allowances.27 The IDI access sub-
In particular, mobile-cellular telephone penetration rose
index highlights improvements as well. By end 2012, the
from 56 per cent in 2011 to 64 per cent in 2012. Bangladesh
proportion of households with a computer and with Internet
has a highly competitive mobile market, with six mobile-
access both increased by around 6 per cent to 69 per cent
cellular operators. Fierce competition led to the lowering of
mobile-cellular prices and a concomitant rise in subscription
numbers. The ICT Price Basket shows that Bangladesh
has relatively affordable mobile-cellular prices and that
prices have dropped consistently over the past years. In
terms of PPP$, the country had one of the least expensive
offers in 2012 (see Annex 4). Operators in Bangladesh are
competing for a large group of low-income customers and
were thus obliged to reduce access costs. This includes the
introduction of prepaid offers, per-second billing and the
reduction of handset prices (Yusuf et al, 2010). Furthermore,
important progress has been made with regard to
international Internet bandwidth. In 2012, the Bangladesh
Telecommunications Regulatory Commission (BTRC) issued
six licenses for the operation of an international terrestrial
cable (ITC).24 Until then, the country’s only connection to
the world wide web was the SEA-ME-WE4 submarine cable,
controlled by the government-owned BTCL.25 The newly
can choose between prepaid and postpaid offers for both
and 58 per cent, respectively. Furthermore, international
Internet bandwidth per Internet user almost doubled, from
around 38 000 bit/s in 2011 to close to 70 000 bit/s in 2012.
Belarus is the only country from the CIS region among
the most dynamic countries. Between 2011 and 2012, the
country climbed five places to 41st position globally. The
country has committed to an ambitious “State Programme
for innovative development of Belarus for 2011-2015” in
order to improve the quality of ICT services and to modernize
and expand telecommunication networks.28 Improvements
in both the access and the use sub-indices indicate a first
success of the programme. Household connectivity made
significant strides in 2012, the proportion of households
with a computer increasing from 46 per cent in 2011 to 52
per cent in 2012 and the proportion of households with
Internet access growing from 40 per cent in 2011 to 48 per
cent in 2012. The indicators applied to measure the use
sub-index all showed good progress. Most notably, fixed
established terrestrial link via India has nearly doubled
(wired)-broadband penetration went up from 22 per cent
international Internet bandwidth per Internet user, from
in 2011 to 27 per cent in 2012, which is by far the highest
1 500 Mbit/s to almost 3 000 Mbit/s by end 2012, as well
penetration in the CIS region. At the same time, wireless
as enhancing the reliability of Bangladesh’s international
broadband is becoming increasingly important, having
connectivity. While the advances made in the access sub-
reached a penetration rate of 33 per cent by end 2012.
index are very encouraging, little progress has been made
MTS, the country’s largest mobile operator, has achieved
in the use sub-index. Both fixed (wired)-broadband and
100 per cent 3G mobile-broadband population coverage in
wireless-broadband penetration remain below 0.5 per cent.
the countries’ cities and regional centres.29 The proportion
The proportion of individuals using the Internet went up by
of individuals using the Internet is increasing, too, reaching
26 per cent, to 6 per cent in 2012.
47 per cent in 2012, up from 40 per cent in 2011.
29
Chapter 2. The ICT Development Index (IDI)
Brazil is among the most dynamic countries in the IDI 2012,
increase, with all three mobile operators offering postpaid
with a value increase of 0.41 as compared with the global
and prepaid 3G plans. Further changes in the mobile sector
average increase of 0.20. The country ranks 62nd in the IDI
are to be expected with the anticipated introduction of MNP
2012. Improvements can be seen in both the access and
in 2013.34 The country also stands out for its increase in the
use sub-indices, with the strongest growth in the latter.
number of households with Internet access, penetration
Brazil stood out in the IDI 2011 for significantly improving
climbing from 34 per cent in 2011 to 47 per cent in 2012.
household connectivity, and the country continued to
make great strides in 2012. The proportion of households
Estonia improved its IDI by 0.54 value points between
with a computer increased from 45 per cent in 2011 to 50
2011 and 2012, and in 2012 ranks 22nd, with an IDI of 7.28.
per cent by end 2012. The proportion of households with
Impressive progress was made in regard to both the access
Internet access shows an even stronger growth, from 38
and use sub-indices, with the greatest improvements in the
per cent in 2011 to 45 per cent in 2012. ICT household
latter. Mobile-cellular penetration, already at a very high
connectivity is one of the main emphases of Brazil’s national
level in 2011, further increased to 155 per cent in 2012.
broadband plan – Programa Nacional de Banda Larga (PNBL).
The proportion of households with a computer and with
The plan aims to bring fast (at least 1 Mbit/s) and affordable
Internet access at home grew by around 6 per cent, to 76 per
broadband access to 40 million Brazilian households by 2014
cent and 75 per cent, respectively. Estonia’s use sub-index
(CGPID, 2010). The government has concluded agreements
value increased by 1.08 value points, almost three times the
with a number of Brazilian operators to extend broadband
average increase. The penetration of Internet users (79 per
access to communities, in particular in rural areas, and to cap
cent) and fixed (wired)-broadband subscriptions (26 per
monthly subscription prices at USD 30 to 35 for connections
cent) continue to rise at very high rates. Most impressive
offering speeds of 1 Mbit/s. The plan further includes tax
are the developments in regard to wireless broadband:
cuts for investments in network deployment and upgrades,
penetration went up from 46 per cent in 2011 to 74 per cent
and the revision of legal frameworks for deploying ICT
in 2012, one of the highest penetration levels worldwide,
infrastructure. Mobile broadband is an integral part of the
and Estonians are ardent users of e- and m-services.35 In
PNBL, and its expansion is promoted in order to increase
2012, no fewer than 94 per cent of Estonians filed their
31
broadband coverage and Internet usage throughout Brazil.
tax declarations online. E-banking is another very popular
The country’s wireless-broadband penetration rose from 22
online service, with 98 per cent of banking transactions
per cent in 2011 to 37 per cent in 2012. Brazilian consulting
carried out online. Mobile applications are being offered for
firm Teleco reports that, by end 2012, 88 per cent of the
public services as well, and Estonians can use their mobile
Brazilian population was covered by a 3G network. Under
phones to pay, for example, for parking (m-parking) or a
the 3G licence agreement, operators were required to roll
bus ticket (m-ticket).36 Estonia has also been singled out for
out a 3G network to all cities with a population of more
its achievements in terms of making superfast broadband
than 200 000 people by April 2012, a goal that two of the
available in homes. According to Point Topic, the country
five licensees had achieved by the deadline.
has made great progress in achieving one of the EU’s
30
32
most ambitious targets, namely to make sure that 100 per
Costa Rica improved its IDI by 0.56, almost three times the
cent of households can get very high-speed broadband
global average increase. It moved up five places to 60th
Internet access by 2012. A study at end 2012 showed that
position, and improved its standing in the Americas region
in Europe the country “is one of only two countries, together
by overtaking Brazil (in 62nd position) in the IDI 2012. The
with Finland, to claim 100 per cent coverage by HSPA, the
monopoly of incumbent ICE was ended in November 2011,
up-to-date standard for 3G broadband. It also has the
when two new mobile operators, Claro (América Móvil) and
third-highest availability of LGE, the 4G mobile standard”.37
Movistar (Telefónica), entered the mobile market (Box 2.5).
33
Strong growth in mobile subscriptions has been recorded
Israel’s IDI rose by 0.41 value points, which is more than
since then. Mobile-cellular penetration exceeded the
twice the global average increase, to 7.11. The country
number of inhabitants, and stood at 128 per cent by end
ranks in 26th position in the IDI 2012. Growth was
2012. Wireless-broadband penetration saw an important
strongest in the use sub-index, in particular in the number
30
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Box 2.5: Competition pushes Costa Rica above the regional average
Until 2011, Costa Rica had one of the last remaining state
of mobile connections.39 While penetration numbers were on
telecommunication-sector monopolies in the world. The
the rise before the introduction of competition, they started
Instituto Costarricense de Electricidad (ICE), founded in 1963,
to increase markedly once competition had been made a legal
had been offering all main telecommunication services in the
country, including mobile-cellular services through the brand
kölbi. When Costa Rica signed the Dominican Republic-Central
requirement, and much higher levels were reached after the
market entry of the two new mobile operators, Claro (América
America-United States Free Trade Agreement (CAFTA-DR) in
Móvil) and Movistar (Telefónica) in November 2011. By end
2009, a liberalized telecommunication market was one of the
2012, mobile-cellular penetration had reached 128 per cent,
requirements of the agreement. This effectively meant the end
and exceeded the regional average.40
of ICE’s monopoly, which was enshrined in the 2008 General
Telecommunications Law.38
As the ITU ICT Price Basket shows, ICT services in Costa Rica
were relatively affordable even under the monopoly. For
instance, in the IPB 2011, Costa Rica had the cheapest mobile-
Further important developments in the mobile market include
the introduction of wireless-broadband services, first offered
by the then monopolist ICE in 200941 and now available from
all Costa Rican mobile operators to both postpaid and prepaid
cellular basket in terms of PPP$ in the region (ITU, 2012a).
customers. By end 2012, wireless-broadband penetration had
However, prior to the liberalization, mobile-cellular penetration
reached 28 per cent, up from 10 per cent in 2011. In 2011,
levels were below the regional average, at only 65 per cent in
prior to market liberalization, the country’s first MVNOs were
2010 and 92 per cent in 2011 (Chart Box 2.5).
launched by ICE to pre-empt any such moves by Claro and
Costa Rica was lagging behind other countries in the region
Movistar. This was also the first retailer launch of an MVNO in
in terms of the introduction of new services: ICE’s 3G network
the Latin American region by two Costa Rican electronics and
was launched relatively late – in 2009 – and Costa Rica was
furniture retailers.42
the last country in the world to offer its customers mobilecellular prepaid services, in 2010. Furthermore, waiting lists
Further changes are on the horizon for the country’s mobile
for mobile services were often long, as ICE was running out
market, with both MNP43 and LTE to be launched in 2013.
Chart Box 2.5: Mobile-cellular subscriptions per 100 inhabitants, Costa Rica and the Americas region,
2009-2012
128.0
120
100
Per 100 inhabitants
2008 General Telecommunications Law of
Costa Rica ends the era of telecommunication
monopoly and paves the way for the creation
of an independent regulatory authority (Sutel)
105.3
80
Costa Rica
60
The Americas
40
November 2011: Claro (América Móvil) and
Movistar (Telefónica) enter the Costa Rican
mobile-cellular market
20
0
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
Source: ITU World Telecommunication/ICT Indicators database.
31
Chapter 2. The ICT Development Index (IDI)
of Internet users and wireless-broadband subscriptions.
than the global average. Great strides were made in terms of
Wireless-broadband penetration climbed by more than
ICT household connectivity: the percentage of households
61 per cent, from 41 per cent in 2011 to 65 per cent in
with a computer shot up from 24 per cent in 2011 to 30
2012. In June 2012, two mobile operators, Golan Telecom
per cent in 2012, and the proportion of households with
and HOT Mobile, launched 3G services.44 This brings the
Internet access progressed in equal measure, from 9 per cent
total number of mobile operators in the country to five,
in 2011 to 14 per cent in 2012. The ICT sector has been an
all of them offering mobile-broadband services. Israel
important focus of the government’s development strategy,
has a competitive Internet market environment, with five
and several policy programmes have been put in place to
main ISPs and 45 smaller licence-holders, and a highly-
foster ICT development in the country. One of the objectives
developed infrastructure. Ninety-nine per cent of homes
of the national broadband programme, to be implemented
are within reach of a fixed (wired)- broadband connection,
by 2015, is the provision of affordable broadband access. The
and fixed (wired)-broadband penetration had reached
establishment of services such as e-government, e-learning
22 per cent by end 2012. In 2012, a total of 73 per cent
and e-health have also been identified by the Mongolian
of the Israeli population were using the Internet, up from
Government as crucial development enablers.47 Wireless
69 per cent in 2011. Apart from Israel’s well-developed
broadband is of particular importance for connecting
broadband infrastructure, the Ministry of Communications
people to the Internet in a country like Mongolia, with
attributes the strong growth in the number of Internet
its nomadic tradition and being one of the least densely
users to the vast offer of local content and language
populated countries in the world.48 Wireless-broadband
websites as well as extensive e-government services.45
penetration has increased significantly, from 17 per cent in
2011 to 27 per cent in 2012. The percentage of individuals
Lebanon has an IDI value of 5.37, and ranks 52nd in the
using the Internet has increased, too, with 16 per cent of
IDI 2012. It is the country with the highest increase in IDI
Mongolians using the Internet in 2012, up from 13 per cent
value of 0.75 points. In the IDI 2011, the country stood
in 2011.
out for increases in the access sub-index (ITU, 2012a). The
2012 data show that while the access sub-index value
Oman improved its IDI by 0.56 value places and four ranks,
continues to improve, Lebanon was able to translate
moving up to 54th position in the IDI 2012. Progress is visible
progress in ICT access and infrastructure into more intense
on both the access and use sub-indices, and can be linked
use of services. The country’s broadband market has seen
to the country’s e-Oman digital strategy (Box 2.6). Wireless-
a number of changes between 2011 and 2012, in particular
broadband penetration has seen a sizeable increase, from
with the introduction of wireless broadband. 3G was
39 per cent in 2011 to 58 per cent in 2012, and the country’s
commercially launched in November 2011 by Touch and
operators are not only expanding the 3G network but also
Alfa, Lebanon’s two state-owned mobile operators, and
deploying WiMax and LTE.49 Mobile broadband is relatively
wireless-broadband penetration went up from 11 per cent
affordable in Oman: the 1 GB postpaid computer-based
in 2011 to 26 per cent in 2012. Fixed (wired)-broadband
basket remains below 1 per cent of GNI p.c. and is one of
penetration more than doubled, from 5 per cent in 2011
the cheapest in the region (see Chapter 3). Internet usage
to 12 per cent in 2012. A new entry-level broadband plan
proportion increased between 2011 and 2012, from 48 per
was introduced by governmental decree in September
cent to 60 per cent.
2011, lowering the cost of entry-level broadband by 70
per cent. The price of this new package lies below the
Seychelles improved its ranking by six places, and now
Arab States average, according to a study by the Lebanese
stands in 64th position in the IDI 2012. All indicators
Telecommunications Regulatory Authority (TRA).46 The
included in the use sub-index showed consistent growth
proportion of individuals using the Internet climbed
rates from 2011 to 2012. The percentage of individuals
to 61 per cent in 2012, up from 52 per cent in 2011.
using the Internet (47 per cent) and the country’s fixed
(wired)-broadband penetration (12 per cent) are the
Mongolia moved up five places to 85th in the IDI 2012. Both
highest of all countries in the Africa region. Seychelles
the access and the use sub-index values improved by more
stands out for gains in the access sub-index. From 2011
32
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Box 2.6: Oman boasts second highest wireless-broadband subscriptions penetration in the region
The Omani Government has undertaken several initiatives
The Telecommunications Regulatory Authority (TRA) has been
to foster ICT development and increase rural connectivity in
working with the mobile operators to extend network coverage,
particular. The country’s digital strategy – e-Oman, adopted
improve rural connectivity and provide faster broadband
in 2002 – is based on six main pillars that are aimed at turning
access through 3G and LTE services. In 2012, important
the country into an information society. They include the
network upgrades were undertaken by the country’s two
development of Oman’s human capital, its ICT industry and
mobile operators. Omantel launched its LTE network in July
national content, and the enhancement of ICT infrastructure and
e-government services. E-Oman also focuses on infrastructure
development, in particular the provision of affordable fixed- and
wireless-broadband access.50
2012,51 and the second mobile operator, Nawras – through
the Turbocharging Programme – has been upgrading its base
stations to improve 3G coverage and introduce LTE and WiMAX
services.52 In June 2012, TRA announced a plan to bring basic
telecommunication services to 150 villages in remote and rural
Chart Box 2.6: Wireless-broadband subscriptions,
Arab States, 2011 and 2012
Per 100 inhabitants
80
2011
70
2012
areas of the Sultanate by the end of 2013.53
Special attention has been given to e-government and wireless
services. The e-government portal Omanuna was created to
provide government services and information online. Omanuna
60
includes a mobile portal through which a number of services
50
can be accessed via a mobile phone.54 Wireless-broadband
40
penetration in particular increased substantially, from 39 per cent
30
in 2011 to 58 per cent in 2012. Oman now has the second-highest
20
wireless-broadband penetration in the region, topped only by
10
the region’s highest-ranked country, Qatar (72 per cent) (see
Qa
t
Om ar
a
Sa
ud U n
i A AE
ra
Ba bia
hr
ai
E n
Le gyp
ba t
n
Su on
Jo dan
M rda
or n
oc
M Tun co
au is
rit ia
an
Sy ia
Ye ria
Co me
m n
Dj oro
ib s
ou
ti
0
Source: ITU World Telecommunication/ICT Indicators database.
Chart Box 2.6). The country has also made important progress in
bringing more people online, and the proportion of individuals
using the Internet rose by around 25 per cent, from 48 per cent
in 2011 to 60 per cent in 2012.
to 2012, it improved its score by 0.62 value points, more
in 2012. A household survey conducted by the country’s
than three times the average increase. With the landing of
Telecommunication Regulatory Authority (TRA, 2012)
the Seychelles East Africa System (SEAS) fibre-optic cable,
confirms that virtually all residents use a mobile phone and
available international Internet bandwidth almost tripled
that 85 per cent of the population use the Internet regularly,
in 2012. SEAS was implemented under a private-public
and for the most part through a high-speed connection (Box
partnership between Seychelles’ Government and the
2.7). In the use sub-index, UAE registered great progress in
archipelago’s two main telecommunication operators, Airtel
the number of wireless-broadband subscriptions. By end
and Cable and Wireless.
2012, penetration had reached 51 per cent, as against 22 per
55
cent the previous year. Furthermore, services are relatively
The United Arab Emirates records the highest increase
cheap: the UAE ranks among the most affordable countries
in rank, shooting up 12 places to 33rd in the IDI 2012.
for prepaid mobile-broadband services, which cost less than
Value increases in the access and use sub-indices are
1 per cent of GNI p.c. (see Chapter 3).
both considerably above the global average. All indicators
included in the access sub-index showed improvement
Zambia, the country with the lowest IDI among the most
from 2011 to 2012. Mobile-cellular telephone penetration
dynamic countries, managed to improve its ranking by five
in particular rose by more than 14 per cent, to 170 per cent
places to 132nd, with an IDI of 1.77. While the use sub-index
33
Chapter 2. The ICT Development Index (IDI)
Box 2.7: An ICT user profile from the United Arab Emirates
The United Arab Emirates achieved the highest increase
number of mobile-broadband customers access the Internet
in IDI rank and the second highest increase in IDI value
via their mobile phones (45 per cent) or their laptops (47
between 2011 and 2012, and now stands in 33rd position
per cent).
in the IDI 2012, with an IDI value of 6.41. Both its access and
use sub-index values increased by many times the global
average. A household survey commissioned by the UAE
Telecommunication Regulatory Authority ( TRA) provides
insights into the usage of ICTs in the country (TRA, 2012).
The proportion of households with Internet access at home
has improved significantly over the past year, standing at 72
per cent by end 2012 (see Chart Box 2.7). Almost all home
Internet subscriptions are to broadband services (92 per cent are
ADSL and 7 per cent are mobile-broadband connections). The
With regard to mobile-cellular telephony, the survey, which
percentage of individuals using the Internet is one of the highest
included individuals between the ages of 15 and 74,
56
in the world at 85 per cent (Chart Box 2.7). Of those, 80 per cent
found that virtually all the survey participants use a mobile
access from home and 56 per cent from work. Most users access
phone. Mobile-cellular penetration stood at 170 per cent
the Internet on a very regular basis: 75 per cent of those accessing
by end 2012, and the survey confirms that 32 per cent of
from home did so at least once a day. Internet users in the UAE
customers have more than one SIM card in use on a regular
spent 58 per cent of their time on English-language websites,
basis (see Chart Box 2.7). The main reasons for owning
while 37 per cent of time spent online is on Arabic websites. The
multiple SIM cards include: to take advantage of different
most common activity online is using e-mailing services (88 per
promotions offered by the two operators (60 per cent), to
cent), followed by social networking (83 per cent) and reading
have a separate card for private and business use (59 per
online newspapers or magazines (72 per cent).
cent), and to benefit from better connectivity in different
The survey confirms that social networking sites are very
regions of the United Arab Emirates (18 per cent). Prepaid
popular among Internet users in the United Arab Emirates, and
telephony is the preferred choice among customers, with 86
can be identified as one of the drivers of Internet usage. A total
per cent of subscriptions being prepaid. At the same time,
of 69 per cent of users have a profile on a social networking
43 per cent of SIM cards have been owned for more than five
site, of which Facebook is by far the most popular. The majority
years. The TRA survey further revealed that an almost equal
of users with a profile visit the social networking site every day.
Chart Box 2.7: Mobile-cellular subscriptions (left), individuals using the Internet (centre), households
with Internet access (right), 2011 and 2012
170
180
85
90
78
80
120
100
86
91
80
60
Per 100 inhabitants
Per 100 inhabitants
80
2012
70
70
140
50
40
33
36
30
20
20
10
World
50
40
34
37
30
20
10
0
0
United Arab
Emirates
72
67
60
60
40
0
United Arab
Emirates
Source: ITU World Telecommunication/ICT Indicators database.
34
2011
Per 100 households
160
149
World
United Arab
Emirates
World
Measuring the Information Society 2013
shows no significant increase, growth in the access subindex is above the global average. This is due to an increase
in the country’s mobile-cellular penetration, from 61 per
cent in 2011 to 76 per cent in 2012. Rural connectivity has
become an increasingly important issue for policy-makers,
who are taking concrete steps to connect remote and
rural areas. These include a tax waiver on GSM equipment
passed by the Zambian government in 2011, which has
allowed mobile operators to extend the country’s mobile
network.57 Several network-extension projects have been
implemented by the country’s mobile operators, and the
private sector is trying to extend coverage and services.
This also means dealing with grid-power shortages that
often afflict rural areas. MTN, for example, has set up “solar
green sites” to connect remote areas that had previously
been cut off on account of limited and costly electricity.58
Other projects are based on public-private partnerships,
including Airtel partnering with the Zambian Information
Communication and Technology Authority (ZICTA) to
expand the mobile network to rural areas. This project,
which is financially supported by the government, is part
of the Universal Access Network Roll-out project59 (Box 2.8).
Zimbabwe is among the most dynamic countries in the
IDI 2012, having moved up four places in the overall IDI
ranking, to 115th position. The country made significant
progress on both the access and the use sub-indices of the
IDI. In both sub-indices, it is the mobile/wireless indicators
Box 2.8: Rural roll-out in Zambia
Zambia has registered a significant increase in mobile-cellular
towers existed in Zambia, providing network coverage to 78
penetration, from 61 per cent in 2011 to 76 per cent in 2012.
per cent of the territory.60 However, mobile-cellular services are
While this still puts the country behind the average penetration
concentrated in urban areas, and the Zambian government
in developing countries (84 per cent), mobile-cellular penetration
has initiated a rural roll-out project to cover all of the country’s
in Zambia is well above the African regional average of 60 per
chiefdoms in cooperation with Zambia’s three mobile
cent (see Chart Box 2.8).
operators and other relevant stakeholders, such as the
The Zambian Government understands ICTs to be a development enabler, and has committed to making services available
to its citizens in rural and remote areas of the country. In
2012, according to the Ministry of Transport, Works, Supply
and Communication, a total of 2 070 mobile-communication
Electrification Unit, funded through the Universal Access
Fund.61 The project has faced a number of challenges, including
“lack of access roads, lack of commercial power, vandalism of
erected sites (…), poor demand resulting in poor or no return
on investment for operators (…)”, which has slowed down the
roll-out.62 The lack of an energy infrastructure in rural Zambia
constitutes a major obstacle, and the expansion of the power
Chart Box 2.8: Mobile-cellular subscriptions, 2011
and 2012
Authority (REA) is implementing its rural electrification
programme to provide access to electricity by the year 2030,
from which mobile operators can also benefit.63 Solar energy
90
80
Per 100 inhabitants
grid is an expensive undertaking. The Rural Electrification
70
2011
represents an alternative that has been exploited by the
2012
operator MTN, which erected the first solar site in early 2012,
60
with further sites being planned.64
50
Zambia’s end-2012 mobile-cellular penetration rate confirms
40
the initial success of the roll-out project. Airtel Zambia has
30
indicated that a significant proportion of its new customers are
20
from rural areas.65 The challenge that lies ahead is to increase
10
broadband penetration and bring an increasing number
0
Developing
country average
Zambia
Africa
of Zambians online. By end 2012, the country’s wirelessbroadband and fixed (wired)-broadband penetration rates
still languished at below 1 per cent, and the proportion of
Source: ITU World Telecommunication/ICT Indicators database.
households with Internet access did not exceed 3 per cent.
35
Chapter 2. The ICT Development Index (IDI)
Figure 2.3: IDI spider charts, selected dynamic countries, 2011 and 2012
Albania
2012
2011
Literacy
Tertiary
enrolment
Secondary
enrolment
Australia
Fixed-telephone
subscriptions
Mobile-cellular
1.0
subscriptions
0.8
0.6
International
Internet bandwidth
0.4
per Internet user
0.2
0.0
Households with
a computer
Wirelessbroadband
subscriptions
Fixed (wired)-broadband
subscriptions
Households
with Internet
Internet users
2012
2011
Literacy
Tertiary
enrolment
Secondary
enrolment
Wirelessbroadband
subscriptions
Fixed (wired)-broadband
subscriptions
Bahrain
2012
2011
Literacy
Tertiary
enrolment
Secondary
enrolment
Households
with Internet
Internet users
2012
2011
Literacy
Tertiary
enrolment
Secondary
enrolment
Literacy
Tertiary
enrolment
Secondary
enrolment
36
Households
with Internet
Internet users
Belarus
Fixed-telephone
subscriptions
Mobile-cellular
1.0
subscriptions
0.8
0.6
International
Internet bandwidth
0.4
per Internet user
0.2
0.0
Households with
a computer
Wirelessbroadband
subscriptions
Fixed (wired)-broadband
subscriptions
Internet users
Fixed-telephone
subscriptions
Mobile-cellular
1.0
subscriptions
0.8
0.6
International
Internet bandwidth
0.4
per Internet user
0.2
0.0
Households with
a computer
Wirelessbroadband
subscriptions
Fixed (wired)-broadband
subscriptions
Barbados
2012
2011
Households
with Internet
Bangladesh
Fixed-telephone
subscriptions
Mobile-cellular
1.0
subscriptions
0.8
0.6
International
Internet bandwidth
0.4
per Internet user
0.2
0.0
Households with
a computer
Wirelessbroadband
subscriptions
Fixed (wired)-broadband
subscriptions
Fixed-telephone
subscriptions
Mobile-cellular
1.0
subscriptions
0.8
0.6
International
Internet bandwidth
0.4
per Internet user
0.2
0.0
Households with
a computer
Households
with Internet
Internet users
2012
2011
Literacy
Tertiary
enrolment
Secondary
enrolment
Fixed-telephone
subscriptions
Mobile-cellular
1.0
subscriptions
0.8
0.6
International
Internet bandwidth
0.4
per Internet user
0.2
0.0
Households with
a computer
Wirelessbroadband
subscriptions
Fixed (wired)-broadband
subscriptions
Households
with Internet
Internet users
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Figure 2.3: IDI spider charts, selected dynamic countries, 2011 and 2012 (continued)
Costa Rica
Brazil
2012
2011
Literacy
Tertiary
enrolment
Secondary
enrolment
Fixed-telephone
subscriptions
Mobile-cellular
1.0
subscriptions
0.8
0.6
International
Internet bandwidth
0.4
per Internet user
0.2
0.0
Households with
a computer
Wirelessbroadband
subscriptions
Fixed (wired)-broadband
subscriptions
Households
with Internet
Internet users
2012
2011
Literacy
Tertiary
enrolment
Secondary
enrolment
Wirelessbroadband
subscriptions
Fixed (wired)-broadband
subscriptions
Estonia
2012
2011
Literacy
Tertiary
enrolment
Secondary
enrolment
Households
with Internet
Internet users
2012
2011
Literacy
Tertiary
enrolment
Secondary
enrolment
Literacy
Tertiary
enrolment
Secondary
enrolment
Households
with Internet
Internet users
Lebanon
Fixed-telephone
subscriptions
Mobile-cellular
1.0
subscriptions
0.8
0.6
International
Internet bandwidth
0.4
per Internet user
0.2
0.0
Households with
a computer
Wirelessbroadband
subscriptions
Fixed (wired)-broadband
subscriptions
Internet users
Fixed-telephone
subscriptions
Mobile-cellular
1.0
subscriptions
0.8
0.6
International
Internet bandwidth
0.4
per Internet user
0.2
0.0
Households with
a computer
Wirelessbroadband
subscriptions
Fixed (wired)-broadband
subscriptions
Kenya
2012
2011
Households
with Internet
Israel
Fixed-telephone
subscriptions
Mobile-cellular
1.0
subscriptions
0.8
0.6
International
Internet bandwidth
0.4
per Internet user
0.2
0.0
Households with
a computer
Wirelessbroadband
subscriptions
Fixed (wired)-broadband
subscriptions
Fixed-telephone
subscriptions
Mobile-cellular
1.0
subscriptions
0.8
0.6
International
Internet bandwidth
0.4
per Internet user
0.2
0.0
Households with
a computer
Households
with Internet
Internet users
2012
2011
Literacy
Tertiary
enrolment
Secondary
enrolment
Fixed-telephone
subscriptions
Mobile-cellular
1.0
subscriptions
0.8
0.6
International
Internet bandwidth
0.4
per Internet user
0.2
0.0
Households with
a computer
Wirelessbroadband
subscriptions
Fixed (wired)-broadband
subscriptions
Households
with Internet
Internet users
37
Chapter 2. The ICT Development Index (IDI)
Figure 2.3: IDI spider charts, selected dynamic countries, 2011 and 2012 (continued)
Oman
Mongolia
2012
2011
Literacy
Tertiary
enrolment
Secondary
enrolment
Fixed-telephone
subscriptions
Mobile-cellular
1.0
subscriptions
0.8
0.6
International
Internet bandwidth
0.4
per Internet user
0.2
0.0
Households with
a computer
Wirelessbroadband
subscriptions
Fixed (wired)-broadband
subscriptions
Households
with Internet
Internet users
2012
2011
Literacy
Tertiary
enrolment
Secondary
enrolment
Wirelessbroadband
subscriptions
Fixed (wired)-broadband
subscriptions
Seychelles
2012
2011
Literacy
Tertiary
enrolment
Secondary
enrolment
Households
with Internet
Internet users
2012
2011
Literacy
Tertiary
enrolment
Secondary
enrolment
Literacy
Tertiary
enrolment
Secondary
enrolment
Households
with Internet
Internet users
2012
2011
Literacy
Tertiary
enrolment
Secondary
enrolment
Internet users
Fixed-telephone
subscriptions
Mobile-cellular
1.0
subscriptions
0.8
0.6
International
Internet bandwidth
0.4
per Internet user
0.2
0.0
Households with
a computer
Wirelessbroadband
subscriptions
Fixed (wired)-broadband
subscriptions
Note: These charts show normalized values of the indicators included in the IDI.
Source: ITU.
38
Households
with Internet
Zimbabwe
Fixed-telephone
subscriptions
Mobile-cellular
1.0
subscriptions
0.8
0.6
International
Internet bandwidth
0.4
per Internet user
0.2
0.0
Households with
a computer
Wirelessbroadband
subscriptions
Fixed (wired)-broadband
subscriptions
Internet users
Fixed-telephone
subscriptions
Mobile-cellular
1.0
subscriptions
0.8
0.6
International
Internet bandwidth
0.4
per Internet user
0.2
0.0
Households with
a computer
Wirelessbroadband
subscriptions
Fixed (wired)-broadband
subscriptions
Zambia
2012
2011
Households
with Internet
United Arab Emirates
Fixed-telephone
subscriptions
Mobile-cellular
1.0
subscriptions
0.8
0.6
International
Internet bandwidth
0.4
per Internet user
0.2
0.0
Households with
a computer
Wirelessbroadband
subscriptions
Fixed (wired)-broadband
subscriptions
Fixed-telephone
subscriptions
Mobile-cellular
1.0
subscriptions
0.8
0.6
International
Internet bandwidth
0.4
per Internet user
0.2
0.0
Households with
a computer
Households
with Internet
Internet users
Measuring the Information Society 2013
where the most progress was made. Zimbabwe’s mobile-
the current (2012) divide but also to ascertain whether the
cellular penetration went up from 72 per cent in 2011 to 97
divide has been increasing or decreasing over the past year.
per cent in 2012. In the use sub-index, wireless-broadband
penetration doubled from 15 to 30 per cent over the same
An analysis of the IDI points to a significant divide between
period. As a result, Zimbabwe has the second-highest
the developed and developing world. In 2012, the average
penetration rate in Africa, just after Ghana (34 per cent). In
developed-country IDI value was exactly twice as high as
2012, Zimbabwe’s three mobile operators undertook roll-out
the developing-country average. At the same time, the
projects and increased coverage, especially in rural areas of
developing-country average IDI value is growing faster, at
the country. At the same time, the country’s Postal and
a rate of 5.8 per cent, as against 3.5 per cent for developed
Telecommunications Regulatory Authority (POTRAZ) has
countries. While developed countries are starting to reach
started to set up base stations in the country’s underserved
saturation levels, in particular in terms of mobile-cellular
areas, funded through the Universal Services Fund (USF).
67
subscriptions and household ICT access, developing
Apart from infrastructure projects, m-banking is gaining
countries, where penetration levels remain much lower,
importance in Zimbabwe and increasing the popularity
continue to have ample potential for growth (Chart 2.1).
66
of mobile services. The country’s leading operator, Econet
Wireless, started a mobile payment service – Ecocash – in
The difference in the access sub-index (Chart 2.2), which
2011, which attracted 1.7 million customers in its first year
measures ICT infrastructure and readiness, is smaller than
and, according to the company, is the region’s second most
the difference in the use sub-index, thus confirming that
successful service after Kenya’s m-pesa. Statistics from
developing countries have been able to make greater
POTRAZ further show that the highest share of investments
progress in providing basic ICT access. Progress has been
in the telecommunication and postal sector was in data
achieved particularly through mobile-cellular technology,
and Internet services (78 per cent of total investments in
but also through an increase in household access to
the second quarter of 2012).
ICTs and increased availability of international Internet
68
69
bandwidth. Between 2011 and 2012, the access sub-index
in the developing countries grew three times as fast as in
2.3 Monitoring the digital divide:
developed, developing and least
connected countries
the developed world.
The divide, which is measured as the difference in IDI values
between groups, is largest in terms of the use sub-index,
which measures the uptake and intensity of ICT use. Here,
One of the key purposes of measuring ICT developments
developed countries have reached over three times the
and for which ITU produces the IDI is to assess and track the
average 2012 IDI value of developing countries (Chart 2.3).
global digital divide. The digital divide can be understood
This gap points to the considerable differences that exist
as the difference in ICT access and use between countries,
between the developed and developing world in terms of
between regions, or between other groupings that share
Internet users and fixed (wired)-broadband and wireless-
common characteristics. At the global level, a common
broadband subscriptions. In many developing countries,
way of identifying differences between countries is to look
broadband access remains very limited, and still today some
at national ICT levels in relation to the world average, or to
countries have not yet launched 3G high-speed mobile
group the world into developed and developing countries
broadband networks, effectively limiting the potential to
and compare their respective performance.
bring more people online. At the same time, the use subindex is growing at twice the speed in developing countries.
The IDI is an especially useful tool for comparing differences
This is a positive development, suggesting that developing
in ICT developments since, as a composite index, it
countries are catching up.
consolidates several ICT indicators into one single value.
On the basis of the 2012 and 2011 data presented in this
The smallest differences between developed and developing
chapter, it is possible not only to gauge the magnitude of
countries and smallest change between 2011 and 2012 are
39
Chapter 2. The ICT Development Index (IDI)
Chart 2.1: IDI, world and by level of
development
9
9
8
8
6.5 6.8
7
2011
6
5
IDI
Chart 2.4: IDI skills sub-inde, world and by level
of development
2012
4.2 4.4
4
Change:
+3.5%
3
2
Change:
+4.8%
3.4
3.3
Change:
+5.8%
1
7
IDI skills sub-index
8.7 8.7
2012
6.6 6.6
5.8 5.8
6
Change:
+0.0%
5
4
3
2011
Change:
+0.0%
Change:
+0.1%
2
1
0
World
Developed
Developing
Chart 2.2: IDI access sub-index, world and by
level of development
0
World
Developed
Developing
Note: Simple averages.
Source: ITU.
9
8
IDI access sub-index
reached very high levels of literacy and school enrolment,
2012
4.6 4.7
3.7 3.9
4
Change:
+1.9%
3
2
time to come into effect. While developed countries have
2011
6
5
found in the skills sub-index (Chart 2.4), where changes take
7.0 7.1
7
Change:
+3.9%
equipped with basic skills to enable them to participate in
the information society. This is particularly – and increasingly
Change:
+5.3%
1
developing countries need to ensure that all citizens are
– important as infrastructure barriers are being overcome
and ICTs are made available to an increasingly large
0
World
Developed
Developing
:
Chart 2.3: IDI use sub-index, world and by level
of development
proportion of the world’s population.
Another way of analysing the digital divide is by tracking the
IDI range that separates the countries with the highest and
the lowest IDI values. This exercise helps to understand how
9
8
IDI use sub-index
7
6
5.1
2011
the top performers are evolving compared to those at the
2012
bottom. Between 2011 and 2012, the IDI range remained
the same globally as well as in developing countries (7.58 for
5.5
both), suggesting that the countries with the highest and the
5
4
3
2
1
2.5
2.8
Change:
+8.6%
Change:
+17.3%
1.6
Change:
+12.5%
1.8
lowest ICT levels developed at similar speeds. The IDI range
in developed countries, on the other hand, decreased from
4.61 to 4.34, indicating that the gap between the top and
bottom performers within the developed-country group
is closing slightly. Indeed, the maximum and minimum IDI
0
World
Developed
Developing
values in the developed countries show that, between 2011
and 2012, the IDI of the top performer increased only slightly
Note: Simple averages.
Source: ITU.
40
(from 8.41 to 8.45), while the IDI of the developed country
with the lowest value increased from 3.80 to 4.11 (Table 2.4).
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Table 2.4: IDI by level of development, 2011 and 2012
IDI 2012
IDI 2011
Average
value*
Min.
Max.
Range
StDev
CV
Average
value*
Min.
Max.
Range
StDev
CV
Change in
average value
2011-2012
World
4.35
0.99
8.57
7.58
2.19
50.28
4.15
0.93
8.51
7.58
2.13
51.32
0.20
Developed
6.78
4.11
8.45
4.34
1.14
16.82
6.55
3.80
8.41
4.61
1.16
17.66
0.23
Developing
3.44
0.99
8.57
7.58
1.75
50.79
3.25
0.93
8.51
7.58
1.67
51.26
0.19
Note: * Simple average. StDev: Standard deviation, CV: Coefficient of variation.
Source: ITU.
For both developed and developing countries, the
groups based on countries’ level of ICT development, i.e.
coefficient of variation (CV), which measures the variation
their IDI value. To this end, four groups/quartiles were
or dispersion of all IDI values from the mean IDI values,
formed, reflecting four different levels of ICT development:
decreased slightly between 2011 and 2012, suggesting that
high, upper, medium and low (Table 2.5).
both groups became slightly more homogeneous.
Between 2011 and 2012, the IDI range within each group
One shortcoming of grouping countries into only two
decreased for the high and upper IDI groups, and increased
categories (developed and developing) is that the
for the medium and low IDI groups. This suggests that
categories each include countries at very different stages
while countries with higher IDI levels are moving at similar
of ICT development. The developing-country group, for
speeds, the difference in IDI levels of those at the lower
instance, which is defined on the basis of the United
end is increasing. The high and upper groups also have
Nations classification, also includes ICT champions such as
smaller coefficients of variation (CV) than the medium and
the Republic of Korea, Hong Kong (China) and Singapore.
low groups, suggesting that there is more variation in IDI in
the groups with lower levels of ICT development. Between
Another way of grouping and comparing countries in order
2011 and 2012, the CV decreased slightly for the medium IDI
to monitor and analyse the digital divide is by creating
group, but increased for the low IDI group. This highlights
Table 2.5: IDI by groups, 2011 and 2012
IDI 2012
Group
Number
Average
of counvalue*
tries
IDI 2011
Min.
Max.
Range
StDev
CV
Average
value*
Min.
Max.
Range
StDev
CV
High
40
7.30
6.19
8.57
2.38
0.72
9.86
7.06
5.68
8.51
2.83
0.78
11.11
Upper
39
5.08
4.17
6.11
1.95
0.59
11.55
4.80
3.86
5.91
2.05
0.60
12.44
Medium
39
3.31
2.40
4.11
1.70
0.53
15.89
3.12
2.16
3.80
1.64
0.52
16.58
Low
39
1.64
0.99
2.33
1.34
0.36
21.95
1.56
0.93
2.19
1.25
0.33
20.97
Total
157
4.35
0.99
8.57
7.58
2.19
50.28
4.15
0.93
8.51
7.58
2.13
51.32
Note: * Simple average. StDev: Standard deviation, CV: Coefficient of variation.
Source: ITU.
41
Chapter 2. The ICT Development Index (IDI)
Box 2.9: The least connected countries (LCCs) – home to 2.4 billion people – are not making enough
progress to reduce the digital divide
The world’s least connected countries (LCCs) are the group of
relatively late. Some, like Chad, the Central African Republic and
39 countries with low IDI 2012 values, based on a categorization
Niger had not launched 3G services by end 2012.
that divides the 157 countries included in the IDI into four groups
(high, upper, medium, and low). In these LCCs, most ICT access
and use is limited to basic voice and low-speed data services.
While a number of LCCs have reached relatively high levels
The LCCs include many of the world’s least developed countries
(LDCs), and the majority are in Africa. However, they also include
a number of highly populated countries that are not LDCs,
including India, Nigeria and Pakistan, and they represent a total
of mobile-cellular penetration, more advanced ICT services,
population of 2.4 billion, which is more than one-third of the
including broadband Internet access, remain very limited.
world’s total (2012) population.
In the majority of LCCs, Internet access is limited, hardly ever
They are the countries that could potentially derive great benefits
high-speed, very expensive, and used by only a small percentage
from better access to and use of ICTs, including in areas such as
of the population. In Cameroon, Djibouti, Pakistan, Rwanda and
health, education and employment. Most of the countries on the
Togo, fewer than one in ten people use the Internet. In Papua
list of LCCs are also those that are lagging behind with respect to
New Guinea, Myanmar, Eritrea and Niger, fewer than 2 per cent
the Millennium Development Goals (MDGs). This highlights the
of the population is online. The LCCs also tend to have very low
need to give special attention to these countries and to adapt
fixed- and mobile-broadband penetration levels, and most only
national policies so that they can make the most of ICTs in order
launched and commercialized 3G mobile-broadband networks
to help foster development and achieve the MDGs.
Figure Box 2.9: Least connected countries (LCCs), 2012
IDI value:
Above 2.33
LCC (2.33 and below)
Data not available
Source: ITU.
that this latter group – comprising the lowest quartile of
increase in the average IDI value between 2011 and 2012
the 157 countries included in the 2012 IDI – is becoming
(of only 0.08). Introduced as “least connected countries”
more heterogeneous and that the divide within this group
(LCCs) in last year’s MIS report (ITU, 2012a), the countries in
is widening. Additionally, this group of countries with very
this group are not making enough progress to catch up in
low levels of ICT uptake and use also recorded the smallest
terms of ICT developments (Box 2.9).
42
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Chart 2.5: IDI and GNI per capita
10
Korea (Rep.)
9
8
Estonia
7
United Arab Emirates
IDI 2012
6
Moldova
5
Brunei Darussalam
4
Botswana
3
Gabon
2
Angola
1
R² = 0.8848
0
0
10'000
20'000
30'000
40'000
50'000
60'000
GNI per capita, PPP$, 2011
Source: ITU.
There are many reasons why some countries lag behind
Darussalam, but also Angola, Gabon and Botswana. The
in terms of ICTs. While governments can foster ICT growth
comparison suggests that, in these countries, focused
and uptake to a certain extent, including by creating an
policies and government action could quickly lead to
open regulatory framework and encouraging private-
higher ICT levels.
sector investment, there is a strong link between ICT
uptake (and other development issues) and income
ITU has repeatedly highlighted the link between the uptake
levels. Indeed, a regression analysis of IDI values and GNI
of ICTs and the price of telecommunication services.
per capita shows a high R-squared value (0.88), which
Unless voice and Internet services are affordable, people
confirms the strong relationship that exists between how
will not be able to use and take advantage of them. Prices
wealthy countries are and how advanced their information
are increasingly a subject of investigation by regulatory
societies are (Chart 2.5).
authorities in charge of ensuring fair competition and
Despite the strong link between income and IC T
development variables, some countries are faring
comparatively better (or worse) than their income levels
would predict. Countries such as the Republic of Korea,
Estonia and Moldova, for example, lie well above the
regression curve and have relatively high IDI values in
consumer protection, and the importance of prices and
the differences between countries are further elaborated
on in Chapter 3 of this report. A comparison of the IDI
with the ICT Price Basket (IPB), ITU’s unique metric that
compares the affordability of ICT services in more than
160 countries worldwide, confirms the link between ICT
relation to their gross national income (GNI) level. The
uptake and affordability (Chart 2.6). A high R-squared
Republic of Korea and Estonia, in particular, have made
value of 0.85 substantiates the claim that relatively high
ICTs a national priority and showcased clear leadership in
prices tend to hamper the spread of ICTs, while affordable
developing and using ICTs and formulating targeted ICT
services foster their uptake and use. Countries with very
policies that have driven ICT growth and uptake. Countries
high ICT prices and very low ICT levels, in particular, must
with relatively high income levels but comparatively lower
address pricing policies in order to allow more people to
IDI values include the United Arab Emirates and Brunei
join the information society.
43
Chapter 2. The ICT Development Index (IDI)
Chart 2.6: IDI and IPB
12
10
IDI 2012
8
6
4
R² = 0.8547
2
0
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
IPB 2012
Source: ITU.
2.4 IDI sub-indices: access, use and
skills
cellular penetration rates of around 30 per cent or less.
On the basis of the underlying conceptual framework, which
with 4 per cent in developed countries), and many
identifies three stages in the evolution of countries towards
becoming information societies, the ICT Development Index
(IDI) is divided into the three sub-indices: ICT access, ICT
use and ICT skills. Each sub-index is composed of a set of
indicators that capture these different stages (see section 2.1).
Between 2011 and 2012, mobile-cellular growth rates stood
at around 8 per cent in developing countries (as compared
developing countries, such as Cambodia, Cameroon, Costa
Rica, Rwanda and Zambia, continue to achieve significant
increases in the number of mobile-cellular subscriptions.
Major advances are also being made in terms of increasing
international Internet bandwidth, and a number of new
Access sub-index
fibre-optic submarine cables are providing countries with
The access sub-index of the IDI measures ICT infrastructure
bandwidth demand growth has been robust on all five of
and readiness – a basic requirement for using and benefiting
the world’s major submarine cable routes, but has been
from ICTs – and is composed of five indicators: fixed-
particularly rapid on key routes to emerging markets in
telephone subscriptions per 100 inhabitants, mobile-cellular
Asia, Africa, the Middle East and Latin America”.70 While a
telephone subscriptions per 100 inhabitants, international
number of landlocked developing countries, such as the
Internet bandwidth per Internet user, percentage of
Central African Republic and Chad, continue to suffer from
households with a computer, and percentage of households
very low levels of international connectivity, many countries,
with Internet access at home.
including Indonesia, Kenya, Lebanon and South Africa, have
more capacity. According to Telegeography, “International
benefited from new cable deployments, and public-private
Globally, mobile-cellular penetration has reached a high
partnerships to distribute them.
of 96 per cent, and a total of 98 economies (out of the 157
included in the IDI) have attained penetration levels above
The level of household access to ICTs varies greatly among
100 per cent. In 2012, only few economies, such as Cuba,
the countries included in the IDI. While in some countries
Eritrea, Ethiopia, Mozambique and Niger, recorded mobile-
practically all households have a computer and Internet
44
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Box 2.10: Abundant and secure international Internet bandwidth and fast broadband to protect and
run Hong Kong (China)’s financial centre
Hong Kong (China)’s telecommunication regulator has ensured
of the world’s leading business and financial centres. OFCA’s goal
that, as one of the world’s key financial hubs, Hong Kong has
is to ensure that “consumers get the best services available in
an abundant amount of bandwidth. Its international Internet
terms of capacity, quality and price”. By end 2012, Hong Kong
bandwidth per Internet user is the second highest in the world
(China) had 185 licensed broadband Internet service providers
(after Luxembourg). In December 2012, the eighth high-speed
and about 2.27 million registered customers (from a population
undersea cable system, the Asia Submarine-cable Express (ASE),
of just over 7 million) enjoying broadband services with speeds
landed in Hong Kong (China), and more cables are planned. ACE
up to 1’000 Mbit/s. Some 87 per cent of households had fixed
“offers both unparalleled ultra-low latency performance to the
broadband at home, and Hong Kong is also one of the world
region as well as high resiliency on natural disasters and supports
leaders in the deployment of FTTH/B technologies. In addition to
enterprises’ growth in particular financial institutions for which
a highly competitive 3G market, all five mobile network operators
every millisecond counts in the highly competitive market”.71
have deployed LTE technology.
According to the Office of the Communications Authority
ITU price data also show that Hong Kong’s fixed- and mobile-
(OFCA), the state-of-the-art telecommunication infrastructure
broadband services are very affordable, in particular when
has been an important factor in making Hong Kong (China) one
compared internationally (see Chapter 3).
Source: ITU, based on http://www.gov.hk/en/about/abouthk/factsheets/docs/telecommunications.pdf.
access, penetration rates remain very low in many of the
at the top of the overall IDI also have a very high access
low-income economies. In Bangladesh, Burkina Faso,
sub-index value. The list is topped by Hong Kong (China),
Democratic Republic of the Congo and Liberia, for example,
which displays a very high value of 9.18, and also ranked
fewer than 5 per cent of households have a computer.
first in last year’s access sub-index. An important financial
In Mali, Myanmar and Rwanda, fewer than 3 per cent of
hub, Hong Kong (China) continues to make sure that it has
households have Internet access at home. To increase ICT
access to abundant international Internet bandwidth and
access in homes, services need to be made available and
that it benefits from a high degree of competition, the latest
affordable, and an increasing number of countries have
instituted specific programmes and set goals for connecting
homes. According to the latest report of the Broadband
Commission for Digital Development, on broadband plans,
58 per cent of broadband plans in 2013 reference household
targets. In total, some 133 countries (around 70 per cent)
had a national broadband plan.72
Most countries in the world are not making any changes
in terms of their fixed-telephone penetration, and growth
has been negative in developed and developing regions
since 2009. Exceptions, where an increase in the number
of fixed-telephone subscriptions has influenced countries’
IDI access sub-index value, include Moldova, Seychelles and
broadband technologies and low prices (Box 2.10). The list
of the top ten economies on the access sub-index includes
a number of other smaller economies (Luxembourg, Iceland,
Switzerland, Singapore and Malta), but also countries with
large populations (Germany and the United Kingdom)
(Table 2.6).
The IDI access sub-index highlights very important
differences in ICT readiness worldwide. While the top
performer is approaching the maximum value of ten,
the countries at the bottom (Central African Republic
and Eritrea) have access values of just above one. The
range that separates the countries at the top from
the United Arab Emirates.
those at the bottom actually increased slightly between
Given the importance of basic access as a prerequisite
divide in basic access to ICTs is far from being bridged
for making use of ICTs, many of the economies that rank
(Table 2.1).
2011 and 2012 (from 8.01 to 8.06), suggesting that the
45
Chapter 2. The ICT Development Index (IDI)
Table 2.6: IDI access sub-index, 2011 and 2012
Rank
Access
Rank
Access
Economy
2012
2012
2011
2011
Hong Kong, China
1
9.18
1
9.13
Luxembourg
2
8.93
2
8.72
Iceland
3
8.77
3
8.71
Switzerland
4
8.73
4
8.61
Germany
5
8.51
5
8.48
United Kingdom
6
8.46
7
8.30
Sweden
7
8.37
6
8.36
Singapore
8
8.31
9
8.21
Netherlands
9
8.28
8
8.23
Malta
10
8.28
11
8.16
Korea (Rep.)
11
8.28
10
8.19
Denmark
12
8.18
12
8.14
Austria
13
7.96
15
7.74
France
14
7.95
14
7.77
Macao, China
15
7.93
13
7.91
Japan
16
7.73
17
7.64
Norway
17
7.72
16
7.70
New Zealand
18
7.69
22
7.49
Belgium
19
7.67
18
7.58
Finland
20
7.66
20
7.55
Canada
21
7.65
19
7.58
Australia
22
7.64
21
7.55
Ireland
23
7.59
23
7.49
Israel
24
7.57
24
7.38
United Arab Emirates
25
7.31
35
6.73
Barbados
26
7.29
28
7.03
Estonia
27
7.27
29
7.00
Bahrain
28
7.25
34
6.82
United States
29
7.24
26
7.12
Slovenia
30
7.23
25
7.17
Italy
31
7.15
27
7.08
Qatar
32
7.10
32
6.88
Spain
33
7.05
30
6.99
Antigua & Barbuda
34
7.03
31
6.94
Portugal
35
7.00
33
6.83
Saudi Arabia
36
6.76
38
6.58
Russian Federation
37
6.73
39
6.53
Greece
38
6.69
36
6.58
Croatia
39
6.66
37
6.58
Czech Republic
40
6.60
40
6.49
Kazakhstan
41
6.60
47
6.14
Brunei Darussalam
42
6.55
42
6.35
Lithuania
43
6.47
41
6.44
Poland
44
6.46
43
6.32
Hungary
45
6.46
44
6.30
Cyprus
46
6.45
45
6.29
Belarus
47
6.41
53
6.01
Uruguay
48
6.38
49
6.06
Bulgaria
49
6.33
50
6.04
Slovakia
50
6.28
48
6.13
Latvia
51
6.25
52
6.02
St. Vincent and the Gr.
52
6.12
51
6.02
Seychelles
53
6.10
57
5.49
Malaysia
54
6.09
54
5.76
Lebanon
55
6.04
64
5.34
Argentina
56
5.88
56
5.59
Serbia
57
5.82
46
6.24
Romania
58
5.81
55
5.61
Moldova
59
5.81
60
5.45
Oman
60
5.74
61
5.42
Trinidad & Tobago
61
5.67
58
5.46
Chile
62
5.65
62
5.40
TFYR Macedonia
63
5.65
59
5.45
Maldives
64
5.62
63
5.38
Costa Rica
65
5.53
69
4.95
Panama
66
5.51
66
5.06
Brazil
67
5.49
65
5.18
Ukraine
68
5.27
71
4.88
Saint Lucia
69
5.20
67
5.04
Azerbaijan
70
5.17
72
4.84
Mauritius
71
5.17
70
4.91
Turkey
72
5.11
68
5.01
Georgia
73
5.06
74
4.65
Jordan
74
4.95
76
4.53
Suriname
75
4.90
73
4.79
Bosnia and Herzegovina
76
4.83
75
4.58
Iran (I.R.)
77
4.68
77
4.53
Morocco
78
4.67
78
4.39
Armenia*The GNI per capita is based
79
4.52World Bank’s
79
Note:
on the
Atlas4.23
Method.
Source:
Source: ITU.
ITU.
46
Economy
China
Colombia
Ecuador
Egypt
Syria
South Africa
Venezuela
Mexico
Mongolia
Viet Nam
Thailand
Tunisia
El Salvador
Jamaica
Fiji
Peru
Albania
Gabon
Indonesia
Paraguay
Algeria
Botswana
Cape Verde
Philippines
Sri Lanka
Dominican Rep.
Bolivia
Tonga
Guyana
Cambodia
Namibia
Honduras
Nicaragua
Kenya
Bhutan
Sudan
Senegal
Côte d'Ivoire
Mauritania
Pakistan
Zimbabwe
Lao P.D.R.
India
Mali
Swaziland
Gambia
Ghana
Uzbekistan
Benin
Lesotho
Zambia
Djibouti
Yemen
Bangladesh
Solomon Islands
Nigeria
Congo
Rwanda
Uganda
Cameroon
Tanzania
Burkina Faso
Comoros
Angola
Liberia
Malawi
Guinea
Mozambique
Niger
Ethiopia
Myanmar
Guinea-Bissau
Madagascar
Cuba
Chad
Congo (Dem. Rep.)
Eritrea
Central African Rep.
Rank
2012
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
Access
2012
4.36
4.35
4.34
4.20
4.20
4.14
4.13
4.11
4.04
4.04
4.00
3.95
3.95
3.93
3.86
3.85
3.73
3.67
3.62
3.60
3.60
3.58
3.46
3.41
3.36
3.35
3.27
3.25
3.18
3.14
3.09
3.05
2.99
2.73
2.68
2.62
2.59
2.58
2.58
2.56
2.54
2.53
2.50
2.44
2.43
2.42
2.40
2.38
2.36
2.26
2.12
2.11
2.09
2.03
2.02
1.99
1.99
1.96
1.95
1.87
1.87
1.87
1.87
1.83
1.80
1.72
1.71
1.69
1.65
1.64
1.62
1.49
1.48
1.45
1.40
1.33
1.23
1.12
Rank
2011
82
84
81
83
80
88
87
85
95
89
92
90
91
86
93
94
96
102
100
98
99
97
101
106
105
103
108
104
109
112
110
107
111
123
116
120
121
113
119
115
126
122
114
127
117
125
128
118
124
130
133
129
134
138
131
136
135
141
132
143
139
142
137
140
148
144
145
146
149
147
150
154
151
152
155
153
156
157
Access
2011
4.04
3.99
4.05
4.00
4.12
3.90
3.91
3.93
3.69
3.87
3.77
3.79
3.78
3.91
3.76
3.74
3.53
3.30
3.35
3.45
3.43
3.46
3.32
3.19
3.21
3.30
3.06
3.23
3.01
2.72
2.87
3.11
2.74
2.35
2.46
2.37
2.37
2.48
2.41
2.47
2.19
2.36
2.47
2.18
2.46
2.26
2.15
2.44
2.27
2.01
1.89
2.08
1.86
1.81
1.97
1.85
1.85
1.78
1.93
1.72
1.79
1.76
1.82
1.78
1.54
1.72
1.65
1.60
1.54
1.60
1.53
1.32
1.48
1.38
1.23
1.32
1.12
1.12
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Box 2.11: Kenya – largest amount of international Internet bandwidth per Internet user in Africa
Kenya has made significant advances in its access sub-index,
authorities decided to participate in the construction project
which rose from 2.35 in 2011 to 2.73 in 2012. This allowed the
for a submarine cable system. The East African Marine System
country to climb ten places in the access sub-index rankings,
(TEAMS), a public-private partnership (PPP) between the
although it did not improve in the overall IDI ranking, where
Kenyan Government and Etisalat, the United Arab Emirates
it still stands in 116th position in 2012. Within the access
incumbent telecommunication operator, went live in October
sub-index, international Internet bandwidth per Internet user
2009 and links Kenya’s coastal town of Mombasa with the
increased substantially in 2012, and Kenya has become the
United Arab Emirates.73 However, TEAMS is not Kenya’s only
country with the largest amount of international Internet
source of international Internet bandwidth. Since 2009,
bandwidth per Internet user in the Africa region (see Chart
SEACOM, the Eastern Africa Submarine Cable System (EASSy)
Box 2.11).
and LION2 have all become operational. While the latter two are
Prior to 2009, Kenya’s international Internet connectivity was
dependent on satellite links. Understanding the importance
run and operated by several international telecommunication
companies, SEACOM is owned by private investors.
of greater Internet capacity, the Kenyan Government has
Following the success of TEAMS, another PPP was initiated to
long advocated the landing of submarine cables on its
expand the country’s national backbone network. Kenya’s open
shores. Instead of relying on the private sector, the Kenyan
Chart Box 2.11: International Internet bandwidth
per Internet user, top five countries, Africa, 2011
and 2012
access National Optical Fibre Backbone Infrastructure (NOFBI)
terrestrial network complements the country’s cable systems
and brings bandwidth to the districts.74
With the landing of the fourth submarine cable system
(LION2) in April 2012, the country was able to increase its
capacity significantly. LION2 is an extension of the LION
30'000
Bit/s per user
25'000
2011
submarine cable system which connects countries bordering
2012
the Indian Ocean.75 Apart from boosting Kenya’s international
Internet bandwidth capacity, the additional cable will provide
redundancy in case of outages and thus guarantee network
20'000
stability and reliability. LION2 will also allow a greater quantity
15'000
of international Internet traffic to go through Kenya and
10'000
strengthen the country’s position as a regional communication
5'000
hub, according to Telekom Kenya, one of the shareholders.76
Data from the Communications Commission of Kenya (CCK)
0
Kenya
South
Africa
Côte Seychelles Mauritius
d'Ivoire
Source: ITU World Telecommunication/ICT Indicators database.
The economies that have made the most progress between
2011 and 2012 in terms of ICT access are all from the
developing world (Table 2.7). Most of them are ranked in
the upper and medium groups on the overall IDI, but the
list also includes the high-income economy of the United
Arab Emirates.
The United Arab Emirates improved its ranking on the
access sub-index by ten places by significantly increasing
penetration rates for all the indicators making up the access
shows that the total used bandwidth has increased during the
course of 2012,77 driven mostly by the bandwidth capacity of
submarine cables (CCK, 2012).
sub-index. Both fixed- and mobile-cellular penetration
increased, from 23 to 24 per cent and from 149 to 170 per
cent, respectively, in 2012. The proportion of households with
a computer and with Internet access increased from 77 to 85
per cent and from 67 to 72 per cent, respectively. The country’s
international Internet bandwidth increased substantially, by
almost 70 per cent, to 254 000 Mbit/s (Box 2.7).
Kenya also improved its position by ten places, to 113th
on the access sub-index in 2012, thanks primarily to a large
47
Chapter 2. The ICT Development Index (IDI)
Table 2.7: Top ten economies with the greatest 2011-2012 change in the IDI access sub-index, by
absolute value change (left) and rank change (right)
IDI rank
2012
Access rank
Country
2012
52
64
33
60
48
70
39
120
76
71
55
53
25
65
41
66
28
109
74
73
Lebanon
Seychelles
United Arab Emirates
Costa Rica
Kazakhstan
Panama
Bahrain
Cambodia
Jordan
Georgia
Access
value change
2011-2012
0.70
0.62
0.58
0.57
0.45
0.45
0.44
0.43
0.42
0.41
IDI rank
2012
33
116
52
85
39
48
41
115
112
119
Access rank
Country
2012
25
113
55
88
28
41
47
120
97
115
United Arab Emirates
Kenya
Lebanon
Mongolia
Bahrain
Kazakhstan
Belarus
Zimbabwe
Gabon
Sudan
Access
rank change
2011-2012
10
10
9
7
6
6
6
6
5
5
Source: ITU.
Box 2.12: Cambodia’s heated mobile market
Cambodia registered one of the highest increases in the IDI
carriers have been operating in recent years.78 In this competitive
access sub-index between 2011 and 2012, improving its access
environment, price wars have occurred over market shares, with
sub-index value by 0.43 and moving up three places in the sub-
operators trying to lure new customers by offering free SIM
index rankings. It ranks 120th in the overall IDI in 2012, up one
cards, high top-up bonuses for SMS, minutes and data, as well
position from the year before.
as cash prizes. The latest price war erupted in 2012 between the
During this time period, mobile-cellular subscriptions went up
mobile operators Smart and MobiTel. Both were offering very
from 96 to 132 per 100 inhabitants. This represents a 37 per cent
cheap prices and high top-up bonuses for calls, SMS and data.
growth in mobile-cellular penetration, well above the global
The country’s telecommunication regulator ended this latest
and regional average (Chart Box 2.12). Cambodia has a highly
price war, with reference to the 2009 proclamation, which set a
competitive and fast-moving mobile market in which eight to ten
minimum price per minute in order to ensure the sustainable
development of the mobile market.79
Chart Box 2.12: Mobile-cellular telephone subscriptions, 2011 and 2012
Mobile communication has expanded rapidly and plays an
important role in this least-developed country, where fixed
telecommunication infrastructure is very limited. Fixed-
140
132
Per 100 inhabitants
120
100
telephone penetration in Cambodia stood at 4 per cent at end
2011
2012, compared to the Asia and the Pacific regional average of
2012
96
86
13 per cent and the developing-country average of 11 per cent.
91
77
80
83
Fixed (wired)-broadband penetration remains very low, at 0.20
per cent at end 2012.
60
Cambodia also made good progress on the use sub-index,
40
moving up eight places in the rankings. In 2012, the country
20
extended its mobile-broadband network, and increased wirelessbroadband penetration from 2 per cent in 2011 to 7 per cent in
0
Cambodia
World
Asia and the
Pacific
2012. In 2013, Cambodia has finalized its National Broadband
Policy, which – once implemented – will help foster broadband
Source: ITU World Telecommunication/ICT Indicators database.
48
development in the country.80
Measuring the Information Society 2013
increase in international Internet bandwidth per Internet
user, which jumped from 4 500 Mbit/s in 2011 to 24 000
Mbit/s in 2012. In terms of international Internet bandwidth
Chart 2.7: Countries with a national
broadband plan
per Internet user, this makes Kenya the bandwidth-richest
140
133
country in Africa (Box 2.11).
123
120
bandwidth also took place in Lebanon, and between 2011
and 2012 Lebanon was the country with the highest value
change on the access sub-index. The country, which has
been highlighted for its achievements in terms of household
access to ICTs, also improved its ranking, from 64th in 2011
to 55th in 2012.81
102
Number of countries
A very sizeable expansion in international Internet
100
80
64
53
60
40
20
31
38
17
0
2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012
Cambodia and Sudan are the only countries from the
group of LCCs that feature in the top ten economies
Source: ITU World Telecommunication/ICT Regulatory Database.
showing the greatest change in the IDI access sub-index
between 2011 and 2012. In Cambodia, household access
to ICTs remains low, but the number of mobile-cellular
subscriptions increased to 132 per 100 inhabitants in 2012,
from 96 a year earlier (Box 2.12). In Sudan, the number of
households with a computer and with Internet access
increased substantially, from 11 to 14 per cent and from 21
to 29 per cent, respectively.
Increasing growth in fixed (wired)-broadband and
particularly wireless-broadband penetration rates, however,
is enabling many countries in the world to connect
previously unconnected areas and bring more people
online. Between 2011 and 2012, the total number of mobilebroadband subscriptions grew by 34 per cent globally, and
Use sub-index
by over 60 per cent in developing countries. A number of
The use sub-index of the IDI measures the uptake of ICTs
use sub-index significantly by virtue of very strong wireless-
and the intensity of usage – indispensable for countries
broadband growth rates between 2011 and 2012. In some
to become information economies and societies. The use
of these countries, such as Albania, Barbados and Lebanon,
sub-index is composed of three indicators: Internet users
3G services were launched relatively recently and so wireless
per 100 inhabitants, fixed (wired)-broadband subscriptions
broadband is starting from low levels. In more and more
per 100 inhabitants, and wireless-broadband subscriptions
countries, governments are making broadband access
per 100 inhabitants.
to the Internet a policy priority and, according to recent
countries were able to improve their rankings on the IDI
ITU data, in early 2013 over 70 per cent of countries had a
The number of Internet users worldwide is increasing
national plan, strategy or policy already in place to promote
steadily and ITU estimates that, by end 2013, there will be
broadband, while another 7 per cent were planning to
some 2.7 billion Internet users, representing a penetration
introduce such measures in the near future (Chart 2.7).
rate of 40 per cent. Many high-income economies have
Internet penetration rates of over 80 per cent and in some
The countries found at the top of the IDI use sub-index
of them, including in Iceland, Norway and Denmark, over 90
correspond to a large extent to those ranking high on the
per cent of people are online. In developing countries, fewer
overall IDI. Sweden, the Republic of Korea and Iceland come
people are able to benefit of the potential of the Internet
first, second and third, respectively, and the top ten also
and in some economies, including Pakistan, Rwanda and
includes Japan and Australia (Table 2.8).
Djibouti, fewer than one in ten people are online. In some
of the world’s LCCs (see Box 2.9), Internet penetration rates
The IDI use sub-index reveals important differences in
remain insignificant.
ICT use and intensity globally. Whereas the countries
49
Chapter 2. The ICT Development Index (IDI)
Table 2.8: IDI use sub-index, 2011 and 2012
Economy
Sweden
Korea (Rep.)
Denmark
Norway
Finland
Japan
Iceland
Australia
Netherlands
Luxembourg
Singapore
United Kingdom
Macao, China
United States
New Zealand
Hong Kong, China
France
Switzerland
Estonia
Canada
Ireland
Germany
Malta
Austria
Israel
Qatar
Belgium
Spain
Latvia
United Arab Emirates
Czech Republic
Barbados
Croatia
Slovenia
Italy
Poland
Slovakia
Bahrain
Greece
Hungary
Portugal
Russian Federation
Cyprus
Bulgaria
Belarus
Oman
Uruguay
Antigua & Barbuda
Lithuania
Azerbaijan
Kazakhstan
TFYR Macedonia
Chile
Saudi Arabia
Lebanon
Serbia
Brazil
Romania
Bosnia and Herzegovina
Argentina
Malaysia
Costa Rica
Trinidad & Tobago
Georgia
Albania
China
Mauritius
Turkey
Armenia
Brunei Darussalam
Seychelles
Egypt
Panama
Saint Lucia
South Africa
Maldives
Morocco
St. Vincent and the Gr.
Dominican Rep.
Rank
2012
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
Use
2012
8.25
8.22
8.15
8.05
8.05
7.51
7.50
7.46
7.32
7.29
7.25
7.19
6.88
6.76
6.72
6.62
6.60
6.54
6.52
6.38
6.08
6.05
6.04
5.97
5.86
5.79
5.75
5.52
5.45
5.18
5.17
5.00
4.99
4.94
4.89
4.84
4.79
4.75
4.65
4.48
4.45
4.34
4.23
4.20
4.13
4.07
3.84
3.77
3.76
3.72
3.71
3.67
3.67
3.67
3.54
3.52
3.41
3.34
3.19
3.16
3.11
3.06
2.83
2.82
2.71
2.70
2.69
2.63
2.60
2.53
2.52
2.51
2.46
2.39
2.35
2.32
2.28
2.27
2.27
Rank
2011
2
1
3
4
5
6
10
12
9
8
7
13
11
14
17
18
16
15
24
19
20
21
25
23
27
22
26
29
30
40
28
44
32
33
34
31
35
41
36
37
39
42
38
45
52
54
51
43
46
53
47
49
55
48
63
50
59
58
56
60
57
68
61
64
74
69
76
66
70
62
71
67
65
72
81
77
75
73
84
Use
2011
8.16
8.17
7.78
7.67
7.51
7.49
6.96
6.66
6.99
7.07
7.12
6.46
6.71
6.43
6.09
6.02
6.11
6.24
5.45
5.84
5.81
5.76
5.17
5.56
5.02
5.70
5.07
4.96
4.78
3.93
5.02
3.64
4.63
4.61
4.60
4.75
4.42
3.92
4.17
4.17
4.00
3.91
4.00
3.64
3.17
2.99
3.19
3.76
3.58
3.07
3.37
3.22
2.98
3.28
2.37
3.20
2.69
2.78
2.90
2.69
2.85
2.24
2.56
2.35
2.15
2.24
2.12
2.30
2.21
2.39
2.18
2.25
2.34
2.17
1.89
2.02
2.13
2.15
1.77
Note: *The GNI per capita is based on the World Bank’s Atlas Method.
Source:
Source: ITU.
ITU.
50
Economy
Moldova
Colombia
Mexico
Viet Nam
Ecuador
Cape Verde
Venezuela
Fiji
Uzbekistan
Jordan
Jamaica
Tunisia
Ukraine
Nigeria
Ghana
Mongolia
Indonesia
Peru
Zimbabwe
Namibia
Suriname
Philippines
Bolivia
Guyana
Sudan
El Salvador
Tonga
Thailand
Paraguay
Kenya
Iran (I.R.)
Swaziland
Bhutan
Botswana
Syria
Sri Lanka
Cuba
Honduras
Senegal
Uganda
Algeria
India
Angola
Yemen
Nicaragua
Tanzania
Lesotho
Zambia
Solomon Islands
Lao P.D.R.
Gambia
Cambodia
Pakistan
Rwanda
Djibouti
Mauritania
Gabon
Congo
Malawi
Bangladesh
Mozambique
Comoros
Cameroon
Benin
Burkina Faso
Liberia
Central African Rep.
Guinea-Bissau
Mali
Côte d'Ivoire
Chad
Madagascar
Niger
Ethiopia
Congo (Dem. Rep.)
Guinea
Myanmar
Eritrea
Rank
2012
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
Use
2012
2.27
2.26
2.23
2.22
2.22
2.12
2.00
1.99
1.95
1.92
1.84
1.82
1.76
1.72
1.71
1.64
1.64
1.63
1.59
1.55
1.49
1.46
1.42
1.36
1.26
1.25
1.24
1.23
1.17
1.15
1.14
1.11
1.05
1.00
0.97
0.87
0.86
0.81
0.80
0.75
0.68
0.65
0.62
0.62
0.58
0.49
0.48
0.48
0.47
0.46
0.46
0.41
0.38
0.38
0.37
0.32
0.30
0.28
0.26
0.24
0.23
0.20
0.19
0.14
0.13
0.13
0.10
0.10
0.10
0.09
0.08
0.07
0.07
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
Rank
2011
80
82
79
78
87
93
83
88
86
89
90
85
91
95
96
100
98
92
105
102
94
99
103
97
101
108
109
104
106
107
110
118
111
114
112
116
113
117
115
121
119
124
120
122
123
126
125
127
130
129
128
139
131
135
133
132
134
137
136
138
141
140
142
143
144
145
149
146
148
147
150
151
152
153
155
154
156
157
Use
2011
1.94
1.86
1.97
2.01
1.63
1.39
1.82
1.60
1.65
1.55
1.51
1.67
1.49
1.29
1.25
1.17
1.21
1.47
1.03
1.14
1.33
1.18
1.13
1.21
1.16
0.93
0.90
1.10
1.02
0.95
0.85
0.65
0.83
0.70
0.81
0.67
0.78
0.66
0.68
0.53
0.62
0.46
0.55
0.52
0.46
0.44
0.45
0.40
0.35
0.36
0.38
0.19
0.34
0.27
0.30
0.33
0.28
0.20
0.21
0.20
0.18
0.18
0.17
0.13
0.10
0.10
0.07
0.09
0.08
0.09
0.07
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.04
0.03
0.02
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Table 2.9: Top ten economies with the greatest 2011-2012 change in IDI use sub-index, by absolute
value change (left) and rank change (right)
IDI rank
2012
Use rank
2012
68
90
63
58
65
85
41
87
53
106
92
110
78
70
80
95
45
100
60
120
Use
value change
2011-2012
Ukraine
2.89
Iran (I.R.)
2.76
St. Vincent and the Gr.
2.57
Brunei Darussalam
2.54
Moldova
2.52
Mongolia
2.42
Belarus
2.40
Suriname
2.40
Argentina
2.38
Algeria
2.36
Country
IDI rank
2012
Use rank
2012
29
33
72
80
52
120
54
96
41
117
32
30
67
65
55
131
46
85
45
111
Country
Barbados
United Arab Emirates
Mauritius
Albania
Lebanon
Cambodia
Oman
Cape Verde
Belarus
Swaziland
Use
rank change
2011-2012
12
10
9
9
8
8
8
8
7
7
Source: ITU.
with the highest levels of ICT use have reached IDI values
made significant strides in spreading high-speed wireless
approaching 9 (out of a maximum of 10), the countries
services. In the UAE, wireless-broadband penetration
with the weakest ICT use levels (Niger and the Central
increased from 22 to 51 per cent within one year (see
African Republic) have IDI values of only one, or less. In both
Box 2.7).
these countries, broadband Internet access is extremely
limited and the number of fixed (wired)-broadband and
Lebanon was singled out in the 2012 MIS report for its
wireless-broadband subscriptions insignificant. Indeed,
strong growth in the IDI access sub-index, but lagged
in 2012 the Central African Republic reported that fixed
behind in terms of ICT use. Since then, this has changed,
(wired)-broadband services had been suspended and that
and the country has also succeeded in making impressive
WiMAX was the only operational broadband service in
progress on the use sub-index. The relatively late launch
the country, which also suffers from a lack of international
(in October 2011) of 3G mobile-broadband services by the
Internet bandwidth.82
operators MTC Touch and Alfa has quickly driven broadband
All of the countries that have made the most progress
between 2011 and 2012 in terms of ICT use are developing
countries (Table 2.9), most of them with upper and medium
IDI values. Cambodia, which has also made significant
progress in terms of ICT access, is the only country with a
low IDI value. The country increased its wireless-broadband
penetration from 2 per cent in 2011 to 7 per cent in 2012.
Over the same period, Internet penetration rose from 3 per
cent to 5 per cent (see Box 2.12).
uptake and Internet user growth. Internet connectivity
was also improved through a big increase in the number
of fixed-broadband subscriptions, from 210 000 in 2011 to
half a million at end 2012, by which time over 60 per cent
of the population were using the Internet (up from 52 per
cent in 2011).
Both Mauritius and Albania gained nine places in the IDI
use sub-index rankings, thanks especially to strong growth
in the number of wireless-broadband subscriptions. In
Barbados and the United Arab Emirates – both countries
Mauritius, wireless broadband penetration grew by 73 per
with high IDI values – made the greatest progress in terms
cent, to 22 per 100 inhabitants in 2012. In Albania, where
of their ranking on the IDI use sub-index. Between 2011 and
a growing number of mobile operators are competing
2012, they moved up 12 and 10 positions in the rankings,
for customers and expanding the 3G network, wireless-
respectively. While both countries made only small progress
broadband penetration grew by 109 per cent, to 18 per
in terms of their fixed (wired)-broadband penetration, both
cent in 2012 (Box 2.13).
51
Chapter 2. The ICT Development Index (IDI)
Box 2.13: Growth in broadband networks brings more Albanians online
Albania climbed nine places in the IDI use sub-index rankings,
(wired) broadband – where the country saw the highest 2011-
with an increase in its use sub-index value of almost twice the
2012 growth rate in Europe – has helped to bring Internet access
global average (0.32), from 2.15 in 2011 to 2.71 in 2012. Growth
to an increasing number of Albanian households. Between 2011
in the access sub-index was not strong enough to improve
and 2012, the proportion of households with Internet access is
the country’s overall ranking in the IDI, however, and Albania
estimated to have increased from 17 per cent to 21 per cent.
continues to occupy 80th position globally.
The number of Albanians using the Internet is on the rise as
Albania’s wireless-broadband penetration doubled, from 9 per
well. With an increase in the percentage of individuals using the
cent in 2011 to 18 per cent in 2012. Mobile broadband was first
Internet of around 12 per cent – from 49 per cent in 2011 to 55 per
launched in the country in 2010 by Vodafone Albania. A second
cent in 2012 – Albania has seen one of the highest Internet user
licence was issued to the mobile operator AMC in November
growth rates in the Europe region. However, the country remains
2011 (MITIC, 2012). Mobile-broadband network coverage
below the regional European average (71 per cent), and still has
expanded quite rapidly: by April 2012, AMC had already achieved
one of the lowest Internet user penetration rates in the region
95 per cent population coverage, while Vodafone’s 3G network
after Turkey (45 per cent), Serbia (48 per cent) and Romania (50
covered 99 per cent of the country’s population.83 Both operators
per cent) (Chart Box 2.13). A number of policies exist to foster ICT
offer 3G to prepaid and postpaid customers and for use on
development in the country and further increase Internet user
a computer or handset, and services are relatively affordable
penetration. Albania’s broadband strategy85 aims at improving
(see Chapter 3). Two additional mobile-broadband licences
broadband infrastructure, increasing competition in the sector,
were auctioned off in 2012, and Eagle Mobile is set to launch
lowering prices and improving the quality of services. Furthermore,
3G services in 2013, thus further increasing competition in the
the Albanian Government aims to increase the number of public
market. The expansion of wireless broadband as well as fixed
services, including e-government, offered online.86
84
Chart Box 2.13: Individuals using the Internet, Europe, 2011 and 2012
2011
2012
Ice
No land
r
Sw wa
y
e
D
Ne en den
th ma
Lu er rk
xe lan
m ds
Un
b
ite F our
d inl g
K a
Sw ing nd
itz do
m
Geerla
rm nd
Fr any
Be anc
lg e
Au ium
Slo stri
v a
Es akia
to
Cz
ec Ir nia
h ela
Re n
pu d
b
La lic
tv
I ia
Hu sra
ng el
a
Sp ry
Bo
a
sn
M in
ia
al
S
l
an
o ta
d Lit ven
He h ia
rz uan
eg ia
ov
TF
Po ina
YR P la
M ort nd
ac ug
ed al
o
Cr nia
oa
Cy tia
pr
u
I s
Gr taly
Bu eec
lg e
Al aria
b
Ro an
m ia
a
Se nia
r
Tu bia
rk
ey
Per 100 inhabitants
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
Source: ITU World Telecommunication/ICT Indicators database.
Another country that has made good progress on the use
sub-index is Oman, which went up eight places, to 46th,
in 2012. Early launch of 3G mobile-broadband services has
52
driven broadband competition and increased wirelessbroadband penetration from 39 per cent in 2011 to a high
of 58 per cent in 2012 (see Box 2.6).
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Skills sub-index
2.5Regional IDI analysis
The three indicators included in the skills sub-index of the
IDI are: adult literacy rate, gross secondary enrolment ratio,
and gross tertiary enrolment ratio. These indicators are used
as proxy indicators to help capture each country’s level of
human capacity and its population’s ability to make use of
ICTs, in the absence of more targeted indicators such as
ICT literacy. Therefore, the skills sub-index is weighted less
in the calculation of the IDI and makes up 20 per cent of
the overall IDI, as compared with 40 per cent for each of the
two other sub-indices.
The regional analysis of the IDI provides insights into
Skills sub-index values change only very gradually, in
particular in developed countries where very high levels
of literacy and enrolment have already been achieved.
Furthermore, data are not always available for the latest year.
Thus, 2011 and 2012 sub-index values are identical for most
countries (see Table 2.10). Nevertheless, the skills sub-index
provides a good indication of the overall level of human
capacity in a country. This is important because, in addition
to ICT infrastructure, education and skills are necessary for
making effective use of ICTs and building a competitive and
inclusive information society.
the six regions.87 Countries from the Europe region generally
have a high IDI, and the region boasts by far the highest
regional average IDI of 6.73. The CIS region follows, with the
second highest regional IDI of 4.95, followed by the Americas
(4.45) and Asia and the Pacific (4.37). The Arab States regional
IDI, at 3.94, is slightly below the global average of 4.35. Africa
has the lowest regional IDI of 2.0, which is just half that of the
Arab States average and less than one-third of the European
regional average (see Chart 2.8).
An analysis of the IDI range (calculated by subtracting the
lowest IDI value in the region from the highest value) and
the coefficient of variation88 (which describes the dispersion
of a variable) for each region gauges differences in ICT
development within each region (see Table 2.11).
Asia and the Pacific displays the largest disparities in ICT
development. The region contains both the Republic of
Korea, the country with the highest IDI 2012 value, and
countries with very low IDI levels, such as Bangladesh and
Chart 2.8: IDI ranges and averages, by region, 2012
9
8
7
6
Regional average
IDI 2012
differences in ICT development within and between each of
5
World average (4.35)
4
Range
3
2
1
0
Europe
CIS
The Americas
Asia & Pacific
Arab States
Africa
Note: Simple averages.
Source: ITU.
53
Chapter 2. The ICT Development Index (IDI)
Table 2.10: IDI skills sub-index, 2011 and 2012
Rank
Skills
Rank
Skills
Economy
2012
2012
2011
2011
Korea (Rep.)
1
9.86
1
9.86
Finland
2
9.80
2
9.80
United States
3
9.65
3
9.65
Greece
4
9.55
4
9.55
Belarus
5
9.48
5
9.48
Slovenia
6
9.44
6
9.44
New Zealand
7
9.38
7
9.38
Spain
8
9.34
8
9.34
Australia
9
9.29
9
9.29
Iceland
10
9.24
10
9.24
Ukraine
11
9.17
11
9.17
Norway
12
9.10
12
9.10
Denmark
13
9.08
13
9.08
Cuba
14
9.00
14
9.00
Sweden
15
9.00
15
9.00
Belgium
16
8.98
16
8.98
Poland
17
8.96
17
8.96
Lithuania
18
8.92
18
8.92
Austria
19
8.92
19
8.92
Ireland
20
8.89
20
8.89
Canada
21
8.85
21
8.85
Netherlands
22
8.80
22
8.80
Russian Federation
23
8.80
23
8.80
Estonia
24
8.79
24
8.79
Italy
25
8.79
25
8.79
Argentina
26
8.75
26
8.75
Israel
27
8.71
27
8.71
Portugal
28
8.69
28
8.69
Barbados
29
8.69
29
8.69
Chile
30
8.64
30
8.64
Macao, China
31
8.63
31
8.63
Hungary
32
8.62
32
8.62
United Kingdom
33
8.62
33
8.62
Japan
34
8.62
34
8.62
Venezuela
35
8.56
35
8.56
France
36
8.55
36
8.55
Czech Republic
37
8.48
37
8.48
8.45
Romania
38
8.45
38
39
8.42
Latvia
39
8.42
Uruguay
40
8.38
40
8.38
Switzerland
41
8.37
41
8.37
Croatia
42
8.28
42
8.28
Fiji
43
8.24
43
8.24
Mongolia
44
8.23
44
8.23
Germany
45
8.17
45
8.17
Slovakia
46
8.13
46
8.13
Bulgaria
47
8.13
47
8.13
Kazakhstan
48
8.09
49
8.00
Armenia
49
8.01
48
8.01
Serbia
50
7.99
50
7.99
Hong Kong, China
51
7.98
51
7.98
Costa Rica
52
7.97
52
7.97
Cyprus
53
7.94
53
7.94
Colombia
54
7.79
54
7.79
Turkey
55
7.71
55
7.71
Lebanon
56
7.68
56
7.68
Albania
57
7.65
57
7.65
Saudi Arabia
58
7.60
58
7.60
Malta
59
7.58
59
7.58
Moldova
60
7.53
60
7.53
Bosnia and Herzegovina
61
7.51
61
7.51
Bahrain
62
7.47
62
7.47
Peru
63
7.45
63
7.45
Jordan
64
7.35
64
7.35
TFYR Macedonia
65
7.31
66
7.31
Iran (I.R.)
66
7.30
67
7.30
Ecuador
67
7.29
68
7.29
Azerbaijan
68
7.28
69
7.28
Thailand
69
7.26
65
7.34
St. Vincent and the Gr.
70
7.23
70
7.23
Luxembourg
71
7.23
71
7.23
Brazil
72
7.19
72
7.19
Georgia
73
7.19
73
7.19
Oman
74
7.18
74
7.18
Tonga
75
7.17
75
7.17
Brunei Darussalam
76
7.16
76
7.16
Singapore
77
7.12
77
7.12
7.11
Antigua & Barbuda
78
7.11
78
Panama *The GNI per capita is based
79
7.11World Bank’s
79
Note:
on the
Atlas7.11
Method.
Source:
Source: ITU.
ITU.
54
Economy
Mexico
United Arab Emirates
Mauritius
Bolivia
Saint Lucia
Tunisia
Philippines
Uzbekistan
Qatar
Jamaica
Sri Lanka
Algeria
Malaysia
China
Maldives
South Africa
Dominican Rep.
Trinidad & Tobago
Indonesia
Paraguay
Cape Verde
Viet Nam
Seychelles
Suriname
Guyana
Honduras
El Salvador
Botswana
Egypt
Syria
Nicaragua
Myanmar
Gabon
Swaziland
Morocco
Namibia
Solomon Islands
India
Ghana
Bhutan
Kenya
Lao P.D.R.
Cameroon
Cambodia
Comoros
Zimbabwe
Lesotho
Bangladesh
Yemen
Djibouti
Sudan
Congo (Dem. Rep.)
Congo
Uganda
Zambia
Gambia
Rwanda
Tanzania
Nigeria
Angola
Eritrea
Senegal
Madagascar
Pakistan
Malawi
Côte d'Ivoire
Guinea-Bissau
Liberia
Benin
Mauritania
Ethiopia
Mozambique
Guinea
Mali
Central African Rep.
Chad
Burkina Faso
Niger
Rank
2012
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
Skills
2012
7.09
7.08
7.07
7.02
6.98
6.95
6.94
6.94
6.92
6.85
6.84
6.82
6.81
6.77
6.77
6.75
6.67
6.67
6.61
6.54
6.50
6.49
6.47
6.40
6.34
5.99
5.88
5.82
5.80
5.77
5.56
5.39
5.13
5.12
5.03
4.98
4.88
4.79
4.76
4.56
4.54
4.53
4.50
4.42
4.38
4.35
4.28
4.10
4.04
3.90
3.88
3.80
3.78
3.69
3.64
3.64
3.61
3.56
3.51
3.51
3.46
3.32
3.32
3.27
3.21
3.16
3.13
3.07
3.02
3.01
2.80
2.71
2.64
2.63
2.59
2.10
1.91
1.51
Rank
2011
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
109
108
110
111
112
113
115
114
116
117
118
123
119
120
121
122
124
125
126
127
128
131
129
130
132
133
134
135
136
140
137
138
139
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
153
152
154
155
156
157
Skills
2011
7.09
7.08
7.07
7.02
6.98
6.95
6.94
6.94
6.92
6.85
6.84
6.82
6.81
6.77
6.77
6.75
6.67
6.67
6.61
6.54
6.50
6.49
6.47
6.40
6.34
5.99
5.88
5.82
5.74
5.77
5.56
5.39
5.13
5.12
4.93
4.98
4.88
4.79
4.72
4.38
4.54
4.53
4.50
4.42
4.38
4.35
4.28
4.10
4.04
3.80
3.88
3.80
3.78
3.69
3.64
3.64
3.61
3.38
3.51
3.51
3.46
3.32
3.32
3.27
3.21
3.16
3.13
3.07
3.02
3.01
2.80
2.73
2.61
2.63
2.59
2.10
1.84
1.49
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Myanmar. As a result, it has by far the highest range (6.84),
progress in ICT development, and four out of the regional
but also the highest coefficient of variation (51.83), which
top six – Bahrain, Lebanon, Oman and the United Arab
underlines that there is an important divide in terms of
Emirates – are among the most dynamic countries in the
ICT development between the highest and lowest ranked
IDI 2012. Of the countries that rank further down in regional
countries. The stark differences in ICT development reflect
comparison, Yemen moved up two places in the IDI rankings
the region’s diversity in terms of development and income
between 2001 and 2012, to 127th. Syria and Comoros, on
levels. Nevertheless, it is very encouraging that Asia and the
the other hand, made little progress and dropped four and
Pacific registered the largest decrease in the coefficient of
three places, respectively.
variation (-1.76) from 2011 to 2012, which suggests that the
In the CIS region, the coefficient of variation is much lower
regional digital divide is narrowing. The range also decreased
– the second lowest globally after Europe – although it
slightly, and both the highest ranked country (Republic
increased slightly from 2011 to 2012. Yet there is a quite a
of Korea) and lowest ranked country (Bangladesh) in the
divide in terms of ICT development between countries such
region progressed.
as the Russian Federation, Belarus and Kazakhstan, which
feature in the global top 50, and, for example, Uzbekistan,
The picture is very different in Africa, the region with the
which comes in 104th position in the IDI 2012.
second highest coefficient of variation (46.98). Between
2011 and 2012, Africa was the region where the CV value
In the Americas region, the coefficient of variation
increased the most, implying a widening of the regional
decreased very slightly. The region is quite diverse and
digital divide. The region’s top IDI countries (including
includes, on the one hand, the United States and Canada,
Seychelles, Mauritius, South Africa and Cape Verde) continue
which are high-income, developed countries, and, on the
to make good progress in terms of ICT development,
other, the developing countries in Latin American and the
while the countries at the bottom (including Central Africa
Caribbean. In the IDI 2012, a number of Latin American
Republic, Burkina Faso, Guinea and Ethiopia) are failing
and Caribbean countries stand out for having significantly
to keep pace both regionally and globally. This is also
improved their IDI value, including Barbados, Brazil and
confirmed by an increase in the regional range.
Costa Rica, which are among the most dynamic countries
in the IDI 2012.
The regional range and the coefficient of variation increased
in both the Arab States and CIS regions between 2011 and
Europe is not only the region with the highest average IDI,
2012. A number of countries from the Arab States region
at 6.73; it is also the most homogeneous. Furthermore, both
with relatively high IDI values continue to make great
the range and coefficient of variation continued to decrease
Table 2.11: IDI by region, 2011 and 2012
Range
StDev
CV
Max.
Min.
Range
Average
value*
StDev
CV
Range
Average
value*
CV
Difference 2011-2012
Min.
IDI 2011
Max.
Region
Average
value*
IDI 2012
Europe
8.45
4.11
4.34
6.73
1.14
16.89
8.41
3.80
4.61
6.51
1.14
17.49
-0.27
0.22
-0.61
CIS
6.19
3.12
3.07
4.95
0.96
19.40
5.94
3.02
2.91
4.65
0.88
18.96
0.16
0.31
0.45
The Americas
7.53
2.54
4.99
4.45
1.33
29.87
7.35
2.39
4.96
4.22
1.26
29.91
0.03
0.22
-0.04
Asia & Pacific
8.57
1.73
6.84
4.37
2.26
51.83
8.51
1.62
6.89
4.20
2.25
53.59
-0.05
0.17
-1.76
Arab States
6.54
1.70
4.84
3.94
1.74
44.08
6.41
1.68
4.74
3.68
1.58
42.82
0.10
0.26
1.25
Africa
4.75
0.99
3.75
2.00
0.94
46.98
4.36
0.93
3.43
1.87
0.85
45.22
0.33
0.13
1.76
Note: * Simple average. StDev: Standard deviation; CV: Coefficient of variation.
Source: ITU.
55
Chapter 2. The ICT Development Index (IDI)
Table 2.12: The top five economies in each region and their ranking in the global IDI, 2012
Regional
IDI
rank
Europe
Global
IDI
rank
Asia &
Pacific
Global
IDI
rank
The
Americas
Global
IDI
rank
Arab States
Global
IDI
rank
CIS
Global
IDI
rank
Africa
Global
IDI
rank
1
Sweden
2
Korea (Rep.)
1
United States
17
Qatar
31
Russian
Federation
40
Seychelles
64
2
Iceland
3
Hong Kong,
China
10
Canada
20
United Arab
Emirates
33
Belarus
41
Mauritius
72
3
Denmark
4
Australia
11
Barbados
29
Bahrain
39
Kazakhstan
48
South Africa
84
4
Finland
5
Japan
12
Uruguay
47
Saudi Arabia
50
Azerbaijan
61
Cape Verde
96
6
Macao,
China
14
Antigua &
Barbuda
49
Lebanon
52
Moldova
65
Botswana
108
5
Norway
Source: ITU.
during the period 2011 to 2012, indicating a narrowing of
Between 2011 and 2012, more African countries moved up
the regional digital divide.
than moved down the global rankings. Moreover, countries
that lost ground in the global IDI fell by no more than two
A comparison of the global and regional ranking of the
places. However, the biggest gains were made by the
top five countries in each region further highlights global
region’s top ranked countries, and the regional digital divide
differences in ICT development and regional divides (see
actually widened between 2011 and 2012. The country
Table 2.12). The European top five countries occupy an
at the top of the regional rankings – Seychelles – saw
almost identical global and regional ranking. In the CIS
the highest increase in rank, from 70th in 2011 to 64th in
and Arab States regions, the top five countries also rank
2012, which places the country among the most dynamic
relatively close together, although their position globally is
in the IDI 2012, together with Zambia and Zimbabwe. All
somewhat lower compared with the European countries.
three countries stand out for improvements in the access
The top five in the Asia and the Pacific region rank closely
sub-index. Zambia and Zimbabwe improved in particular
together globally, with the Republic of Korea standing apart
their mobile-cellular penetration, while the Seychelles
as the global number one. In the Americas region, there is a
recorded notable increases across all the indicators in the
clear divide between the North American countries (United
use sub-index. Zimbabwe also registered a high increase in
States and Canada), which rank in the global top 20, and their
wireless-broadband penetration between 2011 and 2012,
Caribbean and Latin American neighbours. Africa’s regional
and overtook both Kenya and Swaziland in the IDI ranking
top five are the most diverse and lowest ranked globally.
(see Table 2.13).
The Seychelles ranks first in the region and 64th globally.
Africa
Seychelles and Mauritius are the top ranked countries in the
Africa region. They are the only African countries with an IDI
Mobile-cellular penetration continues to progress
throughout the region, with eighteen countries recording
double-digit growth rates from 2011 to 2012. There is,
however, still some room for growth on this indicator, insofar
as a mere eight African countries had achieved more than
above the global average. The African regional IDI of 2.0 is
100 per cent mobile-cellular penetration by end 2012.
by far the lowest of all regions, and apart from Seychelles
Eritrea has the lowest penetration rate worldwide, at just 5
and Mauritius only South Africa and Cape Verde have IDI
per cent at end 2012, and showed very little growth from
values above the developing-country average. All remaining
2011 (see Chart 2.10).
countries lie below that average and rank very low globally.
The bottom nineteen countries in the IDI 2012 are all African
The strongest growth in international Internet bandwidth per
countries, with Niger in last position globally with an IDI of
Internet user was recorded in Kenya, where the figure shot
0.99 (Chart 2.9).
up from just 4 500 Mbit/s in 2011 to 24 000 Mbit/s in 2012.
56
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Chart 2.9: IDI values compared with the global, regional and developing/developed-country averages,
Africa, 2012
7
Developed
6
5
World
4
IDI
Developing
3
Africa
2
1
Se
y
M ch
So au elle
u r s
Ca th A itius
pe fr
Bo Ve ica
ts rd
Na wane
m a
Ga ibia
b
Zim Gh on
ba ana
b
Sw Ke we
az ny
i a
Ni land
g
Se eri
n a
Le eg
so al
Ga th
o
Ugmb
ia
a
n
C Za d
Cô am mb a
e
te ro ia
d’ on
Iv
An oire
g
C ol
Rwong a
Ta an o
nz da
an
Be ia
ni
n
Co
M Ma
ng
al li
o
(D L aw
M em iber i
oz . ia
M am Re
Gu ad biqp.)
in aga ue
ea s
-B ca
Et issa r
hi u
Guopi
i a
Bu
Ce
Er nea
r
k
i
nt
in tre
aF a
ra
lA
fri C aso
ca ha
n d
Re
Ni p.
ge
r
0
Source: ITU.
The country connected to the submarine cable system LION2
use sub-index that exceeded the global average increase
in April 2012 (see Box 2.11). In the Seychelles, international
(+0.32) from 2011 to 2012. Cape Verde’s use sub-index
Internet bandwidth almost tripled with the landing of the
value increased most, from 1.39 in 2011 to 2.12 in 2012,
Seychelles East Africa System (SEAS) fibre-optic cable.90 At the
which represents one of the highest increases worldwide.
same time, in a number of other African countries, including
The country greatly extended its wireless-broadband
Botswana, Côte d’Ivoire and Ethiopia, international Internet
penetration, reaching 22.5 per cent by end 2012. Progress
bandwidth per Internet user has actually decreased, not
in wireless broadband was also made in countries such
89
because there was a reduction in the international bandwidth,
but because the number of Internet users increased faster
than the amount of bandwidth.
The percentage of households with Internet access is
extremely low in Africa, with a regional average of just
5.3 per cent by end 2012, far short of the developingcountry average of 24 per cent. Furthermore, little
progress can be seen from 2011 to 2012 in regard to the
percentage of households with Internet access in the
region. Most improvements took place in Seychelles and
Mauritius, countries which already enjoyed a relatively high
penetration of households with Internet access, and both
as Ghana, Mauritius, Swaziland and Zimbabwe. At the
same time, a large number of African countries were late
to launch mobile-broadband networks and have yet to
launch 3G high-speed services. Thus, wireless-broadband
penetration is marginal in many countries, and more than
half of African countries had a penetration of less than 2
per cent by end 2012.
Fixed telecommunication infrastructure is underdeveloped on the continent and only the Seychelles (12 per cent)
and Mauritius (10.5 per cent) have notable fixed (wired)broadband penetration rates. In the case of Seychelles, the
reached 42 per cent by end 2012.
fixed (wired)-broadband penetration is even somewhat
A number of African countries, in particular those at the
The two countries also have the highest percentage of
top of the regional ranking, achieved increases in the
individuals using the Internet: 47 per cent in Seychelles and
higher than the wireless-broadband penetration rate.
57
Chapter 2. The ICT Development Index (IDI)
Table 2.13: IDI – Africa
Economy
Regional rank
2012
Global rank
2012
IDI
2012
Global rank
2011
IDI
2011
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
64
72
84
96
108
109
112
113
115
116
117
122
124
126
128
130
132
136
137
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
4.75
4.55
3.95
3.53
3.00
2.85
2.61
2.60
2.52
2.46
2.44
2.18
2.02
1.95
1.88
1.81
1.77
1.72
1.70
1.68
1.66
1.66
1.65
1.60
1.54
1.43
1.39
1.31
1.31
1.28
1.26
1.24
1.23
1.20
1.18
1.01
1.00
0.99
2.00
70
74
85
96
108
111
112
114
119
116
115
123
125
126
127
130
137
136
135
138
140
143
141
142
144
145
148
146
149
147
152
150
151
153
154
156
155
157
4.36
4.23
3.67
3.18
2.83
2.60
2.46
2.30
2.16
2.23
2.27
1.96
1.88
1.84
1.79
1.72
1.64
1.66
1.66
1.63
1.58
1.54
1.57
1.57
1.43
1.41
1.27
1.30
1.26
1.28
1.19
1.22
1.20
1.15
1.11
0.94
1.00
0.93
1.87
Seychelles
Mauritius
South Africa
Cape Verde
Botswana
Namibia
Gabon
Ghana
Zimbabwe
Kenya
Swaziland
Nigeria
Senegal
Lesotho
Gambia
Uganda
Zambia
Cameroon
Côte d'Ivoire
Angola
Congo
Rwanda
Tanzania
Benin
Mali
Malawi
Liberia
Congo (Dem. Rep.)
Mozambique
Madagascar
Guinea-Bissau
Ethiopia
Guinea
Eritrea
Burkina Faso
Chad
Central African Rep.
Niger
Average*
Global rank
change
2011-2012
6
2
1
0
0
2
0
1
4
0
-2
1
1
0
-1
0
5
0
-2
-1
0
2
-1
-1
0
0
2
-1
1
-2
2
-1
-1
0
0
1
-1
0
Note: *Simple average.
Source: ITU.
41 per cent in Mauritius. Cape Verde (35 per cent), Nigeria
(33 per cent), Kenya (32 per cent) and South Africa (41 per
Arab States
cent) also stand out for having a relatively high proportion
The Arab States regional ranking closely reflects income
of individuals using the Internet, well above the developing-
disparities in the region. Qatar tops the regional ranking,
country average (27.5 per cent) at end 2012. South Africa has
with an IDI of 6.54, followed by the United Arab Emirates
seen the highest increase in the proportion of individuals
and Bahrain. Together with Saudi Arabia, Lebanon and
using the Internet in the region, from 34 per cent in 2011
Oman, these countries boast a higher IDI than the global
to 41 per cent in 2012. In other African countries, only a
average of 4.35. The countries ranked at the bottom of the
very small proportion of the population is online. In Eritrea,
2012 regional IDI, namely Yemen, Djibouti, Mauritania and
Ethiopia, Guinea and Niger, for instance, penetration stood
Comoros, with IDI values of less than two, even lie far below
at around 1 per cent by end 2012.
the developing-country average (see Chart 2.11).
58
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Chart 2.10: Mobile-cellular telephone subscriptions, Africa, 2011 and 2012
200
180
2011
Per 100 inhabitants
160
2012
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
Se Gab
yc o
B h n
So ots elle
ut w s
h an
M Afr a
au ica
Na ritiu
m s
i
Co bia
ng
Z Gh o
Cô imb an
te ab a
d’ we
Ivo
i
Be re
ni
n
M
Ca Sen al
pe eg i
V al
Ga erde
m
Za bia
m
Gu
in Ke bia
ea n
-B ya
is
Ni sau
Sw ge
r
Ca azil ia
m and
e
Le roon
s
Bu Ta oth
rk nza o
in n
a F ia
Lib aso
Rw eri
an a
An da
Ug gola
a
M G nda
ad u
ag ina
as
M
ca
o
za Ch r
Co
m
ng
bi ad
o
qu
(D
em Ni e
g
.
R er
Ce
nt
M ep.)
ra
a
l A Et law
fri hio i
ca p
n ia
R
Er ep.
itr
ea
0
Source: ITU World Telecommunication/ICT Indicators database.
A number of countries from the Arab States region with
countries in the IDI 2012 (see section 2.2 and Boxes 2.6
relatively high IDI values – Bahrain, Lebanon, Oman and
and 2.7). Within the region, the United Arab Emirates, in
the United Arab Emirates – are among the most dynamic
particular, is making good progress and catching up with
Chart 2.11: IDI values compared with the global, regional and developing/developed-country
averages, Arab States, 2012
7
Developed
6
5
World
4
Arab States
Developing
IDI
3
2
1
ia
Al
ge
ria
Su
da
n
Ye
m
en
Dj
ib
ou
M
ti
au
rit
an
i
Co a
m
or
os
Sy
r
hr
ai
n
ud
iA
ra
bi
Le a
ba
no
n
Om
an
Jo
rd
an
Eg
yp
t
M
or
oc
co
Tu
ni
sia
Sa
Ba
UA
E
0
Qa
ta
r
Source: ITU.
59
Chapter 2. The ICT Development Index (IDI)
Qatar, the region’s number one: between 2011 and 2012, the
penetration rates by a mere 10 per cent each between 2011
United Arab Emirates was able to reduce the difference in
and 2012, from 29 per cent to 32 per cent and from 21 per
IDI value between itself and Qatar from 0.73 to 0.13, and by
cent to 23 per cent, respectively; and in Syria, penetration
2012 the two Gulf countries rank very close – only two places
even decreased slightly, from 63 per cent in 2011 to 61 per
apart – in the global IDI. Lebanon also made substantial
cent in 2012.
progress and overtook Oman in the regional and global IDI
rankings. Most Arab countries with lower IDI values were
A number of countries from the region achieved sizeable
unable to improve their IDI value to any significant extent,
increases in international Internet connectivity. Morocco
and are falling behind in international comparison. Comoros’
more than doubled its available bandwidth with the
IDI barely improved, from 1.68 in 2011 to 1.70 in 2012, with
landing of the submarine cable Loukkos.91 The Gulf Bridge
the result that the country lost four places in the global IDI
International (GBI) cable system went live in February 2012,
ranking. Djibouti and Mauritania only slightly increased their
adding more international Internet bandwidth in Bahrain,
IDI value, and were thus unable to improve their global IDI
Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia and the United Arab Emirates.
ranking, while Algeria, Sudan and Syria fell in the rankings
Bahrain and Qatar attained the highest proportion of
between 2011 and 2012 (see Table 2.14).
households with a computer in the region, at above 90 per
In the access sub-index, the region records generally high
cent. Qatar also has the highest percentage of households
mobile-cellular penetration rates. No fewer than 11 out
with Internet access region-wide, at 88 per cent. On the
of 17 Arab States have achieved more than 100 per cent
other hand, differences in household connectivity across
mobile-cellular penetration by end 2012. However, while
the region are quite pronounced, and few households
penetration increased significantly in a number of countries
are connected to the Internet in Comoros (3 per cent),
that already had very high penetration rates in 2011,
Mauritania (3 per cent) and Yemen (5 per cent). In these
including Bahrain, Jordan and the United Arab Emirates, very
countries, the number of households with a computer
little progress was made in the countries with the lowest
is also very low, and little progress has been made from
rates. Comoros and Djibouti increased their mobile-cellular
2011 to 2012. At the same time, it is encouraging to see
Table 2.14: IDI – Arab States
Economy
Qatar
United Arab Emirates
Bahrain
Saudi Arabia
Lebanon
Oman
Jordan
Egypt
Morocco
Tunisia
Syria
Algeria
Sudan
Yemen
Djibouti
Mauritania
Comoros
Average*
Note: *Simple average.
Source: ITU.
60
Regional rank
2012
Global rank
2012
IDI
2012
Global rank
2011
IDI
2011
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
31
33
39
50
52
54
76
86
89
91
102
106
119
127
131
133
138
6.54
6.41
6.30
5.69
5.37
5.36
4.22
3.85
3.79
3.70
3.22
3.07
2.33
1.89
1.77
1.76
1.70
3.94
30
45
42
48
61
58
77
87
89
92
99
105
118
129
131
133
134
6.41
5.68
5.79
5.46
4.62
4.80
3.90
3.65
3.59
3.58
3.13
2.98
2.19
1.76
1.71
1.70
1.68
3.68
Global rank
change
2011-2012
-1
12
3
-2
9
4
1
1
0
1
-3
-1
-1
2
0
0
-4
Measuring the Information Society 2013
that Jordan and Morocco, countries with a percentage of
The proportion of the population using the Internet varies
households with Internet access around the global average
considerably throughout the Arab States region. With more
(37.4 per cent), registered considerable increases. Sudan and
than 85 per cent of the population using the Internet in
Tunisia, although still below the global average penetration,
Bahrain, Qatar and the United Arab Emirates, these countries
managed to increase the proportion of households with
are doing well, globally. On the other hand, Internet user
Internet access to 29 per cent and 21 per cent, respectively,
penetration in Mauritania and Comoros is around just 5 per
by end 2012.
cent. Algeria (15 per cent), Djibouti (8 per cent), Sudan (21
per cent), Syria (24 per cent) and Yemen (17 per cent) remain
In line with the global trend, wireless broadband is the
below the global average of 35.7 per cent. The country
most dynamic indicator within the use sub-index in the
registering the highest increase in the number of Internet
Arab States. While most of the growth in terms of wireless
users in the region is Oman, where penetration grew by 25
subscriptions stems from active mobile-broadband
per cent, from 48 per cent in 2011 to 60 per cent in 2012.
subscriptions (using the 3G mobile-broadband network),
In Djibouti, Jordan, Lebanon, Mauritania and Yemen, the
a number of countries in the Arab States region, including
proportion of individuals using the Internet increased by
Jordan and Bahrain, have extended WiMAX networks to
more than 15 per cent (see Chart 2.12).
provide additional connectivity. Considerable increases in
wireless-broadband penetration were observed in Lebanon
Asia and the Pacific
and the United Arab Emirates, where the rate more than
doubled, to 26 per cent and 51 per cent, respectively.
The regional digital divide is very pronounced in the Asia and
Tunisia and Jordan also doubled their wireless-broadband
the Pacific region. The region is home to some of the IDI’s
penetration, although at a much lower level, to achieve 5
front runners, including the global number one, the Republic
per cent and 12 per cent, respectively. Oman stands out
of Korea. Other economies with high IDI values, above the
in particular: the country further improved its wireless-
global (4.35) and the developed-country (6.78) averages,
broadband penetration from 39 per cent in 2011 to 58 per
include Hong Kong (China), Australia, Japan, Macao (China),
cent in 2012, a rate comparable to that of many of the IDI
Singapore and New Zealand. This group of economies
top performers. At the same time, no wireless-broadband
clearly stands apart from the rest of the Asia and the Pacific
services exist in three Arab States, namely Algeria, Comoros
region, and the gap between the regional number seven
and Djibouti, and penetration is marginal (below 2 per cent)
(New Zealand, with an IDI of 7.64) and number eight (Brunei
in Syria and Yemen.
Darussalam with an IDI of 5.06) is striking. While Brunei
Darussalam, Malaysia and the Maldives still have IDI values
Fixed (wired)-broadband penetration is traditionally low in
above the global average, the remaining Asia and the Pacific
the region, with an average penetration of 2.6 per cent by
countries do not. The gap in IDI values becomes even more
end 2012, the second lowest regional average just ahead of
severe at the bottom of the regional ranking: 12 countries
Africa. With the exception of Lebanon, where fixed (wired)-
have IDI values below the developing-country average of
broadband penetration more than doubled, from 5 per
3.44. Solomon Islands, Pakistan, Myanmar and Bangladesh
cent in 2011 to 12 per cent in 2012, no important increases
have the lowest IDI values in the region, and rank very low
in penetration were registered between 2011 and 2012.
globally (see Chart 2.13).
A number of countries, including Bahrain, Jordan, Qatar
and Tunisia, even saw their number of subscriptions per
Three countries from the Asia and the Pacific region –
100 inhabitants decrease very slightly. In some cases, for
Australia, Bangladesh and Mongolia – are among the most
example in Bahrain, an increase in the number of WiMAX
dynamic in the 2012 IDI. Australia’s IDI value increased
subscriptions seems to suggest that terrestrial fixed-wireless
thanks mostly to advances in the use sub-index, in
broadband is a substitute to fixed (wired)-broadband.
particular in regard to wireless-broadband penetration, and
Bahrain has the highest fixed-broadband penetration in the
the country was able to overtake Japan in the IDI ranking
region, at 13 per cent, which is only somewhat higher than
(see Box 2.4). Bangladesh made most progress in the access
the global average (9 per cent).
sub-index, in particular with regard to mobile-cellular
61
Chapter 2. The ICT Development Index (IDI)
Chart 2.12: Individuals using the Internet, Arab States, 2011 and 2012
100
90
Per 100 inhabitants
80
70
2011
60
2012
50
40
30
20
10
0
Source: ITU World Telecommunication/ICT Indicators database.
Chart 2.13: IDI values compared with the global, regional and developing/developed-country
averages, Asia and the Pacific, 2012
9
8
7
Developed
6
IDI
5
World
Asia & Pacific
4
Developing
3
2
1
Ho Ko
ng rea
Ko (R
ng ep
, C .)
Au hin
st a
ra
M
ac Ja lia
ao pa
, n
S Ch
Br N inga ina
un ew po
ei Ze re
Da a
ru lan
ss d
a
M lam
al
M ays
al ia
di
ve
Ch s
in
a
M F
on iji
Vi gol
et ia
Ira Nam
n
Th (I.R.
)
In aila
do nd
Ph ne
ilip sia
pi
ne
To s
Sr ng
iL a
an
Bh ka
Ca ut
m an
bo
d
So L In ia
lo ao di
m P a
on .D
Isl .R.
a
Pa nds
k
M ista
Ba yan n
ng ma
la r
de
sh
0
Source: ITU.
penetration and international Internet connectivity.
Nonetheless, Bangladesh still remains at the bottom of the
regional ranking and in 135th position globally. Mongolia,
62
on the other hand, moved up five places in the global IDI
between 2011 and 2012, overtaking both Viet Nam and
the Islamic Republic of Iran.
Measuring the Information Society 2013
A comparison of the global rankings in 2011 and 2012 shows
Cambodia is the country registering the highest increase
that the majority of Asia and the Pacific countries are falling
in the access sub-index regionally, and indeed improved
behind in international comparison (i.e. losing at least one
well above the global average (0.18). An increase in mobile-
place in comparison with the previous year). Japan, which
cellular penetration, the second highest in the region,
saw one of the lowest increases in use sub-index value in
is mostly responsible for this improvement. Penetration
2012, lost four places compared to 2011. Countries that fell
increased by 37 per cent, reaching 132 per cent by end 2012.
two places in 2012 compared to the previous year include
On the other hand, some of the countries with the lowest
Brunei Darussalam, the Islamic Republic of Iran and Viet
penetration, most notably India and the Islamic Republic of
Nam (see Table 2.15).
Iran, added very few new mobile-cellular subscriptions in
2012 (see Chart 2.14).
While the Asia and the Pacific region’s relative performance
in relation to other regions has been lower, all countries in
The proportion of households with Internet access is highest
the region increased their absolute IDI values between 2011
globally in the Republic of Korea (97 per cent), followed
and 2012. The region’s developing countries improved mostly
by New Zealand (87 per cent) and Japan (86 per cent). A
in the access sub-index, while the high-income developed
number of developing countries saw significant increases in
countries generally progressed most on the indicators
household Internet connectivity, and hence average growth
included in the use sub-index. This reflects the three stages of
in the access sub-index. The proportion of households with
the conceptual framework upon which the IDI has been built.
Internet access improved by more than 21 per cent in China.
Table 2.15: IDI – Asia and the Pacific
Economy
Korea (Rep.)
Hong Kong, China
Australia
Japan
Macao, China
Singapore
New Zealand
Brunei Darussalam
Malaysia
Maldives
China
Fiji
Mongolia
Viet Nam
Iran (I.R.)
Thailand
Indonesia
Philippines
Tonga
Sri Lanka
Bhutan
Cambodia
India
Lao P.D.R.
Solomon Islands
Pakistan
Myanmar
Bangladesh
Average*
Regional rank
2012
Global rank
2012
IDI
2012
Global rank
2011
IDI
2011
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
1
10
11
12
14
15
16
58
59
73
78
82
85
88
90
95
97
98
101
107
118
120
121
123
125
129
134
135
8.57
7.92
7.90
7.82
7.65
7.65
7.64
5.06
5.04
4.53
4.18
3.99
3.92
3.80
3.79
3.54
3.43
3.34
3.23
3.06
2.40
2.30
2.21
2.10
1.97
1.83
1.74
1.73
4.37
1
10
15
8
13
14
18
56
57
71
79
81
90
86
88
94
97
98
101
107
117
121
120
122
124
128
132
139
8.51
7.66
7.54
7.77
7.57
7.55
7.31
4.93
4.81
4.31
3.86
3.79
3.59
3.65
3.61
3.42
3.14
3.14
3.09
2.92
2.19
2.05
2.13
1.99
1.91
1.78
1.70
1.62
4.20
Global rank
change
2011-2012
0
0
4
-4
-1
-1
2
-2
-2
-2
1
-1
5
-2
-2
-1
0
0
0
0
-1
1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-2
4
Note: *Simple average.
Source: ITU.
63
Chapter 2. The ICT Development Index (IDI)
Chart 2.14: Mobile-cellular telephone subscriptions, Asia and the Pacific, 2011 and 2012
> 200%
2011
200
2012
180
Per 100 inhabitants
160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
M
Ho aca
ng o,
Ko Ch
ng ina
,C
M hina
al
d
Sin ive
ga s
p
Vi ore
et
N
M am
al
Ca ays
m ia
bo
Th dia
ai
M lan
on d
Br
g
un In olil
ei do a
Da ne
ru sia
Ko ssa
re lam
Ne a (R
w ep
Ze .)
al
an
d
J
a
Ph p
ilip an
p
Au ines
st
La rali
o a
D.
P.R
.
Sr Fij
iL i
an
ka
Ch
Ira ina
n
(I.
R
Bh .)
ut
an
In
d
Pa ia
Ba kis
ng tan
la
de
So
sh
lo
T
m o
on ng
Is a
M land
ya s
nm
ar
0
Source: ITU World Telecommunication/ICT Indicators database.
With this increase, China has reached the global average of
of Korea (38 per cent) and Singapore (26 per cent). Fixed
37.4 per cent.
(wired)-broadband penetration is generally low in the
region’s developing countries. China is an exception, with
Wireless broadband is the most dynamic indicator in the
a fixed (wired)-broadband penetration of 13 per cent. This
use sub-index, but there are large disparities in terms of
represents a total of close to 176 million subscriptions at
penetration and growth rates throughout the region. A
end 2012, over 20 million more than in 2011. China also has
number of countries from the Asia and the Pacific region
a large number of fibre connections, and ranks relatively
still do not have a commercially available 3G network by
high globally in terms of its fibre-to-the-home/building
end 2012, including Bangladesh, Islamic Republic of Iran,
Pakistan, Tonga and Thailand. In those countries, satellite
broadband and fixed (wireless)-broadband subscriptions,
in particular WiMAX, were the main wireless-broadband
technologies available. The highest increase took place
in countries with a well-developed mobile-broadband
market and high penetration rates, such as Macao (China),
Australia and Hong Kong (China). Indonesia attained a
wireless-broadband penetration of 32 per cent, above
penetration (close to 5 per cent in mid-2012)93 Apart from
China, only Malaysia (8 per cent), Maldives (5.5 per cent) and
Thailand (6 per cent) have a fixed-broadband penetration
above the developing-country average of 5 per cent by
end 2012.
Commonwealth of Independent States
(CIS)
the global average of 22 per cent: 3G was launched in
The Commonwealth of Independent States (CIS) regional
Indonesia as early as 200692 and services there are among
ranking is headed by the Russian Federation, with an IDI
the most affordable in the region (see Chapter 3).
of 6.19, just ahead of Belarus (6.11) and Kazakhstan (5.74).
Belarus is among the most dynamic countries of the IDI, and
Asia and the Pacific countries with a well-developed ICT
is closing the gap with respect to the Russian Federation.
infrastructure display high levels of fixed (wired)-broadband
Uzbekistan ranks last with an IDI of 3.12, which is by far
penetration. These include, for instance, Hong Kong (China)
the lowest IDI value in the region (Table 2.16). While all CIS
(31.5 per cent), New Zealand (28 per cent), the Republic
countries – with the exception of Uzbekistan – have an IDI
64
Measuring the Information Society 2013
above the world average, all the countries in the region
sub-index, with a number of countries, including Belarus,
remain below the developed-country average (see Chart
Georgia, Kazakhstan, Moldova and Ukraine, increasing their
2.15). The CIS region is the region showing the strongest
value by at least twice the global average.
improvement in regional IDI value from 2011 to 2012,
with the regional IDI climbing from 4.65 in 2011 to 4.95
By end 2012, mobile-cellular penetration exceeded 100 per
in 2012. This is the second highest regional IDI after the
cent in all CIS countries except Uzbekistan. The CIS region has
Europe region (6.73). All CIS countries, with the exception
by far the highest mobile-cellular penetration (158.9 per cent)
of Uzbekistan, display above-average increases in IDI value.
of all regions. Such high mobile-cellular penetration is partly
In particular, major improvements can be seen in the access
explained by the high proportion of prepaid subscriptions
Table 2.16: IDI – CIS
Economy
Russian Federation
Belarus
Kazakhstan
Azerbaijan
Moldova
Ukraine
Georgia
Armenia
Uzbekistan
Average*
Regional rank
2012
Global rank
2012
IDI
2012
Global rank
2011
IDI
2011
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
40
41
48
61
65
68
71
74
104
6.19
6.11
5.74
5.01
4.74
4.64
4.59
4.45
3.12
4.95
38
46
49
60
67
69
73
75
104
5.94
5.57
5.41
4.62
4.46
4.38
4.24
4.18
3.02
4.65
Global rank
change
2011-2012
-2
5
1
-1
2
1
2
1
0
Note: *Simple average.
Source: ITU.
Chart 2.15: IDI values compared with the global, regional and developing/developed-country
averages, CIS, 2012
7
Developed
6
5
CIS
World
4
IDI
Developing
3
2
1
0
Source: ITU.
65
Chapter 2. The ICT Development Index (IDI)
Chart 2.16: Households with Internet access, CIS, 2011 and 2012
60
2011
50
Per 100 households
2012
40
30
20
10
0
Source: ITU World Telecommunication/ICT Indicators database.
in the region, and the use of several SIM cards by single
in particular Ukraine and Belarus. In Ukraine, the proportion
subscribers in order to avoid paying high off-net prices. As
of households with Internet access rose from 29 per cent
noted by the Ukrainian regulator, “the number of mobile
in 2011 to 37 per cent in 2012; in Belarus, the proportion
subscriptions is higher than the population in the country.
increased from 40 per cent in 2011 to 48 per cent in 2012
This situation refers to the fact that one person has several
(see Chart 2.16).
SIM-cards of different operators. However, there are still the
residents having no mobile phone in Ukraine, mainly they
Significant progress was also registered on the use sub-index
are children and seniors. One of the main reasons of buying
between 2011 and 2012, and all CIS countries apart from
several SIM-cards is the substantial difference between the
Uzbekistan and Ukraine saw above-average increases in
tariffs for on-net calls and off-net calls. This led to the fact that
their use sub-index value. The highest increase occurred in
nearly 94% of mobile outgoing traffic falls on on-net calls”
Belarus, which added 0.96 value points to reach a use sub-
(NCCIR, 2013). The usual regulatory remedy applied to prevent
index value of 4.13 in 2012, the second highest in the region
high off-net prices becoming a barrier to competition is the
after the Russian Federation (4.34). Wireless-broadband
regulation of mobile termination rates (MTRs). Lower MTRs
penetration is high in a number of CIS countries, including
help reduce off-net call prices and promote competition in
in the Russian Federation (53 per cent) and Kazakhstan
mobile markets, as has been proven in the European Union,
(42 per cent). Increases in wireless-broadband penetration
where MTRs are clearly regulated in all Member States.
were smaller in most CIS countries compared with other
94
regions. Important advances in penetration were made in
The Russian Federation and Kazakhstan have both achieved
Belarus, where penetration grew by over 70 per cent and
50 per cent of households with Internet access by end 2012.
increased from 19 per cent in 2011 to 33 per cent in 2012.
However, household Internet connectivity varies quite a
In Azerbaijan and Moldova, wireless broadband penetration
lot throughout the region. The proportion of households
grew by 42 per cent, to 34 per cent and 5 per cent in 2012,
with Internet access is still fairly low in Uzbekistan (10
respectively. Moldova, together with Ukraine, remains
per cent) and Armenia (25 per cent). A number of CIS
one of the countries with the lowest wireless-broadband
countries have seen significant increases on this indicator,
penetration in the CIS region.
66
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Fixed (wired)-broadband penetration in the CIS is well
had overtaken Ireland, Malta and Belgium. With most
above the global and developing-country average. Belarus
countries in the region already having achieved a very high
has by far the highest fixed (wired)-broadband penetration
level of ICT development, there was very little movement
in the region. In both Moldova and Ukraine, fixed (wired)-
in the upper half of the European ranking (see Table 2.17).
broadband plays an important role, and penetration stands
at 12 per cent and 8 per cent, respectively. The situation is
In the lower half of the European ranking, the majority of the
very different in Uzbekistan, where fixed (wired)-broadband
countries lost ground in the global IDI. Poland and Serbia
penetration is less than 1 per cent (although it shows the
each fell a full five places. Serbia regressed in the global
highest growth rate region-wide, at 36 per cent), while
IDI on account of below-average increases in its access
wireless-broadband penetration is relatively high, at 21 per
sub-index. In these countries, no major improvements
cent at end 2012.
were registered on the indicators included in the access
Europe
Europe boasts the highest regional IDI of 6.73, and a generally
high level of ICT development. All European countries,
with the exception of Albania, have an IDI value above the
global average (4.35), and about half have an IDI above the
sub-index, and fixed-telephone penetration is declining. In
Serbia, which lost five places from 2011 to 2012 and is the
only country globally whose IDI value has actually dropped,
fixed-telephone penetration went down from 37 per cent in
2011 to 30 per cent in 2012, and mobile-cellular penetration
decreased from 125 per cent to 93 per cent in the same
developed-country average (6.78) (see Chart 2.17).
period. However, it should be noted that there is a break in
Eight European countries rank within the top ten of the
subscriptions for Serbia, since in 2012 the regulator enforced
IDI 2012. The southern and eastern European countries
the activity criterion for all prepaid subscriptions. Data from
rank lowest. Estonia and Israel improved their IDI values
before 2012 effectively included non-active mobile-cellular
significantly from 2011 to 2012, and in the IDI 2012 Estonia
subscriptions.
Chart 2.17: IDI values compared with the global, regional and developing/developed-country
averages, Europe, 2012
9
8
7
Developed
Europe
IDI
6
5
4
World
Developing
3
2
1
0
Sw
e
I de
Decela n
nm nd
Fin ar
k
Un Ne No land
ite the rw
d r ay
Lu Kin land
xe gd s
Sw mb om
itz ou
er rg
l
F an
Ge ran d
rm ce
Au an
y
Es stria
to
n
Ire ia
la
M nd
Be al
lgi ta
u
Isr m
ae
SloSpa l
ve in
ni
Cz
ec G Ita a
h re ly
Re e
pu ce
b
L li
Po atv c
rtu ia
Po ga
l
Cr land
Hu oat
n ia
Sl ga
Lit ova ry
hu kia
Cy ania
Bu pru
Bo
Ro lga s
sn TF
m ria
ia YR
an M S ani
d a er a
He ce b
rz do ia
eg ni
ov a
Tu ina
Al rke
ba y
ni
a
comparability in the 2011 to 2012 data on mobile-cellular
Source: ITU.
67
Chapter 2. The ICT Development Index (IDI)
Table 2.17: IDI – Europe
Economy
Sweden
Iceland
Denmark
Finland
Norway
Netherlands
United Kingdom
Luxembourg
Switzerland
France
Germany
Austria
Estonia
Ireland
Malta
Belgium
Israel
Spain
Slovenia
Italy
Greece
Czech Republic
Latvia
Portugal
Poland
Croatia
Hungary
Slovakia
Lithuania
Cyprus
Bulgaria
Romania
Serbia
TFYR Macedonia
Bosnia and Herzegovina
Turkey
Albania
Average*
Regional rank
2012
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
Global rank
2012
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
13
18
19
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
30
32
34
35
36
37
38
42
43
44
45
46
55
56
57
67
69
80
IDI
2012
8.45
8.36
8.35
8.24
8.13
8.00
7.98
7.93
7.78
7.53
7.46
7.36
7.28
7.25
7.25
7.16
7.11
6.89
6.76
6.57
6.45
6.40
6.36
6.32
6.31
6.31
6.10
6.05
5.88
5.86
5.83
5.35
5.34
5.19
4.71
4.64
4.11
6.73
Global rank
2011
2
4
3
5
6
7
11
9
12
19
17
21
25
22
24
23
26
27
28
29
33
31
37
35
32
34
39
40
41
43
47
54
51
55
64
66
80
IDI
2011
8.41
8.12
8.18
7.99
7.97
7.85
7.63
7.76
7.62
7.26
7.33
7.10
6.74
7.10
6.85
6.85
6.70
6.65
6.60
6.43
6.21
6.30
6.00
6.07
6.22
6.14
5.91
5.85
5.79
5.71
5.50
5.05
5.38
4.93
4.49
4.47
3.80
6.51
Global rank
change
2011-2012
0
1
-1
0
0
0
3
0
-1
1
-2
0
3
-1
0
-2
0
0
0
-1
1
-3
2
-1
-5
-4
-3
-3
-3
-2
1
-1
-5
-2
-3
-3
0
Note: *Simple average.
Source: ITU.
Bosnia and Herzegovina, the Czech Republic and Poland
Most countries in the region already possess a very well-
managed only very small (and below-average) increases
developed ICT infrastructure, and increases in the access
in their use sub-index, and have thus lost ground in global
sub-index are thus less dynamic. European countries with
comparison between 2011 and 2012. In all three countries,
strong growth in the access sub-index are for the most
wireless-broadband penetration – the most dynamic
part those at the bottom of the regional ranking, such as
indicator globally – progressed little. In both the Czech
Albania, Bulgaria, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Romania and
Republic and Poland, wireless-broadband penetration
TFYR Macedonia, all of which made significant progress
has stood at around 50 per cent since 2011. In Bosnia and
with regard to ICT household connectivity. Bosnia and
Herzegovina, wireless-broadband penetration has grown
Herzegovina logged the highest absolute increase, from
only marginally, from 11 to 12 per cent between 2011 and
32 per cent of households with Internet access at end
2012 (Chart 2.18).
2011 to 40 per cent at end 2012. Romania registered a 12
68
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Chart 2.18: Wireless-broadband subscriptions, Europe, 2011 and 2012
110
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
2011
2012
Fin
Sw land
De ede
nm n
No ark
rw
Un Lux Est ay
ite em oni
d bo a
Ki u
ng rg
d
Ice om
l
Ire and
la
nd
Ne
th Isra
er el
la
n
M ds
Au alta
st
r
La ia
tv
Sp ia
Cr ain
o
Cz
ec Po atia
h la
Re n
pu d
Fr blic
an
ce
It
Sw Gr aly
itz eec
er e
Bu lan
d
Ge lgar
rm ia
a
Se ny
Slo rbi
a
Slo vak
ve ia
Cy nia
Be pru
l s
Po gium
rtu
Hu ga
TF
YR R nga l
M om ry
ac an
ed ia
o
Bo
Al nia
sn
ba
ia
an
T nia
d Li urk
He th ey
r z ua
eg ni
ov a
in
a
Per 100 inhabitants
Source: ITU World Telecommunication/ICT Indicators database.
per cent increase in the proportion of households with
stagnated since 2011, in Albania 3G was launched only in
a computer, up from 51 per cent in 2011 to 57 per cent
January 201195 and penetration is on the rise. In comparison
in 2012. The top-ranked European countries have a very
with other European countries, Turkey was relatively late in
high proportion of households with a computer and with
launching mobile-broadband services, in mid-2009,96 and
Internet access. In the Netherlands, virtually all households
continues to improve its wireless-broadband penetration
have a computer (97 per cent) and Iceland has the second
(see Chart 2.18).
highest proportion of households with Internet access
globally, at 96 per cent. At the same time, the European
Fixed (wired)-broadband penetration is already at a high
Union’s Digital Agenda aims at bringing fast broadband (>
level – the regional average of 25.8 per cent is by far the
30 Mbit/s) to all, and achieving 50 per cent of households
highest of all regions, with the result that penetration
with superfast broadband (> 100 Mbit/s) subscriptions by
has registered relatively small increases throughout the
2020. This will be achieved through increased investments
region, with growth rates below 10 per cent. Albania had
in broadband (including EU financing as well as funding
the highest annual growth rate of 24 per cent but fixed-
from national and private sources), increased competition
broadband penetration remained just below five per cent
between broadband providers and regulatory initiatives
(see Box 2.13). TFYR Macedonia and Poland – where fixed
(see Box 2.3).
(wired)-broadband penetration reached 15 per cent and
17 per cent, respectively, in 2012 – registered double-digit
Wireless broadband is the indicator showing the highest
growth rates (of 16 and 13 per cent, respectively) between
growth rates across the European region. Penetration is
2011 and 2012.
highest in Finland (107 per cent) and Sweden (101 per
cent), both very mature mobile markets, where wireless
In almost half of the Europe region countries, over 75 per
broadband was launched early on. Albania (18 per cent),
cent of the population was using the Internet by end 2012.
Turkey (16 per cent), Bosnia and Herzegovina (12 per cent)
To have 75 per cent of the population using the Internet
and Lithuania (12 per cent) have the lowest penetration rates
regularly is one of the goals of Europe’s Digital Agenda to
in Europe. While penetration in the latter two countries has
be achieved by 2015 (see Box 2.3). It is a promising trend
69
Chapter 2. The ICT Development Index (IDI)
that those countries that are still below the target added
and the former two also stand out for improvements in
the highest proportion of Internet users in 2012: penetration
their IDI ranking.
increased, for example, by 11 per cent in TFYR Macedonia,
from 57 per cent in 2011 to 63 per cent in 2012. Other
Of the countries in the Americas region, Antigua and
countries displaying strong growth rates above 10 per cent
Barbuda saw the highest decrease in global ranking,
include Portugal (11 per cent), Romania (14 per cent) and
from 44th in 2011 to 49th in 2012, having achieved only a
Serbia (14 per cent).
marginal increase in both the access and the use sub-indices.
The Americas
The America’s regional IDI ranking is headed by the United
States (7.53) and Canada (7.38), the only two developed
countries in the Americas region. Both have IDI values well
above the developed-country average of 6.78. Just over half
of the countries in the region have an IDI value below the
global average of 4.35. Nicaragua ranks last regionally and
114th globally, with an IDI of 2.54 (Chart 2.19).
The country’s use sub-index in particular showed very little
progress, with an increase in value of just 0.01, one of the
lowest worldwide. Trinidad and Tobago lost three places in
relation to 2011, also on account of very little growth in the
use sub-index. Neither of these two countries are keeping up
with the rapid increase in wireless-broadband penetration
globally and across the Americas region. This is also the
case in Suriname and Paraguay, as well as Saint Vincent and
the Grenadines and Saint Lucia. The latter both remained
without a mobile-broadband network in 2012, and are thus
The Americas region is quite dynamic (both upwards and
falling behind in international comparison (see Table 2.18).
downwards), with almost all countries changing positions
in the global rankings between 2011 and 2012. Only four
Colombia, Costa Rica, Paraguay and Venezuela achieved
countries (Argentina, Brazil, Canada and Jamaica) have the
more than 100 per cent mobile-cellular penetration in
same ranking in the IDI 2012 as in 2011. Barbados, Costa
2012, bringing the total number of countries with more
Rica and Brazil have significantly increased their IDI values,
subscriptions than population in the region to 17. The highest
Chart 2.19: IDI values compared with the global, regional and developing/developed-country
averages, the Americas, 2012
8
7
Developed
6
IDI
5
4
The Americas
World
Developing
3
2
1
Un
ite
d
St
at
Ca es
n
Ba ad
An
rb a
tig
a
ua Ur do
& ugu s
Ba ay
rb
ud
a
C
Ar hil
ge e
St
Co nti
.V
sta na
in
Ri
ce
ca
Tr nt
in an Bra
id d zi
ad th l
& eG
To .
b
Pa ago
na
St ma
.
Co Luc
lo ia
Ve m
ne bia
z
Ec uela
ua
d
M or
ex
Su ic
rin o
am
e
Pe
Do
r
J
m am u
in a
ica ic
n a
Re
p
B
El o .
Sa liv
lv ia
Pa ado
ra r
g
Gu uay
y
Ho an
nd a
ur
as
Ni Cub
ca a
ra
gu
a
0
Source: ITU.
70
Measuring the Information Society 2013
increase occurred in Costa Rica, where penetration went up
Brazilian operators.97 Colombia’s Vive Digital aims to connect
from 92 per cent in 2011 to 128 per cent by end 2012, after
50 per cent of the country’s households to the Internet
the liberalization of the country’s mobile market in 2011. With
by 2014. One of the key infrastructure projects under this
this increase in mobile-cellular penetration and impressive
initiative is the establishment of a national fibre-optic
improvements in the proportion of households with Internet
network under a public-private partnership.98
access, Costa Rica is among the countries which made most
In line with the global trend, it is wireless-broadband
progress in the access sub-index (see Box 2.5).
penetration that has seen the strongest growth rates in
Further countries that secured strong increases in their
the region. Several countries registered a growth of more
access sub-index values include Argentina, Brazil, Colombia
than 100 per cent between 2011 and 2012. These include
and Panama, which improved significantly in ICT household
Barbados, which launched mobile only in late 201199 and
connectivity and in particular increased the percentage
achieved a penetration of 37 per cent by end 2012. In
of households with Internet access (see Chart 2.20). Both
Bolivia, Ecuador and the Dominican Republic, networks and
Brazil and Colombia have plans in place that aim to bring
coverage were further expanded and penetration reached
affordable broadband to more households. The goal
7 per cent, 23 per cent and 16 per cent, respectively, by
of Brazil’s Programa Nacional de Banda Larga is to bring
end 2012.100 In Costa Rica, competition intensified with the
broadband access to 40 million of the country’s households
entry of new operators, and wireless-broadband penetration
by 2014, in particular in rural areas, in cooperation with
climbed to 28 per cent by end 2012.101
Table 2.18: IDI – The Americas
Economy
United States
Canada
Barbados
Uruguay
Antigua & Barbuda
Chile
Argentina
Costa Rica
Brazil
St. Vincent and the Grenadines
Trinidad & Tobago
Panama
Saint Lucia
Colombia
Venezuela
Ecuador
Mexico
Suriname
Peru
Jamaica
Dominican Rep.
Bolivia
El Salvador
Paraguay
Guyana
Honduras
Cuba
Nicaragua
Average*
Regional rank
2012
Global rank
2012
IDI
2012
Global rank
2011
IDI
2011
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
17
20
29
47
49
51
53
60
62
63
66
70
75
77
79
81
83
87
92
93
94
99
100
103
105
110
111
114
7.53
7.38
6.65
5.76
5.74
5.46
5.36
5.03
5.00
4.81
4.73
4.61
4.43
4.20
4.17
4.08
3.95
3.84
3.68
3.68
3.58
3.28
3.25
3.21
3.08
2.74
2.72
2.54
4.45
16
20
36
50
44
52
53
65
62
59
63
68
72
78
76
83
82
84
91
93
95
102
103
100
106
109
110
113
7.35
7.14
6.01
5.38
5.70
5.08
5.06
4.47
4.59
4.71
4.54
4.38
4.28
3.89
4.00
3.73
3.78
3.73
3.58
3.54
3.36
3.08
3.06
3.10
2.96
2.70
2.66
2.39
4.22
Global rank
change
2011-2012
-1
0
7
3
-5
1
0
5
0
-4
-3
-2
-3
1
-3
2
-1
-3
-1
0
1
3
3
-3
1
-1
-1
-1
Note: *Simple average.
Source: ITU.
71
Chapter 2. The ICT Development Index (IDI)
Chart 2.20: Households with Internet access, the Americas, 2011 and 2012
90
Per 100 households
80
2011
70
2012
60
50
40
30
20
10
Sa
in
tV
in
ce
nt
an
d
th
e
G.
0
Source: ITU World Telecommunication/ICT Indicators database.
A number of countries had a higher fixed (wired)-
per cent). Both countries also have the highest proportion
broadband than wireless-broadband penetration,
of individuals using the Internet regionally: 87 per cent of
including Colombia, Venezuela and Peru. While Saint Lucia
Canadians were using the Internet by end 2012, as against
and Saint Vincent and the Grenadines do not (yet) have a
81 per cent of people in the United States. Antigua and
3G network, their fixed (wired)-broadband penetration is
Barbuda (84 per cent) and Barbados (73 per cent) likewise
relatively high, at 14 per cent and 12 per cent, respectively.
had a relatively high proportion of the population using
the Internet. El Salvador (26 per cent) and Nicaragua
By far the highest fixed (wired)-broadband penetration
(14 per cent) have seen the highest increases in the
rates are found in the region’s developed countries,
number of Internet users, with over 25 per cent growth
namely Canada (33 per cent) and the United States (28
since 2011.
72
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Endnotes
This section is based on the 2012 edition of Measuring the Information Society. The presentation of the conceptual framework and methodology
of the IDI is maintained in each version of the report, to help the reader. The reader is also advised to consult the 2009 edition of Measuring the
Information Society, which provides more information on the development of the IDI concept and methodology. Annex 1 to this report describes
the methodology in more detail.
1
Data on the indicators included in the skills sub-index are sourced from the UNESCO Institute for Statistics (UIS). See Annex 1 for more details on the
definition of the indicators.
2
For more information on the EGTI online forum see: http://www.itu.int/ITU-D/ict/ExpertGroup/default_group.asp.
3
To join EGTI, visit: http://www.itu.int/ITU-D/ict/ExpertGroup/default.asp.
4
To join EGH, visit: http://www.itu.int/net4/ITU-D/forum/expertgrouponhouseholds/forum/.
5
In this context, the recommendations made by experts in relation to the development of the single index were taken into consideration. Between
2007 and 2008, ITU maintained an online discussion forum with more than 100 participants on the preparation of the “single index”.
6
The revision was part of the overall review of ITU’s infrastructure indicators, and was carried out through its Expert Group on Telecommunication/ICT
Indicators (EGTI). The definition adopted by ITU is in line with the OECD definition of wireless broadband. Active mobile-broadband subscriptions
include (a) standard mobile subscriptions with use of data communications at broadband speeds (i.e. mobile-cellular subscriptions with advertised
data speeds of 256 kbit/s or greater and which have been used to set up an Internet data connection) and (b) dedicated mobile data subscriptions
at broadband speeds (i.e. subscriptions to dedicated data services over a mobile network which are purchased separately from voice services,
either as a standalone service – e.g. using a data card such as a USB modem/dongle – or as an add-on data package to voice services requiring an
additional subscription). For more information, see http://www.itu.int/ITU-D/ict/handbook.html.
7
By end 2012, Japan and Singapore also had mobile-broadband penetration rates above 100 per cent.
8
See OECD Broadband portal, at http://www.oecd.org/sti/broadband/oecdbroadbandportal.htm and KISA, 2012.
9
See http://europa.eu/rapid/press-release_STAT-12-185_en.htm.
10
See http://www.pts.se/en-gb/News/Press-releases/2012/Half-of-households-and-businesses-in-Sweden-can-get-fast-broadband/.
11
See http://www.lightreading.com/ip-convergence/teliasonera-first-to-go-live-with-lte/240111802.
12
See http://www.hkcsl.com/en/pdf/2012/SKT_CSL_LTE_roaming_launch_ENG.pdf.
13
See http://www.pfs.is/upload/files/M7_Final_decision_Jan2012.pdf for Iceland and http://www.pts.se/en-GB/Industry/Telephony/SMP---Marketreviews/ and http://www.telegeography.com/products/commsupdate/articles/2013/06/18/pts-issues-smp-decisions-on-mobile-terminationleased-lines-markets/?utm_source=CommsUpdate&utm_campaign=247fe6a1ea-CommsUpdate+18+June+2013&utm_medium=email&utm_
term=0_0688983330-247fe6a1ea-8868625 for Sweden.
14
See http://media.ofcom.org.uk/2012/06/18/boosting-business-telecoms-to-meet-growing-demand-for-data/.
15
See http://speedtest.ofca.gov.hk/index.html.
16
See https://ec.europa.eu/digital-agenda/telecoms-rules.
17
See https://ec.europa.eu/digital-agenda/node/641.
18
See information by country: http://ec.europa.eu/digital-agenda/en/progress-country.
19
See http://ec.europa.eu/digital-agenda/en/single-telecom-market-growth-jobs.
20
See http://www.tra.org.bh/en/pdf/I_LoveMyNumberCampaign_pressreleaseFinal_en.pdf and http://www.ilovemynumber.bh/.
21
See http://www.tra.org.bh/EN/pdf/2012TelecommunicationsmarketsindicatorsvFforpublic.pdf.
22
See http://www.bh.zain.com/ZainPortal/Bahrain_News1_ar.jsp and
http://www.telegeography.com/products/commsupdate/articles/2011/04/12/zain-bahrain-upgrades-wimax-network/.
23
See http://www.btrc.gov.bd/jdownloads/Licensing%20Guidelines/btrc_license_summary_06-03-2013_.pdf.
24
See http://lirneasia.net/2013/01/graphic-evidence-of-consequences-of-not-paying-attention-to-redundancy-bangladeshs-internationalconnectivity/.
25
See http://www.digicelbarbados.com/en/about/news/digicels-4g-network-goes-live and
http://www.telegeography.com/products/commsupdate/articles/2011/11/25/digicel-barbados-launches-hspa-/index.html.
26
See http://4g.digicelbarbados.com/en/pricing and http://www.time4lime.com/4G/bb/get-4g/plans.jsp.
27
See http://www.mpt.gov.by/en/content/1928.22Mobile-broadbandsubscriptionsincludeGPRS.
28
See http://www.telegeography.com/products/commsupdate/articles/2013/01/29/mts-belarus-reports-1-5m-mobile-internet-subscribers-in-2012/.
29
See http://www.mc.gov.br/acoes-e-programas/programa-nacional-de-banda-larga-pnbl/252-temas/programa-nacional-de-banda-largapnbl/23723-termos-de-compromisso.
30
See http://www.mc.gov.br/acoes-e-programas/programa-nacional-de-banda-larga-pnbl.
31
See http://www.teleco.com.br/3g_cobertura.asp.
32
73
Chapter 2. The ICT Development Index (IDI)
See http://www.americamovil.com/amx/cm/reports/Q/1Q12EN.pdf.
33
See http://www.telegeography.com/products/commsupdate/articles/2013/01/25/sutel-to-choose-firm-for-mnp/?utm_
source=CommsUpdate&utm_campaign=d99ad5b718-CommsUpdate+25+January+2013&utm_medium=email.
34
See Soiela, 2013.
35
See http://estonia.eu/about-estonia/economy-a-it/e-estonia.html.
36
See http://point-topic.com/press-and-events/2012/estonia-a-leader-in-mobile-and-superfast-broadband/.
37
See http://www.ustr.gov/trade-agreements/free-trade-agreements/cafta-dr-dominican-republic-central-america-fta.
38
See http://www.telecomsinsight.com/file/92741/costa-rica-telecoms-ready-to-reach-potential.html,
http://www.telegeography.com/products/commsupdate/articles/2005/10/03/ice-gsm-lines-face-further-delays/ and
http://www.telegeography.com/products/commsupdate/articles/2005/06/16/first-come-first-served-in-queue-for-ice/.
39
See http://www.bnamericas.com/news/privatization/market-liberalization-has-positive-effect-on-mobile-penetration-levels-sutel.
40
See http://www.grupoice.com/wps/portal/gice/acerca_ice/acerca_ice_asi_somos/acerca_ice_asi_somos_historia/!ut/p/c5/04_
SB8K8xLLM9MSSzPy8xBz9CP0os_gQL0N_D2cLEwN_Vy8XA08zY09TUzNTi1BnI6B8JJK8QYClK1De1dcyyMzVwMDAhBjdBjiAowE3SbGaHajyBsEGJuQ5HJM0_Hr9vPIz03VL8gNDQ2NKFcEAKzriVk!/dl3/d3/L2dBISEvZ0FBIS9nQSEh/.
41
See http://www.prepaidmvno.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/Future_MVNOs_Latin_America_-_August_2012.pdf.
42
See http://www.telegeography.com/products/commsupdate/articles/2013/01/25/sutel-to-choose-firm-for-mnp/?utm_
source=CommsUpdate&utm_campaign=d99ad5b718-CommsUpdate+25+January+2013&utm_medium=email.
43
See http://www.telegeography.com/products/commsupdate/articles/2012/05/15/hot-golan-launch-3g-networks/.
44
See http://www.moc.gov.il/sip_storage/FILES/5/605.pdf.
45
See TRA, 2011.
46
See http://www.crc.gov.mn/en/main.php?cid=1&do=5&did=0.
47
See http://www.oxfordbusinessgroup.com/news/make-connection-small-population-spread-over-huge-area-creates-number-hurdles.
48
See http://www.telegeography.com/products/commsupdate/articles/2012/06/18/nawras-plans-to-launch-lte-set-to-boost-3g-wimax/ and
http://www.telegeography.com/products/commsupdate/articles/2012/07/17/omantel-launches-lte-network/.
49
See http://www.ita.gov.om/ITAPortal/ITA/strategy.aspx?NID=646&PID=2323&LID=115.
50
See http://www.omantel.om/OmanWebLib/MediaCenter/Press%20Release.aspx?LinkID=5&MenuId=183.
51
See http://www.nawras.om/nawras/mediacentre/pressreleases/tabid/250/vw/1/itemid/36/--nawras-network-turbocharging-programme-positivelyimpacts-the-customer-experience-.aspx.
52
See http://www.telegeography.com/products/commsupdate/articles/2012/06/13/tra-initiative-to-bring-telecoms-to-150-rural-villages/ and
http://www.oxfordbusinessgroup.com/news/unlocked-potential-evolving-regulations-and-continued-growth-mobile-broadband-are-fuell.
53
See http://www.oman.om/wps/portal/index/!ut/p/c5/04_SB8K8xLLM9MSSzPy8xBz9CP0os3hjA3cDA39LT1_
vEF9HAyPjMDcvSx8zYxcXE6B8pFm8AQ7gaEBAdzjIPrz6_Tzyc1P1C3IjDHQdFRUBGuNB1g!!/dl3/d3/L2dBISEvZ0FBIS9nQSEh/.
54
See http://www.nation.sc/index.php?art=27695.
55
The survey did not include people living in working camps.
56
See http://www.balancingact-africa.com/news/en/issue-no-569/telecoms/zambia-waives-duty-t/en.
57
See http://www.balancingact-africa.com/news/en/issue-no-586/telecoms/mtn-goes-green-in-za/en.
58
See http://news.idg.no/cw/art.cfm?id=AA6ADFA1-AC08-48EC-3C5791B2DDD71EE3.
59
According to a document published by the Ministry of Transport, Works, Supply and Communication in July 2012.
60
See http://www.zambialii.org/files/zm/legislation/statutory-instrument/2012/38/S.I.%20No.%2038%20for%202012.pdf and
http://www.parliament.gov.zm/index.php?option=com_docman&task=doc_view&gid=1007.
61
See http://www.parliament.gov.zm/index.php?option=com_docman&task=doc_view&gid=1007.
62
See http://allafrica.com/stories/201303121306.html?page=2.
63
See http://www.balancingact-africa.com/news/en/issue-no-586/telecoms/mtn-goes-green-in-za/en.
64
See http://www.itnewsafrica.com/2013/01/airtel-zambias-rural-investment-pays-off/.
65
See http://www.telecel.co.zw/index.php/coverage and
http://www.telegeography.com/products/commsupdate/articles/2012/09/19/telecel-to-deploy-200-new-base-stations-netone-roams-in-sa/.
66
See http://www.telegeography.com/products/commsupdate/articles/2012/11/26/potraz-targets-improved-coverage-in-remote-areas/.
67
See https://www.econet.co.zw/media-centre/general-news/ecocash-handles-100m-monthly;
http://www.telegeography.com/products/commsupdate/articles/2012/10/02/ecocash-attracts-1-7m-users-in-first-year/ and
https://www.econet.co.zw/ecocash/.
68
74
Measuring the Information Society 2013
See http://www.potraz.gov.zw/files/POTRAZ_Quaterly_Sector_Statistics.pdf.
69
See http://www.telegeography.com/products/commsupdate/articles/2013/04/17/international-bandwidth-demand-is-decentralising/.
70
See http://www.telegeography.com/products/commsupdate/articles/2012/12/13/ntt-lands-ase-in-hong-kong-ahead-of-target-q1-launch/.
71
See ITU, Broadband Commission for Digital Development and Cisco, 2013.
72
See http://www.teams.co.ke/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=59&Itemid=53.
73
See http://broadbandtoolkit.org/Case/ke/6 and MIC, 2012.
74
See http://www.lion-submarinesystem.com/.
75
See http://www.orange-tkl.co.ke/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=284:lion2-submarine-cable-goes-live&catid=1:latestnews&Itemid=28.
76
Total used bandwidth increased from 278 329 Mbit/s in September 2012 to 328 641 Mbit/s by December 2012.
77
See http://www.mptc.gov.kh/view/home/default.aspx?info_de=mptc_de_service&s_Id=1 and
http://axiata.listedcompany.com/misc/axiata_presentation_13122012.pdf.
78
See http://www.cambodiadaily.com/archive/mobitel-smart-fight-it-out-over-prices-21085/ and http://www.bangkokpost.com/print/334187/.
79
See http://www.itu.int/net/pressoffice/press_releases/2013/CM04.aspx#.UcrdTfn0Geg.
80
ITU, 2012a.
81
ITU correspondence with Central African Republic’s Agence de régulation des télécommunications.
82
See http://www.amc.al/en/latestnews/viewpressrelease/38 and http://www.vodafone.al/vodafone/Vodafone_Albania_202_2.php.
83
See http://www.telegeography.com/products/commsupdate/articles/2013/03/01/the-eagle-has-landed-incumbent-swoops-into-3g-sector/.
84
Information based on the draft version of the broadband strategy.
85
ITU and Broadband Commission, 2012.
86
The regions in this chapter refer to the ITU/BDT regions, see http://www.itu.int/ITU-D/ict/definitions/regions/index.html.
87
The coefficient of variation (CV) measures the dispersion of a variable independently of the variable’s measurement unit. The higher the CV, the
greater the dispersion in the variable.
88
See http://www.lion-submarinesystem.com/.
89
See http://www.nation.sc/index.php?art=27695.
90
See http://www.iam.ma/Groupe/Presse/CommuniquesDePresse/Pages/DetailDuCommuniqueDePresse.aspx?itemID=66.
91
See http://www.cellular-news.com/story/19503.php.
92
See http://www.ftthcouncil.eu/documents/Presentations/20121016PressConfBBWF.pdf.
93
For an overview of MTR regulation in the European Union, see the list of countries applying ex-ante regulation to voice call termination on mobile
networks (Market 7 under the 2007 EC Recommendation on Relevant Markets), available at
https://ec.europa.eu/digital-agenda/sites/digital-agenda/files/Market_overview_25_february_2013.pdf. For more information on the regulatory
accounting principles applied to MTRs in Europe, see the European Commission’s Recommendation on the Regulatory Treatment of Fixed and
Mobile Termination Rates in the EU, available at: http://eur-lex.europa.eu/LexUriServ/LexUriServ.do?uri=OJ:L:2009:124:0067:0074:EN:PDF.
94
See http://www.vodafone.al/vodafone/Vodafone_Albania_202_2.php.
95
See http://www.telegeography.com/products/commsupdate/articles/2009/07/30/3g-launches-in-turkey/.
96
See http://www.mc.gov.br/acoes-e-programas/programa-nacional-de-banda-larga-pnbl.
97
See http://www.mintic.gov.co/index.php/fibra-inicio and http://www.mintic.gov.co/index.php/vive-digital.
98
See http://www.nationnews.com/articles/view/digicel-launches-4g-network/.
99
See http://www.telegeography.com/products/commsupdate/articles/2012/08/14/vivas-coverage-extended-to-75-of-bolivia-following-usd100minvestment/, http://www.cnt.com.ec/index.php/categoria-noticias/527-comunidades-de-bolivar-se-beneficiaron-con-700-lineas-telefonicascdma-450 and http://www.dominicantoday.com/dr/economy/2012/3/6/42882/Orange-announces-US1500M-for-coverage-network-in-2012.
100
See http://www.telegeography.com/products/commsupdate/articles/2013/01/21/vtr-passes-150000-mobile-users/.
101
75
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Chapter 3. Measuring the cost and
affordability of broadband
3.1 Introduction
The growing importance of measuring broadband
Since the first ICT Price Basket (IPB) was published in 2009
in terms of the uptake of different ICT services and their
(ITU, 2009a), ITU has been presenting the results of the
relevance in delivering access to today’s information society.
IPB annually with the objective of measuring the cost and
By end 2008 – the reference year for the first IPB published –
affordability of the key ICT services: fixed telephony, mobile
there were barely 6 active mobile-broadband subscriptions
cellular (voice and SMS) and fixed broadband. The IPB has
per 100 inhabitants in the world; now, ITU estimates that by
proved to be a useful benchmarking tool for the international
end 2013 that figure will have grown fivefold. The number
comparison of ICT prices covering more than 160 countries.
of fixed (wired)-broadband subscriptions has also grown
In the broader context of ICT developments, the IPB helps
significantly in this time-frame, albeit at a slower pace
in identifying those cases where prices constitute a barrier
to ICT uptake, and points to best practices and bottlenecks
that have an impact on the cost of ICT services.
In a departure from previous editions of the Measuring the
Information Society (MIS) report, this year’s analysis of ICT
prices does not engage in a comprehensive review of the
results of the entire IPB and its sub-baskets, but instead
concentrates solely on fixed-broadband and mobilebroadband prices. This responds to the current demand for
data and benchmarks to support evidence-based policies
and regulatory decisions concerning broadband prices. For
instance, in October 2011 the Broadband Commission for
Digital Development set four targets for 2015, including a
specific one on broadband affordability (Target 2): “By 2015,
entry-level broadband services should be made affordable in
affordability is also evident from the changing situation
(Chapter 1).
Conversely, fixed-telephone subscriptions have been
declining since 2009. Mobile-cellular subscriptions have
reached saturation in the majority of countries, and as a
result the policy focus is shifting from “how many people
use a mobile phone” to “how many people use a mobile
phone for accessing the Internet”.
In response to these dynamic trends, this chapter focuses
on an analysis of broadband prices and affordability. It
goes beyond the regular review of fixed-broadband prices
included in the chapter on IPB in previous MIS reports, and
includes a comprehensive analysis of mobile-broadband
prices and affordability, based on the extended data
collection carried out by ITU in 2012.
developing countries through adequate regulation and market
In addition, fixed- and mobile-broadband prices are
forces (amounting to less than 5% of average monthly income)”
compared, in order to put into perspective the costs of
(Broadband Commission for Digital Development, 2011).
accessing broadband Internet services. Mobile-broadband
Hence the need for global and harmonized data to measure
prices are also compared with mobile-cellular prices, with
broadband affordability.
a view to assessing whether affordability is a barrier to
77
Chapter 3. Measuring the cost and affordability of broadband
replicating the “mobile miracle” (i.e. the mass uptake of
highlights the importance of pursuing the international
regular mobile-cellular services) in the broadband arena.
monitoring of fixed-broadband prices in order to support
policy and regulatory decisions addressing the issue of
Lastly, this chapter presents and discusses a mobile-
affordability of fixed-broadband services.
broadband sub-basket, which combines the price of two
different mobile-broadband plans into a single benchmarking
Fixed-broadband prices have been collected by ITU through
value per country. This follows the conclusions and
the annual ICT Price Basket Questionnaire since 2008. The
recommendations of the tenth World Telecommunication/
fixed-broadband plan chosen represents an entry-level
ICT Indicators Meeting held in September 2012 in Bangkok,
postpaid fixed-broadband plan, with a minimum speed
Thailand, which highlighted the importance of developing
of 256 kbit/s and a monthly usage of (a minimum of ) 1
a mobile-broadband price basket.
Gigabyte (GB). For plans that are limited in terms of data
1
allowance (below 1 GB), the cost per additional byte is added
The results of the latest IPB are presented in Tables 3.18 to
to the monthly subscription price up to 1 GB.
3.21 at the end of this chapter. They include end-2012 data
for each of the three price sets contained in the IPB (fixed-
Prices are presented in USD and PPP$ and also calculated
telephone, mobile-cellular and fixed-broadband services),
as a percentage of GNI p.c. so as to provide an insight into
as well as the general IPB ranking combining the three subbaskets expressed in terms of GNI per capita (GNI p.c.). Prices
are expressed as a percentage of GNI p.c. in order to show
them in relative terms to the income generated by each
country, thus pointing to the affordability of each ICT service.
The methodological details of the IPB and the collection of
mobile-broadband prices can be found in Annex 2.
the affordability of fixed broadband. Countries are ranked
according to the price of fixed broadband as a percentage
of GNI p.c. The lower the percentage, the lower the relative
cost of the service.
This section analyses the 2008-2012 trends in fixedbroadband prices around the world and by level of
development. It also examines the country data for 2012,
highlighting those economies that stand out in the overall
results of fixed-broadband prices. Lastly, it includes a review
of 2012 fixed-broadband prices in each region.
3.2 Fixed-broadband prices
Fixed broadband continues to be a critical service for achieving
the full benefits of the Internet as a development enabler,
because it remains the primary means of accessing highspeed, high-capacity and reliable Internet services (ITU, 2012a).
At present, deployments of advanced mobile-broadband
technologies, such as LTE-Advanced and WirelessMANAdvanced,2 are still limited. Therefore, only a small fraction of
Global trends in fixed-broadband prices,
2008-2012
A global analysis of fixed-broadband prices from 2008 to 2012,
based on the 144 economies for which fixed-broadband data
are available for 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 and 2012,3 shows that
services are becoming more and more affordable. Globally,
the fixed-broadband prices dropped from 115.1 per cent of
GNI p.c. in 2008 to 22.1 per cent in 2012.
total mobile subscriptions correspond to technologies beyond
3G – an estimated 0.9 per cent of the world total by end 2012
The biggest drop occurred in developing countries, where fixed
according to Cisco (2013a); and only a minor share of global IP
broadband became much more affordable, costing on average
traffic corresponds to mobile networks – 2 per cent of global
31.0 per cent of GNI p.c. in 2012, down from 164.6 per cent
IP traffic in 2011, as estimated by Cisco (2012). Thus, fixed
in 2008. The steepest fall was seen between 2008 and 2009,
broadband is still the main option for medium- and high-end
when prices (relative to GNI p.c.) in the developing countries
users, including businesses and many residential customers.
almost halved, before declining at over 30 per cent per year
from 2009 to 2011. Moreover, fixed broadband continues to
At the same time, fixed broadband continues to be the
become more affordable in the developing world, with a drop
most expensive service of all those included in the IPB. This
of 23.0 per cent from 2011 to 2012 (Chart 3.1).
78
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Chart 3.1: Fixed-broadband prices, as a percentage of GNI p.c. (left) and annual change (right),
2008-2012
120
115.1
164.6
Developed
Developing
100
World
As % of GNI p.c.
85.1
Developing
Developed
80
1.9
-22.5
-23.0
World
1.4
-31.8
-32.2
2011/2012
2010/2011
59.4
60
-17.0
59.7
40
41.8
28.5
20
2.5
2.0
1.7
1.7
2008
2009
2010
2011
0
2009/2010
-30.0
40.3
-30.2
31.0
22.1
-19.1
2008/2009
-48.1
-48.3
1.7
-50 -45 -40 -35 -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5
% change
2012
0
5
Note: Simple averages. Based on 144 economies for which 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 and 2012 fixed-broadband prices were available.
Source: ITU. GNI p.c. is based on World Bank data.
In developed countries, where fixed-broadband services
plans with different advertised speeds, the faster the more
were already relatively affordable, prices (relative to GNI p.c.)
expensive.5 The 2008-2012 fixed-broadband price data
have fallen at a much more moderate rate (17 to 19 per cent
show that, with fixed broadband becoming more affordable
annually from 2008 to 2010). Since 2010, the average cost
globally, minimum broadband speeds have also gone up
of fixed-broadband services has stabilized at around 1.7 per
(Table 3.1). While in 2008 almost half of the plans included in
cent of GNI p.c. on average, and even increased slightly, by
the data collection had minimum advertised speeds of 256
1.4 and 1.9 per cent in 2011 and 2012, respectively. In most
kbit/s (i.e. the minimum broadband speed), in 2012 about
cases, however, an increase in price comes with both a
one-fifth of countries offered plans at this speed, and only
higher data allowance and faster speeds.4
higher- speed offers were available in the remaining countries.
The price of a fixed-broadband plan is often determined by
Furthermore, there is a clear trend of moving entry-level
speed. For example, the US Internet service provider (ISP)
plans towards higher speeds. Indeed, more than a quarter of
Verizon offers its customers a choice between four broadband
countries offered no fixed-broadband speeds under 2 Mbit/s
Table 3.1: Minimum advertised fixed-broadband speeds, percentage of countries, 2008 and 2012
2008
2012
0.256
Advertised speed (Mbit/s)
45.1
20.8
>0.256 - 0.512
18.8
16.0
>0.512 - 1.024
17.4
18.1
>1.024 - 2.048
7.6
13.9
>2.048 - 10
9.0
20.1
-
6.9
2.1
4.2
>10 - 50
Speed not specified
Note: Based on 144 economies for which 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 and 2012 fixed-broadband prices were available.
Source: ITU.
79
Chapter 3. Measuring the cost and affordability of broadband
Chart 3.2: Fixed-braodband median price per Mbit/s, in USD, world and by level of development, 2008
and 2012
38.9
Developing
141.1
19.5
World
2012
70.1
2008
4.4
Developed
21.4
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
USD per Mbit/s
Note: Based on 144 economies for which 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 and 2012 fixed-broadband prices were available.
Source: ITU.
in 2012, compared with only 9 per cent in 2008. Back in 2008,
the country in which the entry-level broadband plan had the
highest advertised speed was the Czech Republic, at 8.19
Mbit/s. In contrast, in the Republic of Korea and in Romania
the lowest speed offered in 2012 was 50 Mbit/s. In both cases,
the plans selected correspond to FTTH/B connections, with
Box 3.1: Data issues: Comparability and transparency
Two major factors affect the comparability of fixed-broadband
require operators to publish information on real speeds achieved,
prices across countries: differences in speed and differences in
but they remain a minority.
data allowance. The minimum downstream speed of a broadband
Fixed-broadband plans are based on a monthly usage of (a
connection is defined at 256 kbit/s, and the data collected are
minimum of ) 1 Gigabyte (GB). All 169 countries included in the
for plans based on this minimum speed. Where several offers
2012 fixed-broadband price analysis had offers equal to or above
(with differing speeds) are available, preference is given to the
this data cap. However, only 12 countries had offers at exactly 1 GB
cheapest available connection that offers a speed of at least 256
per month, whereas in the majority of countries (101) unlimited
kbit/s. Data revealed, however, that in the majority of countries
data allowances were offered. In these latter countries, no capped
no plans at 256 kbit/s are offered and advertised speeds are often
plans for fixed-broadband were available. While plans limited to 1
much higher. In 2012, plans with an advertised speed of 256 kbit/s
GB per month are not directly comparable with unlimited offers,
were offered in a mere 39 (all of them developing countries) of
the price of these unlimited offers is still very competitive and most
169 countries, whereas in 40 countries the recorded plans come
of the top-ranking countries have unlimited plans.
with an advertised speed of over 2 Mbit/s. The highest entry-level
Further issues concerning the comparability of data were revealed by
broadband speeds (for FTTH/B connections) were advertised in
the data-collection exercise. In some cases, the price for the rental of
the Republic of Korea and Romania, where there were no offers
a fixed-telephone line or other services, such as television, is bundled
below 50 Mbit/s.6 This significant difference in speed and hence
and cannot be extracted from the monthly charge. Postpaid fixed-
quality of service and user experience limits the comparability
broadband subscriptions can vary in terms of commitment periods,
of prices. On the other hand, it has to be remembered that
with some operators only offering subscriptions for a minimum of
information is based on speeds as advertised by operators, and
24 months. Furthermore, it is not always clear whether or not taxes
not actual speeds, which can vary significantly. Some countries
are included in the advertised price.
80
Measuring the Information Society 2013
optical fibre being the most widely used fixed-broadband
based on operators’ information, and not actual speeds,
access technology in these economies.
which can differ significantly (see Box 3.1).
Chart 3.2 shows that the price per unit of speed (Mbit/s)
Regional analysis of 2012 fixed-broadband
prices
7
also decreased significantly between 2008 and 2012.
Globally, the median price was USD 19.5 per Mbit/s in
2012, almost a quarter of the price in 2008.8 The drop
in prices per Mbit/s is visible in both developing and
developed countries, where median prices in 2012 stood
at USD 38.9 and USD 4.4 per Mbit/s, respectively. These
numbers show that people in developing countries pay
considerably more per Mbit/s. This is partly explained by
the fact that the price of broadband per unit of speed
tends to decrease with the total speed contracted,
i.e. high-speed broadband subscriptions are cheaper
in terms of unit price per Mbit/s than low-speed
subscriptions. Since the median speed is ten times higher
The results of the 2012 fixed-broadband price analysis,
which includes 169 economies for which 2012 price data
were available, show significant differences in the price
and affordability of fixed-broadband subscriptions. The
cost of an entry-level fixed-broadband subscription ranges
from 0.21 per cent of GNI p.c. in Macao (China) to 386.9
per cent of GNI p.c. in Cuba. In ten countries, for the most
part least developed countries (LDCs) from Africa (such as
Niger, Madagascar and Malawi) or the Asia-Pacific region
(Afghanistan and Solomon Islands), fixed-broadband
prices actually exceed the respective countries’ average
in developed than in developing countries (5 Mbit/s
monthly GNI p.c. (Table 3.2). However, in the majority of
compared with 0.512 Mbit/s), prices per Mbit/s are also
countries, including more than a third of all developing
considerably lower in developed countries.
countries with data available for 2012, prices are below 5
per cent of GNI p.c. There are nonetheless a large number
It is to be noted that fixed-broadband prices are based on
of developing countries where fixed-broadband services
9
entry-level plans and includes only one plan per country.
are largely unaffordable: in 28 per cent of developing
Thus, it cannot give a complete picture of average advertised
countries with data available for 2012, prices are above
speeds. Furthermore, the data refer to advertised speeds
20 per cent of GNI p.c. (Chart 3.3).
Chart 3.3: Fixed-broadband prices, as a percentage of GNI p.c., by level of development, number of
countries, 2012
60
Developed
Developing
50
Number of countries
40
34
10
30
1
20
26
10
21
18
6
0
0-2
2-5
5-8
20
18
8-10
10-20
4
4
20-30
30-40
7
40-50
>50
Fixed broadband prices, as % of GNI p.c.
Source: ITU.
81
Chapter 3. Measuring the cost and affordability of broadband
Table 3.2: Fixed-broadband prices, 2012
Fixed-broadband prices
Rank
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
Economy
Macao, China
Kuwait
United States
Switzerland
Luxembourg
Andorra
United Kingdom
Japan
Norway
Hong Kong, China
Qatar
France
Sweden
Singapore
Netherlands
Cyprus
Belgium
Denmark
Finland
Italy
Trinidad & Tobago
Austria
Canada
Ireland
Iceland
Germany
Greece
Lithuania
Russian Federation
United Arab Emirates
Malta
Spain
Latvia
Turkey
Romania
Czech Republic
Uruguay
Maldives
Venezuela
Korea (Rep.)
Israel
Australia
Oman
Bahamas
Croatia
Portugal
Seychelles
Estonia
Mauritius
Slovenia
Poland
Kazakhstan
Bulgaria
Brunei Darussalam
Brazil
Bahrain
Slovakia
Tunisia
Bosnia and Herzegovina
Sri Lanka
Panama
Mexico
Lebanon
New Zealand
Belarus
Costa Rica
Chile
Saudi Arabia
Azerbaijan
Ukraine
Hungary
Malaysia
Montenegro
TFYR Macedonia
Egypt
St. Kitts and Nevis
Albania
Colombia
Algeria
Peru
Libya
Barbados
Armenia
Serbia
Argentina
as % of
GNI p.c.
0.2
0.4
0.4
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.9
0.9
0.9
0.9
0.9
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.3
1.3
1.4
1.4
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.9
1.9
1.9
1.9
2.0
2.0
2.1
2.1
2.1
2.1
2.1
2.3
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.7
2.9
2.9
2.9
3.1
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
4.0
4.3
4.3
4.5
4.5
USD
7.9
14.5
15.0
38.3
40.3
21.8
20.8
26.6
53.3
21.6
54.9
29.2
36.8
30.0
35.4
21.9
34.7
46.4
37.4
28.0
12.3
41.6
40.4
34.8
31.8
41.7
23.7
12.1
10.2
40.6
19.3
33.5
13.8
12.5
9.5
22.6
14.9
8.2
15.4
27.1
38.3
61.9
26.0
30.0
19.0
29.2
16.3
22.2
12.2
36.2
19.9
13.2
10.5
51.7
17.8
26.6
27.6
7.0
8.3
4.5
14.0
17.6
17.6
59.2
11.9
15.8
25.8
39.7
12.7
7.5
31.0
21.6
19.5
13.5
7.6
36.7
11.9
18.7
14.1
18.0
40.8
45.2
12.1
21.2
36.5
PPP$
9.3
12.6
15.0
23.4
31.5
N/A
19.2
19.9
33.7
31.3
52.8
24.1
26.7
36.6
30.2
22.9
28.8
31.8
28.8
25.5
19.2
35.3
32.4
29.8
26.1
37.3
24.2
18.4
16.6
42.9
24.8
33.6
19.1
20.8
17.2
28.8
16.3
11.5
18.3
36.5
34.0
38.4
29.8
43.0
26.2
33.1
36.7
29.5
20.1
41.0
31.5
15.4
21.5
77.6
16.6
34.6
37.6
15.4
15.7
8.9
25.5
26.7
26.1
49.0
30.9
22.3
31.1
47.3
18.6
15.1
47.8
34.8
36.8
32.1
17.2
41.6
26.4
26.7
23.4
30.9
67.5
66.1
21.3
40.8
58.7
GNI p.c.,
USD, 2011
(or latest
available)
45’460
48’900
48’450
76’380
78’130
41’750
37’780
45’180
88’890
35’160
80’440
42’420
53’230
42’930
49’730
29’450
46’160
60’390
48’420
35’330
15’040
48’300
45’560
38’580
35’020
43’980
25’030
12’280
10’400
40’760
18’620
30’990
12’350
10’410
7’910
18’520
11’860
6’530
11’920
20’870
28’930
46’200
19’260
21’970
13’850
21’250
11’130
15’200
8’240
23’610
12’480
8’220
6’550
31’800
10’720
15’920
16’070
4’070
4’780
2’580
7’910
9’240
9’110
29’350
5’830
7’660
12’280
17’820
5’290
3’120
12’730
8’420
7’060
4’730
2’600
12’480
3’980
6’110
4’470
5’500
12’320
12’660
3’360
5’680
9’740
Fixed-broadband prices
Rank
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
Economy
Iran (I.R.)
Gabon
South Africa
Grenada
Morocco
Georgia
Jordan
India
Mongolia
Dominican Rep.
Antigua & Barbuda
Dominica
Thailand
China
Ecuador
Bhutan
Fiji
Saint Lucia
Suriname
St. Vincent
El Salvador
Jamaica
Bangladesh
Moldova
Syria
Guatemala
Paraguay
Sudan
Indonesia
Uzbekistan
Botswana
Guyana
Turkmenistan
Viet Nam
Cape Verde
Honduras
Philippines
Micronesia
Bolivia
Marshall Islands
Pakistan
Angola
Samoa
Belize
Kyrgyzstan
Yemen
Namibia
Nepal
Tonga
Nicaragua
Mauritania
Swaziland
Djibouti
Uganda
Cambodia
Ghana
Nigeria
Tanzania
Senegal
Timor-Leste
Vanuatu
Kiribati
Côte d'Ivoire
Kenya
Zimbabwe
Cameroon
Ethiopia
Comoros
Benin
Haiti
Lesotho
Zambia
Burkina Faso
Mali
Togo
S. Tomé & Principe
Mozambique
Papua New Guinea
Malawi
Madagascar
Niger
Afghanistan
Solomon Islands
Cuba
as % of
GNI p.c.
4.7
4.8
4.8
4.9
4.9
5.0
5.1
5.1
5.3
5.3
5.5
5.6
5.6
5.6
5.8
6.2
6.4
6.5
6.6
6.6
7.0
7.0
7.3
7.7
7.9
8.6
8.8
9.0
9.1
9.1
9.2
10.1
10.2
11.3
11.3
12.1
12.4
13.7
14.4
15.3
15.5
15.7
16.1
16.3
16.3
16.5
17.5
17.8
19.2
22.8
26.8
27.5
29.9
32.9
34.0
36.6
39.0
42.4
42.8
43.5
44.0
44.0
46.2
49.3
56.3
61.0
71.0
81.5
81.5
81.9
84.0
85.1
98.2
98.4
101.2
103.0
149.3
150.5
169.7
177.8
210.2
221.3
280.2
386.9
Source: ITU. GNI p.c. and PPP$ are based on World Bank data. USD exchange rates are based on IMF data.
82
USD
17.8
31.8
28.1
29.4
12.2
11.9
18.7
6.0
10.3
23.3
54.9
33.0
20.7
23.2
20.2
10.7
19.5
36.2
41.9
33.6
20.3
29.2
4.7
12.8
18.1
20.6
21.8
9.7
22.2
11.5
57.3
24.5
35.0
11.8
33.3
19.9
22.9
33.0
24.5
50.0
14.5
53.2
42.7
50.0
12.5
14.7
68.7
8.0
57.3
22.2
22.3
75.7
31.6
14.0
23.5
43.0
39.0
19.1
38.1
99.0
105.2
77.4
42.4
33.7
30.0
61.5
23.7
52.3
53.0
47.8
85.4
82.3
46.6
50.0
47.2
116.8
58.5
185.6
48.1
63.7
63.0
53.5
259.2
1760.4
PPP$
48.6
45.7
38.4
42.2
20.0
20.4
24.0
14.4
16.0
41.6
70.3
58.6
36.2
36.1
37.4
27.2
21.3
48.5
47.4
57.8
37.8
42.2
11.8
22.0
38.9
32.1
32.6
16.9
29.7
21.2
97.4
28.2
68.1
26.2
36.2
36.2
39.9
39.8
51.9
N/A
33.8
61.3
55.3
81.3
28.2
25.4
88.6
16.6
64.1
52.5
49.8
124.0
60.2
42.2
62.0
51.6
68.0
54.9
67.5
175.4
158.7
111.2
64.0
71.6
N/A
115.2
74.0
72.2
107.6
77.7
132.4
0.1
101.7
82.2
84.3
163.1
107.4
271.1
119.7
132.7
123.3
129.0
502.6
N/A
GNI p.c.,
USD, 2011
(or latest
available)
4’520
7’980
6’960
7’220
2’970
2’860
4’380
1’410
2’320
5’240
12’060
7’090
4’420
4’940
4’140
2’070
3’680
6’680
7’640
6’100
3’480
4’980
770
1’980
2’750
2’870
2’970
1’300
2’940
1’510
7’480
2’900
4’110
1’260
3’540
1’970
2’210
2’900
2’040
3’910
1’120
4’060
3’190
3’690
920
1’070
4’700
540
3’580
1’170
1’000
3’300
1’270
510
830
1’410
1’200
540
1’070
2’730
2’870
2’110
1’100
820
640
1’210
400
770
780
700
1’220
1’160
570
610
560
1’360
470
1’480
340
430
360
290
1’110
5’460
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Chart 3.4: Fixed-broadband prices, as a percentage of GNI p.c., by region, 2012
70
60
As % of GNI p.c.
50
40
30
World average (22.1)
20
10
0
Europe
CIS
Arab States
The Americas
Asia & Pacific
Africa
Note: Simple averages.
Source: ITU.
A regional analysis of 2012 fixed-broadband prices reveals
the Americas region, which contains not only countries
significant differences in affordability between and within
with some of the most affordable 2012 fixed-broadband
the six regions considered. Prices in Europe are very
prices, such as the United States, but also the country
affordable throughout the region, with a maximum value
with the least affordable prices (Cuba). The Asia and the
of 4.5 per cent of GNI p.c. (in Serbia) and an average of
Pacific region shows similar differences, with the region’s
just 1.5 per cent of GNI p.c. (Chart 3.4 and Table 3.3). The
high-income economies10 (Hong Kong (China), Macao
differences in affordability of fixed-broadband Internet
(China) and Singapore) at the top, and Papua New Guinea,
access are also relatively small in the Commonwealth of
Afghanistan and Solomon Islands with unaffordable
Independent States (CIS), where prices range from 1.2
fixed-broadband prices of over 100 per cent of GNI p.c.
per cent of GNI p.c. in the Russian Federation to 16.3 in
On average, fixed-broadband prices are by far the least
Kyrgyzstan, with an average regional value of 5.8 per cent
affordable in Africa, with an average regional value of 64.3
of GNI p.c. In the remaining four regions, the differences
per cent of GNI p.c. Although the price of fixed-broadband
in affordability are striking. The widest range is found in
subscriptions is below 5 per cent of GNI p.c. in four
Table 3.3: Fixed-broadband prices ranges and averages as a percentage of GNI p.c., by region, 2012
Region
Europe
Minimum
0.6
Maximum
4.5
Range
3.9
Average value
1.5
CIS
1.2
16.3
15.1
5.8
Arab States
0.4
81.5
81.1
10.8
The Americas
0.4
386.9
386.5
18.9
Asia & Pacific
0.2
280.2
280.0
28.9
Africa
1.8
210.2
208.4
64.3
Source: ITU.
83
Chapter 3. Measuring the cost and affordability of broadband
countries from the region (Seychelles, Mauritius, Gabon
in Seychelles and Mauritius to 210.2 per cent of GNI p.c. in
and South Africa), prices correspond to over 40 per cent
Niger. Fixed-broadband services are most affordable in the
of GNI p.c. in no fewer than half of the African countries
countries with the highest GNI p.c. levels in the region, while
included in the analysis.
the countries with the least affordable fixed-broadband
The following section presents a detailed analysis of fixedbroadband prices within each region. Prices are presented as a
percentage of monthly GNI p.c., and in USD and international
dollars (PPP$).11 Prices in PPP$ provide a measure of the cost
of the service irrespective of income, but taking into account
the purchasing power equivalence between countries.12
prices are all LDCs. This underlines the strong link between
income/development levels and affordability. On the other
hand, two LDCs, Uganda and Tanzania, have lower relative
fixed-broadband prices than other countries in the region
with higher income levels (see Table 3.4). This is also confirmed
when looking at the price of fixed-broadband services in
terms of purchasing power parity, which takes into account
Fixed-broadband prices in Africa
the national buying power of a local currency (see Chart 3.5).
Africa has the least affordable fixed-broadband prices in
prices. Further countries with relatively low prices in terms
the world, with an average value of 64.3 per cent of GNI p.c.
of PPP$ include Mauritius, Cape Verde, Seychelles and South
Within the region, prices range from 1.8 per cent of GNI p.c.
Africa, where prices remain below PPP$ 40.
Both Uganda and Tanzania stand out with relatively low PPP$
Table 3.4: Fixed-broadband prices, Africa, 2012
Fixed-broadband prices
Global Regional
rank
rank
Economy
47
1
Seychelles
49
2
Mauritius
87
3
Gabon
88
4
South Africa
116
5
Botswana
120
6
Cape Verde
127
7
Angola
132
8
Namibia
137
9
Swaziland
139
10
Uganda
141
11
Ghana
142
12
Nigeria
143
13
Tanzania
144
14
Senegal
148
15
Côte d'Ivoire
149
16
Kenya
150
17
Zimbabwe
151
18
Cameroon
152
19
Ethiopia
154
20
Benin
156
21
Lesotho
157
22
Zambia
158
23
Burkina Faso
159
24
Mali
160
25
Togo
161
26
S. Tomé & Principe
162
27
Mozambique
164
28
Malawi
165
29
Madagascar
166
30
Niger
as % of GNI p.c.
1.8
1.8
4.8
4.8
9.2
11.3
15.7
17.5
27.5
32.9
36.6
39.0
42.4
42.8
46.2
49.3
56.3
61.0
71.0
81.5
84.0
85.1
98.2
98.4
101.2
103.0
149.3
169.7
177.8
210.2
USD
16.3
12.2
31.8
28.1
57.3
33.3
53.2
68.7
75.7
14.0
43.0
39.0
19.1
38.1
42.4
33.7
30.0
61.5
23.7
53.0
85.4
82.3
46.6
50.0
47.2
116.8
58.5
48.1
63.7
63.0
PPP$
36.7
20.1
45.7
38.4
97.4
36.2
61.3
88.6
124.0
42.2
51.6
68.0
54.9
67.5
64.0
71.6
N/A
115.2
74.0
107.6
132.4
93.7
101.7
82.2
84.3
163.1
107.4
119.7
132.7
123.3
Note: N/A: Not available.
Source: ITU. GNI p.c. and PPP$ values are based on World Bank data. USD exchange rates are based on IMF data.
84
GNI p.c.,
USD, 2011
(or latest
available)
11’130
8’240
7’980
6’960
7’480
3’540
4’060
4’700
3’300
510
1’410
1’200
540
1’070
1’100
820
640
1’210
400
780
1’220
1’160
570
610
560
1’360
470
340
430
360
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Chart 3.5: Purchasing-power-adjusted fixed-broadband prices in the Africa region, 2012
180
160
140
120
PPP$
100
80
60
40
20
M
a
Ca urit
pe ius
Se Verd
So yche e
ut lle
h s
Af
r
Ug ica
an
d
Ga a
bo
Gh n
Ta ana
nz
an
A
Cô n ia
te go
d’ la
Ivo
Se ire
ne
g
Ni al
ge
ri
Ke a
n
Et ya
hi
op
ia
M
ali
T
Na ogo
m
ib
Za ia
m
Bo b
Bu tsw ia
rk an
M ina a
oz Fa
am so
bi
qu
e
B
Ca en
m in
er
o
M on
Sw alaw
az i
ila
n
S. M Leso d
To ad th
m ag o
é& a
s
Pr car
in
cip
e
0
Note: PPP$ values are not available for Zimbabwe.
Source: ITU. PPP$ values are based on World Bank data.
A shortage of international Internet connectivity and a lack
Fixed-broadband prices in the Americas
of broadband infrastructure are commonplace in the Africa
region, and represent major barriers to price decreases. As
Fixed-broadband prices in the Americas region range from
pointed out in previous editions of this report, an increase
0.4 per cent of GNI p.c. in the United States to 386.9 per
in international Internet bandwidth often has a positive
cent of GNI p.c. in Cuba, which has the least affordable
effect on prices. An important development in 2012 was
prices globally. In about half of the region’s countries,
the landing of two major cable systems on the African
fixed-broadband prices are below 5 per cent of GNI p.c. The
continent: the West Africa Cable System (WACS),which went
high-income countries Trinidad and Tobago, Canada and
live in May 2012, and Africa Coast to Europe (ACE), which
Bahamas have very affordable fixed-broadband prices at
launched services in a first set of countries in December
below 2 per cent of GNI p.c., as do Uruguay and Venezuela,
2012.13 WACS links South Africa to the United Kingdom with
where GNI p.c. levels are among the lowest (see Table 3.5).
landing points in Namibia, Angola, Democratic Republic of
Chart 3.6 shows the price of fixed-broadband services in
the Congo, Republic of the Congo, Cameroon, Nigeria, Togo,
terms of PPP$, which takes into account the national buying
Ghana, Cote d’Ivoire and Cape Verde. With the landing of
power of a local currency, and confirms the low prices of
ACE, the Gambia, Guinea, Equatorial Guinea, Liberia, Sao
fixed-broadband services in Uruguay and Venezuela, as
Tomé and Principe and Sierra Leone will for the first time
well as in Brazil, Costa Rica and Panama, where prices were
be connected directly to an international submarine cable.
below PPP$ 25.
14
Since shortage of international connectivity constitutes a
major bottleneck in Africa (see, for instance, Chapter 4 in
A number of countries from the Americas region have
ITU, 2011a), the direct connection of these countries to
national broadband strategies that include the promotion
international traffic routes could drive fixed-broadband
of entry-level broadband plans with the objective of
prices down significantly, provided that local ISPs can benefit
bringing down prices and increasing uptake. In Uruguay,
from competitive prices to connect to the international
for example, the “Agenda digital Uruguay 2011-2015” sets 15
gateways.
objectives with regard to ICT development, the first being
85
Chapter 3. Measuring the cost and affordability of broadband
Table 3.5: Fixed-broadband prices, the Americas, 2012
Fixed-broadband prices
Global Regional
rank
rank
Economy
3
1
United States
21
2
Trinidad & Tobago
23
3
Canada
37
4
Uruguay
39
5
Venezuela
44
6
Bahamas
55
7
Brazil
61
8
Panama
62
9
Mexico
66
10
Costa Rica
67
11
Chile
76
12
St. Kitts and Nevis
78
13
Colombia
80
14
Peru
82
15
Barbados
85
16
Argentina
89
17
Grenada
95
18
Dominican Rep.
96
19
Antigua & Barbuda
97
20
Dominica
100
21
Ecuador
103
22
Saint Lucia
104
23
Suriname
105
24
St. Vincent and the Grenadines
106
25
El Salvador
107
26
Jamaica
111
27
Guatemala
112
28
Paraguay
117
29
Guyana
121
30
Honduras
124
31
Bolivia
129
32
Belize
135
33
Nicaragua
155
34
Haiti
169
35
Cuba
as % of GNI p.c.
0.4
1.0
1.1
1.5
1.5
1.6
2.0
2.1
2.3
2.5
2.5
3.5
3.7
3.9
4.3
4.5
4.9
5.3
5.5
5.6
5.8
6.5
6.6
6.6
7.0
7.0
8.6
8.8
10.1
12.1
14.4
16.3
22.8
81.9
386.9
USD
15.0
12.3
40.4
14.9
15.4
30.0
17.8
14.0
17.6
15.8
25.8
36.7
18.7
18.0
45.2
36.5
29.4
23.3
54.9
33.0
20.2
36.2
41.9
33.6
20.3
29.2
20.6
21.8
24.5
19.9
24.5
50.0
22.2
47.8
1760.4
PPP$
15.0
19.2
32.4
16.3
18.3
43.0
16.6
25.5
26.7
22.3
31.1
41.6
26.7
30.9
66.1
58.7
42.2
41.6
70.3
58.6
37.4
48.5
47.4
57.8
37.8
42.2
32.1
32.6
28.2
36.2
51.9
81.3
52.5
77.7
N/A
GNI p.c.,
USD, 2011
(or latest
available)
48’450
15’040
45’560
11’860
11’920
21’970
10’720
7’910
9’240
7’660
12’280
12’480
6’110
5’500
12’660
9’740
7’220
5’240
12’060
7’090
4’140
6’680
7’640
6’100
3’480
4’980
2’870
2’970
2’900
1’970
2’040
3’690
1’170
700
5’460
Note: N/A: Not available.
Source: ITU. GNI p.c. and PPP$ values are based on World Bank data. USD exchange rates are based on IMF data.
“Internet for all” (AGESIC, 2011). This ambitious objective
as the United States, the national broadband plan “Connect
aims to achieve 60 per cent of households connected to
America” earmarks resources from the Federal Universal
a broadband Internet connection by 2012 and 80 per cent
Service Fund for meeting the national broadband availability
by 2015. Under the agenda, state-owned telecom operator
target: “Every household and business location in America
ANTEL offers a prepaid entry-level fixed-broadband plan
should have access to affordable broadband service” (Federal
with an advertised speed of 512 kbit/s and 1 GB of free
Communications Commission, 2010).
data per 30-day period.15 Customers need to pay for an
Fixed-broadband prices in the Arab States
ANTEL fixed-telephone line to be able to use the service,
but there is no additional fee for the Internet subscription.
Kuwait has the most affordable fixed-broadband prices in
Similar government-led initiatives exist in Costa Rica and
the region, and the second most affordable prices globally,
Venezuela, whereas in Brazil agreements on affordable fixed-
at 0.4 per cent of GNI p.c., followed by the region’s other
broadband plans have been reached with private operators
high-income countries: Qatar, United Arab Emirates, Oman
(ITU, 2012a). Also in the region’s developed countries, such
and Bahrain. In all five countries, the price of 1 GB of fixed
86
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Chart 3.6: Purchasing-power-adjusted fixed-broadband prices in the Americas region, 2012
90
80
70
60
PPP$
50
40
30
20
10
Un
ite
d
S
Ur tate
ug s
u
Tr
in V B ay
id en ra
ad e zi
& zue l
T
Co oba la
sta go
Pa Ric
Co nama
lo a
m
M bia
ex
Gu ico
ya
n
Pe a
Gu C ru
at hil
em e
Ca ala
Pa na
r d
Ho agu a
nd ay
St
E u
. K El cua ras
itt Sa do
Do s a lva r
m nd do
in N r
ica ev
n is
Ja Rep
m
Gr aic .
en a
Ba a
h d
Su am a
r
Sa ina as
in m
St
tL e
.V
uc
in
B
ce N ol ia
nt ica ivi
an ra a
d gu
Do the a
G
Ar min .
An
ge ica
tig
ua Ba ntin
& rba a
Ba do
rb s
ud
Ha a
Be iti
liz
e
0
Note: PPP$ values are not available for Cuba.
Source: ITU. PPP$ values are based on World Bank data.
broadband is equal to or below 2 per cent of GNI p.c. On the
other hand, prices are much less affordable in the region’s
least developed countries, with the highest prices recorded
in Comoros, at 81.5 per cent of GNI p.c. In more than half of
the countries, fixed-broadband prices are below 5 per cent
of GNI p.c., including the lower-middle income countries
Egypt and Morocco. Tunisia and Lebanon also have very
affordable fixed-broadband prices, at around 2 per cent of
GNI p.c., which is comparable to the region’s high-income
economies (see Table 3.6).
Table 3.6: Fixed-broadband prices, Arab States, 2012
Fixed-broadband prices
Global Regional
rank
rank
Economy
Kuwait
2
1
11
2
Qatar
30
3
United Arab Emirates
43
4
Oman
56
5
Bahrain
58
6
Tunisia
63
7
Lebanon
68
8
Saudi Arabia
75
9
Egypt
79
10
Algeria
81
11
Libya
90
12
Morocco
92
13
Jordan
110
14
Syria
113
15
Sudan
131
16
Yemen
136
17
Mauritania
138
18
Djibouti
153
19
Comoros
as % of GNI p.c.
0.4
0.8
1.2
1.6
2.0
2.1
2.3
2.7
3.5
3.8
4.0
4.9
5.1
7.9
9.0
16.5
26.8
29.9
81.5
USD
14.5
54.9
40.6
26.0
26.6
7.0
17.6
39.7
7.6
14.1
40.8
12.2
18.7
18.1
9.7
14.7
22.3
31.6
52.3
PPP$
12.6
52.8
42.9
29.8
34.6
15.4
26.1
47.3
17.2
23.4
67.5
20.0
24.0
38.9
16.9
25.4
49.8
60.2
72.2
GNI p.c.,
USD, 2011
(or latest
available)
48’900
80’440
40’760
19’260
15’920
4’070
9’110
17’820
2’600
4’470
12’320
2’970
4’380
2’750
1’300
1’070
1’000
1’270
770
Source: ITU. GNI p.c. and PPP$ values are based on World Bank data. USD exchange rates are based on IMF data.
87
Chapter 3. Measuring the cost and affordability of broadband
Chart 3.7: Purchasing-power-adjusted fixed-broadband prices in the Arab States region, 2012
80
70
60
PPP$
50
40
30
20
10
Ku
wa
it
Tu
ni
sia
Su
da
n
Eg
yp
t
M
or
oc
co
Al
ge
ria
Jo
rd
an
Ye
m
e
Le n
ba
no
n
Om
an
Ba
h
Un
ra
in
ite
d
Ar
S
yr
ab
Em ia
i
Sa rate
ud
s
iA
ra
b
M
au ia
rit
an
ia
Qa
ta
Dj r
ib
ou
ti
Lib
y
Co a
m
or
os
0
Source: ITU. PPP$ values are based on World Bank data.
Chart 3.7 shows fixed-broadband prices in terms of
A comparison of fixed-broadband prices in terms of
purchasing power parity, which takes into account the
purchasing power parity, which takes into account the
national buying power of a local currency. This comparison
national buying power of a local currency, shows that fixed
confirms that prices are very low in Kuwait, Tunisia, Egypt
broadband is quite inexpensive in a number of countries
and Morocco, at below PPP$ 20, but also in the LDC Sudan,
with a relatively low GNI p.c. levels, including Sri Lanka,
where 1 GB of fixed-broadband costs PPP$ 16.9. Prices in
Bangladesh, India and Nepal (see Chart 3.8).
Comoros are again highest when measured in PPP$, at
PPP$ 72.2. Qatar, too, registers very high prices in terms of
PPP$ (PPP$ 52.8), but given that it has the highest GNI p.c.
levels in the region and one of the highest levels worldwide,
fixed broadband nevertheless remains relatively affordable
Numerous countries in the region have implemented
national broadband strategies in order to increase
broadband penetration. An important aspect of these
strategies is the promotion of affordable access, which
in relation to income.
acknowledges that high costs are a major barrier to
Fixed-broadband prices in Asia and the Pacific
reduce broadband access costs are an integral part of the
broadband uptake. In Malaysia, for example, initiatives to
country’s National Broadband Initiative,16 under which, for
The Asia and the Pacific region includes the economy with
instance, young people aged 21 to 30 have since January
the most affordable fixed-broadband prices globally, namely
2013 been able to apply for a MYR 200 (about USD 65)
Macao (China), at 0.2 per cent of GNI p.c., but also three
rebate off selected smartphones costing a maximum of
countries (Papua New Guinea, Afghanistan and Solomon
MYR 500. This initiative targets young people in the lower-
Islands) where prices exceed the monthly GNI p.c. Fixed-
income bracket and aims to reduce the price barrier for
broadband prices as a percentage of GNI p.c. are below
those who do not yet use a smartphone.17 Another flagship
5 per cent in around one-third of countries, including such
endeavour under the Malaysian National Broadband
diverse economies in terms of income and development
Initiative is the 1 Million Netbooks programme, under
as Australia, Sri Lanka and the Islamic Republic of Iran (see
which netbooks are distributed to low-income households
Table 3.7).
so as to enable them to access broadband services. 18
88
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Table 3.7: Fixed-broadband prices, Asia and the Pacific, 2012
Fixed-broadband prices
Global Regional
rank
rank
Economy
1
1
Macao, China
8
2
Japan
10
3
Hong Kong, China
14
4
Singapore
38
5
Maldives
40
6
Korea (Rep.)
42
7
Australia
54
8
Brunei Darussalam
60
9
Sri Lanka
64
10
New Zealand
72
11
Malaysia
86
12
Iran (I.R.)
93
13
India
94
14
Mongolia
98
15
Thailand
99
16
China
101
17
Bhutan
102
18
Fiji
108
19
Bangladesh
114
20
Indonesia
119
21
Viet Nam
122
22
Philippines
123
23
Micronesia
125
24
Marshall Islands
126
25
Pakistan
128
26
Samoa
133
27
Nepal
134
28
Tonga
140
29
Cambodia
145
30
Timor-Leste
146
31
Vanuatu
147
32
Kiribati
163
33
Papua New Guinea
167
34
Afghanistan
168
35
Solomon Islands
as % of GNI p.c.
0.2
0.7
0.7
0.8
1.5
1.6
1.6
1.9
2.1
2.4
3.1
4.7
5.1
5.3
5.6
5.6
6.2
6.4
7.3
9.1
11.3
12.4
13.7
15.3
15.5
16.1
17.8
19.2
34.0
43.5
44.0
44.0
150.5
221.3
280.2
USD
7.9
26.6
21.6
30.0
8.2
27.1
61.9
51.7
4.5
59.2
21.6
17.8
6.0
10.3
20.7
23.2
10.7
19.5
4.7
22.2
11.8
22.9
33.0
50.0
14.5
42.7
8.0
57.3
23.5
99.0
105.2
77.4
185.6
53.5
259.2
PPP$
9.3
19.9
31.3
36.6
11.5
36.5
38.4
77.6
8.9
49.0
34.8
48.6
14.4
16.0
36.2
36.1
27.2
21.3
11.8
29.7
26.2
39.9
39.8
N/A
33.8
55.3
16.6
64.1
62.0
175.4
158.7
111.2
271.1
129.0
502.6
GNI p.c.,
USD, 2011
(or latest
available)
45’460
45’180
35’160
42’930
6’530
20’870
46’200
31’800
2’580
29’350
8’420
4’520
1’410
2’320
4’420
4’940
2’070
3’680
770
2’940
1’260
2’210
2’900
3’910
1’120
3’190
540
3’580
830
2’730
2’870
2’110
1’480
290
1’110
Note: N/A: Not available.
Source: ITU. GNI p.c. and PPP$ values are based on World Bank data. USD exchange rates are based on IMF data.
Although these initiatives do not target the cost of the
broadband subscription directly, they help reduce the
total cost of ownership of broadband services. A further
example is the Intel World Ahead Program, which bundles
entry-level PCs and prepaid broadband plans in order
to make broadband affordable to lower-income users.
This initiative has been launched in partnership with
telecommunication operators in several Asian countries,
including Viet Nam, India and China.19
Fixed-broadband services are particularly unaffordable in
the small island developing states (SIDS) of Papua New
Guinea, Solomon Islands, Kiribati, Vanuatu and TimorLeste, where prices are above 40 per cent of GNI p.c.
Broadband prices in SIDS are often high on account of
their geographic isolation, small market size and difficult
access to international Internet bandwidth.
89
Chapter 3. Measuring the cost and affordability of broadband
Chart 3.8: Purchasing-power-adjusted fixed-broadband prices in the Asia and the Pacific region, 2012
500
450
400
350
PPP$
300
250
200
150
100
50
M Sri
ac La
ao nk
,C a
M hi
Ba ald na
ng iv
la es
de
sh
I
M nd
on ia
go
Ne lia
p
Ja al
pa
n
Vi F
et iji
N
Bh am
Ho
I
ng n uta
Ko don n
ng es
, C ia
Pa hin
k a
M ista
al n
ay
s
Ch ia
T
i
Ko ha na
re ila
a nd
Sin (Re
ga p.)
Au por
M str e
ic a
Ph ron lia
ilip esi
p a
Ne Iran ines
w (I.
Ze R.
al )
a
Sa nd
Ca m
Br
o
m
un
bo a
ei
d
Da To ia
ru ng
ss a
al
Af Kir am
gh ib
an ati
ist
Pa
V
pu Tim anu an
a o a
So New r-Le tu
lo G st
m u e
on in
Isl ea
an
ds
0
Note: PPP$ values are not available for Marshall Islands.
Source: ITU. PPP$ values are based on World Bank data.
Fixed-broadband prices in the Commonwealth
of Independent States
Fixed-broadband prices are on average quite affordable
in the CIS region. Relative prices are lowest in the Russian
Federation, at 1.2 per cent of GNI p.c., and are below 5 per
cent of GNI p.c. in all countries except Moldova, Uzbekistan,
Turkmenistan and Kyrgyzstan, where the service is the
least affordable at 16.3 per cent of GNI p.c. (see Table 3.8).
A comparison of fixed-broadband prices in terms of PPP$
(see Chart 3.9), which takes into account the national
buying power of a local currency, confirms the low
relative prices in the region. Prices are below or around
PPP$ 30 in all countries except Turkmenistan. Ukraine
has the lowest purchasing-power adjusted prices in
the region, at PPP$ 15.1, followed by Kazakhstan at
PPP$ 15.4.
Table 3.8: Fixed-broadband prices, CIS, 2012
Fixed-broadband prices
Global Regional
rank
rank
Economy
29
1
Russian Federation
52
2
Kazakhstan
65
3
Belarus
69
4
Azerbaijan
70
5
Ukraine
83
6
Armenia
91
7
Georgia
109
8
Moldova
115
9
Uzbekistan
118
10
Turkmenistan
130
11
Kyrgyzstan
as % of GNI p.c.
1.2
1.9
2.5
2.9
2.9
4.3
5.0
7.7
9.1
10.2
16.3
USD
10.2
13.2
11.9
12.7
7.5
12.1
11.9
12.8
11.5
35.0
12.5
PPP$
16.6
15.4
30.9
18.6
15.1
21.3
20.4
22.0
21.2
68.1
28.2
Source: ITU. GNI p.c. and PPP$ values are based on World Bank data. USD exchange rates are based on IMF data.
90
GNI p.c.,
USD, 2011
(or latest
available)
10’400
8’220
5’830
5’290
3’120
3’360
2’860
1’980
1’510
4’110
920
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Chart 3.9: Purchasing-power-adjusted fixed-broadband prices in the CIS region, 2012
80
70
60
PPP$
50
40
30
20
10
ist
an
us
km
en
Tu
r
Be
la
r
Ky
rg
yz
st
an
ia
ol
do
va
M
be
Uz
Ar
m
en
kis
ta
n
rg
ia
Ge
o
n
ija
ba
Az
er
Ka
za
kh
sta
sia
n
n
Fe
de
ra
tio
n
Ru
s
Uk
ra
in
e
0
Source: ITU. PPP$ values are based on World Bank data.
Fixed-broadband prices in Europe
With prices being relatively affordable, policy initiatives
focus on the quality and speed of fixed-broadband
Fixed broadband is affordable throughout Europe. Relative
connections. The Digital Agenda for Europe adopted by
prices range from 0.6 per cent of GNI p.c. in Switzerland,
the European Union (which most countries in the region
Luxembourg and Andorra to 4.5 per cent of GNI p.c. in
are either a member of or affiliated with), which aims “to
Serbia. All 39 countries included in the region have prices
reboot Europe’s economy and help Europe’s citizens and
below 5 per cent of GNI p.c., with the vast majority below 2
businesses to get the most out of digital technologies”,
per cent of GNI p.c. The relatively low prices in terms of GNI
p.c. across the region reflect its high income (see Table 3.9).
A regional comparison in terms of purchasing power parity
(see Chart 3.10), which takes into account the national
buying power of a local currency, further highlights that
this set of countries enjoy very low fixed-broadband prices.
In Bosnia and Herzegovina, Romania, Lithuania, Latvia
and the United Kingdom, a fixed-broadband subscription
costs below PPP$ 20 per month. Prices in terms of PPP$
are highest in Hungary, at PPP$ 47.8. Hungary ranks low in
a regional comparison (35th out of 39 countries), despite
its higher GNI p.c. levels as compared with other countries
includes a pillar on fast and ultra-fast Internet access
(European Commission, 2010). In order to make the most
of broadband and be able to use more advanced services
(such as high-definition television or videoconferencing),
fast Internet connections are essential. Almost 50 per cent
of EU households are offered a 30 Mbit/s fixed-broadband
subscription (i.e. that speed is available in the household’s
location), and 8.5 per cent of all fixed-broadband
subscriptions in the EU have advertised speeds of 30 Mbit/s
and above.20 This is also reflected in the fixed-broadband
price data, with all European countries providing plans
with higher advertised speeds than the minimum required
with a similar price measured as a percentage of GNI p.c.
256 kbit/s for an entry-level fixed-broadband plan. In more
A high level of competition in highly developed markets
entry-level fixed-broadband plan were above 5 Mbit/s,
together with ample international Internet bandwidth have
including 11 countries with advertised speeds above 10
brought prices down throughout the European region.
Mbit/s. Furthermore, data allowances for fixed-broadband
than half of European countries, advertised speeds for the
91
Chapter 3. Measuring the cost and affordability of broadband
Table 3.9: Fixed-broadband prices, Europe, 2012
Fixed-broadband prices
Global Regional
rank
rank
Economy
4
1
Switzerland
5
2
Luxembourg
6
3
Andorra
7
4
United Kingdom
9
5
Norway
12
6
France
13
7
Sweden
15
8
Netherlands
16
9
Cyprus
17
10
Belgium
18
11
Denmark
19
12
Finland
20
13
Italy
22
14
Austria
24
15
Ireland
25
16
Iceland
26
17
Germany
27
18
Greece
28
19
Lithuania
31
20
Malta
32
21
Spain
33
22
Latvia
34
23
Turkey
35
24
Romania
36
25
Czech Republic
41
26
Israel
45
27
Croatia
46
28
Portugal
48
29
Estonia
50
30
Slovenia
51
31
Poland
53
32
Bulgaria
57
33
Slovakia
59
34
Bosnia and Herzegovina
71
35
Hungary
73
36
Montenegro
74
37
TFYR Macedonia
77
38
Albania
84
39
Serbia
as % of GNI p.c.
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.7
0.7
0.8
0.8
0.9
0.9
0.9
0.9
0.9
1.0
1.0
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.2
1.2
1.3
1.3
1.4
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.8
1.8
1.9
1.9
2.1
2.1
2.9
3.3
3.4
3.6
4.5
USD
38.3
40.3
21.8
20.8
53.3
29.2
36.8
35.4
21.9
34.7
46.4
37.4
28.0
41.6
34.8
31.8
41.7
23.7
12.1
19.3
33.5
13.8
12.5
9.5
22.6
38.3
19.0
29.2
22.2
36.2
19.9
10.5
27.6
8.3
31.0
19.5
13.5
11.9
21.2
PPP$
23.4
31.5
N/A
19.2
33.7
24.1
26.7
30.2
22.9
28.8
31.8
28.8
25.5
35.3
29.8
26.1
37.3
24.2
18.4
24.8
33.6
19.1
20.8
17.2
28.8
34.0
26.2
33.1
29.5
41.0
31.5
21.5
37.6
15.7
47.8
36.8
32.1
26.4
40.8
GNI p.c.,
USD, 2011
(or latest
available)
76’380
78’130
41’750
37’780
88’890
42’420
53’230
49’730
29’450
46’160
60’390
48’420
35’330
48’300
38’580
35’020
43’980
25’030
12’280
18’620
30’990
12’350
10’410
7’910
18’520
28’930
13’850
21’250
15’200
23’610
12’480
6’550
16’070
4’780
12’730
7’060
4’730
3’980
5’680
Note: N/A: Not available.
Source: ITU. GNI p.c. and PPP$ values are based on World Bank data. USD exchange rates are based on IMF data.
plans are very high in the region, with the vast majority of
upon by the ITU Expert Group on Telecommunication/
countries offering unlimited plans (see Box 3.1).
ICT Indicators (EGTI)22 and endorsed by the tenth World
Telecommunication/ICT Indicators Meeting held in
September 2012 in Bangkok, Thailand. The methodology
3.3 Mobile-broadband prices
In 2012, for the first time, ITU collected mobile-broadband
reflects the lessons learned from a pilot data-collection
exercise presented in the 2012 edition of this report.
prices through its annual ICT Price Basket Questionnaire.21
Mobile-broadband services may be accessed through a
The collection of mobile-broadband price data from ITU
computer-based connection, using a USB-modem/dongle
Member States and the methodology applied was agreed
to connect to the mobile-broadband network, or through
92
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Chart 3.10: Purchasing-power-adjusted fixed-broadband prices in the Europe region, 2012
60
50
PPP$
40
30
20
10
Bo
s
ni
aa
nd
He
rz
eg
Ro ovi
m n
L a a
Un ithu nia
a
ite
d La nia
Ki tv
ng ia
d
Tu om
Bu rke
lg y
Sw Cy aria
itz pru
er s
l
Fr and
an
Gr ce
ee
M ce
al
ta
I
Ice taly
Cr land
o
Al ati
b a
Sw ani
a
Be ede
Cz
n
l
ec F giu
h inl m
Re an
pu d
Es blic
t
Ne Ir oni
a
e
t
Lu her lan
xe la d
m nd
bo s
TF
u
YR D Pol rg
M en and
ac m
ed ar
Po on k
rtu ia
g
S al
No pai
rw n
Isr ay
M A ae
on us l
te tr
Ge neg ia
rm ro
Slo an
va y
S kia
Slo erb
i
Hu ven a
ng ia
ar
y
0
Note: PPP$ values are not available for Andorra.
Source: ITU. PPP$ values are based on World Bank data.
a handset-based connection. 23 Furthermore, mobilebroadband subscriptions can be divided into: (i) prepaid
plans, for which customers pay in advance; and (ii) postpaid
plans, which are normally billed at the end of each month.
As usage, packages and availability differ in each case,
prices for all four possible combinations – prepaid handsetbased, postpaid handset-based, prepaid computer-based
and postpaid computer-based – were collected in order
to gain a comprehensive overview of the affordability of
these different mobile-broadband services (see Figure 3.1).
Figure 3.1: Mobile-broadband services by type of end-user device and plan
Prepaid
Handset-based
Postpaid
Mobile
broadband
Prepaid
Computer-based
Postpaid
Source: ITU.
93
Chapter 3. Measuring the cost and affordability of broadband
It should be noted that there are considerable differences
The amount of data included in mobile-broadband
between mobile-broadband pricing structures and those
packages varies considerably between countries and
of other ICT services (such as fixed telephony or mobile-
a multitude of plans exist targeting different types of
cellular telephony). Mobile-broadband customers are
customer. In order to capture mobile-broadband prices for
usually not charged per byte of usage based on what
varying types of usage, including lower-usage and higher-
they actually consume/download, but rather pay for
usage customers, different data thresholds were suggested
a given usage volume (or time). This applies to both
by EGTI. For handset-based mobile broadband, both 250
prepaid and postpaid customers. An exception to this
MB and 500 MB plans were selected. This reflects the
are pay-as-you-go offers, for which customers, similar to
typically lower amount of data included in handset-based
prepaid mobile-cellular offers, pay for the actual amount
offers, and allows a comparison between two different
of bytes downloaded. Pay-as-you-go offers, however, are
usage patterns. For computer-based mobile-broadband
less common and mostly targeted towards low-volume,
offers, prices for 1 GB of monthly usage were selected,
occasional usage. The price of a mobile-broadband
reflecting the typically more extensive use of data services
package is determined by the amount of data included,
on a laptop or desktop computer.
which is different from fixed-broadband offers, where it is
speed more often than data allowances that determines
All data were collected based on a minimum validity of
the price of a subscription.
the offer of 30 days. For plans that were limited in terms of
Box 3.2: Rules applied in collecting mobile-broadband prices24
1. M obile-broadband prices are collected from the
operator with the largest market share in the country,
measured by the number of mobile-broadband
subscriptions. If this information is not available, mobilebroadband prices are collected from the mobile-cellular
for both handset-based and computer-based plans.
9. Prices are collected for the least expensive plan with a
(minimum) data allowance of:
operator with the largest market share measured by the
i. 1 GB for computer-based subscriptions
number of mobile-cellular subscriptions.
ii. 250 MB and 500 MB for handset-based subscriptions
2. Prices include taxes.
providing access to the greater Internet 25 over (a
3. Prices are reported and collected in the national
minimum of ) 30 days.
currency and then converted to USD and PPP$.
4. Where operators propose different commitment periods
for postpaid mobile-broadband plans, the 12-month plan
(or the closest to this commitment period) is selected.
5. Only residential, single-user prices are collected. If prices
vary between different regions of the country, the prices
applying to the largest city (in terms of population) or
to the capital city are used.
6. Prices are collected for one of the following technologies:
UMTS, HSDPA+/HSDPA, CDMA2000 and IEEE 802.16e.
Prices applying to WiFi or hotspots are excluded.
94
8. Prices are collected for prepaid and postpaid services,
10. Data volumes refer to both uploaded and downloaded
data.
11. Time-based offers linked to ‘hours of use’ and not to data
volumes are excluded.
12. Preference is given to packages that are not bundled
(with voice or other services). If the plan chosen
includes other services besides mobile broadband, this
is specified in a note.
13. Prices refer to a regular (non-promotional) plan and
exclude promotional offers and discounts limited in
time or to special user groups (for example, existing
7. Prices are collected for both a) handset-based mobile-
clients). Special prices that apply to a certain type
broadband subscriptions and b) computer-based
of device only (iPhone/Blackberry, iPad, etc.) are
mobile-broadband subscriptions.
excluded.
Measuring the Information Society 2013
data allowance (below 250 MB, 500 MB or 1 GB), the price
Key findings of the 2012 mobile-broadband data analysis,
of the additional bytes was added. For plans that were
which includes 146 countries, based on the global figures
limited in terms of validity (less than 30 days), the price
and the averages by level of development:
of the additional days was added to the final monthly
price. Two possibilities exist, depending on the operator,
•
Globally, mobile-broadband prices, like fixedbroadband prices, are on average relatively
high, with only the postpaid handset-based plans
representing less than 10 per cent of GNI p.c. on
average (Chart 3.11).
•
Prices are very affordable in the developed world,
while services are much less affordable in the
developing world. In developed countries, all four
plans (500 MB prepaid and postpaid handset-based
and 1 GB prepaid and postpaid computer-based)
represent between 1 and 2 per cent of GNI p.c. In
developing countries, average prices range from
just over 11 per cent of GNI p.c. (for 500 MB postpaid
handset-based plans) to almost 25 per cent of GNI p.c.
(for 1 GB prepaid computer-based plans).
•
Prepaid computer-based plans are the most
expensive compared with all other plans, in both
developing and developed countries.
•
Data show that prepaid plans are on average
more expensive than postpaid plans for the
same usage. Postpaid handset-based plans are
most affordable, at around 1 per cent of GNI p.c. in
developed countries and around 11 per cent of GNI
p.c. in developing countries (Chart 3.11). Computerbased plans are more expensive than handset-based
plans in both developing and developed countries,
but are also based on a higher amount of data (1 GB
instead of 500 MB).
for extending a plan limited in terms of data allowance
(or validity). The customer: (i) continues to use the service
and pays an excess usage charge for additional data26 or
(ii) purchases an additional (add-on) package. Thus, for
some countries, prices presented in this chapter reflect
calculated prices of the base package plus an excess
usage charge (e.g. a base package including 400 MB
plus the price for 100 MB of excess usage for a monthly
usage of 500 MB), or a multiplication of the base package
price (e.g. twice the price of a 250 MB plan for a monthly
usage of 500 MB).
The plans selected represent the least expensive offers
including the minimum amount of data for each respective
mobile-broadband plan. The guiding idea is to base each
plan on what customers would and could purchase given
the data allowance and validity of each respective plan. For
further details on the agreed rules for mobile-broadband
prices see Box 3.2.
Prices are presented in USD, in PPP$ and calculated as
a percentage of GNI p.c. so as to provide insights into
the affordability of mobile broadband. This is in line with
the methodology applied for the ICT Price Basket (see
Annex 2). Countries are ranked according to the price of
mobile broadband as a percentage of GNI p.c. The lower
the percentage, the lower the relative cost of the service.
Prices are presented and countries are ranked for all four
mobile-broadband plans: prepaid handset-based, postpaid
Looking at the cost of ICT services in terms of absolute
handset-based, prepaid computer-based and postpaid
USD values and relative purchasing power parity prices
computer-based (Table 3.11 to 3.14).
(PPP) adds additional insights to the analysis. PPP-adjusted
Analysis of 2012 mobile-broadband prices
prices take into account the local buying power of a national
currency.
This section presents and analyses mobile-broadband
In USD terms, postpaid handset-based mobile-broadband
prices for 500 MB handset-based plans and 1 GB computer
services are slightly more expensive in developed countries
based-plans (both prepaid and postpaid). The 250 MB
than in developing countries. Computer-based offers (both
handset-prices are not discussed insofar as in the majority
prepaid and postpaid) as well as prepaid handset-based
of countries included in the data collection (from both the
offers are on average a little less expensive in developed
developing and the developed world) there were no specific
countries (Chart 3.12). A comparison of prices in USD,
plans for a 250 MB monthly data allowance (Box 3.3).
however, does not provide any information about the
95
Chapter 3. Measuring the cost and affordability of broadband
Box 3.3: Available mobile-broadband plans according to different monthly data allowances
In most countries, operators’ available/advertised offers do
majority of countries (64 per cent for prepaid handset-based
not exactly match the thresholds agreed by EGTI (250 MB and
offers and 75.6 per cent for postpaid handset-based offers),
500 MB for handset-based offers and 1 GB for computer-based
operators do not offer mobile-broadband packages below 500
offers). Considering the global scale of the data collection, it is
MB of data or, where they do, a 250 MB package is equally as
not possible to define usage patterns that apply across all regions
expensive as or indeed more expensive than a 500 MB package.
and in both developing and developed countries. Table Box 3.3
indicates the percentage of countries where advertised plans
matched, lay below or exceeded the respective data allowances
of each mobile-broadband plan.
There is evidence that users’ average data requirements exceed
250 MB. Cisco, for example, estimates average data traffic for
smartphones at 342 MB per month in 2012, with a rapid increase
to be expected in the years to come (Cisco, 2013a). While this
Although in a number of countries packages are offered that
remains an estimate, and while usage varies considerably
include only very low amounts of data, the 250 MB handset-
between different countries and regions, it underlines that
based package – for both prepaid and postpaid handset-based
mobile-broadband customers mostly generate and purchase
plans – is by far the least common match. A mere 15.2 per cent
more than 250 MB per month and that this trend is certain
of countries had prepaid handset-based packages and a mere
to continue as customers use more and more data-heavy
16.5 per cent had postpaid handset-based packages at exactly
applications.27 The 250 MB handset-based prices are therefore
250 MB. In contrast to this, the match was much better for 1 GB
not considered in the analysis of mobile-broadband prices in this
computer-based packages, 56.7 per cent of countries having
chapter; instead, the 500 MB handset-based prices are presented
postpaid and 48.4 per cent prepaid offers at 1 GB. In fact, in the
and discussed, together with the 1 GB computer-based prices.
Table Box 3.3: Match of mobile-broadband plans and monthly data allowances, percentage of
countries, 2012
Advertised mobile-broadband data allowances:
Lie below the respective
data allowance
Match the respective data
allowance
Exceed the respective data
allowance
250 MB, prepaid handset-based
20.8
15.2
64.0
250 MB, postpaid handset-based
7.9
16.5
75.6
500 MB, prepaid handset-based
23.8
32.5
43.7
500 MB, postpaid handset-based
6.5
43.5
50.0
1 GB, prepaid computer-based
8.9
48.4
42.7
1 GB, postpaid computer-based
4.7
56.7
38.6
Mobile-broadband plans
Note: A total of 146 countries were included in the mobile-broadband data analysis. See Annex Table 2.2 for the number of countries with
available data for each of the six mobile-broadband plans.
Source: ITU.
affordability of services or their relative cost. Average income
these services, which few people will be able to afford in
is many times higher in developed than in developing
developing countries.
countries, so customers in developed countries can thus
afford ICT services at much higher prices than customers in
A comparison of the purchasing-power-adjusted value
developing countries. The fact that computer-based offers
of mobile-broadband prices between developed and
(both prepaid and postpaid) and prepaid handset-based
developing countries confirms that services are less expensive
offers are more expensive in developing than in developed
in developed countries. The most pronounced differences
countries in USD points to the very high absolute cost of
are between computer-based offers (both prepaid and
96
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Chart 3.11: Mobile-broadband prices as a percentage of GNI p.c., world and by level of development,
2012
1.3
Postpaid handset-based (500 MB)
7.7
11.3
1.1
Prepaid handset-based (500 MB)
11.6
15.7
Developed
1.5
Postpaid computer-based (1 GB)
World
13.0
18.8
Developing
2.3
Prepaid computer-based (1 GB)
17.9
24.7
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
As % of GNI per capita
Note: Simple averages. The following number of countries are included per plan: prepaid handset-based (500 MB): 126; postpaid handsetbased (500 MB): 124; prepaid computer-based (1 GB): 124; postpaid computer-based (1 GB): 127.
Source: ITU. GNI p.c. values are based on World Bank data.
Chart 3.12: Mobile-broadband prices, in USD, world and by level of development, 2012
21.6
Postpaid handset-based (500 MB)
25.5
19.4
Developed
24.1
23.7
25.1
Prepaid handset-based (500 MB)
World
Developing
27.3
Postpaid computer-based (1 GB)
23.7
29.2
34.9
33.1
35.6
Prepaid computer-based (1 GB)
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
USD
Note: Simple averages. The following number of countries are included per plan: prepaid handset-based (500 MB): 126; postpaid handsetbased (500 MB): 124; prepaid computer-based (1 GB): 124; postpaid computer-based (1 GB): 127.
Source: ITU. USD exchange rates are based on IMF data.
postpaid). The difference in price in terms of PPP$ between
developing and developed countries is smallest for the
postpaid handset-based offers at 500 MB. While customers
in developed countries pay PPP$ 24.3 on average, customers
in developing countries pay only slightly more (PPP$ 28.7).
Interestingly, there is very little difference in price between
97
Chapter 3. Measuring the cost and affordability of broadband
Chart 3.13: Mobile-broadband prices, in PPP$, world and by level of development, 2012
24.3
27.1
28.7
Postpaid handset-based (500 MB)
Developed
25.3
Prepaid handset-based (500 MB)
World
33.2
36.4
Developing
24.3
Postpaid computer-based (1 GB)
38.3
45.4
36.0
Prepaid computer-based (1 GB)
49.7
55.8
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
PPP$
Note: Simple averages. The following number of countries are included per plan: prepaid handset-based (500 MB): 125; postpaid handsetbased (500 MB): 122; prepaid computer-based (1 GB): 123; postpaid computer-based (1 GB): 125.
Source: ITU. PPP$ exchange rate based on World Bank. PPP$ exchange rates were not available for Andorra and Zimbabwe.
States, around 12 per cent in Asia and the Pacific and
the Americas, and 58 per cent in Africa.
the handset-based offers (postpaid and prepaid), and the
postpaid computer-based offers (PPP$ 24.3) in developed
countries (Chart 3.13). Only prepaid computer-based plans
are substantially higher, and globally the highest.
•
Europe clearly has the most affordable mobilebroadband prices (for all plans), at ≤2 per cent of
GNI p.c.
•
Prices in the Arab States are relatively affordable.
In particular, postpaid offers for both handsetbased and computer-based services are very
competitive. In the CIS, mobile broadband is
equally affordable and the price for 1 GB of
computer-based mobile-broadband is only slightly
above the price of 500 MB of handset-based mobile
broadband (Table 3.10).
The following sections highlight some key findings and
conclusions that can be drawn from the regional and
country analysis of all four mobile-broadband plans
(prepaid and postpaid handset-based and prepaid and
postpaid computer-based) measured in terms of prices
per GNI p.c.
Regional and country comparison of mobilebroadband prices
Key findings of the 2012 mobile-broadband data comparison
The differences in price and affordability of mobile-
by region:
broadband services across countries are considerable.
•
•
98
In all six ITU regions, 500 MB postpaid handsetbased plans are the most affordable, at below 6 per
cent of GNI p.c., except for Africa, where the price
exceeds 36 per cent of GNI p.c.
1 GB of prepaid computer-based mobilebroadband is the most expensive in all regions,
at around 7 per cent of GNI p.c. in the CIS and the Arab
Prices range from around 0.14 per cent of GNI p.c. to
more than 100 and even 300 per cent of GNI p.c. (Tables
3.11-3.14).
Austria displays the most affordable mobile-broadband
prices for all four plans, at 0.14 per cent of GNI p.c. The top
ten consists mostly of European countries, including many
Nordic countries. Very affordable services are also found in
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Table 3.10: Mobile-broadband prices as a percentage of GNI p.c., by region, 2012
Africa
Arab
States
Asia and
the Pacific
CIS
Europe
The
Americas
Prepaid handset-based (500 MB)
38.8
5.7
5.9
5.7
1.2
5.9
Postpaid handset-based (500 MB)
36.2
2.2
3.5
5.6
1.2
5.0
Prepaid computer-based (1 GB)
58.3
7.4
12.6
7.6
2.0
11.1
Postpaid computer-based (1 GB)
54.6
2.5
10.6
7.4
1.2
8.0
Note: Simple averages.
Source: ITU.
high-income economies such as Australia, Bahrain, Hong
2 per cent of GNI p.c. Prepaid and postpaid computer-based
Kong (China), Qatar and the United States. In more than half
mobile-broadband packages are also very affordable in Peru
of the countries included, prices remain below 5 per cent
and Mauritius. Tunisia is an exception, with very affordable
of GNI p.c. for all four plans. Postpaid handset-based plans
handset-based prices at around 1 per cent of GNI p.c. and
show the highest number of countries below this threshold
an equally affordable prepaid computer-based offer at 2.1
(about three-quarters of the 124 countries for which data
per cent of GNI p.c., while prepaid computer-based mobile-
are available).
broadband costs 5.2 per cent of GNI p.c.
Mobile-broadband prices are least affordable in the African
A number of low and lower-middle income countries
LDCs Democratic Republic of the Congo, Niger, Sierra
stand out for their competitive offers. Mobile-broadband
Leone and Sao Tome and Principe, as well as Zimbabwe.
services in Sri Lanka, for all four plans, cost around 1.5 per
In these countries, the cost of mobile-broadband services
cent of GNI p.c., which is comparable with many developed
exceeds monthly GNI p.c. and mobile broadband is thus
countries. Equally, in the African low-income country Kenya
not affordable to huge segments of the population. The
mobile-broadband prices, though still high, are relatively
Democratic Republic of the Congo has the least affordable
affordable in comparison with other countries in the region.
mobile-broadband prices across all four services, with the
Egypt stands out among the Arab States in particular for its
exception of 500 MB prepaid handset-based offers, which
affordable prepaid and postpaid computer-based mobile-
are even less affordable in Sao Tomé and Principe at 156.4
broadband offers at around 2 per cent of GNI p.c.
per cent of GNI p.c.
In between the countries with the most and the least
expensive mobile-broadband prices, there are some
economies in the middle that stand out as having relatively
low prices in relation to their income levels.
Comparing prepaid and postpaid mobilebroadband prices
Mobile-broadband services have features in common with
both mobile-cellular services (mostly prepaid at the global
level) and fixed-broadband services (mostly postpaid). The
Handset-based offers at 500 MB (both prepaid and postpaid)
type of subscription has its importance both for operators
cost less than 1.5 per cent of GNI p.c. in upper-middle
and for customers. On the one hand, postpaid subscriptions
income developing countries from different regions,
ensure a continuing minimum revenue flow for operators,
such as Kazakhstan, Tunisia, Uruguay, Azerbaijan, Belarus
which may thus be able to offer lower prices per unit of use,
and Venezuela. This means that handset-based mobile-
but in exchange for a stronger financial commitment from the
broadband usage is very affordable in these countries and
subscriber. On the other hand, prepaid subscriptions are often
accessible to prepaid customers as well. Likewise, 1 GB of
the only payment method accessible to low-income, low-user
computer-based mobile broadband (for both prepaid and
segments who do not qualify for postpaid subscriptions,
postpaid plans) is very affordable in these countries, at below
but the revenue they generate is more uncertain and thus
99
Chapter 3. Measuring the cost and affordability of broadband
Table 3.11: Mobile-broadband prepaid handset-based prices (500 MB), 2012
PPP$
GNI p.c.,
USD, 2011
(or latest
available)
Rank
4.7
8.8
12.4
26.4
13.8
12.7
8.7
12.8
11.7
25.3
23.1
28.5
30.9
12.9
13.4
15.1
16.9
18.9
15.3
44.9
19.6
7.9
44.3
35.6
7.8
11.3
14.3
7.4
22.2
35.7
40.6
16.3
61.1
11.0
6.6
40.6
43.6
33.2
16.0
34.5
27.0
16.0
20.1
35.8
38.2
63.3
27.6
28.9
15.3
24.8
4.8
83.6
85.0
6.8
26.3
27.4
10.9
7.6
28.8
10.2
28.9
13.5
35.2
48’300
37’780
43’980
80’440
42’420
35’330
15’920
46’200
15’200
48’900
46’160
40’760
76’380
13’850
12’480
16’070
21’250
23’610
12’730
88’890
29’350
8’220
45’460
49’730
4’070
11’860
5’830
5’290
17’820
38’580
45’560
11’920
35’160
3’980
2’580
30’990
29’450
15’040
4’730
18’520
12’660
5’680
8’240
18’620
25’030
60’390
10’400
10’410
6’530
12’280
1’260
31’800
48’450
3’540
7’910
7’910
4’380
2’940
9’240
2’860
6’550
3’120
9’740
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
Prepaid handset-based prices (500 MB)
Rank
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
Economy
Austria
United Kingdom
Germany
Qatar
France
Italy
Bahrain
Australia
Estonia
Kuwait
Belgium
United Arab Emirates
Switzerland
Croatia
Poland
Slovakia
Portugal
Slovenia
Hungary
Norway
New Zealand
Kazakhstan
Macao, China
Netherlands
Tunisia
Uruguay
Belarus
Azerbaijan
Saudi Arabia
Ireland
Canada
Venezuela
Hong Kong, China
Albania
Sri Lanka
Spain
Cyprus
Trinidad & Tobago
TFYR Macedonia
Czech Republic
Barbados
Serbia
Mauritius
Malta
Greece
Denmark
Russian Federation
Turkey
Maldives
Chile
Viet Nam
Brunei Darussalam
United States
Cape Verde
Romania
Panama
Jordan
Indonesia
Mexico
Georgia
Bulgaria
Ukraine
Argentina
as % of
GNI p.c.
0.1
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.9
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.1
1.1
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.4
1.4
1.5
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.1
2.1
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.5
2.5
2.6
2.6
2.7
USD
5.6
9.6
13.9
27.5
16.7
13.9
6.6
20.6
8.8
29.0
27.8
27.0
50.7
9.3
8.4
11.1
14.9
16.7
9.9
71.2
23.7
6.8
37.4
41.7
3.6
10.4
5.5
5.1
18.7
41.7
50.5
13.8
42.1
5.0
3.3
40.4
41.7
21.4
6.8
27.0
18.5
8.3
12.2
27.8
37.6
92.2
17.0
17.3
11.0
20.7
2.1
55.6
85.0
6.3
14.6
15.0
8.5
5.7
19.0
5.9
14.2
6.7
21.9
as % of
GNI p.c.
USD
PPP$
GNI p.c.,
USD, 2011
(or latest
available)
2.8
2.8
2.8
2.9
3.0
3.1
3.2
3.4
3.8
3.8
3.9
4.0
4.1
4.5
4.7
4.8
4.8
4.9
5.2
5.2
5.7
5.8
6.3
6.3
6.4
6.9
7.2
7.7
7.8
8.2
8.8
8.9
9.0
9.0
11.3
13.0
14.0
15.8
16.1
16.8
16.9
17.5
17.9
18.3
19.6
20.0
21.8
22.3
23.3
26.1
26.2
28.4
29.8
30.9
35.1
35.7
45.1
65.9
101.3
106.0
109.1
126.4
156.5
20.9
27.8
17.8
3.4
55.0
2.9
14.5
10.0
15.5
21.9
8.4
35.8
42.5
13.9
29.8
6.0
13.4
20.4
8.5
48.2
11.1
29.8
11.5
21.8
10.8
7.5
5.0
19.1
18.6
5.6
34.4
19.6
10.6
56.3
5.1
13.0
26.5
12.1
26.5
10.8
9.9
8.3
47.5
17.8
10.0
49.4
15.8
21.6
9.9
154.1
23.4
96.0
30.3
7.5
12.6
31.8
12.8
25.8
54.0
31.8
30.9
20.0
177.3
31.0
35.6
25.1
8.1
78.9
6.8
24.9
18.6
24.1
29.9
19.1
33.3
70.2
15.2
33.8
11.1
23.7
29.5
14.7
108.8
17.2
42.6
20.1
40.5
22.9
13.0
13.2
28.6
29.1
12.0
44.4
21.8
12.7
95.7
14.6
22.7
32.9
27.4
48.1
27.3
16.0
17.9
61.4
42.2
16.4
80.7
39.6
24.6
29.9
274.1
40.4
110.6
47.0
18.0
26.2
56.2
31.8
47.4
N/A
62.1
68.2
32.5
247.7
9’110
12’060
7’660
1’410
21’970
1’120
5’500
3’480
4’940
6’960
2’600
10’720
12’320
3’680
7’640
1’510
3’360
4’980
1’980
11’130
2’320
6’110
2’210
4’140
2’040
1’300
830
2’970
2’870
820
4’700
2’640
1’410
7’480
540
1’200
2’270
920
1’970
770
700
570
3’190
1’170
610
2’970
870
1’160
510
7’090
1’070
4’060
1’220
290
430
1’070
340
470
640
360
340
190
1’360
Prepaid handset-based prices (500 MB)
Economy
Lebanon
Antigua & Barbuda
Costa Rica
India
Bahamas
Pakistan
Peru
El Salvador
China
South Africa
Egypt
Brazil
Libya
Fiji
Suriname
Uzbekistan
Armenia
Jamaica
Moldova
Seychelles
Mongolia
Colombia
Philippines
Ecuador
Bolivia
Sudan
Cambodia
Paraguay
Guatemala
Kenya
Namibia
Iraq
Ghana
Botswana
Tanzania
Nigeria
Congo
Kyrgyzstan
Honduras
Bangladesh
Haiti
Rwanda
Samoa
Nicaragua
Mali
Morocco
Tajikistan
Zambia
Uganda
Dominican Rep.
Yemen
Angola
Lesotho
Afghanistan
Madagascar
Senegal
Malawi
Mozambique
Zimbabwe
Niger
Sierra Leone
Congo (Dem. Rep.)
S. Tomé & Principe
Note: N/A: Not available.
Source: ITU. GNI p.c. and PPP$ are based on World Bank data. USD exchange rates are based on IMF data.
100
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Table 3.12: Mobile-broadband postpaid handset-based prices (500 MB), 2012
Postpaid handset-based prices (500 MB)
Rank
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
Economy
Austria
Finland
Luxembourg
Italy
Australia
Lithuania
Hong Kong, China
Iceland
Qatar
Denmark
Netherlands
Korea (Rep.)
Macao, China
Kuwait
Sweden
Estonia
Belgium
Slovakia
Slovenia
Sri Lanka
Portugal
Brunei Darussalam
Hungary
Norway
Latvia
Spain
France
Canada
Kazakhstan
Bahrain
Cyprus
Tunisia
Uruguay
Switzerland
United Kingdom
Romania
Greece
Belarus
Azerbaijan
United Arab Emirates
Serbia
Saudi Arabia
Ireland
Venezuela
Japan
Albania
Panama
Poland
Trinidad & Tobago
Germany
TFYR Macedonia
Barbados
Mauritius
Turkey
Czech Republic
Bhutan
Russian Federation
Maldives
Mexico
Bosnia and Herzegovina
United States
Jordan
as % of
GNI p.c.
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.5
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.9
0.9
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.2
1.2
1.3
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.9
2.0
2.0
2.1
2.1
2.1
2.3
USD
5.6
6.8
13.9
7.0
10.3
2.8
8.1
9.4
27.5
24.0
20.9
9.9
22.2
25.4
30.6
8.8
27.8
9.7
15.3
1.8
14.9
23.8
9.9
71.2
9.9
25.2
34.6
37.4
6.8
13.3
25.5
3.6
10.4
67.1
34.5
7.3
23.4
5.5
5.1
39.5
5.5
18.7
41.7
13.8
55.3
5.0
10.0
16.8
21.4
62.6
6.8
18.5
12.2
15.8
28.2
3.2
17.0
11.0
16.0
8.3
85.0
8.5
Postpaid handset-based prices (500 MB)
PPP$
GNI p.c.,
USD, 2011
(or latest
available)
Rank
4.7
5.2
10.9
6.3
6.4
4.3
11.7
7.7
26.4
16.5
17.8
13.4
26.3
22.1
22.2
11.7
23.1
13.2
17.4
3.5
16.9
35.8
15.3
44.9
13.8
25.3
28.6
30.0
7.9
17.3
26.6
7.8
11.3
40.9
31.7
13.1
23.8
14.3
7.4
41.7
10.7
22.2
35.7
16.3
41.3
11.0
18.2
26.7
33.2
56.1
16.0
27.0
20.1
26.4
36.0
8.1
27.6
15.3
24.3
15.7
85.0
10.9
48’300
48’420
78’130
35’330
46’200
12’280
35’160
35’020
80’440
60’390
49’730
20’870
45’460
48’900
53’230
15’200
46’160
16’070
23’610
2’580
21’250
31’800
12’730
88’890
12’350
30’990
42’420
45’560
8’220
15’920
29’450
4’070
11’860
76’380
37’780
7’910
25’030
5’830
5’290
40’760
5’680
17’820
38’580
11’920
45’180
3’980
7’910
12’480
15’040
43’980
4’730
12’660
8’240
10’410
18’520
2’070
10’400
6’530
9’240
4’780
48’450
4’380
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
Economy
Indonesia
Peru
Andorra
Georgia
Antigua & Barbuda
New Zealand
Bulgaria
Ukraine
Colombia
Argentina
Lebanon
India
Bahamas
Moldova
Suriname
Malta
Sudan
Malaysia
Costa Rica
El Salvador
South Africa
Montenegro
Egypt
Syria
Brazil
Ecuador
Jamaica
Uzbekistan
Morocco
Lao P.D.R.
Chile
Armenia
Paraguay
China
Mongolia
Philippines
Namibia
Guatemala
Samoa
Fiji
Honduras
Kenya
Bolivia
Nicaragua
Ghana
Tanzania
Bangladesh
Nigeria
Kyrgyzstan
Haiti
Mali
Tajikistan
Lesotho
Dominican Rep.
Angola
Ethiopia
Madagascar
Mozambique
S. Tomé & Principe
Zimbabwe
Niger
Congo (Dem. Rep.)
as % of
GNI p.c.
USD
PPP$
GNI p.c.,
USD, 2011
(or latest
available)
2.3
2.4
2.4
2.5
2.5
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
3.0
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.2
3.2
3.4
3.5
3.5
3.9
3.9
4.0
4.1
4.2
4.8
4.9
5.1
5.3
5.7
5.8
5.9
6.1
6.3
6.3
6.7
7.3
7.4
7.4
8.2
8.4
10.2
11.3
11.3
12.6
13.0
15.8
16.9
19.6
21.8
24.4
26.1
28.4
28.6
35.1
39.5
50.1
101.3
106.0
126.4
5.7
10.9
83.4
5.9
25.6
63.2
14.2
6.7
13.5
21.9
20.9
3.4
55.0
5.1
19.9
48.7
3.4
22.2
20.2
10.0
20.5
20.9
8.4
9.0
35.8
14.0
17.5
6.0
12.2
4.8
53.7
15.8
14.3
24.1
11.9
11.5
24.7
16.1
19.4
22.8
12.2
5.6
14.3
10.0
13.2
5.1
8.1
13.0
12.1
9.9
10.0
15.8
24.8
154.1
96.0
9.5
12.6
15.5
56.7
54.0
31.8
20.0
7.6
18.7
N/A
10.2
32.7
52.3
28.9
13.5
19.3
35.2
31.0
8.2
78.9
8.8
22.5
62.6
5.9
35.9
28.5
18.6
28.1
39.4
19.1
19.5
33.3
26.0
25.3
11.1
20.0
10.6
64.6
27.9
21.4
37.5
18.5
20.2
31.8
25.1
25.1
24.8
22.2
12.0
30.2
23.6
15.9
14.6
20.5
22.7
27.4
16.0
16.4
39.6
38.4
274.1
110.6
29.8
26.2
28.4
79.3
N/A
62.1
32.5
2’940
5’500
41’750
2’860
12’060
29’350
6’550
3’120
6’110
9’740
9’110
1’410
21’970
1’980
7’640
18’620
1’300
8’420
7’660
3’480
6’960
7’060
2’600
2’750
10’720
4’140
4’980
1’510
2’970
1’130
12’280
3’360
2’970
4’940
2’320
2’210
4’700
2’870
3’190
3’680
1’970
820
2’040
1’170
1’410
540
770
1’200
920
700
610
870
1’220
7’090
4’060
400
430
470
1’360
640
360
190
Note: N/A: Not available.
Source: ITU. GNI p.c. and PPP$ are based on World Bank data. USD exchange rates are based on IMF data.
101
Chapter 3. Measuring the cost and affordability of broadband
Table 3.13: Mobile-broadband prepaid computer-based prices (1 GB), 2012
Prepaid computer-based prices (1 GB)
Rank
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
Economy
Austria
Finland
Ireland
Italy
United States
Iceland
Bahrain
Switzerland
Kuwait
France
United Arab Emirates
Oman
Poland
Sweden
Estonia
Kazakhstan
Australia
Portugal
Croatia
Slovakia
Trinidad & Tobago
Hong Kong, China
Germany
Sri Lanka
Uruguay
Peru
New Zealand
Albania
Belarus
TFYR Macedonia
Barbados
Mauritius
Saudi Arabia
Malta
Belgium
United Kingdom
Qatar
Venezuela
Hungary
Bahamas
Egypt
Russian Federation
Macao, China
Spain
Turkey
Serbia
Brunei Darussalam
Panama
Jordan
Maldives
Cyprus
Azerbaijan
Seychelles
Chile
Canada
Greece
Argentina
Antigua & Barbuda
Costa Rica
Indonesia
Mexico
Malaysia
as % of GNI
p.c.
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.5
0.5
0.6
0.6
0.7
0.7
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.9
0.9
1.0
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.2
1.4
1.5
1.5
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.7
1.7
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.9
1.9
1.9
1.9
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.1
2.1
2.3
2.3
2.5
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.7
2.7
2.7
2.8
2.8
2.8
3.1
3.2
USD
PPP$
GNI p.c.,
USD, 2011
(or latest
available)
5.6
9.5
11.1
13.9
20.0
17.2
8.0
43.9
29.0
27.8
27.0
13.0
8.4
38.3
11.0
6.8
41.3
19.8
13.1
15.3
15.4
42.1
55.6
3.3
15.5
7.3
39.5
5.5
8.0
6.8
18.5
12.2
26.4
27.8
69.5
57.3
123.6
18.4
20.1
35.0
4.2
17.0
74.8
51.3
17.3
9.7
55.6
15.0
8.5
13.7
62.6
11.4
24.1
26.7
101.0
55.6
21.9
27.8
17.8
6.8
24.1
22.2
4.7
7.3
9.5
12.7
20.0
14.1
10.4
26.8
25.3
22.9
28.5
14.9
13.4
27.8
14.6
7.9
25.6
22.5
18.1
20.8
24.0
61.1
49.8
6.6
17.0
12.5
32.7
12.1
20.8
16.0
27.0
20.1
31.4
35.8
57.7
52.7
118.8
21.9
31.0
50.2
9.6
27.6
88.6
51.5
28.9
18.7
83.6
27.4
10.9
19.1
65.4
16.7
54.5
32.1
81.1
56.7
35.2
35.6
25.1
9.1
36.5
35.9
48’300
48’420
38’580
35’330
48’450
35’020
15’920
76’380
48’900
42’420
40’760
19’260
12’480
53’230
15’200
8’220
46’200
21’250
13’850
16’070
15’040
35’160
43’980
2’580
11’860
5’500
29’350
3’980
5’830
4’730
12’660
8’240
17’820
18’620
46’160
37’780
80’440
11’920
12’730
21’970
2’600
10’400
45’460
30’990
10’410
5’680
31’800
7’910
4’380
6’530
29’450
5’290
11’130
12’280
45’560
25’030
9’740
12’060
7’660
2’940
9’240
8’420
Prepaid computer-based prices (1 GB)
Rank
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
Economy
Netherlands
Bosnia and Herzegovina
Georgia
Cape Verde
Bulgaria
Slovenia
Brazil
Ukraine
India
Lebanon
Jamaica
El Salvador
Tunisia
Mongolia
Armenia
Colombia
Montenegro
Suriname
Uzbekistan
Fiji
South Africa
Romania
Paraguay
Guatemala
Angola
Morocco
Pakistan
Ghana
China
Sudan
Bolivia
Moldova
Botswana
Ecuador
Namibia
Kenya
Bangladesh
Nicaragua
Samoa
Kyrgyzstan
Tajikistan
Nigeria
Congo
Zambia
Rwanda
Mali
Côte d'Ivoire
Lesotho
Senegal
Yemen
Afghanistan
Madagascar
Mozambique
Haiti
Togo
Cambodia
Dominican Rep.
S. Tomé & Principe
Niger
Zimbabwe
Sierra Leone
Congo (Dem. Rep.)
as % of GNI
p.c.
USD
PPP$
GNI p.c.,
USD, 2011
(or latest
available)
3.4
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
4.2
4.3
4.5
4.6
4.6
4.9
5.2
5.2
5.7
5.8
5.8
5.9
6.0
6.4
6.4
6.6
7.5
7.7
7.8
8.5
10.0
11.2
11.3
11.3
11.7
12.7
12.9
14.1
14.3
15.8
16.5
16.8
17.1
17.9
21.2
21.8
22.7
25.8
26.6
28.1
31.3
34.7
44.7
45.2
53.7
61.8
62.0
65.9
67.7
71.6
72.3
106.3
110.3
141.3
168.8
181.9
316.0
139.1
14.2
8.9
11.2
21.3
83.4
38.8
11.6
5.4
35.2
20.4
15.0
17.8
11.1
16.1
29.8
34.8
38.2
8.0
19.5
38.4
49.1
19.1
18.6
28.8
24.7
10.4
13.2
46.4
12.7
21.6
21.3
87.7
49.2
62.0
11.3
10.8
16.7
47.5
16.3
15.8
22.7
48.7
25.7
13.3
15.9
31.8
45.4
40.3
47.9
14.9
22.2
25.8
39.5
33.4
50.0
628.1
125.0
42.4
90.0
51.5
50.0
118.8
26.8
15.3
12.2
43.4
94.7
36.1
23.3
12.8
52.3
29.5
27.9
38.9
17.2
28.4
42.6
65.7
43.3
14.8
21.3
52.5
88.7
28.6
29.1
33.2
40.4
24.3
15.9
72.2
22.0
45.8
36.7
149.1
91.5
79.9
23.9
27.3
39.5
61.4
36.7
39.6
39.7
60.6
29.3
28.6
26.1
48.0
70.5
71.2
82.7
36.0
46.3
47.4
64.2
59.6
131.7
1117.5
174.6
82.9
N/A
113.6
81.4
49’730
4’780
2’860
3’540
6’550
23’610
10’720
3’120
1’410
9’110
4’980
3’480
4’070
2’320
3’360
6’110
7’060
7’640
1’510
3’680
6’960
7’910
2’970
2’870
4’060
2’970
1’120
1’410
4’940
1’300
2’040
1’980
7’480
4’140
4’700
820
770
1’170
3’190
920
870
1’200
2’270
1’160
570
610
1’100
1’220
1’070
1’070
290
430
470
700
560
830
7’090
1’360
360
640
340
190
Note: N/A: Not available.
Source: ITU. GNI p.c. and PPP$ are based on World Bank data. USD exchange rates are based on IMF data.
102
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Table 3.14: Mobile-broadband postpaid computer-based prices (1 GB), 2012
Postpaid computer-based prices (1 GB)
Rank
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
Economy
Austria
Iceland
Finland
Sweden
Denmark
Qatar
Norway
United States
United Kingdom
Kuwait
Estonia
Switzerland
Belgium
Romania
Germany
Slovenia
Oman
France
Brunei Darussalam
Hong Kong, China
Latvia
Macao, China
Kazakhstan
Greece
Bahrain
Netherlands
Uruguay
Cyprus
Australia
Italy
United Arab Emirates
Serbia
Portugal
Libya
Trinidad & Tobago
Ireland
Bulgaria
Spain
Malta
Turkey
Korea (Rep.)
Canada
Sri Lanka
Andorra
Peru
New Zealand
Japan
Belarus
Slovakia
TFYR Macedonia
Barbados
Mauritius
Saudi Arabia
Czech Republic
Venezuela
Hungary
Bahamas
Russian Federation
Maldives
Tunisia
Malaysia
Egypt
Lithuania
Azerbaijan
as % of GNI
p.c.
0.1
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.9
0.9
0.9
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.1
1.1
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.9
1.9
1.9
2.0
2.0
2.1
2.2
2.2
2.4
2.6
USD
5.6
9.4
13.8
15.2
18.4
27.5
35.5
20.0
16.4
25.4
8.3
42.8
27.8
4.9
27.8
15.3
13.0
30.6
23.8
27.2
9.9
37.2
6.8
20.9
13.3
41.7
10.3
25.5
41.2
33.4
39.5
5.6
20.8
12.3
15.4
41.7
7.1
33.7
20.9
11.9
23.8
52.5
3.3
54.2
7.3
39.5
61.8
8.0
22.9
6.8
18.5
12.2
26.4
28.2
18.4
20.1
35.0
17.0
11.0
7.1
15.7
4.8
24.2
11.4
PPP$
GNI p.c.,
USD, 2011
(or latest
available)
4.7
7.7
10.6
11.1
12.7
26.4
22.4
20.0
15.1
22.1
11.0
26.1
23.1
8.9
24.9
17.4
14.9
25.2
35.8
39.5
13.8
44.0
7.9
21.2
17.3
35.6
11.2
26.6
25.6
30.4
41.7
10.7
23.7
20.2
24.0
35.7
14.5
33.8
26.8
19.8
32.1
42.2
6.6
N/A
12.5
32.6
46.2
20.8
31.2
16.0
27.0
20.1
31.4
36.0
21.9
31.0
50.2
27.6
15.3
15.6
25.3
11.0
36.9
16.7
48’300
35’020
48’420
53’230
60’390
80’440
88’890
48’450
37’780
48’900
15’200
76’380
46’160
7’910
43’980
23’610
19’260
42’420
31’800
35’160
12’350
45’460
8’220
25’030
15’920
49’730
11’860
29’450
46’200
35’330
40’760
5’680
21’250
12’320
15’040
38’580
6’550
30’990
18’620
10’410
20’870
45’560
2’580
41’750
5’500
29’350
45’180
5’830
16’070
4’730
12’660
8’240
17’820
18’520
11’920
12’730
21’970
10’400
6’530
4’070
8’420
2’600
12’280
5,290
Postpaid computer-based prices (1 GB)
Rank
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
Economy
Mexico
Seychelles
Chile
Argentina
Indonesia
Antigua & Barbuda
Panama
Costa Rica
Poland
Colombia
Georgia
Jordan
Bosnia and Herzegovina
Jamaica
Brazil
Ukraine
India
Lebanon
Mongolia
Morocco
Albania
Moldova
El Salvador
Paraguay
South Africa
Suriname
Ecuador
Uzbekistan
Lao P.D.R.
Cape Verde
Fiji
Honduras
Guatemala
Syria
Namibia
Bolivia
Armenia
Ghana
Samoa
Nicaragua
Philippines
Bangladesh
Botswana
Kenya
Nigeria
Kyrgyzstan
Tajikistan
Pakistan
Mali
Côte d'Ivoire
Lesotho
Viet Nam
Timor-Leste
China
Dominican Rep.
Ethiopia
Madagascar
Mozambique
Haiti
Togo
S. Tomé & Principe
Zimbabwe
Congo (Dem. Rep.)
as % of GNI
p.c.
USD
PPP$
GNI p.c.,
USD, 2011
(or latest
available)
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
3.0
3.2
3.2
3.4
3.7
3.9
4.2
4.2
4.3
4.5
4.6
4.6
4.9
4.9
5.1
5.2
5.2
5.8
5.9
6.0
6.2
6.4
6.4
6.8
7.4
7.4
7.8
7.9
8.4
10.1
11.2
11.3
12.2
12.3
12.5
12.6
14.1
16.5
19.5
21.2
21.8
26.1
31.3
34.7
35.2
40.9
43.5
44.0
47.7
53.3
63.4
65.9
67.7
71.6
110.3
168.8
316.0
20.0
24.1
26.7
21.9
6.8
29.3
20.0
20.2
33.7
17.3
8.9
14.1
16.6
17.5
38.8
11.6
5.4
35.2
9.5
12.2
16.8
8.5
15.0
14.3
34.3
38.2
21.3
8.0
6.1
20.0
22.8
12.2
18.6
18.1
32.9
17.2
31.3
13.2
32.4
12.0
23.1
8.1
87.7
11.3
19.5
16.3
15.8
24.3
15.9
31.8
35.8
43.0
99.0
181.1
282.1
17.8
22.7
25.8
39.5
33.4
125.0
90.0
50.0
30.4
54.5
32.1
35.2
9.1
37.4
36.5
28.5
53.4
24.7
15.3
18.1
31.4
25.3
36.1
23.3
12.8
52.3
14.8
20.0
37.4
14.7
27.9
21.4
46.9
43.3
39.5
14.8
13.2
21.8
24.8
22.2
29.1
38.9
42.4
36.3
55.2
15.9
41.9
28.4
40.3
20.5
149.1
23.9
34.0
36.7
39.6
56.8
26.1
48.0
55.5
95.2
175.4
281.5
501.8
55.5
47.3
47.4
64.2
59.6
174.6
N/A
81.4
9’240
11’130
12’280
9’740
2’940
12’060
7’910
7’660
12’480
6’110
2’860
4’380
4’780
4’980
10’720
3’120
1’410
9’110
2’320
2’970
3’980
1’980
3’480
2’970
6’960
7’640
4’140
1’510
1’130
3’540
3’680
1’970
2’870
2’750
4’700
2’040
3’360
1’410
3’190
1’170
2’210
770
7’480
820
1’200
920
870
1’120
610
1’100
1’220
1’260
2’730
4’940
7’090
400
430
470
700
560
1’360
640
190
Note: N/A: Not available.
Source: ITU. GNI p.c. and PPP$ are based on World Bank data. USD exchange rates are based on IMF data.
103
Chapter 3. Measuring the cost and affordability of broadband
operators tend to charge higher prices per unit of use.
Furthermore, prepaid customers are not tied to a monthly
Comparing handset-based and computerbased mobile-broadband prices
subscription fee over a certain period of time and thus have
the mobility to switch operators and the flexibility to adjust
The two handset-based plans included in this data
their data usage according to their needs and means.
collection are based on a monthly consumption of 500
MB, whereas computer-based plans provide twice this
Mobile broadband is an emerging market which is
amount. This choice was made to reflect the typically
developing fast, and price structures are also evolving
more extensive use of data services on a laptop or
rapidly. In this context, it is relevant to compare postpaid
desktop computer. As a result, computer-based plans are
and prepaid mobile-broadband prices in order to gain an
necessarily more expensive on average. However, when
insight into the overall pricing dynamics of these services.
looking at Chart 3.14, which shows the global average
in USD for all four plans, computer-based prices are very
As shown in Chart 3.14, prepaid offers are always more
competitive considering that they include twice the
expensive on average than the corresponding postpaid
amount of data.
offers, irrespective of the end device used. While the
difference measured as a percentage of GNI p.c. is rather
This point is confirmed when comparing the price per GB
small in developed countries, the difference in affordability
of volume under each plan (see Chart 3.15): computer-
is more significant in developing countries: for computer-
based plans are cheaper on a per GB basis, with postpaid
based plans, the average price for prepaid offers is 24.7
computer-based plans offering the lowest per GB price
per cent of GNI p.c. compared to 18.8 per cent of GNI p.c.
at 27 USD. This is partly explained by the fact that the
for postpaid plans. The difference is slightly smaller for
price per unit of volume tends to decrease with the total
handset-based offers: postpaid offers cost an average of
volume contracted, i.e. the price per GB is lower for larger
11.3 per cent of GNI p.c. in developing countries, compared
data allowances, the equivalent of a volume discount. This
with 15.7 per cent of GNI p.c. for prepaid plans.
closely resembles the case of fixed broadband, except that
Chart 3.14: Mobile-broadband prices, in USD, world, 2012
40
34.9
35
30
USD
25
27.3
24.1
21.6
20
15
10
5
0
Prepaid handsetbased (500 MB)
Prepaid computerbased (1 GB)
Postpaid handsetbased (500 MB)
Postpaid computerbased (1 GB)
Note: Simple averages. The following number of countries are included per plan: prepaid handset-based (500 MB): 126; postpaid handsetbased (500 MB): 125; prepaid computer-based (1 GB): 125; postpaid computer-based (1 GB): 127.
Source: ITU. USD exchange rates are based on IMF data.
104
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Chart 3.15: Mobile-broadband prices per GB, in USD, world, 2012
Postpaid computer-based (1 GB)
27.3
Postpaid handset-based (500 MB)
43.2
Prepaid computer-based (1 GB)
34.9
48.2
Prepaid handset-based (500 MB)
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
USD per GB
Note: Simple averages.
Source: ITU. USD exchange rates are based on IMF data.
for fixed broadband it is speed (Mbit/s) rather than data
however, mobile broadband is often the sole Internet
allowance which is the determining factor for prices.
access method available, particularly in rural and remote
areas. Therefore, it is important to compare the cost and
affordability of fixed broadband and mobile broadband,
3.4 Comparison of mobile-broadband with fixed-broadband and
mobile-cellular prices
Comparing mobile-broadband and fixedbroadband prices
which will have an impact on further service uptake and
the spread of Internet access.
Chart 3.16 shows average fixed- and mobile-broadband
prices as a percentage of GNI p.c. Mobile-broadband prices
are presented for prepaid and postpaid handset-based
plans, as well as for prepaid and postpaid computerbased plans. The averages are based on 97 countries for
Globally, it is estimated that there will be three times
which price data on all five plans were available for 2012.
as many mobile-broadband subscriptions as fixed-
Fixed broadband is more expensive on average than all
broadband subscriptions by end 2013. Although the
four mobile-broadband plans in developing countries.
two types of subscription cannot be compared on a
In developed countries, a fixed-broadband subscription
like-by-like basis, the high growth of mobile-broadband
is also more expensive than a mobile-broadband
subscriptions, particularly in developing countries
subscription, with the exception of prepaid computer-
(Chapter 1), testifies to the increasing role that mobile
based mobile broadband.
broadband is playing as a pervasive means of accessing
Country-level data show that in 53 (out of 65) developing
the Internet.
countries fixed broadband is more expensive than each
Mobile broadband frequently serves as a supplement to,
of the four mobile-broadband packages. In developed
rather than substitute for, fixed broadband for customers
countries, fixed broadband is more expensive than each
In developing countries,
of the four mobile-broadband packages in 27 (out of
in developed countries.
28, 29
105
Chapter 3. Measuring the cost and affordability of broadband
Chart 3.16: Mobile-broadband and fixed-broadband prices, as a percentage of GNI p.c., world and by
level of development, 2012
1.5
Postpaid handset-based
mobile-broadband (500 MB)
6.0
8.3
Developed
1.3
7.9
Prepaid handset-based
mobile-broadband (500 MB)
World
11.1
Developing
1.5
9.9
Postpaid computer-based
mobile-broadband (1 GB)
14.0
2.3
11.0
Prepaid computer-based
mobile-broadband (1 GB)
15.2
1.9
12.5
Postpaid
fixed-broadband (1 GB)
17.7
0
5
10
As % of GNI p.c.
15
20
Note: Simple averages. Averages include 97 countries for which prepaid handset-based, postpaid handset-based, prepaid computer-based
and postpaid computer-based mobile-broadband as well as postpaid fixed-broadband prices were available.
Source: ITU.
32) countries. However, there are qualitative differences
between fixed- and mobile-broadband connections
(speed, capacity, reliability) which still differentiate the two
services (Box 3.4), and make them complementary rather
than substitutes in those locations where fixed-broadband
services are available and affordable.
Box 3.4: To what extent are fixed-broadband and mobile-broadband prices and services comparable?
Fixed-broadband and mobile-broadband prices are only
average less expensive than prepaid offers, because operators
comparable to some degree. First of all, data caps differ for the
will usually offer lower prices to customers when they can count
five plans presented in Chart 3.16. The handset-based mobile-
on long-term revenue flows.
broadband plans included in the data collection are based on
500 MB of data, whereas the computer-based mobile-broadband
and the fixed-broadband plans include 1 GB of data.
In addition, actual broadband speeds depend on many factors and
are difficult to predict, particularly in the case of mobile broadband.
Thus, speeds will differ not only between advertised and actual
Even when data allowances are the same, as for the computer-
speeds, but also between fixed- and mobile-broadband services.
based mobile-broadband and the fixed-broadband plans, the
A study by British regulator Ofcom found that mobile-broadband
actual amount of data included differs. As shown in section 3.2
connections on average perform at lower actual speeds than
of this chapter, the majority of fixed-broadband plans are
fixed-broadband connections (Ofcom, 2011b). Even in areas with
unlimited, whereas computer-based mobile-broadband plans
good 3G coverage in the UK, average mobile-broadband speeds
may exceed 1 GB of data allowance but are very rarely unlimited.
were three times lower than average fixed-broadband speeds.
Furthermore, the subscription type (prepaid and postpaid)
Other quality of service parameters, such as average webpage
varies between the five plans included in the comparison. While
download times, were also significantly better in the case of fixed-
data for prepaid and postpaid handset-based and prepaid and
broadband connections. These findings confirm that significant
postpaid computer-based mobile-broadband plans have been
differences currently persist in terms of the real performance of
collected, the fixed-broadband plans included are postpaid only.
fixed broadband and mobile broadband, and this needs to be
As shown in section 3.3 of this chapter, postpaid offers are on
taken into account when comparing the two types of subscription.
106
Measuring the Information Society 2013
In the following section, a comparison of 1 GB postpaid
are very affordable for both plans, at 1.9 per cent of GNI
fixed-broadband prices and 1 GB postpaid computer-based
p.c. for fixed broadband and 1.5 per cent of GNI p.c. for
mobile-broadband prices will allow for a more insightful
mobile broadband (see Chart 3.16).
analysis of the affordability of fixed- and mobile-broadband
services. Both plans are based on the same minimum
The picture is more diverse when looking at the regional
monthly data consumption (1 GB) and subscription type
averages. The difference in affordability between the
(postpaid). Furthermore, both plans are used on the same
two plans is largest in Africa: a postpaid computer-based
end device: a laptop or desktop computer. However, it must
mobile-broadband subscription costs 44.8 per cent of
be noted that in practice most fixed-broadband plans offer
GNI p.c., while a postpaid fixed-broadband subscription
unlimited data consumption, whereas tiered pricing plans
is significantly more expensive, at 68.1 per cent of GNI
(i.e. with limited data allowances) are the norm in mobile-
p.c. Both plans are a lot more affordable in Europe and
broadband subscriptions.
the Arab States, where differences in price between the
Comparing postpaid fixed-broadband and
postpaid computer-based mobile-broadband
prices
two plans are also minimal. In the Americas, there is no
difference in price in terms of GNI p.c. between fixed
broadband and mobile broadband. In the CIS and Asia
and the Pacific regions, against the global trend, postpaid
Globally, postpaid fixed-broadband plans are more
computer-based mobile broadband is on average more
expensive than postpaid computer-based mobilebroadband plans. In developing countries, a fixed-
expensive than postpaid fixed broadband. While the
broadband subscription costs on average 17.7 per cent
difference is small in the CIS, fixed broadband is somewhat
of GNI p.c., while a postpaid computer-based mobile-
more affordable in Asia and the Pacific, at 4.7 per cent of
broadband subscription costs 14 per cent of GNI p.c. The
GNI p.c. compared with 7 per cent of GNI p.c. for mobile
difference is smaller in developed countries, where prices
broadband (Chart 3.17).
Chart 3.17: Postpaid fixed-broadband and postpaid computer-based mobile-broadband prices, as a
percentage of GNI p.c., by region, 2012
1.3
1.6
Europe
Postpaid computer-based
mobile-broadband (1 GB)
2.3
2.5
Arab States
Postpaid fixed-broadband (1 GB)
5.9
5.4
CIS
7.0
Asia & Pacific
4.7
8.0
8.0
The Americas
44.8
Africa
68.1
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
As % of GNI p.c.
Note: Simple averages. Averages include 97 countries for which postpaid computer-based mobile-broadband as well as postpaid fixedbroadband prices were available.
Source: ITU.
107
Chapter 3. Measuring the cost and affordability of broadband
When comparing prices at the country level in each of the six
regions, postpaid computer-based mobile broadband is less
expensive than postpaid fixed broadband in the majority
of countries (Table 3.15). Africa is the region that has the
biggest proportion of countries where postpaid computerbased mobile-broadband prices are less expensive than
fixed-broadband prices. This is in line with the fact that
fixed-broadband prices in several African countries are
among the world’s least affordable (see the results of the
2012 fixed-broadband prices in Table 3.2). Currently, mobile
broadband is cheaper than fixed broadband in two-thirds
of African countries included in the comparison, and thus
constitutes a genuine alternative to fixed broadband in
terms of price. In other regions, the number of countries in
which postpaid computer-based mobile-broadband prices
are cheaper than fixed-broadband prices is more balanced,
indicating that fixed-broadband prices are still competitive
in several countries.
A comparison of postpaid fixed-broadband and postpaid
computer-based mobile-broadband plans in a number of
selected countries yields further insights into broadband
pricing and service affordability. As shown in Table 3.16,
most fixed-broadband plans are unlimited in terms
of data allowance, whereas computer-based mobilebroadband plans are usually limited to 1 GB or 2 GB of
Table 3.15: Comparison of postpaid fixedbroadband and postpaid computer-based
mobile-broadband prices, percentage of
countries, by region, 2012
Fixed broadband ≤
mobile broadband
(%)
Fixed broadband >
mobile broadband
(%)
Africa
33
67
Arab States
40
60
Asia & Pacific
43
57
CIS
40
60
Europe
40
60
Americas
46
54
Total
41
59
Note: Includes 97 countries for which postpaid computer-based
mobile-broadband as well as postpaid fixed-broadband
prices were available.
Source: ITU.
108
data. Price data from selected countries suggest that
an unlimited data allowance does not necessarily make
fixed-broadband plans more expensive than capped
mobile-broadband plans. In Brazil and China, for example,
the unlimited fixed-broadband plan is cheaper than the
2 GB and 1 GB of computer-based mobile-broadband
plans, respectively. The same is true in France and the
United States, although the difference in price is much
smaller. In the Russian Federation, on the other hand,
the unlimited fixed-broadband plan is more expensive
than the mobile-broadband plan capped at 4 GB of data.
Egypt and India are interesting examples, insofar as fixedbroadband and mobile-broadband plans both include
the same amount of data (1GB in Egypt and 2GB in India).
In both countries, the mobile-broadband plan is more
affordable than the fixed-broadband plan, although the
difference in price is relatively small in India. The same
is true in Nigeria, although the fixed-broadband plan
includes a higher amount of data (6 GB) compared with
the 1 GB postpaid computer-based mobile-broadband
plan. In contrast to this, in South Africa the 1 GB fixedbroadband plan is more affordable than the 1 GB
computer-based mobile-broadband plan. Table 3.16
further shows, for the selected countries, the advertised
speeds of fixed- and mobile-broadband connections,
which are higher for the latter. However, as noted earlier,
these are advertised speeds, and actual fixed-broadband
speeds are easier to predict and generally higher than
mobile-broadband speeds.30
Comparing mobile-cellular and mobilebroadband prices
Following the ‘mobile miracle’and the unprecedented spread
of mobile-cellular subscriptions, mobile broadband has
been called upon to take the baton in the ICT development
race. For instance, the potential of mobile broadband as a
development enabler and its role as a catalyst to achieve
sustainable development goals is a central theme of the ITU
‘m-Powering Development’ initiative.31
Key factors that made the ‘mobile miracle’ possible
include the wide coverage of mobile-cellular signals, the
affordability of the service and the devices, and the spread
of prepaid plans. With 3G coverage increasing in leaps and
bounds32 and broadband-enabled handsets becoming
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Table 3.16: Comparison of postpaid fixed-broadband and postpaid computer-based mobile-broadband
plans in selected countries, 2012
Country
Data allowance (GB)
Price (PPP$)
Advertised speed
(Mbit/s)
Mobile
2
36.1
1
Fixed
unlimited
16.6
1
Mobile
1
281.5
n/a
Fixed
unlimited
36.1
4
Plan
Brazil
China
Egypt
France
India
Nigeria
Russian Federation
South Africa
United States
Mobile
2
11.0
7.2
Fixed
2
17.2
0.256
Mobile
1
25.2
42
Fixed
unlimited
24.1
8
Mobile
1
12.8
n/a
Fixed
1
14.4
2
Mobile
1
34.0
7.2
Fixed
6
68.0
0.512
Mobile
4
27.6
42.6
Fixed
unlimited
16.6
1.2
Mobile
1
46.9
n/a
Fixed
1
38.4
n/a
Mobile
1
20.0
14.8
Fixed
unlimited
15.0
0.750
Source: ITU.
more widely available, mobile-broadband affordability
Globally, the average price of prepaid handset-based
remains one of the main issues for determining to what
mobile broadband is somewhat higher than the average
extent the ‘mobile miracle’ can be replicated in mobile-
price of prepaid mobile cellular (Chart 3.18). The price
broadband services.
difference is particularly marked in developing countries,
33
where prepaid handset-based mobile broadband is 40 per
This section compares the price of prepaid mobile-cellular
cent more expensive in terms of GNI p.c. than a low-user
services (voice and SMS) with the price of prepaid handset-
mobile-cellular monthly offer. In developed countries, on
based mobile-broadband subscriptions (500 MB of
the other hand, prepaid handset-based mobile-broadband
monthly data allowance). The choice of prepaid rather than
prices are even less expensive than low-user mobile-cellular
postpaid plans reflects the fact that most mobile-cellular
prices. This may be explained by the fact that the ITU mobile-
subscriptions in the world are prepaid. Indeed, prepaid
cellular sub-basket (low usage, prepaid) does not particularly
plans have played a crucial role in bringing mobile-cellular
fit the usage patterns of developed countries, where more
services to the previously unconnected in the developing
intensive use and postpaid contracts are commonplace,
world. Since handset-based mobile-broadband services
and thus the results overestimate the usual cost of mobile-
are usually purchased as an add-on package to mobile-
cellular services in some developed countries.34 However,
cellular subscriptions, it is to be expected that most
the sum of prepaid mobile-cellular and mobile-broadband
handset-based mobile-broadband subscriptions will also
prices in developed countries is on average well below
be prepaid if the same uptake as mobile-cellular services
the 5 per cent threshold, while in developing countries it
is to be achieved.
surpasses 20 per cent of the monthly GNI p.c.
109
Chapter 3. Measuring the cost and affordability of broadband
Chart 3.18: Mobile-broadband and mobile-cellular prices as a percentage of GNI p.c., world and by
level of development (left) and comparison (right), 2012
As % of GNI p.c.
20
15
10
Mobilebroadband,
prepaid
handset-based
500MB
70
13.4
Mobile-cellular
sub-basket
10.0
Number of countries
25
60
Developing
50
Developed
40
30
20
10
0
5
0
9.6
1.3
2.0
Developed
Developing
Cheaper
7.4
World
Equal to up
to 2x as high
2x - 4x as
high
> 4x as high
Prepaid handset-based mobile broadband (500MB)
prices relative to mobile-cellular prices
Note: Simple averages. Averages include 123 countries for which prepaid handset-based (500 MB) and prepaid mobile-cellular prices were
available.
Source: ITU.
A more detailed analysis of price data by country shows
their mobile-cellular markets to the mobile-broadband
that, in three-quarters of the developed countries included
arena, in order to promote sustained competition and, as a
in the data collection, prepaid handset-based mobile-
consequence, lower mobile-broadband prices.
broadband prices are cheaper than mobile-cellular prices.
This suggests that cases where mobile-cellular prices
are higher than mobile-broadband prices in developed
countries occur where the ITU mobile-cellular sub-basket
does not effectively match the available mobile-cellular
offers in the country.
In about a third of the developing countries included in the
data collection, prepaid handset-based mobile-broadband
prices are cheaper than mobile-cellular prices. In fact, there
are only a handful of developing countries where prepaid
handset-based mobile-broadband services cost more than
twice as much as mobile-cellular services (Chart 3.18).
This suggests that in most developing countries prepaid
handset-based mobile-broadband prices are aligned with
3.5 The mobile-broadband subbasket
In view of the growing importance of mobile broadband for
accessing the Internet – either on the go as a complement
to a fixed-broadband connection, or as the only Internet
access method available – there is a pressing need for a
global benchmark for the cost and affordability of mobilebroadband services. This has been reflected in the work
of EGTI on this subject since 2011, and further confirmed
by the recommendations of the ninth and tenth World
Telecommunication/ICT Indicators Meeting to include
mobile broadband in the list of services for which ITU
mobile-cellular prices.
monitors and compares prices globally.
Nevertheless, one in four developing countries included
This section presents a mobile-broadband sub-basket
in the comparison, including economies such as China,
that groups mobile-broadband prices into a single
Bangladesh, Macao (China) or Libya, have much higher
benchmarking value per country, following a harmonized
prepaid handset-based mobile-broadband prices than
methodology that allows for international comparisons
mobile-cellular prices. This highlights the challenge for
across countries. The proposed sub-basket could in
these economies to translate the level of competition in
future be incorporated in the IPB, and aims to become a
110
Measuring the Information Society 2013
useful policy instrument, facilitating the identification of
and therefore both should be taken into consideration for
bottlenecks, shortcomings and best practices related to
the construction of the mobile-broadband sub-basket.
mobile-broadband affordability.
As explained in section 3.3, handset-based mobileThe extensive 2012 ITU data collection of mobile-broadband
broadband prices collected by ITU correspond to the price
prices presented in this chapter makes it possible to draw
of add-on packages that include a given data allowance.
some evidence-based conclusions regarding the most
These data packages are added to regular mobile-cellular
meaningful plans to be considered when constructing a
subscriptions (i.e. added to already contracted voice and
mobile-broadband sub-basket.
SMS services). Since the majority of regular mobile-cellular
subscriptions in the world are prepaid, it is to be expected
Among the 146 economies for which data on mobile-
that most of these add-on data packages will also be
broadband prices were available, there were fewer than 70
prepaid. This suggests that the most relevant handset-based
countries with specific plans available for a 250 MB monthly
prices are those corresponding to prepaid plans.
allowance. For the other 76 countries, data were either not
available or the closest plan was the one based on a 500
Computer-based mobile broadband, on the other hand,
MB monthly allowance.35 This means that in more than
is not linked to regular mobile-cellular subscriptions. In
half of the countries data for a 250 MB monthly allowance
this case, the user acquires a USB modem/dongle, which
were not available, and in most of them it was because the
includes a given data allowance, and plugs it into a
closest plan included at least a 500 MB monthly allowance.
computer or laptop. It is therefore a data-only connection
Moreover, it is to be expected that monthly data allowances
more comparable in terms of usage with that of a fixed-
will increase in the future, as networks are upgraded and
broadband subscription. ITU data on fixed-broadband
allow for more capacity. It is thus proposed to discard the
prices correspond to postpaid plans, since they are the most
plans based on a 250 MB monthly data allowance: they have
common. Consequently, the most relevant computer-based
limited relevance at present and will most probably have
mobile-broadband prices would be those corresponding
even less relevance in the future.
to postpaid plans.
This leaves four different plans to be considered for
In conclusion, the mobile-broadband sub-basket could
the construction of the mobile-broadband sub-basket:
be simplified to two plans: (i) prepaid handset-based,
(i) prepaid handset-based, 500 MB; (ii) postpaid handset-
500 MB; and (ii) postpaid computer-based, 1 GB.
based, 500 MB; (iii) prepaid computer-based, 1 GB; and (iv)
This reduces complexity, but still reflects the two main
postpaid computer-based, 1 GB.
means of mobile-broadband access: computer-based and
handset-based. Statistical analysis of the datasets confirms
Handset-based and computer-based plans correspond
this conclusion: if a country has relatively high/low prices
to different types of usage: users accessing the Internet
for prepaid handset-based and postpaid computer-based
through a smartphone tend to consume less data than
plans, it tends to have relatively high/low prices for postpaid
users connecting their laptop to the Internet through a
handset-based and prepaid computer-based plans. 36
USB key. This may be either because they mostly use lighter
Moreover, this selection of mobile-broadband plans ensures
services (e.g. e-mail, instant messaging or web browsing)
consistency with the ICT Price Basket framework37 and
or because they limit the usage of data-hungry services
facilitates comparison of mobile-broadband prices with
(e.g. video streaming). Cisco (2013a) estimates that a
those of related ICT services (section 3.4).
laptop generates seven times as much mobile-data traffic
as a smartphone; OECD (2012a) considers that laptop-
The proposed mobile-broadband sub-basket is calculated
based mobile broadband consumes five times as much
as the sum of the price of the 500 MB prepaid handset-
data as handset-based mobile broadband. Evidence thus
based plan and the 1GB postpaid computer-based plan as
shows that handset-based and computer-based mobile-
a percentage of a country’s monthly GNI p.c. divided by two
broadband plans correspond to different types of usage,
(Figure 3.2). The cost of each plan as a percentage of the
111
Chapter 3. Measuring the cost and affordability of broadband
monthly GNI p.c. is limited to a maximum value of 100, so the
with high GNI p.c. levels from Europe and the Arab States –
final mobile-broadband sub-basket value may vary between
including Qatar, the United Kingdom, Germany, Kuwait and
a theoretical ‘zero’ (mobile broadband is for free) and 100
France. However, several countries with lower income levels,
(the price of the two mobile-broadband plans is equal to, or
such as Estonia, Bahrain38 or Kazakhstan, also feature in the
exceeds, the monthly GNI p.c.). As in the case of the IPB, the
top 20 of the mobile-broadband sub-basket, with mobile-
monthly GNI p.c. is used as a proxy for the average national
broadband prices below 1 per cent of monthly GNI p.c. This
income. Therefore, the sub-basket value points to the relative
shows that although income matters (partly owing to the fact
cost of mobile broadband compared to average income, thus
that it is inbuilt in the formula of the mobile-broadband sub-
measuring the affordability of the service.
basket), other factors such as competition and regulation may
play a relevant role in making mobile broadband affordable.
Table 3.17 shows the results of the mobile-broadband
sub-basket ordered according to affordability of mobile-
A total of 49 economies (nearly half of the total in the mobile-
broadband services. It includes a total of 110 economies
broadband sub-basket) have a mobile-broadband sub-
for which price data for the two plans included in the
basket value of ≤ 2. The number increases to 75 economies
sub-basket are available. Values range from a low (i.e. very
if the threshold of 5 per cent is taken as a reference. Thus, if
affordable) 0.1 in Austria, to a maximum of 100 (i.e. the cost of
the affordability target set by the Broadband Commission
mobile-broadband is equal to or above the average income,
for Digital Development (entry-level broadband services
and therefore unaffordable to a majority of the population)
should, by 2015, be priced at less than 5 per cent of monthly
in Sao Tomé and Principe, Zimbabwe and the Democratic
GNI p.c.) were applied to mobile-broadband prices, by end
Republic of the Congo.
2012 almost three-quarters of the countries included in the
2012 mobile-broadband sub-basket would already meet
The countries at the top of the mobile-broadband sub-
this target. This suggests that mobile-broadband is already
basket (i.e. those with most affordable prices) are economies
playing a crucial role in making broadband access affordable.
Figure 3.2: Methodology for the mobile-broadband sub-basket
Prepaid
handset-based
500 MB
Postpaid
computer-based
1 GB
+
National average
monthly GNI
p.c.
National average
monthly GNI
p.c.
(Maximum value 100)
(Maximum value 100)
2
Source: ITU.
112
Mobile
= broadband
sub-basket
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Table 3.17: Mobile-broadband sub-basket and its components, 2012
Economy
Austria
Qatar
United Kingdom
Germany
Kuwait
France
Estonia
Norway
Belgium
Switzerland
Bahrain
Italy
Australia
Slovenia
United Arab Emirates
Macao, China
Kazakhstan
Netherlands
Portugal
Uruguay
Denmark
Hong Kong, China
Slovakia
New Zealand
Ireland
United States
Canada
Cyprus
Belarus
Greece
Hungary
Spain
Serbia
Trinidad & Tobago
Romania
Brunei Darussalam
Saudi Arabia
Sri Lanka
Malta
Tunisia
Venezuela
Turkey
TFYR Macedonia
Barbados
Mauritius
Czech Republic
Azerbaijan
Bulgaria
Russian Federation
Maldives
Poland
Chile
Peru
Bahamas
Mexico
Mobilebroadband
sub-basket
Prepaid
handsetbased
prices
(500 MB)
as % of
GNI p.c.
Postpaid
computerbased
prices
(1 GB) as
% of GNI
p.c.
GNI p.c.,
USD, 2011
(or latest
available)
0.1
0.4
0.4
0.6
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.7
1.7
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.9
1.9
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.5
0.1
0.4
0.3
0.4
0.7
0.5
0.7
1.0
0.7
0.8
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.8
0.8
1.0
1.0
1.0
0.8
1.0
1.8
1.4
0.8
1.0
1.3
2.1
1.3
1.7
1.1
1.8
0.9
1.6
1.8
1.7
2.2
2.1
1.3
1.5
1.8
1.0
1.4
2.0
1.7
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.1
2.6
2.0
2.0
0.8
2.0
3.2
3.0
2.5
0.1
0.4
0.5
0.8
0.6
0.9
0.7
0.5
0.7
0.7
1.0
1.1
1.1
0.8
1.2
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.2
1.0
0.4
0.9
1.7
1.6
1.3
0.5
1.4
1.0
1.7
1.0
1.9
1.3
1.2
1.2
0.7
0.9
1.8
1.5
1.3
2.1
1.9
1.4
1.7
1.8
1.8
1.8
2.6
1.3
2.0
2.0
3.2
2.6
1.6
1.9
2.6
48’300
80’440
37’780
43’980
48’900
42’420
15’200
88’890
46’160
76’380
15’920
35’330
46’200
23’610
40’760
45’460
8’220
49’730
21’250
11’860
60’390
35’160
16’070
29’350
38’580
48’450
45’560
29’450
5’830
25’030
12’730
30’990
5’680
15’040
7’910
31’800
17’820
2’580
18’620
4’070
11’920
10’410
4’730
12’660
8’240
18’520
5’290
6’550
10’400
6’530
12’480
12’280
5’500
21,970
9’240
Economy
Indonesia
Panama
Libya
Argentina
Antigua & Barbuda
Costa Rica
Egypt
Jordan
Georgia
Albania
Ukraine
Lebanon
India
Seychelles
Brazil
El Salvador
Cape Verde
Jamaica
Colombia
South Africa
Moldova
Mongolia
Suriname
Uzbekistan
Fiji
Ecuador
Paraguay
Guatemala
Armenia
Bolivia
Namibia
Philippines
Ghana
Botswana
Honduras
Kenya
Morocco
Pakistan
Bangladesh
Samoa
Nicaragua
Nigeria
Kyrgyzstan
Viet Nam
Tajikistan
China
Mali
Lesotho
Dominican Rep.
Haiti
Madagascar
Mozambique
S. Tomé & Principe
Zimbabwe
Congo (Dem. Rep.)
Mobilebroadband
sub-basket
2.6
2.7
2.7
2.7
2.8
3.0
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.3
3.5
3.7
3.7
3.9
4.2
4.3
4.5
4.6
4.6
4.8
5.2
5.3
5.3
5.6
6.0
6.2
6.7
7.8
8.0
8.2
8.6
9.4
10.1
11.6
11.8
12.4
12.5
14.6
14.7
15.0
15.3
16.2
18.5
21.5
21.8
23.9
25.4
32.5
36.9
42.3
49.3
65.9
100.0
100.0
100.0
Prepaid
handsetbased
prices
(500 MB)
as % of
GNI p.c.
2.3
2.3
4.1
2.7
2.8
2.8
3.9
2.3
2.5
1.5
2.6
2.8
2.9
5.2
4.0
3.4
2.1
4.9
5.8
3.8
5.2
5.7
4.7
4.8
4.5
6.3
7.7
7.8
4.8
6.4
8.8
6.3
9.0
9.0
16.1
8.2
20.0
3.1
16.8
17.9
18.3
13.0
15.8
2.0
21.8
3.8
19.6
29.8
26.1
16.9
35.1
65.9
156.5
101.3
126.4
Postpaid
computerbased
prices
(1 GB) as
% of GNI
p.c.
2.8
3.0
1.2
2.7
2.9
3.2
2.2
3.9
3.7
5.1
4.5
4.6
4.6
2.6
4.3
5.2
6.8
4.2
3.4
5.9
5.2
4.9
6.0
6.4
7.4
6.2
5.8
7.8
11.2
10.1
8.4
12.5
11.3
14.1
7.4
16.5
4.9
26.1
12.6
12.2
12.3
19.5
21.2
40.9
21.8
44.0
31.3
35.2
47.7
67.7
63.4
65.9
110.3
168.8
316.0
GNI p.c.,
USD, 2011
(or latest
available)
2’940
7’910
12’320
9’740
12’060
7’660
2’600
4’380
2’860
3’980
3’120
9’110
1’410
11’130
10’720
3’480
3’540
4’980
6’110
6’960
1’980
2’320
7’640
1’510
3’680
4’140
2’970
2’870
3’360
2’040
4’700
2’210
1’410
7’480
1’970
820
2’970
1’120
770
3’190
1’170
1’200
920
1’260
870
4’940
610
1’220
7’090
700
430
470
1’360
640
190
Source: ITU.
113
Chapter 3. Measuring the cost and affordability of broadband
The link between development status and affordability of
particularly in countries with relatively low mobile-
mobile-broadband services is highlighted in Chart 3.19. Almost
broadband penetration (below 40 per cent). This could
all developed countries have a mobile-broadband sub-basket
be explained by the fact that in these countries mobile-
below 5 per cent, which indicates that mobile-broadband
broadband is an emerging market, with high subscription
services in these countries are affordable. This is also true for
growth and rapidly evolving price structures. As a result,
about half of developing countries included in the mobile-
2012 prices will most likely have an impact on future rather
broadband sub-basket. However, there are still a significant
than present mobile-broadband uptake.
number of developing countries where the price of mobilebroadband services exceeds 5 per cent of the monthly GNI p.c.,
Moreover, the correlation between the mobile-broadband sub-
which suggests that high prices in these countries may be a
basket and income levels (GNI p.c.) is also weak. This suggests
barrier for mobile-broadband adoption. This is particularly true
that mobile-broadband affordability greatly depends on other
for LDCs included in the mobile-broadband sub-basket: out
variables apart from income, such as for instance regulation and
of the ten countries with the least affordable prices, seven are
policy initiatives dealing with licensing, spectrum availability
LDCs. The LDCs with the most affordable mobile-broadband
and the promotion of competition.
prices are Bangladesh and Samoa, with a mobile-broadband
sub-basket corresponding to 15 per cent of GNI p.c. Non-LDC
However, low mobile-broadband prices are still clearly linked
countries with relatively high mobile-broadband prices include
to high mobile-broadband penetration: all economies with
China and the Dominican Republic, despite their rather high
a mobile-broadband penetration above 40 per cent have a
income levels compared with countries with similar mobile-
mobile-broadband sub-basket value of ≤ 2 (Chart 3.20). This
broadband sub-basket values.
finding confirms the importance of affordable prices for the
further uptake of mobile-broadband services, and hence the
Chart 3.20 shows that the relationship between price and
need for monitoring tools such as the mobile-broadband sub-
penetration is not as strong for mobile broadband as it is
basket to show where countries stand and support evidence-
for the other ICT services included in the IPB (see Chart 2.6),
based policy-making related to mobile-broadband prices.
Chart 3.19: Mobile-broadband sub-basket, as a percentage of GNI p.c., by level of development,
number of countries, 2012
50
Number of countries
40
Developed
30
Developing
30
3
20
1
10
23
19
11
11
8
4
0
0-2
2-5
5-10
10-20
Mobile-broadband sub-basket value
Source: ITU.
114
20-50
>50
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Mobile-broadband sub-basket
Chart 3.20: Relationship between the mobile-broadband sub-basket and mobile-broadband
penetration, 2012
100
90
Mobile-broadband sub-basket
80
70
60
50
40
30
10
8
6
4
2
0
0
20
40
60
80
100
Active mobile-broadband subscriptions per 100 inhabitants
20
10
0
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
Active mobile-broadband subscriptions per 100 inhabitants
80
90
100
Source: ITU.
115
Chapter 3. Measuring the cost and affordability of broadband
Table 3.18: ICT Price Basket and sub-baskets, 2011 and 2012
Rank
Economy
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
Macao, China
Qatar
Hong Kong, China
Singapore
Luxembourg
Norway
United Arab Emirates
United States
Denmark
Sweden
Switzerland
Finland
Austria
Cyprus
Japan
Korea (Rep.)
Germany
Iceland
Netherlands
France
Belgium
Canada
Russian Federation
Oman
Australia
Italy
Brunei Darussalam
Venezuela
Maldives
United Kingdom
Ireland
Trinidad & Tobago
Bahamas
Bahrain
Mauritius
Lithuania
Latvia
Costa Rica
Israel
Malta
Kazakhstan
Slovenia
Spain
Sri Lanka
Seychelles
Greece
Belarus
Portugal
Croatia
Saudi Arabia
Estonia
Slovakia
Malaysia
Uruguay
Poland
Czech Republic
Panama
Azerbaijan
Iran (I.R.)
Lebanon
Turkey
New Zealand
St. Kitts and Nevis
Tunisia
Ukraine
Romania
China
Hungary
Montenegro
Egypt
Mexico
Chile
Argentina
Georgia
Armenia
Bosnia and Herzegovina
Serbia
Barbados
Mongolia
TFYR Macedonia
Bhutan
116
IPB
2012
0.2
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.6
0.6
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.9
0.9
0.9
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.8
1.9
2.0
2.1
2.2
2.2
2.3
2.3
2.4
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.8
2.8
2.9
2.9
2.9
2.9
3.0
3.1
2011
0.2
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.7
0.6
0.7
0.7
0.8
0.8
0.9
0.8
0.8
1.0
0.9
0.9
1.0
1.0
1.1
1.0
1.1
1.4
1.1
1.0
1.1
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.3
1.1
1.2
1.2
0.9
1.3
1.9
1.4
1.6
1.6
2.4
1.4
1.2
1.5
1.5
1.2
1.6
2.2
1.7
1.9
1.7
1.9
1.9
1.8
N/A
2.4
2.1
1.8
2.1
2.3
2.2
2.3
2.0
2.3
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.4
2.7
3.1
3.9
3.0
2.9
2.6
N/A
3.9
3.4
Fixed-telephone
sub-basket as a %
of GNI p.c.
Mobile-cellular
sub-basket as a %
of GNI p.c.
Fixed-broadband
sub-basket as a %
of GNI p.c.
2012
0.2
0.1
0.5
0.2
0.4
0.5
0.1
0.4
0.6
0.6
0.5
0.8
0.7
1.0
0.8
0.4
0.8
0.7
0.8
0.8
0.9
0.8
0.5
0.8
0.9
1.0
0.5
0.2
0.7
1.1
0.9
1.2
0.9
0.4
0.8
1.4
1.1
0.7
0.8
0.9
0.5
1.0
1.3
1.6
1.0
1.2
0.3
1.4
1.3
0.9
1.0
1.4
0.8
1.2
2.1
1.9
1.4
0.6
0.1
1.4
1.6
2.2
1.2
1.8
1.4
2.0
1.2
2.4
1.4
1.4
2.5
3.4
0.6
1.0
1.1
2.6
1.5
2.1
0.6
2.3
1.0
2012
0.1
0.3
0.1
0.3
0.4
0.3
0.3
0.9
0.2
0.5
0.8
0.3
0.4
0.3
0.8
0.4
0.5
0.7
1.0
1.2
1.0
1.1
1.3
0.5
0.5
1.1
0.8
1.5
1.1
1.5
1.4
1.2
1.0
1.1
0.9
1.1
1.3
0.6
1.5
1.8
1.7
1.3
1.5
0.5
1.6
2.1
1.7
1.4
1.5
1.0
1.9
1.3
1.1
2.3
1.1
1.8
1.9
2.4
1.3
2.7
3.6
2.1
2.1
3.1
3.0
3.9
0.6
2.4
3.0
2.9
3.0
2.2
4.9
2.5
3.1
3.9
2.6
2.3
3.0
3.4
2.0
2012
0.2
0.8
0.7
0.8
0.6
0.7
1.2
0.4
0.9
0.8
0.6
0.9
1.0
0.9
0.7
1.6
1.1
1.1
0.9
0.8
0.9
1.1
1.2
1.6
1.6
1.0
1.9
1.5
1.5
0.7
1.1
1.0
1.6
2.0
1.8
1.2
1.3
2.5
1.6
1.2
1.9
1.8
1.3
2.1
1.8
1.1
2.5
1.6
1.6
2.7
1.8
2.1
3.1
1.5
1.9
1.5
2.1
2.9
4.7
2.3
1.4
2.4
3.5
2.1
2.9
1.4
5.6
2.9
3.3
3.5
2.3
2.5
3.0
5.0
4.3
2.1
4.5
4.3
5.3
3.4
6.2
2011
0.2
0.1
0.5
0.2
0.4
0.5
0.1
0.3
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.7
0.7
1.0
0.8
0.4
0.8
0.7
0.8
0.8
0.9
0.7
0.8
0.8
0.9
0.9
0.5
0.2
0.7
1.1
0.9
1.5
0.9
0.4
0.8
1.3
1.1
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.4
1.0
1.3
1.6
1.0
1.2
0.2
1.4
1.5
0.9
1.0
1.4
0.8
1.4
2.0
1.9
2.0
0.6
N/A
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.2
1.7
0.9
2.0
1.0
2.2
1.4
1.4
2.5
2.7
0.5
1.0
1.1
2.6
1.5
2.0
N/A
3.2
1.9
2011
0.1
0.3
0.1
0.3
0.4
0.3
0.3
0.9
0.2
0.5
1.1
0.3
0.4
0.3
0.8
0.4
0.9
0.7
0.8
1.5
1.0
1.2
1.1
0.5
0.8
1.1
0.7
2.4
1.1
1.3
1.2
1.1
1.0
1.1
1.0
1.0
1.3
0.5
1.5
1.8
1.8
1.3
2.2
0.5
1.8
2.1
1.2
1.4
1.5
1.0
1.9
3.0
1.3
2.3
1.2
2.3
1.5
2.0
N/A
3.3
3.4
2.1
1.5
3.0
2.6
3.5
0.5
2.7
3.0
2.9
3.0
2.4
4.8
4.5
3.1
4.2
2.8
2.0
N/A
5.1
2.0
2011
0.2
0.8
0.7
0.8
0.6
0.7
1.2
0.5
0.9
0.8
0.6
0.9
1.0
0.9
0.7
1.6
1.1
1.0
0.8
0.8
0.7
0.8
1.2
1.6
1.6
1.0
1.9
1.5
1.5
0.7
1.1
1.0
1.6
2.0
2.0
1.1
1.3
2.3
0.4
1.2
3.5
1.8
1.3
2.6
4.3
1.0
2.2
1.6
1.6
1.8
1.8
2.1
3.1
2.0
1.9
1.5
2.3
2.9
N/A
2.3
1.4
1.8
3.5
2.1
2.9
1.4
4.5
2.1
3.3
3.5
2.4
2.0
2.8
3.7
7.5
2.1
4.4
3.8
N/A
3.4
6.2
GNI p.c.,
USD, 2011
(or latest
available year)
45’460
80’440
35’160
42’930
78’130
88’890
40’760
48’450
60’390
53’230
76’380
48’420
48’300
29’450
45’180
20’870
43’980
35’020
49’730
42’420
46’160
45’560
10’400
19’260
46’200
35’330
31’800
11’920
6’530
37’780
38’580
15’040
21’970
15’920
8’240
12’280
12’350
7’660
28’930
18’620
8’220
23’610
30’990
2’580
11’130
25’030
5’830
21’250
13’850
17’820
15’200
16’070
8’420
11’860
12’480
18’520
7’910
5’290
4’520
9’110
10’410
29’350
12’480
4’070
3’120
7’910
4’940
12’730
7’060
2’600
9’240
12’280
9’740
2’860
3’360
4’780
5’680
12’660
2’320
4’730
2’070
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Table 3.18: ICT Price Basket and sub-baskets, 2011 and 2012 (continued)
Rank
Economy
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
Antigua & Barbuda
Suriname
Algeria
Peru
Grenada
Jordan
Dominica
Colombia
Thailand
Bulgaria
India
Brazil
Uzbekistan
Dominican Rep.
Saint Lucia
Ecuador
Jamaica
St. Vincent and the Grenadines
Albania
Bangladesh
Botswana
Indonesia
El Salvador
Guyana
Morocco
South Africa
Fiji
Paraguay
Moldova
Gabon
Viet Nam
Sudan
Guatemala
Pakistan
Namibia
Kyrgyzstan
Cape Verde
Philippines
Angola
Samoa
Yemen
Nepal
Belize
Bolivia
Marshall Islands
Swaziland
Ghana
Djibouti
Cambodia
Nicaragua
Nigeria
Timor-Leste
Mauritania
Vanuatu
Kenya
Uganda
Senegal
Tanzania
Micronesia
Ethiopia
Côte d'Ivoire
Cuba
Zambia
Haiti
Zimbabwe
Lesotho
Kiribati
S. Tomé & Principe
Benin
Solomon Islands
Papua New Guinea
Eritrea
Mali
Afghanistan
Burkina Faso
Togo
Mozambique
Madagascar
Congo (Dem. Rep.)
Malawi
IPB
2012
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.3
3.4
3.4
3.5
3.6
4.0
4.0
4.2
4.3
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.8
5.0
5.1
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.4
5.7
6.2
6.4
7.6
8.3
8.5
8.7
8.8
8.9
9.2
10.0
10.5
10.9
11.8
12.1
12.7
15.6
16.3
16.8
18.4
19.4
19.9
21.8
23.8
24.4
25.2
26.2
26.5
26.7
28.4
30.3
35.3
36.6
37.7
37.7
39.0
39.2
39.8
41.4
42.3
44.7
48.2
48.4
49.4
51.7
53.5
55.3
57.9
79.3
83.4
2011
3.1
3.1
3.5
3.1
3.3
3.9
3.5
3.3
3.3
3.7
3.5
3.8
34.5
3.9
3.7
4.5
4.5
4.0
4.6
5.5
4.7
4.8
4.1
4.9
7.2
4.2
5.4
5.3
5.4
N/A
5.7
12.8
6.0
7.6
11.2
26.5
6.2
8.8
8.9
12.0
11.1
10.8
10.9
12.0
N/A
36.9
11.8
20.0
21.8
17.9
29.9
19.5
22.0
32.6
24.5
25.2
23.7
35.7
28.1
28.2
30.3
35.8
28.8
N/A
37.9
N/A
39.7
39.8
40.5
N/A
N/A
47.6
48.4
N/A
51.6
58.4
60.3
N/A
N/A
N/A
Fixed-telephone
sub-basket as a %
of GNI p.c.
Mobile-cellular
sub-basket as a %
of GNI p.c.
2012
1.3
0.5
1.7
2.7
2.2
2.6
1.8
2.0
1.7
2.2
2.7
3.3
1.1
3.8
2.4
2.0
3.6
2.1
2.2
4.1
2.9
1.9
2.4
1.3
0.9
4.9
2.3
3.6
0.3
8.0
1.9
4.5
2.4
3.7
3.3
1.8
3.7
8.1
5.0
4.8
1.1
6.0
6.2
14.1
14.0
2.5
4.4
6.5
5.5
3.9
9.5
9.1
21.2
16.9
18.5
21.6
14.0
19.9
60.8
2.9
22.6
0.1
7.6
9.5
18.4
13.5
7.3
7.6
20.5
11.1
9.3
11.6
16.4
8.0
31.2
22.5
32.9
24.6
62.6
75.9
2012
2.5
2.2
3.8
2.8
2.4
2.1
2.6
4.4
2.9
6.4
2.9
6.7
1.9
3.4
3.9
5.0
2.5
4.8
7.8
2.5
2.1
3.2
5.1
3.7
9.4
5.6
6.9
3.6
8.0
3.5
3.9
5.2
8.3
3.7
4.1
7.4
11.1
5.7
5.9
6.8
12.5
7.7
10.2
7.0
6.8
8.2
5.6
12.4
10.8
28.5
9.8
7.2
17.5
10.5
5.5
21.2
21.9
17.2
5.6
11.4
22.0
5.8
17.1
21.7
38.6
19.4
10.3
11.7
22.2
15.7
24.7
33.0
30.5
40.3
25.7
38.1
33.1
49.3
75.2
74.2
2011
1.3
0.4
1.7
2.7
2.2
2.6
1.8
1.7
1.7
2.2
2.5
2.7
1.0
2.8
2.1
2.0
3.2
2.1
2.3
2.2
2.8
1.9
2.4
1.3
2.7
4.0
2.9
3.1
0.3
N/A
2.1
5.6
2.4
4.3
3.3
1.6
3.0
8.1
5.0
4.8
1.1
7.5
6.4
14.1
N/A
1.8
4.4
7.7
11.4
3.9
15.8
7.6
21.2
16.9
18.5
21.6
12.2
22.9
60.0
2.9
22.6
0.1
7.6
N/A
18.9
N/A
7.3
7.6
14.7
N/A
N/A
9.8
16.4
N/A
30.9
30.9
34.6
N/A
N/A
N/A
2011
2.5
2.2
3.8
2.8
2.8
2.8
3.0
4.5
2.5
6.4
2.9
6.7
2.5
3.7
3.8
5.0
3.1
3.3
7.9
2.3
2.1
3.4
4.5
3.2
13.9
3.8
6.9
4.1
8.0
N/A
4.7
5.6
3.8
3.7
4.1
7.4
11.4
5.7
6.0
7.0
13.0
7.0
10.2
6.7
N/A
8.8
5.6
12.4
10.9
29.6
15.5
7.3
17.0
10.5
5.8
21.2
16.2
20.6
3.8
10.8
22.0
7.5
20.2
N/A
38.6
N/A
11.9
11.7
25.3
N/A
N/A
33.0
30.5
N/A
25.7
44.4
46.2
N/A
N/A
N/A
Fixed-broadband
sub-basket as a %
of GNI p.c.
2012
5.5
6.6
3.8
3.9
4.9
5.1
5.6
3.7
5.6
1.9
5.1
2.0
9.1
5.3
6.5
5.8
7.0
6.6
3.6
7.3
9.2
9.1
7.0
10.1
4.9
4.8
6.4
8.8
7.7
4.8
11.3
9.0
8.6
15.5
17.5
16.3
11.3
12.4
15.7
16.1
16.5
17.8
16.3
14.4
15.3
27.5
36.6
29.9
34.0
22.8
39.0
43.5
26.8
44.0
49.3
32.9
42.8
42.4
13.7
71.0
46.2
386.9
85.1
81.9
56.3
84.0
243.6
103.0
81.5
280.2
150.5
4,455.4
98.4
221.3
98.2
101.2
149.3
177.8
2,527.7
169.7
2011
5.5
6.6
4.9
3.9
4.9
6.2
5.6
3.7
5.7
2.6
5.1
2.0
184.6
5.3
5.3
6.5
7.1
6.6
3.6
12.1
9.2
9.1
5.5
10.1
4.9
4.7
6.5
8.8
7.7
N/A
10.2
27.0
11.8
14.9
26.3
70.7
4.2
12.5
15.7
24.2
19.3
17.8
16.3
15.2
N/A
318.0
25.3
39.8
43.2
20.2
58.5
43.5
27.7
70.5
49.3
32.9
42.8
63.6
20.7
71.0
46.2
386.9
58.7
N/A
56.3
N/A
243.6
203.1
81.5
N/A
N/A
4,455.4
98.4
N/A
98.2
375.1
149.3
N/A
N/A
N/A
GNI p.c.,
USD, 2011
(or latest
available year)
12’060
7’640
4’470
5’500
7’220
4’380
7’090
6’110
4’420
6’550
1’410
10’720
1’510
5’240
6’680
4’140
4’980
6’100
3’980
770
7’480
2’940
3’480
2’900
2’970
6’960
3’680
2’970
1’980
7’980
1’260
1’300
2’870
1’120
4’700
920
3’540
2’210
4’060
3’190
1’070
540
3’690
2’040
3’910
3’300
1’410
1’270
830
1’170
1’200
2’730
1’000
2’870
820
510
1’070
540
2’900
400
1’100
5’460
1’160
700
640
1’220
2’110
1’360
780
1’110
1’480
430
610
290
570
560
470
430
190
340
Note: N/A: Not available.
Source: ITU. GNI p.c. and PPP$ values are based on World Bank data.
117
Chapter 3. Measuring the cost and affordability of broadband
Table 3.19: Fixed-telephone sub-basket, 2011 and 2012
118
Rank
Economy
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
Iran (I.R.)
Cuba
United Arab Emirates
Qatar
Venezuela
Macao, China
Singapore
Belarus
Moldova
Korea (Rep.)
Bahrain
United States
Luxembourg
Suriname
Russian Federation
Brunei Darussalam
Kazakhstan
Hong Kong, China
Norway
Switzerland
Mongolia
Argentina
Azerbaijan
Denmark
Sweden
Maldives
Austria
Iceland
Costa Rica
Israel
Japan
Canada
Malaysia
Finland
Germany
Mauritius
France
Oman
Netherlands
Australia
Ireland
Malta
Bahamas
Saudi Arabia
Belgium
Morocco
Slovenia
Seychelles
Italy
Bhutan
Georgia
Estonia
Cyprus
Armenia
Yemen
Latvia
Uzbekistan
United Kingdom
China
St. Kitts and Nevis
Uruguay
Greece
Trinidad & Tobago
Antigua & Barbuda
Guyana
Spain
Croatia
Lebanon
Lithuania
Egypt
Montenegro
Portugal
Slovakia
Ukraine
Panama
Serbia
Sri Lanka
Turkey
Thailand
Algeria
Tunisia
Fixed-telephone
sub-basket as %
of GNI p.c.
2012
2011
0.1
N/A
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.5
0.4
0.5
0.8
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.4
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.6
0.6
N/A
0.6
0.5
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.8
0.7
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.7
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.7
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.9
0.9
0.9
0.9
0.9
0.7
0.9
0.9
0.9
0.9
0.9
0.9
0.9
2.7
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
0.9
1.0
1.9
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.0
1.1
1.1
1.2
1.0
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.4
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.5
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.5
1.4
1.5
1.4
1.3
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
0.9
1.4
2.0
1.5
1.5
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.5
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.8
1.7
Value
change
Relative change
(%)
2011-2012
N/A
N/A
0.0
-13
0.0
0
0.0
0
0.0
0
0.0
0
0.0
0
0.1
81
0.0
0
0.0
0
0.0
2
0.0
9
0.0
0
0.1
17
-0.4
-44
0.0
0
0.1
18
0.0
0
0.0
10
0.0
-6
N/A
N/A
0.0
3
0.0
0
0.0
0
0.0
0
0.0
0
0.0
4
0.0
4
0.0
0
0.0
1
0.0
0
0.0
3
0.0
0
0.1
16
0.0
0
0.0
0
0.0
0
0.0
0
0.0
2
0.0
0
0.0
0
0.2
23
0.0
0
0.0
0
0.1
8
-1.7
-65
0.0
0
0.0
0
0.1
6
-0.9
-49
0.0
0
0.0
1
0.0
2
0.0
0
0.0
-3
0.0
0
0.1
10
0.1
5
0.2
21
0.0
0
-0.2
-12
0.0
1
-0.3
-18
0.0
0
0.0
0
0.0
2
-0.2
-12
-0.2
-12
0.0
1
0.0
0
0.0
0
0.0
0
0.0
0
0.5
50
-0.5
-27
0.0
2
0.0
-2
0.1
5
0.0
0
0.0
0
0.1
3
Fixedtelephone
sub-basket,
USD
0.2
0.3
4.1
9.1
1.7
8.4
8.8
1.4
0.5
6.1
4.8
15.0
28.5
2.9
4.1
12.5
3.2
14.1
38.0
34.6
1.1
4.5
2.5
30.5
28.3
3.6
27.8
21.0
4.7
18.2
29.0
29.3
5.4
31.4
28.6
5.4
28.1
13.2
35.1
33.0
27.8
13.6
16.3
13.2
36.1
2.3
18.7
9.0
28.8
1.7
2.4
12.8
25.2
3.0
0.9
10.9
1.4
36.2
4.9
12.6
12.0
25.4
15.6
12.8
3.1
33.5
15.3
10.3
13.9
3.0
8.3
25.0
18.9
3.7
9.5
7.0
3.4
13.7
6.2
6.4
6.0
Fixedtelephone
sub-basket,
PPP$
0.5
4.3
8.7
2.0
9.9
10.7
3.7
0.9
8.3
6.2
15.0
22.3
3.3
6.6
18.8
3.8
20.5
24.0
21.1
1.7
7.3
3.7
21.0
20.5
5.0
23.6
17.2
6.7
16.2
21.7
23.5
8.8
24.1
25.6
9.0
23.2
15.2
30.0
20.5
23.8
17.5
23.3
15.7
29.9
3.8
21.2
20.2
26.3
4.3
4.1
16.9
26.3
5.2
1.6
15.2
2.5
33.3
7.6
14.3
13.1
25.8
24.3
16.4
3.5
33.6
21.1
15.2
21.2
6.7
15.7
28.4
25.8
7.4
17.4
13.5
6.7
22.8
10.9
10.6
13.2
GNI p.c.,
USD, 2011
(or latest
available)
4’520
5’460
40’760
80’440
11’920
45’460
42’930
5’830
1’980
20’870
15’920
48’450
78’130
7’640
10’400
31’800
8’220
35’160
88’890
76’380
2’320
9’740
5’290
60’390
53’230
6’530
48’300
35’020
7’660
28’930
45’180
45’560
8’420
48’420
43’980
8’240
42’420
19’260
49’730
46’200
38’580
18’620
21’970
17’820
46’160
2’970
23’610
11’130
35’330
2’070
2’860
15’200
29’450
3’360
1’070
12’350
1’510
37’780
4’940
12’480
11’860
25’030
15’040
12’060
2’900
30’990
13’850
9’110
12’280
2’600
7’060
21’250
16’070
3’120
7’910
5’680
2’580
10’410
4’420
4’470
4’070
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Table 3.19: Fixed-telephone sub-basket, 2011 and 2012 (continued)
Rank
Economy
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
Kyrgyzstan
Dominica
Czech Republic
Viet Nam
Indonesia
Colombia
Romania
Ecuador
Poland
Barbados
St. Vincent and the Grenadines
New Zealand
Bulgaria
Grenada
Albania
Fiji
TFYR Macedonia
El Salvador
Hungary
Guatemala
Saint Lucia
Swaziland
Mexico
Jordan
Bosnia and Herzegovina
Peru
India
Ethiopia
Botswana
Namibia
Brazil
Chile
Paraguay
Jamaica
Cape Verde
Pakistan
Dominican Rep.
Nicaragua
Bangladesh
Ghana
Sudan
Samoa
South Africa
Angola
Cambodia
Nepal
Belize
Djibouti
Kiribati
Zambia
S. Tomé & Principe
Gabon
Afghanistan
Philippines
Timor-Leste
Papua New Guinea
Nigeria
Haiti
Solomon Islands
Eritrea
Lesotho
Senegal
Marshall Islands
Bolivia
Mali
Vanuatu
Zimbabwe
Kenya
Tanzania
Benin
Mauritania
Uganda
Togo
Côte d'Ivoire
Madagascar
Burkina Faso
Mozambique
Micronesia
Congo (Dem. Rep.)
Malawi
Fixed-telephone
sub-basket as %
of GNI p.c.
2012
2011
1.8
1.6
1.8
1.8
1.9
1.9
1.9
2.1
1.9
1.9
2.0
1.7
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.1
2.0
2.1
2.0
2.1
2.1
2.2
1.5
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.3
2.3
2.9
2.3
3.2
2.4
2.4
2.4
2.2
2.4
2.4
2.4
2.1
2.5
1.8
2.5
2.5
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.7
2.7
2.7
2.5
2.9
2.9
2.9
2.8
3.3
3.3
3.3
2.7
3.4
2.7
3.6
3.1
3.6
3.2
3.7
3.0
3.7
4.3
3.8
2.8
3.9
3.9
4.1
2.2
4.4
4.4
4.5
5.6
4.8
4.8
4.9
4.0
5.0
5.0
5.5
11.4
6.0
7.5
6.2
6.4
6.5
7.7
7.3
7.3
7.6
7.6
7.6
7.6
8.0
N/A
8.0
N/A
8.1
8.1
9.1
7.6
9.3
N/A
9.5
15.8
9.5
N/A
11.1
N/A
11.6
9.8
13.5
N/A
14.0
12.2
14.0
N/A
14.1
14.1
16.4
16.4
16.9
16.9
18.4
18.9
18.5
18.5
19.9
22.9
20.5
14.7
21.2
21.2
21.6
21.6
22.5
30.9
22.6
22.6
24.6
N/A
31.2
30.9
32.9
34.6
60.8
60.0
62.6
N/A
75.9
N/A
Value
change
Relative change
(%)
2011-2012
0.2
0.0
0.0
-0.2
0.0
0.3
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.1
0.0
0.7
0.0
0.0
-0.1
-0.7
-0.9
0.0
0.2
0.0
0.3
0.7
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.3
0.0
0.1
0.0
0.6
0.7
0.4
0.5
0.7
-0.6
1.0
0.0
1.8
0.0
-1.1
0.0
0.9
0.0
-5.9
-1.5
-0.2
-1.2
0.0
0.0
0.0
N/A
N/A
0.0
1.6
N/A
-6.3
N/A
N/A
1.8
N/A
1.9
N/A
0.0
0.0
0.0
-0.6
0.0
-3.0
5.9
0.0
0.0
-8.5
0.0
N/A
0.3
-1.8
0.8
N/A
N/A
15
0
0
-9
0
15
0
0
2
4
0
48
0
0
-4
-23
-27
0
9
0
16
36
0
0
0
0
11
0
2
0
23
26
14
15
23
-14
38
0
82
0
-20
0
22
0
-52
-20
-3
-16
0
0
0
N/A
N/A
0
21
N/A
-40
N/A
N/A
18
N/A
15
N/A
0
0
0
-3
0
-13
40
0
0
-27
0
N/A
1
-5
1
N/A
N/A
Fixedtelephone
sub-basket,
USD
1.4
10.7
29.1
2.0
4.8
10.0
13.0
6.9
21.6
22.0
10.9
53.4
11.9
13.4
7.5
6.9
9.1
6.9
25.3
5.8
13.4
6.8
19.2
9.4
10.4
12.3
3.2
1.0
17.9
12.8
29.8
35.1
8.8
15.0
10.8
3.5
16.6
3.8
2.6
5.2
4.9
12.7
28.3
16.9
3.8
2.7
19.2
6.9
12.9
7.4
8.6
52.9
1.9
15.0
20.8
11.5
9.5
5.6
10.3
4.1
13.8
12.5
45.8
24.0
8.3
40.4
9.8
12.6
8.9
13.4
17.6
9.2
10.5
20.7
8.8
14.8
12.9
147.0
9.9
21.5
Fixedtelephone
sub-basket,
PPP$
3.1
19.1
37.1
4.5
6.4
14.3
23.5
12.9
34.1
32.2
18.7
44.2
24.4
19.3
16.5
7.5
21.6
12.8
38.9
9.0
18.0
11.2
29.2
12.1
19.6
21.2
7.6
3.0
30.4
16.5
27.8
42.2
13.2
21.8
11.8
8.1
29.7
9.1
6.6
6.3
8.4
16.4
38.7
19.5
10.0
5.6
31.2
13.1
18.5
8.4
12.1
76.0
4.6
26.2
36.9
16.8
16.5
9.0
19.9
5.1
21.4
22.1
N/A
50.8
13.7
61.0
N/A
26.8
25.7
27.1
39.4
27.8
18.7
31.3
18.3
32.4
23.6
177.3
16.1
53.6
GNI p.c.,
USD, 2011
(or latest
available)
920
7’090
18’520
1’260
2’940
6’110
7’910
4’140
12’480
12’660
6’100
29’350
6’550
7’220
3’980
3’680
4’730
3’480
12’730
2’870
6’680
3’300
9’240
4’380
4’780
5’500
1’410
400
7’480
4’700
10’720
12’280
2’970
4’980
3’540
1’120
5’240
1’170
770
1’410
1’300
3’190
6’960
4’060
830
540
3’690
1’270
2’110
1’160
1’360
7’980
290
2’210
2’730
1’480
1’200
700
1’110
430
1’220
1’070
3’910
2’040
610
2’870
640
820
540
780
1’000
510
560
1’100
430
570
470
2’900
190
340
Note: N/A: Not available.
Source: ITU. GNI p.c. and PPP$ values are based on World Bank data.
119
Chapter 3. Measuring the cost and affordability of broadband
Table 3.20: Mobile-cellular sub-basket, 2011 and 2012
120
Rank
Economy
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
Hong Kong, China
Macao, China
Denmark
Singapore
United Arab Emirates
Qatar
Norway
Finland
Cyprus
Austria
Luxembourg
Korea (Rep.)
Sweden
Sri Lanka
Germany
Australia
Oman
China
Costa Rica
Iceland
Brunei Darussalam
Switzerland
Japan
United States
Mauritius
Saudi Arabia
Bahamas
Belgium
Netherlands
Malaysia
Lithuania
Canada
Italy
Poland
Maldives
Bahrain
France
Trinidad & Tobago
Slovenia
Russian Federation
Latvia
Slovakia
Iran (I.R.)
Portugal
Ireland
Israel
Venezuela
United Kingdom
Croatia
Spain
Seychelles
Kazakhstan
Belarus
Czech Republic
Malta
Uzbekistan
Panama
Estonia
Bhutan
Greece
Botswana
New Zealand
St. Kitts and Nevis
Jordan
Chile
Suriname
Uruguay
Barbados
Azerbaijan
Hungary
Grenada
Antigua & Barbuda
Georgia
Jamaica
Bangladesh
Dominica
Serbia
Lebanon
Peru
Thailand
Egypt
Mobile-cellular
sub-basket as % of
GNI p.c.
2012
2011
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.9
0.5
0.8
0.5
0.5
0.6
0.5
0.6
0.5
0.7
0.7
0.8
0.7
0.8
1.1
0.8
0.8
0.9
0.9
0.9
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
0.8
1.1
1.3
1.1
1.0
1.1
1.2
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.2
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.2
1.5
1.2
1.1
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.1
1.3
1.3
1.3
3.0
1.3
N/A
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.2
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.4
1.5
1.3
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.2
1.6
1.8
1.7
1.8
1.7
1.2
1.8
2.3
1.8
1.8
1.9
2.5
1.9
1.5
1.9
1.9
2.0
2.0
2.1
2.1
2.1
2.1
2.1
2.1
2.1
1.5
2.1
2.8
2.2
2.4
2.2
2.2
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.0
2.4
2.0
2.4
2.7
2.4
2.8
2.5
2.5
2.5
4.5
2.5
3.1
2.5
2.3
2.6
3.0
2.6
2.8
2.7
3.3
2.8
2.8
2.9
2.5
2.9
2.9
Value
change
Relative
change (%)
2011-2012
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
-0.4
-0.3
0.0
0.1
0.0
0.1
0.0
-0.2
0.0
0.0
-0.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.2
-0.3
0.1
-0.1
0.0
-0.2
0.0
0.0
-0.3
0.1
0.0
0.2
0.0
-1.7
N/A
0.0
0.2
0.0
-0.9
0.3
0.0
-0.7
-0.1
-0.1
0.6
-0.6
0.0
-0.6
0.5
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.7
-0.7
-0.2
0.0
0.0
0.3
0.3
-0.3
-0.4
0.0
-2.0
-0.6
0.2
-0.4
-0.1
-0.6
0.0
0.4
0.0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
1
0
0
0
-43
-35
0
16
7
15
7
-23
0
0
-8
0
0
0
24
-20
6
-12
0
-13
0
0
-19
12
-1
17
-1
-57
N/A
3
17
0
-38
21
2
-30
-8
-7
47
-24
0
-23
31
0
0
0
0
0
46
-25
-8
0
0
14
16
-13
-14
0
-44
-19
10
-13
-5
-17
0
17
0
Mobilecellular
sub-basket,
USD
1.8
5.7
10.3
9.3
9.1
18.7
25.2
13.8
8.4
14.7
27.7
7.4
20.6
1.1
18.9
20.3
8.7
2.3
3.8
21.9
20.8
51.3
30.7
35.6
6.5
14.1
17.5
39.7
43.5
7.4
10.8
40.8
31.9
11.3
6.0
15.0
42.2
15.1
25.1
11.1
13.3
17.5
5.0
25.3
46.0
36.2
14.9
47.8
17.6
39.9
15.3
11.3
8.4
27.7
28.2
2.4
12.6
24.6
3.5
43.3
13.0
51.6
22.1
7.8
22.8
14.2
22.4
24.6
10.4
25.1
14.7
25.3
6.0
10.5
1.6
15.4
12.5
20.9
12.8
10.6
6.3
Mobilecellular
sub-basket,
PPP$
2.6
6.7
7.1
11.3
9.6
18.0
15.9
10.7
8.8
12.5
21.6
10.0
15.0
2.2
16.9
12.6
10.0
3.5
5.3
17.9
31.3
31.3
22.9
35.6
10.8
16.8
25.1
33.0
37.1
11.9
16.5
32.7
29.0
17.8
8.4
19.6
34.8
23.4
28.5
18.1
18.5
23.9
13.7
28.7
39.4
32.2
17.7
44.0
24.4
40.1
34.5
13.3
21.6
35.3
36.2
4.4
23.0
32.6
9.0
44.1
22.1
42.7
25.1
10.0
27.4
16.1
24.5
36.0
15.3
38.6
21.1
32.4
10.3
15.2
4.1
27.4
24.1
31.0
21.9
18.5
14.2
GNI p.c.,
USD, 2011
(or latest
available)
35’160
45’460
60’390
42’930
40’760
80’440
88’890
48’420
29’450
48’300
78’130
20’870
53’230
2’580
43’980
46’200
19’260
4’940
7’660
35’020
31’800
76’380
45’180
48’450
8’240
17’820
21’970
46’160
49’730
8’420
12’280
45’560
35’330
12’480
6’530
15’920
42’420
15’040
23’610
10’400
12’350
16’070
4’520
21’250
38’580
28’930
11’920
37’780
13’850
30’990
11’130
8’220
5’830
18’520
18’620
1’510
7’910
15’200
2’070
25’030
7’480
29’350
12’480
4’380
12’280
7’640
11’860
12’660
5’290
12’730
7’220
12’060
2’860
4’980
770
7’090
5’680
9’110
5’500
4’420
2’600
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Table 3.20: Mobile-cellular sub-basket, 2011 and 2012 (continued)
Rank
Economy
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
India
Mongolia
Montenegro
Ukraine
Mexico
Tunisia
Armenia
Indonesia
TFYR Macedonia
Dominican Rep.
Gabon
Paraguay
Turkey
Pakistan
Guyana
Algeria
Viet Nam
Bosnia and Herzegovina
Saint Lucia
Romania
Namibia
Colombia
St. Vincent and the Grenadines
Argentina
Ecuador
El Salvador
Sudan
Kenya
South Africa
Micronesia
Ghana
Philippines
Cuba
Angola
Bulgaria
Brazil
Marshall Islands
Samoa
Fiji
Bolivia
Timor-Leste
Kyrgyzstan
Nepal
Albania
Moldova
Swaziland
Guatemala
Morocco
Nigeria
Belize
Kiribati
Vanuatu
Cambodia
Cape Verde
Ethiopia
S. Tomé & Principe
Djibouti
Yemen
Solomon Islands
Zambia
Tanzania
Mauritania
Lesotho
Uganda
Haiti
Senegal
Côte d'Ivoire
Benin
Papua New Guinea
Burkina Faso
Nicaragua
Mali
Eritrea
Mozambique
Togo
Zimbabwe
Afghanistan
Madagascar
Malawi
Congo (Dem. Rep.)
Mobile-cellular
sub-basket as % of
GNI p.c.
2012
2011
2.9
2.9
3.0
N/A
3.0
3.0
3.0
2.6
3.0
3.0
3.1
3.0
3.1
3.1
3.2
3.4
3.4
5.1
3.4
3.7
3.5
N/A
3.6
4.1
3.6
3.4
3.7
3.7
3.7
3.2
3.8
3.8
3.9
4.7
3.9
4.2
3.9
3.8
3.9
3.5
4.1
4.1
4.4
4.5
4.8
3.3
4.9
4.8
5.0
5.0
5.1
4.5
5.2
5.6
5.5
5.8
5.6
3.8
5.6
3.8
5.6
5.6
5.7
5.7
5.8
7.5
5.9
6.0
6.4
6.4
6.7
6.7
6.8
N/A
6.8
7.0
6.9
6.9
7.0
6.7
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.4
7.7
7.0
7.8
7.9
8.0
8.0
8.2
8.8
8.3
3.8
9.4
13.9
9.8
15.5
10.2
10.2
10.3
11.9
10.5
10.5
10.8
10.9
11.1
11.4
11.4
10.8
11.7
11.7
12.4
12.4
12.5
13.0
15.7
N/A
17.1
20.2
17.2
20.6
17.5
17.0
19.4
N/A
21.2
21.2
21.7
N/A
21.9
16.2
22.0
22.0
22.2
25.3
24.7
N/A
25.7
25.7
28.5
29.6
30.5
30.5
33.0
33.0
33.1
46.2
38.1
44.4
38.6
38.6
40.3
N/A
49.3
N/A
74.2
N/A
75.2
N/A
Value
change
Relative
change (%)
2011-2012
0.0
N/A
0.0
0.4
0.0
0.1
0.0
-0.2
-1.7
-0.3
N/A
-0.5
0.2
0.0
0.5
0.0
-0.8
-0.4
0.1
0.4
0.0
0.0
1.5
0.1
0.0
0.6
-0.4
-0.4
1.8
1.9
0.0
0.0
-1.7
-0.1
0.0
0.0
N/A
-0.2
0.0
0.3
-0.1
0.0
0.7
-0.1
0.0
-0.7
4.5
-4.6
-5.8
0.0
-1.6
0.0
-0.1
-0.2
0.5
0.0
0.0
-0.5
N/A
-3.1
-3.4
0.6
N/A
0.0
N/A
5.6
0.0
-3.1
N/A
0.0
-1.1
0.0
0.0
-13.1
-6.2
0.0
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
0
N/A
0
14
0
5
0
-5
-34
-8
N/A
-12
5
0
16
0
-17
-8
2
11
0
-1
46
1
0
12
-8
-7
46
50
0
0
-22
-1
0
0
N/A
-3
0
4
-2
0
10
-1
0
-8
117
-33
-37
0
-13
0
-1
-2
5
0
0
-4
N/A
-16
-16
4
N/A
0
N/A
35
0
-12
N/A
0
-4
0
0
-28
-14
0
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Mobilecellular
sub-basket,
USD
3.5
5.7
17.5
7.8
23.4
10.6
8.8
7.9
13.3
14.9
23.3
8.8
31.4
3.5
9.0
14.1
4.1
15.4
21.6
25.7
16.0
22.7
24.6
39.4
17.1
14.7
5.6
3.7
32.6
13.6
6.6
10.5
26.5
20.0
34.8
60.2
22.2
18.1
21.1
11.8
16.3
5.7
3.5
25.9
13.2
22.5
19.8
23.2
9.8
31.3
18.1
25.1
7.5
32.9
3.8
13.2
13.2
11.1
14.5
16.5
7.7
14.6
19.8
9.0
12.6
19.5
20.1
14.4
30.4
12.2
27.8
15.5
11.8
13.0
17.8
20.6
9.7
17.7
21.0
11.9
Mobilecellular
sub-basket,
PPP$
8.3
8.9
33.0
15.6
35.5
23.2
15.5
10.6
31.5
26.7
33.4
13.2
52.3
8.1
10.3
23.5
9.0
29.0
29.0
46.3
20.7
32.4
42.2
63.4
31.8
27.4
9.8
7.9
44.6
16.4
8.0
18.3
N/A
23.1
71.0
56.0
N/A
23.4
23.0
25.1
28.8
12.8
7.2
57.4
22.8
36.8
30.9
37.9
17.0
50.9
26.0
37.9
19.7
35.7
11.9
18.5
25.1
19.2
28.1
18.8
22.3
32.7
30.6
27.2
20.5
34.5
30.4
29.3
44.4
26.7
65.7
25.5
14.4
23.8
31.7
N/A
23.5
36.8
52.3
19.4
GNI p.c.,
USD, 2011
(or latest
available)
1’410
2’320
7’060
3’120
9’240
4’070
3’360
2’940
4’730
5’240
7’980
2’970
10’410
1’120
2’900
4’470
1’260
4’780
6’680
7’910
4’700
6’110
6’100
9’740
4’140
3’480
1’300
820
6’960
2’900
1’410
2’210
5’460
4’060
6’550
10’720
3’910
3’190
3’680
2’040
2’730
920
540
3’980
1’980
3’300
2’870
2’970
1’200
3’690
2’110
2’870
830
3’540
400
1’360
1’270
1’070
1’110
1’160
540
1’000
1’220
510
700
1’070
1’100
780
1’480
570
1’170
610
430
470
560
640
290
430
340
190
Note: N/A: Not available.
Source: ITU. GNI p.c. and PPP$ values are based on World Bank data.
121
Chapter 3. Measuring the cost and affordability of broadband
Table 3.21: Fixed-broadband sub-basket, 2011 and 2012
122
Rank
Economy
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
Macao, China
United States
Switzerland
Luxembourg
United Kingdom
Japan
Norway
Hong Kong, China
Qatar
France
Sweden
Singapore
Netherlands
Cyprus
Belgium
Denmark
Finland
Italy
Trinidad & Tobago
Austria
Canada
Ireland
Iceland
Germany
Greece
Lithuania
Russian Federation
United Arab Emirates
Malta
Spain
Latvia
Turkey
Romania
Czech Republic
Uruguay
Maldives
Venezuela
Korea (Rep.)
Israel
Australia
Oman
Bahamas
Croatia
Portugal
Seychelles
Estonia
Mauritius
Slovenia
Poland
Kazakhstan
Bulgaria
Brunei Darussalam
Brazil
Bahrain
Slovakia
Tunisia
Bosnia and Herzegovina
Sri Lanka
Panama
Mexico
Lebanon
New Zealand
Belarus
Costa Rica
Chile
Saudi Arabia
Azerbaijan
Ukraine
Hungary
Argentina
Malaysia
Montenegro
TFYR Macedonia
Egypt
St. Kitts and Nevis
Albania
Colombia
Algeria
Peru
Barbados
Armenia
Fixed-broadband
sub-basket as % of
GNI p.c.
2012
2011
0.2
0.2
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.9
0.8
0.9
0.9
0.9
0.7
0.9
0.9
0.9
0.9
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.1
0.8
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.0
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.0
1.2
1.1
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.0
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.6
1.6
1.6
0.4
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.8
4.3
1.8
1.8
1.8
2.0
1.8
1.8
1.9
1.9
1.9
3.5
1.9
2.6
1.9
1.9
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.1
2.1
2.1
2.1
2.1
2.1
2.1
2.6
2.1
2.3
2.3
2.4
2.3
2.3
2.4
1.8
2.5
2.2
2.5
2.3
2.5
2.0
2.7
1.8
2.9
2.9
2.9
2.9
2.9
2.1
3.0
2.8
3.1
3.1
3.3
3.3
3.4
3.4
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.6
3.6
3.7
3.7
3.8
4.9
3.9
3.9
4.3
3.8
4.3
7.5
Value
change
Relative
change (%)
2011-2012
0.0
-0.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.2
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.3
0.0
0.1
0.0
0.2
0.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
-0.5
0.0
0.0
0.0
1.2
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
-2.6
0.0
-0.3
0.0
0.0
-1.6
-0.7
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
-0.5
-0.2
-0.1
0.0
0.6
0.2
0.2
0.5
0.9
0.0
0.0
0.8
0.2
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
-1.1
0.0
0.5
-3.2
-7
-25
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
2
0
30
0
0
0
0
0
31
0
12
0
17
11
0
0
0
3
-1
0
0
0
-26
0
0
0
320
0
0
0
2
0
-59
0
-13
0
0
-45
-26
0
0
0
0
0
0
-18
-7
-5
-1
34
10
9
25
49
0
0
37
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-23
0
12
-42
Fixedbroadband
sub-basket,
USD
7.9
15.0
38.3
40.3
20.8
26.6
53.3
21.6
54.9
29.2
36.8
30.0
35.4
21.9
34.7
46.4
37.4
28.0
12.3
41.6
40.4
34.8
31.8
41.7
23.7
12.1
10.2
40.6
19.3
33.5
13.8
12.5
9.5
22.6
14.9
8.2
15.4
27.1
38.3
61.9
26.0
30.0
19.0
29.2
16.3
22.2
12.2
36.2
19.9
13.2
10.5
51.7
17.8
26.6
27.6
7.0
8.3
4.5
14.0
17.6
17.6
59.2
11.9
15.8
25.8
39.7
12.7
7.5
31.0
24.3
21.6
19.5
13.5
7.6
36.7
11.9
18.7
14.1
18.0
45.2
12.1
Fixedbroadband
sub-basket,
PPP$
9.3
15.0
23.4
31.5
19.2
19.9
33.7
31.3
52.8
24.1
26.7
36.6
30.2
22.9
28.8
31.8
28.8
25.5
19.2
35.3
32.4
29.8
26.1
37.3
24.2
18.4
16.6
42.9
24.8
33.6
19.1
20.8
17.2
28.8
16.3
11.5
18.3
36.5
34.0
38.4
29.8
43.0
26.2
33.1
36.7
29.5
20.1
41.0
31.5
15.4
21.5
77.6
16.6
34.6
37.6
15.4
15.7
8.9
25.5
26.7
26.1
49.0
30.9
22.3
31.1
47.3
18.6
15.1
47.8
39.1
34.8
36.8
32.1
17.2
41.6
26.4
26.7
23.4
30.9
66.1
21.3
GNI p.c.,
USD, 2011
(or latest
available)
45’460
48’450
76’380
78’130
37’780
45’180
88’890
35’160
80’440
42’420
53’230
42’930
49’730
29’450
46’160
60’390
48’420
35’330
15’040
48’300
45’560
38’580
35’020
43’980
25’030
12’280
10’400
40’760
18’620
30’990
12’350
10’410
7’910
18’520
11’860
6’530
11’920
20’870
28’930
46’200
19’260
21’970
13’850
21’250
11’130
15’200
8’240
23’610
12’480
8’220
6’550
31’800
10’720
15’920
16’070
4’070
4’780
2’580
7’910
9’240
9’110
29’350
5’830
7’660
12’280
17’820
5’290
3’120
12’730
9’740
8’420
7’060
4’730
2’600
12’480
3’980
6’110
4’470
5’500
12’660
3’360
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Table 3.21: Fixed-broadband sub-basket, 2011 and 2012 (continued)
Rank
Economy
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
Serbia
Iran (I.R.)
Gabon
South Africa
Grenada
Morocco
Georgia
Jordan
India
Mongolia
Dominican Rep.
Antigua & Barbuda
Dominica
Thailand
China
Ecuador
Bhutan
Fiji
Saint Lucia
Suriname
St. Vincent and the Grenadines
El Salvador
Jamaica
Bangladesh
Moldova
Guatemala
Paraguay
Sudan
Indonesia
Uzbekistan
Botswana
Guyana
Viet Nam
Cape Verde
Philippines
Micronesia
Bolivia
Marshall Islands
Pakistan
Angola
Samoa
Belize
Kyrgyzstan
Yemen
Namibia
Nepal
Nicaragua
Mauritania
Swaziland
Djibouti
Uganda
Cambodia
Ghana
Nigeria
Tanzania
Senegal
Timor-Leste
Vanuatu
Côte d'Ivoire
Kenya
Zimbabwe
Ethiopia
Benin
Haiti
Lesotho
Zambia
Burkina Faso
Mali
Togo
S. Tomé & Principe
Mozambique
Papua New Guinea
Malawi
Madagascar
Afghanistan
Kiribati
Solomon Islands
Cuba
Congo (Dem. Rep.)
Eritrea
Fixed-broadband
sub-basket as % of
GNI p.c.
2012
2011
4.4
4.5
4.7
N/A
4.8
N/A
4.8
4.7
4.9
4.9
4.9
4.9
5.0
3.7
5.1
6.2
5.1
5.1
5.3
N/A
5.3
5.3
5.5
5.5
5.6
5.6
5.6
5.7
5.6
4.5
5.8
6.5
6.2
6.2
6.4
6.5
6.5
5.3
6.6
6.6
6.6
6.6
7.0
5.5
7.0
7.1
7.3
12.1
7.7
7.7
8.6
11.8
8.8
8.8
9.0
27.0
9.1
9.1
9.1
184.6
9.2
9.2
10.1
10.1
11.3
10.2
11.3
4.2
12.4
12.5
13.7
20.7
14.4
15.2
15.3
N/A
15.5
14.9
15.7
15.7
16.1
24.2
16.3
16.3
16.3
70.7
16.5
19.3
17.5
26.3
17.8
17.8
22.8
20.2
26.8
27.7
27.5
318.0
29.9
39.8
32.9
32.9
34.0
43.2
36.6
25.3
39.0
58.5
42.4
63.6
42.8
42.8
43.5
43.5
44.0
70.5
46.2
46.2
49.3
49.3
56.3
56.3
71.0
71.0
81.5
81.5
81.9
N/A
84.0
N/A
85.1
58.7
98.2
98.2
98.4
98.4
101.2
375.1
103.0
203.1
149.3
149.3
150.5
N/A
169.7
N/A
177.8
N/A
221.3
N/A
243.6
243.6
280.2
N/A
386.9
386.9
2’527.7
N/A
4’455.4
4’455.4
Value
change
Relative
change (%)
2011-2012
0.1
N/A
N/A
0.1
0.0
0.0
1.2
-1.1
0.0
N/A
0.0
0.0
0.0
-0.1
1.1
-0.7
0.0
-0.1
1.2
0.0
0.0
1.6
-0.1
-4.8
0.0
-3.2
0.0
-18.0
0.0
-175.5
0.0
0.0
1.0
7.1
-0.1
-7.0
-0.8
N/A
0.6
0.0
-8.1
0.0
-54.4
-2.8
-8.8
0.0
2.5
-1.0
-290.4
-10.0
0.0
-9.2
11.3
-19.5
-21.2
0.0
0.0
-26.5
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
N/A
N/A
26.4
0.0
0.0
-273.9
-100.1
0.0
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
0.0
N/A
0.0
N/A
0.0
2
N/A
N/A
3
0
0
33
-18
0
N/A
0
0
0
-2
25
-11
0
-2
24
0
0
29
-1
-40
0
-27
0
-67
0
-95
0
0
10
167
-1
-34
-5
N/A
4
0
-34
0
-77
-14
-33
0
13
-4
-91
-25
0
-21
44
-33
-33
0
0
-38
0
0
0
0
0
N/A
N/A
45
0
0
-73
-49
0
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
0
N/A
0
N/A
0
Fixedbroadband
sub-basket,
USD
21.2
17.8
31.8
28.1
29.4
12.2
11.9
18.7
6.0
10.3
23.3
54.9
33.0
20.7
23.2
20.2
10.7
19.5
36.2
41.9
33.6
20.3
29.2
4.7
12.8
20.6
21.8
9.7
22.2
11.5
57.3
24.5
11.8
33.3
22.9
33.0
24.5
50.0
14.5
53.2
42.7
50.0
12.5
14.7
68.7
8.0
22.2
22.3
75.7
31.6
14.0
23.5
43.0
39.0
19.1
38.1
99.0
105.2
42.4
33.7
30.0
23.7
53.0
47.8
85.4
82.3
46.6
50.0
47.2
116.8
58.5
185.6
48.1
63.7
53.5
428.3
259.2
1’760.4
400.2
1’596.5
Fixedbroadband
sub-basket,
PPP$
40.8
48.6
45.7
38.4
42.2
20.0
20.4
24.0
14.4
16.0
41.6
70.3
58.6
36.2
36.1
37.4
27.2
21.3
48.5
47.4
57.8
37.8
42.2
11.8
22.0
32.1
32.6
16.9
29.7
21.2
97.4
28.2
26.2
36.2
39.9
39.8
51.9
N/A
33.8
61.3
55.3
81.3
28.2
25.4
88.6
16.6
52.5
49.8
124.0
60.2
42.2
62.0
51.6
68.0
54.9
67.5
175.4
158.7
64.0
71.6
N/A
74.0
107.6
77.7
132.4
93.7
101.7
82.2
84.3
163.1
107.4
271.1
119.7
132.7
129.0
615.5
502.6
N/A
650.9
1’951.7
GNI p.c.,
USD, 2011
(or latest
available)
5’680
4’520
7’980
6’960
7’220
2’970
2’860
4’380
1’410
2’320
5’240
12’060
7’090
4’420
4’940
4’140
2’070
3’680
6’680
7’640
6’100
3’480
4’980
770
1’980
2’870
2’970
1’300
2’940
1’510
7’480
2’900
1’260
3’540
2’210
2’900
2’040
3’910
1’120
4’060
3’190
3’690
920
1’070
4’700
540
1’170
1’000
3’300
1’270
510
830
1’410
1’200
540
1’070
2’730
2’870
1’100
820
640
400
780
700
1’220
1’160
570
610
560
1’360
470
1’480
340
430
290
2’110
1’110
5’460
190
430
Note: N/A: Not available.
Source: ITU. GNI p.c. and PPP$ values are based on World Bank data.
123
Chapter 3. Measuring the cost and affordability of broadband
Endnotes
The conclusions and recommendations of the tenth World Telecommunication/ICT Indicators Meeting are available at:
http://www.itu.int/en/ITU-D/Statistics/Documents/events/wtim2012/wtim2012_037_E_doc.pdf.
1
For more details on the standards agreed by the ITU Radiocommunication Assembly for next-generation mobile technologies – IMT-Advanced –
see http://www.itu.int/net/pressoffice/press_releases/2012/02.aspx.
2
2012 fixed-broadband prices from Lao P.D.R. and Rwanda refer to 2011.
3
Countries where an increase in both data allowances and speeds from 2011 to 2012 was reflected in an increase in fixed-broadband prices include
Canada, Belgium and Hungary.
4
See http://www22.verizon.com/home/highspeedinternet/#plans.
5
In Romania, most fixed (wired)-broadband subscriptions correspond to FTTB/FTTC/FTTN plus coaxial cable to reach the premises. In the Republic of
Korea, FTTH is the dominant fixed (wired)-broadband technology.
6
See endnote 6.
7
The median rather than the average is used for benchmarking prices per unit of speed because the median screens outliers, which in this case
could greatly alter the results. For instance, if a given country has a very high price per Mbit/s, it will have a significant impact on the result of the
average, but it will not directly affect the result of the median.
8
Entry-level fixed-broadband plans are based on a minimum speed of 256 kbit/s, and a minimum monthly data usage of 1 GB. See Annex 2 for more
details on the rules applied to the collection of fixed-broadband prices.
9
References to income levels are based on the World Bank classification, see
http://data.worldbank.org/about/country-classifications/country-and-lending-groups.
10
See Annex 2 for more details on the different methods of presenting prices used in this publication.
11
For example, if country A and country B have the same price in USD for any given ICT service, but in country A prices of other products are in
general cheaper (in USD), then applying PPP exchange rates to the ICT service price in country A will make this service more expensive. That is
because, compared to country B, in country A the same amount of USD (exchanged into national currency at market exchange rates) can buy more
products or services. Therefore, the ICT service in country A is more expensive in terms of what could be bought with that amount in each country.
The International Comparison Program (ICP) is the major global initiative to produce internationally comparable price levels. It is overseen by a
Global Office housed in the World Bank and is implemented through the national statistical offices of more than 110 countries. Together with the
OECD/Eurostat PPP data, it provides PPP data for all countries in the ICT Price Basket, except for Cuba and Zimbabwe. For more information on PPP
methodology and data, see http://siteresources.worldbank.org/ICPEXT/Resources/ICP_2011.html.
12
See http://wacscable.com/aboutus.jsp and http://www.ace-submarinecable.com/ace/default/EN/all/ace_en/ace_goes_live.htm.
13
See http://www.ace-submarinecable.com/ace/media/ace_en/UPL8278106536144867809_PR_Orange_ACE_EN_191212.pdf.
14
See http://www.antel.com.uy/antel/personas-y-hogares/internet/planes/adsl/universal-hogares-prepago.
15
See http://www.skmm.gov.my/Sectors/Broadband/National-Broadband-Initiative.aspx.
16
For more information on this initiative, which is coordinated by the Malaysian Communications and Multimedia Commission, see
http://www.skmm.gov.my/skmmgovmy/media/General/pdf/Press-Release-PKB-GMBO.pdf.
17
For more information on the Malaysian 1 Million Netbooks initiative, see
http://www.skmm.gov.my/skmmgovmy/files/attachments/PR_1_Million_Malaysia_Netbooks_300710.pdf.
18
For more information on the Intel World Ahead Program, see Featured Insight 18 in ITU (2012) and
http://www.intel.com/content/www/us/en/world-ahead/intel-world-ahead-program-connectivity.html.
19
See http://ec.europa.eu/digital-agenda/en/pillar-4-fast-and-ultra-fast-internet-access.
20
Data for fixed-telephone, mobile-cellular and fixed-broadband services have been collected since 2008 through the ITU ICT Price Basket
Questionnaire, which is sent out annually to all ITU Member States/national statistical contacts. In 2012, the collection of mobile-broadband services
was included.
21
The Expert Group on Telecommunication/ICT Indicators (EGTI) was created in May 2009 with the mandate to revise the list of ITU supply-side
indicators (i.e. data collected from operators), as well as to discuss outstanding methodological issues and new indicators. EGTI is open to all ITU
members and experts in the field of ICT statistics and data collection. It works through an online discussion forum (http://www.itu.int/ITU-D/ict/
ExpertGroup/default.asp) and face-to-face meetings. EGTI reports to the World Telecommunication/ICT Indicators Symposium (WTIS).
22
In addition, in some (mostly developed) countries operators are offering mobile-broadband plans for use on tablet computers. These were not
considered in the data collection, given that their availability at the global level is still limited.
23
These rules were presented to the Expert Group on Telecommunication/ICT Indicators (EGTI) in September 2012. EGTI agreed that ITU should
collect prepaid and postpaid prices, for both handset- and computer‐based services, with the following volume allowances: 1 GB for computer‐
based and 250 MB as well as 500 MB for handset‐based usage. The EGTI proposals to measure mobile-broadband prices were endorsed by the
tenth World Telecommunication/ICT Indicators Meeting held in September 2012 in Bangkok, Thailand.
24
124
Measuring the Information Society 2013
In line with the ITU definition of active mobile-broadband subscriptions (ITU, 2011b) and the OECD Wireless Broadband Indicator Methodology
(OECD, 2010a), only plans that allow access to the greater Internet via HTTP are considered. This excludes plans that provide access only to walled
garden services (such as a limited number of websites, content and applications) or e-mail only services. It also excludes connections limited to a
part of the Internet, such as those limited to the national Internet, or to intranets.
25
Some operators throttle speeds after the data allowance included in the base package has been reached. Customers can then pay an excess usage
charge in order to continue to have full-speed connections. In some cases, even throttled speeds are still considered broadband (i.e. equal to, or
greater than, 256 kbit/s according to ITU’s definition).
26
Cisco (2013a), Cisco Visual Networking Index: Global Mobile Data Traffic Forecast Update, 2012-2017, White Paper, February 2013.
27
See for instance Ofcom (2011a), pp. 187-188, and Horrigan (2013). The only EU country where mobile broadband has been proven to be a
substitute, rather than complement, for fixed broadband is Austria (see pp. 5-6 of the European Commission’s letter of withdrawal of serious doubts
and comments in response to the proposal for wholesale broadband regulation in Austria, Case AT/2009/0970).
28
McDonough, Carol C. (2012), Fixed and mobile broadband: Demand and market structure, 23rd European Regional Conference of the International
Telecommunication Society, Vienna, Austria, July 2012. Available at http://hdl.handle.net/10419/60350.
29
Mobile-broadband speeds are not always advertised, since they are often not a determining factor in the mobile-broadband package and its price.
Moreover, advertised mobile-broadband speeds offer only an indication of the actual speed, which may change at any moment depending on the
location of the subscriber and the number of subscribers in the same area.
30
The m-Powering Development initiative was launched in October 2012 at ITU TELECOM World 2012. For more information on this ITU initiative, see
http://www.itu.int/net/pressoffice/press_releases/2012/75.aspx.
31
By end 2012, 3G coverage had already reached around 50 per cent of the population worldwide.
32
Ericsson (2012) estimates that smartphone subscriptions represented a sixth of mobile subscriptions worldwide by the end of 2012, and forecast
that they will increase to up to a third of total mobile subscriptions by 2018. According to IDC, for the first time ever, in Q1 2013 more smartphones
than feature phones were shipped (http://www.idc.com/getdoc.jsp?containerId=prUS24085413).
33
See Box 3.2 in ITU (2011a) for a more detailed discussion on how the methodology of the ITU mobile-cellular sub-basket affects the measurement
of mobile-cellular prices in developed countries.
34
Data are not available means that (i) mobile-broadband prices are not advertised on operators’ websites, and (ii) mobile-broadband prices were not
reported by the country administration to ITU through the 2012 ICT Price Basket Questionnaire.
35
The correlation between the results of a mobile-broadband sub-basket using four plans, i.e. (i) prepaid handset-based, 500 MB; (ii) postpaid handsetbased, 500 MB; (iii) prepaid computer-based, 1 GB; and (iv) postpaid computer-based, 1 GB), and a basket using two plans, i.e. (i) and (iv), is very high:
0.994 (1 being a perfect correlation). This statistical relation is confirmed by a paired sample t-test, which compares the means of the two values
(using two plans and four plans) and shows that there is no significant difference. Therefore, the mobile-broadband sub-basket can be constructed
on the basis of two plans without losing much information.
36
The IPB includes entry-level plans for several telecommunication services, and aims to measure the affordability of such services. Therefore, rather
than a measure of different usages (high-volume, low-volume, prepaid, postpaid), it is a measure of the affordability of entry-level plans for the same
usage and type of contract in each service.
37
Bahrain and the United Arab Emirates were the first Arab States to launch commercial 3G services in December 2003. Moreover, competition in
the mobile-broadband market is high, with three operators offering 3G services (ITU, 2012c). Indeed, the incumbent Batelco competes with two
transnational operators: Zain Bahrain and Viva, which is part of the STC group. Competition has been spurred by key regulatory decisions, such as
the granting of the third mobile licence in March 2010, and the adoption of light-touch regulation for mobile-broadband prices, which have been
freely set by each mobile operator since 2010 (TRA Bahrain, 2013).
38
125
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Chapter 4. Measuring the world’s
digital natives
4.1 Introduction
are changing young people or what young people are doing
Digital environments have permeated and changed the lives
at least as important to ask where it holds true that “most”
of young people the world over – from mobile-phone text
youth are online.
with the myriad of technologies in differing contexts; it is
messaging to massive multiplayer gaming and online video
sharing. For more than two decades, people have discussed
So far, no one has yet quantified digital natives, in particular
and debated the emergence of a distinct and recognizable
in the developing world. This has left some key questions
global population of young people who were born into
unanswered: Just how big is this population of digital
the digital age and are growing up using information and
natives? How are they distributed geographically and in
communication technologies (ICTs) in their daily lives. This
terms of levels of economic development? What does this
population of networked youth is often referred to as digital
tell us about youth, networks, education, policies and other,
natives, and has been praised, celebrated, critiqued and
broader issues?
worried over. One groundbreaking collection of seminal
ethnographic studies, for instance, has outlined “how
digital media are changing the way young people learn,
play, socialize, and participate in civic life”. In a summary of
their five-year research programme, they argue that: “Most
youth use online networks to extend the friendships that
they navigate…. The majority of youth use new media to
This chapter offers a first attempt to measure the world’s
digital native population, on the basis of ITU data and
United Nations demographic statistics. It presents a model
for calculating the number of digital natives in each country.
This in turn makes it possible to calculate the size of the
digital native population by country, by region and by
‘hang out’” (Ito et al., 2008).
income level. The chapter also endeavours to relate the
Both national and international policy-makers are also
and ultimately to policy-making.
paying increasing attention to digital natives, not only
presence of digital natives to education and literacy levels,
because of the possibilities that ICTs open up for young
According to the model, in 2012 there were around 363
people all around the world, but also on account of the
million digital natives out of a world population of around
role that young people play in shaping and driving the
7 billion – or 5.2 per cent. Defining “youth” as young people
information society (Box 4.1).
aged 15 to 24, this means that 30 per cent of the world’s
youth have been active online for at least five years. While it
In order to truly understand the impact of digital technologies
follows that fewer than a third of the world’s young people
on young people – and ultimately the social, cultural and
today are digital natives, this group nonetheless plays an
policy-making implications of this phenomenon – it is
important role: first, because where the online population is
critical to avoid confining consideration to how digital media
concerned, youth are clearly overrepresented, and second,
127
Chapter 4. Measuring the world’s digital natives
Box 4.1: Youth and ICT: the BYND 2015 Global Youth Summit
Young people are increasingly earning recognition from
Young people are rising to the challenge by pioneering the use
governments and the international community as powerful
of ICT and by driving trends in what is a major and dynamic
agents of change whose inclusion in politics is vital to
growth industry. Reasons for their great ability to adapt to and
improving democratic processes. Recent social movements like
use ICTs include their capacity to learn to use ICTs quickly, their
the Arab Spring, Spain’s 15-M, Mexico’s YoSoy132 movement
natural enthusiasm for new technology (which offers a wide
and student protests in countries around the world from
variety of solutions for playing, communicating and socializing),
Chile to the United Kingdom reaffirm the need to address this
their generally higher literacy rates and the extra spare time they
generation’s call.
tend to have compared to older people (ITU, 2008) .
1
Technology – and specifically ICT – has played a central role in
Recognizing not only the potential impact of ICTs on young
young people’s rise to prominence on a global scale. It has helped
people but also the effect that young people have in terms of
them to mobilize behind a common cause and to collaborate,
driving the information society, ITU organized the first global
and it has given them a voice where before they had none. ICT
summit on ICTs and youth, from 9 to 11 September 2013, in
has brought them together in response to social concerns. It has
Costa Rica: BYND 2015 Global Youth Summit. The event
connected them across huge geopolitical barriers.
brought together young people from all corners of the globe
For young people, access to information means better access
to the capital, markets and training they need in order to
pursue a career or studies; increased participation in political
processes; and recognition of young people as responsible
citizens in today’s society. Youth entrepreneurship – which
is facilitated by access to technology, the Internet and
with the aim of highlighting their priorities and capturing their
combined voice in crucial national and international policyand decision-making processes. The outcomes of the summit
included a crowdsourced, multimedia statement to be presented
to Heads of State at the United Nations General Assembly in
September 2013.
information – is fast being positioned as a solution for youth
For more information, see:
employment.
http://www.itu.int/en/bynd2015/Pages/default.aspx.
because digital natives are key drivers when it comes to ICT
uptake, use and impact.
In the world as a whole, most young people are not digital
natives. The degree to which young people are networked
varies considerably across the globe, and digital nativism
is not uniform, but differs according to location and
circumstances. For instance, the model indicates that
throughout Europe no fewer than 79 per cent of youth are
digital natives, whereas in Africa the figure drops to 9.2 per
cent. Having said that, although in the Africa region only
one in ten young people may be digital natives, this chapter
also shows that those young people are often their nation’s
drivers in terms of getting online, thereby trailblazing a new
digital future for their country.
The chapter begins with a review of the literature around the
digital native concept, including an overview of the debate
scholars are having on the topic, and the pros and cons. It
then offers an operational definition of the digital native,
128
and a computational model based on that definition. The
next section applies the model to available data, resulting
in a country-by-country estimate of the number of digital
natives in 2012. These results are then analysed by region,2
development level and income grouping,3 and through
the lens of educational enrolment levels. The chapter
also highlights the need for further research into the way
digital natives think, work, communicate and do things,
putting more emphasis on research in and about the
developing world. It concludes with some final thoughts
and recommendations for policy-makers.
The literature review below describes different ways of
defining the digital native, along with ways in which these
networked youth may (or may not) be fundamentally
different from their non-networked peers. These debates
notwithstanding, what the ethnographic collection cited
above (Ito et al., 2008) makes plain is that the young people
who are meaningfully connected to digital media do indeed
experience new ways to “hang out”, “mess around” and “geek
Measuring the Information Society 2013
out”; and, moreover, that these differences can be important,
technologies. Three of the most common terms in use are
positive and purposeful. However, what this chapter adds
“net generation”, “digital natives” and “millennials”.
to the discussion – among other things – is that, globally
speaking, the digital natives are still the minority – albeit an
When Donald Tapscott (1998) wrote about the concept
important one – of today’s youth, but will soon become
in the late 1990s, net generation was perhaps the first
the majority.
neologism used to identify young digital users. Strictly
confining this population to precise generational dates,
For policy-makers, these results lead to several conclusions:
net generation includes only those people born between
January 1977 and December 1997 ( Tapscott, 1998).
•
Where young people are already mostly online, this
reality needs to be taken into account in terms of
how we approach their learning, playing and civic
engagement.
•
Where young people are only starting to come online,
their digital future needs to be planned for.
•
And, in any event, young people are the tip of the
digital spear across much of the globe, so we must
be ready to listen, learn and grow with them.
Coinciding with “the digital revolution,” the net generation
is characterized as being “at the heart of the new digital
media culture”, “exceptionally curious, self-reliant, contrarian,
smart, focused, able to adapt, high in self-esteem, and has a
global orientation” (Tapscott, 1998). Oblinger and Oblinger
(2005) add that people in the net generation were born
around the time the PC was introduced. These authors also
posited that the net generation “is able to intuitively use a
variety of IT devices and navigate the internet”, but that “their
understanding of the technology or source quality may be
shallow” (Oblinger and Oblinger, 2005: 25).
4.2Review of the literature
Digital native, the term chosen for this report, is perhaps
The concept of digital native
coined digital native in 2001, and later elaborated on the
A robust model to quantify digital natives has to be founded
2004, 2009, 2011). Digital natives, according to Prensky, are
upon, and situated within, the existing corpus of literature
the generation of young people who are all “native speakers”
on the subject. It is therefore important, before defining the
the most widely used phrase in circulation. Marc Prensky
concept in 2009 and elsewhere (Prensky, 2001a, 2001b,
of the digital language of computers, video games and the
model and presenting results, to review the relevant literature.
Internet (Prensky, 2001a: 1). In other words, they are the first
While the literature diverges in many of its viewpoints, it is,
lived their entire lives surrounded by and using tools and toys
regrettably, more homogeneous in its geographic focus.
of the digital age. E-mail, cellphones and instant messages are
Nearly all of the studies available are specifically from North
not only a part of their lives but are integral parts of their lives
America, or otherwise more generally from high-income
(Prensky, 2001a). According to Prensky, who focuses mostly
countries. As this chapter will show, the reality of digital
on youth in the United States, unlike older generations young
nativeness varies considerably between high- and low-
people are now constantly surrounded by and immersed in,
income contexts, and so the tendency for the literature to
and permanently plugged into, portable personal devices
“ignore” the developing world means it is systematically
such as mobile telephones, MP3 players and handheld games
blind to a measurably different scenario. It is indeed hoped
consoles (Prensky, 2001a; see also Selwyn, 2009).
that the global quantitative model in this chapter may help
respond to the literature’s narrowness of scope.
Digital native, net generation or millennials
generation to have grown up with new technology, having
Prensky argues that the emergence and rapid dissemination
of digital technology to the point where it is essential
to a young person’s existence signifies a radical break or
discontinuity in the last decades of the 20th century, which
There are more than a few names in circulation that try to
he calls a singularity (Prensky, 2001a). While suggesting a
capture the broad concept of youth and digital networking
radical break with previous generations, Prensky did not
129
Chapter 4. Measuring the world’s digital natives
define digital natives in terms of specific dates of birth, as
also characterized millennials as heavy technology users,
Tapscott did with net generation.
noting that a 2007 survey of US-based college students
born between 1983 and 1992 found that 97 per cent of
Prensky clearly distinguishes his digital native generation
the students owned a cellphone and 56 per cent owned
from its predecessors by referring to the latter as “digital
an MP3 player.
immigrants”. Digital immigrants are “those who may have
acquired some form of digital literacy”, (Robinson, 2008:
A 2013 private-sector survey of over 12 000 young Internet
1) but nonetheless keep “their foot in the past” (Prensky
users showed that these millennials shared a number of
2001a: 2). Roughly speaking, according to Prensky, in the
common characteristics, in particular the belief that ICTs
case of the United States, all people born before 1980 are
were important for participating in politics and society
digital immigrants. They do not turn to the Internet first for
(Box 4.2).
information, prefer to read manuals (rather than assume that
a program teaches itself ), print out e-mails and documents
There are a myriad of other terms associated with digital
ready-for-edit, physically show (rather than e-mail) a link,
natives: generation next, Google generation (Helsper and
and even speak in an outdated language (Prensky 2001a: 2).
Eynon, 2010: 2), born digital (Palfrey and Gasser, 2008),
generation Y (Perillo, 2007), generation C (Duncan-Howell
In 2000, Howe and Strauss published Millennials Rising:
and Lee, 2007), homo-zappiens (Veen and Vrakking, 2006),
The Next Great Generation, from which the term millennials
technological generation (Monereo, 2004) and net savvy youth
took hold. The first cohorts of millennials in the United
(Levin and Arafeh, 2002). Others have written about young
States graduated from high school in 2000, and Howe and
people who are new millennium learners (Pedró, 2007) and
Strauss (2000) describe them as upbeat and engaged youth
are described as living digital childhoods (Vandewater et al.,
whom adults hold to high standards. Jones et al. (2010)
2007) within media families (Rideout and Hammel, 2006).
Box 4.2: Survey depicts optimistic millennial generation that believes in the potential of ICTs
A 2013 online survey by Telefónica and the Financial Times of
as a gender gap. While Asian and Latin American millennials
more than 12 000 Internet users between the ages of 18 and 30
were the most optimistic about the economy and their region’s
in 27 countries shows that the large majority of what the survey
future, most Europeans and North Americans were much more
calls “millennials” believe that technology has made an important
pessimistic.
and positive difference in their lives and that it is important for
personal success.
A comparison of women’s and men’s perception of ICT skills
and the importance of technology showed that more men
The Telefónica Global Millennial Survey, which was carried
than women believed themselves to be on the cutting-edge
out in 27 countries across six regions,4 also revealed that the
of technology. Also, fewer women than men believed that
young online generation tends to be optimistic about its
technology had influenced their view on life and that technology
future and believes that it can make a difference. Millennials
was the most important area of study.
say that technology has helped them participate in the political
process, and that they are engaged and concerned about
societal issues. According to them, the most important ways to
make a difference in the world are by providing “more access
to education and improving the quality of education (42 per
cent), protecting the environment (41 per cent) and eliminating
poverty (39 per cent)”. The majority also believe that climate
change is “a very pressing issue”.
The survey recognizes the need to understand the millennial
generation, and Telefónica will be using the results to better
understand its young customers’ concerns and needs, and to
identify solutions that make a difference. According to Neelie
Kreos, Vice-President of the European Commission: “These young
men and women are the future. If you want to succeed you need
to know what they care about – such as reducing the gender
gap, improving the quality of education and increasing access
The survey revealed a shared belief in the potential of technology,
to technology – and work with them to make concrete positive
but also highlighted a number of regional differences, as well
changes.” (Telefónica press release of 4 June 2013).5
130
Measuring the Information Society 2013
While Prensky, Tapscott and these many other writers do
through childhood, teenage years and middle-age, and will
not often state it explicitly, their concepts emerge from
continue to identify them through old age.
and are premised upon high ICT-uptake contexts, and in
particular the high-income communities of the United
In 1993, Mackenzie Wark argued that: “Generations are not
States. A thorough overview of the literature clearly reveals
defined by war or depression any more. They are defined
this leaning towards the United States, Western Europe and
by media culture” (Wark, 1993). More than a decade later,
other high-income countries, with very little work on this
David Buckingham (2006) explores the idea that media is a
topic examining, or emanating from, the developing world.
signifier of generational affiliation. After a critical discussion,
Buckingham concludes that, in fact, there may be a digital
This chapter will employ the term digital native to describe
generation of young people who share a cultural identity
young technology users. But the question of just what this
expressed in their beliefs and dispositions, and in terms of
term encompasses – i.e. the precise definition of digital
how and for what they use digital technology and media.
native – has many answers in the existing literature.
Age range or generation?
There has been some debate as to whether digital natives
are best characterized in terms of a fixed age range or
a generation. Defining digital natives in terms of an age
range does not result in a fixed set of individuals, but rather
captures a snapshot of people in general at a certain period
of their lives. For example, “teenager” is defined in terms of
an age range, and includes everyone from 13 to 19; thus, the
composition of the teenager set constantly changes as new
members enter when they turn 13 and current members
The debate as to whether the set of digital natives is defined
by an age range or a generation extends to specifying exact
birth dates for its members. As discussed above, Prensky did
not set exact dates to define digital natives. However, other
authors have suggested specific birth dates that characterize
the generation. Some authors believe digital natives appear
after 1980 (Palfrey and Gasser, 2008), while others are more
precise, dating millennials as people born “in or after 1982”
(Oblinger, 2003: 38) and before 1991 (Oblinger and Oblinger,
2005: 2.9).
One generation or many?
leave when they turn 20.
Some writers have taken the generational concept of
By contrast, a generation refers to a fixed set of people for
digital native a step further, defining multiple generations
their entire lifetimes, regardless of what age its members
within a typology of digital natives. When the notion was
reach. The name of the generation is in reference to the
first introduced in the late 1990s and early 2000s, it was
historical context in which the people were born. Edmunds
conceived as just one generation, namely the young
and Turner define a generation as “an age cohort that
people at that time. As the concept has persisted into the
comes to have social significance by virtue of constituting
2010s, it has been suggested that a second generation
itself as a cultural identity” (2002: 7). Pierre Bourdieu (1993)
of digital natives has now emerged. Some argue that,
argues that generations are socially and culturally defined
although this second generation shares the digital native
and produced, each with its own tastes, orientations,
characteristics of an upbringing surrounded by and using
beliefs and dispositions (or “habitus”) that emerge as a
technology as tools and toys, it also displays new features.
result of historical and economic circumstances, as well
Oblinger and Oblinger (2005), for instance, believe that the
as generational struggles over cultural and economic
second generation is characterized by the “omnipresence
resources (Buckingham, 2006). Put simply, a generation
and interactivity of the internet, the availability of a range
may be understood as a cohort of people born within a
of portable communications devices, and the virtually
specific time-frame and who may be defined by beliefs or
immediate speed of communications”. Helsper and Eynon
dispositions that are shaped by a historical event or a cultural
(2010) identify the rise of Web 2.0 as marking a shift in digital
identity. For example, the “baby boomers” are the generation
natives, separating those born after 1990 from the young
of people who were born in the United States soon after
adults born between 1983 and 1990, and label the former
World War II. Their baby boomer label has stayed with them
as second-generation digital natives.
131
Chapter 4. Measuring the world’s digital natives
Jones et al. (2010) also define the concept as being much
Palfrey and Gasser (2008) identify the digital native according
more complex than a single generation. One of their
to access to technology “because access is differentiated
findings, from a study of first-year students who were all
between states and regions and between social classes
born after 1983 but are younger than 25, was that those
within individual states”. For them, access to technology
who used new technology often did so in ways that did
seems to include electricity and broadband, as well as
not entirely fit the expectations of the net generation or
education systems that teach literacy (including digital
digital native theses.
literacy) and emphasize critical thinking. Subsequently, they
clarify that this population is further limited insofar as access
One thing is clear, though: given that the digital age has
to new technology alone is not sufficient: digital natives
arrived at different times in different countries, such specific
must have access and have a “learned digital literacy” (Palfrey
birth dates cannot be applied universally across countries,
and Gasser, 2008). For example, someone with Internet
and are only meaningful in the context of the countries
access at home and digital literacy honed through formal
studied by the authors cited above.
or informal learning would be considered a digital native,
A population based on access and learning, or
breadth and depth of use?
An alternative notion is that digital natives are a population
defined by their shared accumulation of experience, skills or
expertise, rather than a specific age group or generation. A
population is a subset of people who share characteristics,
such as all people who have access to Internet at home
or who are digitally literate (Palfrey and Gasser, 2008: 14).
Members of this population can either come from any age
range or generation (e.g. any home Internet user), or be
further delimited by age range or generation (e.g. home
Internet users between the ages of 15 and 24).
Helsper and Eynon (2010) express this sentiment,
theorizing that a digital native is determined not only by
age (or generation), but also by experience and breadth
of use. In one of the few cases coming out of Africa,
Thinyane, on the basis of a study of first-year university
students in South Africa, argues that ‘‘rather than calling
Digital Natives a generation – an overstatement, especially
in light of the fact that only 1 billion of the 6 billion people
in the world even have access to digital technologies – we
prefer to think of them as a population” (Thinyane, 2010:
412). Even Prensky has begun to distance himself from the
whereas someone with no access to the Internet, or with
access to the Internet but no formal or informal training,
would not. Similarly, a 10-year old or a 75-year old who have
cultivated considerable, comparable expertise and skills
in technologies could both be classified as digital natives,
regardless of their generational differences. Thus, according
to this understanding of digital native, a subset (but not all
members) of the net generation are digital natives; and,
conversely, members of other generations (i.e. not youths)
can be digital natives.
It has also been argued that the defining features of digital
natives go beyond age, dates of birth, access or level of
expertise, and entail consideration of just what they use
the technologies for, and how. Focusing on a number of
digital activities that indicate digital nativeness, Helsper
and Eynon (2010) find that breadth of use, experience,
gender and education are just as important as, or even
more important than, age in defining the digital native.
They believe that digital nativism is a combination of factors:
age (the youngest generation which has grown up with
technology), experience (those who have been using or
submerged in the Internet the longest) and breadth and
depth of use (those for whom the Internet is integrated into
daily life) (Helsper and Eynon, 2010: 6).
notion of the digital native as a generation (2009). A study
Some scholars argue that digital natives are drawn to the
conducted in the United Kingdom found “no evidence of
omnipresence and interactivity of the Internet in places
the much hyped generational divide” needed to define a
like the United States, as well as the availability of a range
generational digital native (Jones, 2002: 11). It argues that
of portable communication devices, and the virtually
digital natives are better understood as a diverse group
immediate speed of communications (Oblinger and
– young and old – who share technological experience,
Oblinger, 2005; Robinson 2008: 1). In addition, digital natives
skills or expertise.
in developed nations purportedly exercise what Hargittai
132
Measuring the Information Society 2013
and Hannant describe as “autonomy of use,” namely the
(2008) also remind us that core technology-based skills do
freedom to use the technology when and where one wants,
not necessarily translate into sophisticated skills with other
without constraint from others such as queues of library
technologies or general information literacy.
patrons or employer supervision (Hargittai and Hinnant,
2008: 607).
According to these scholars, young people in high-income
communities use digital technology and the Internet on
their mobile phones, tablets and computers to engage with
friends on social media platforms, chat or instant messaging,
to download and listen to music, to play games with friends
or strangers around the world, to browse websites for
fun, and to blog (and “micro-blog”). For these authors, the
ubiquity of the technologies and the style of work and play
that these communities use them to engage in circumscribe
part of the definition of the digital native. Some indeed
posit that the distinguishing feature of digital natives is the
sophisticated way that they absorb the technologies into
their daily lives (NetDay, 2004; Robinson, 2008: 68).
Although the temptation is to focus on sophistication and
ubiquity of use, there is growing evidence that many young
people’s actual usage of digital technologies remains rather
more limited in scope than the digital native rhetoric would
suggest (Selwyn, 2009). For example, surveys of adolescents
show a predominance of game playing, text messaging and
retrieval of online content (Crook and Harrison, 2008; Luckin
et al., 2009; Lenhart et al., 2008), whereas younger children’s
use is more rudimentary, centred on writing, image creation
and basic gaming (Selwyn, 2009).
Others suggest that young people’s Internet use is not as
sophisticated as it seems. For instance, Selwyn (2009) believes
that the most accurate description of young people’s use
of the Internet is passive consumption of knowledge rather
than active creation of content, or in Crook and Harrison’s
(2008) words, a “low bandwidth exchange” of information
and knowledge. Although young people might consider
themselves more skilled at using the Internet than their
parents (Livingstone and Bovill, 2001), a study comparing
Length of use and submerged exposure
Departing from a focus on the type, breadth or sophistication
of use, Prensky’s seminal article seems to suggest that mere
exposure leads to the necessary accumulation of experience,
expertise or skills to enter the digital native community.
He describes young people in the United States from
kindergarten to college as having “spent their entire lives
surrounded by and using computers, videogames, digital
music players, video cams, cell phones, and all other toys and
tools of the digital age” (Prensky, 2001a). His article seems to
imply that young people’s being submerged in technology
and the Internet translates to some degree of experience or
expertise, which calls for new teaching techniques tailored
to their evolved way of learning.
The notion of being submerged surfaces again in
Helsper and Eynon’s (2010) definition of digital native as a
combination of three factors: age, experience and breadth.
Experience, as they define it, includes people “who have
been on internet the longest, while they might not have
grown up with the internet when young, they have been
‘submerged’ in it for the longest period of time”.6
On the basis of this simple notion of exposure, it has been
suggested that the experience required to be a digital native
can be measured simply in terms of the number of years
a person has been online or the amount of time a person
spends online (Hargittai, 2010: 5). For instance, veterans are
defined as people who have been online for at least three
years, whereas newcomers are those who started using
the Internet in the past year (Hargittai and Hinnant, 2008:
609). A more specific type of veteran is the “netizen”, who,
in addition to being online for three years, goes online,
from home, every day (Howard et al., 2001). According
to this study, netizens, in comparison with less avid users,
engage in more capital-enhancing activities online than do
the information-seeking abilities of teens and adults in the
“utilitarians”, “experimenters” or “newcomers” (Hargittai and
United States and Australia found that teens are likely to
Hinnant, 2008: 609).
have less patience and poorer research skills (Nielsen, 2005).
Moreover, it has been argued that children between the
Some authors have combined the generation or age range
ages of nine and nineteen lack skills in evaluating material
with the number of years of exposure in order to define the
they find (Hargittai and Hinnant, 2008: 605). Kennedy et al.
digital native. Prensky (2001a, 2001b), for instance, specified
133
Chapter 4. Measuring the world’s digital natives
that digital natives were a generation of students who were
education of the user and the user’s parents, gender and
younger than 22 years old in 2007 (i.e. born after 1985), had
ethnicity (Hargittai, 2010).
more than ten years’ experience using a computer, indicated
they had learned to use a computer by teaching themselves
or through family and friends, and reported being able
to solve ICT problems by themselves or by drawing on
supportive social networks.
Cognitive and learning differences
Another way to approach the digital native concept is
through how digital natives think and learn differently from
other people. Howe and Strauss (2000) and Prensky (2001a,
Brown and Czerniewicz conducted a study based on a
2001b) offer complex visions of the digital native as young
definition of those who have “grown up digital” as people
people (or students) who think and process information
who had used a computer at least since they were 12 years
in fundamentally different ways from their predecessors.
old and had more than ten years’ experience (2010: 4).
Prensky (2001b) argues for a digital native version of
Linking their data to Prensky’s more stringent criteria, among
neuroplasticity, the phenomenon whereby stimulation of
other findings, they showed that only a small percentage
the brain causes it to change structure and thus affects the
of students – not a whole generation – actually met the
way people think. He submits that children raised with a
criteria Prensky proposed.
computer think differently because of their “hypertext minds”.
Socio-economic, gender and geographic
definitions
In contrast to a focus on age or depth or length of use
as the qualities best defining digital nativeness, some
authors argue that other factors, such as socio-economic
position, gender, class, language and geography are
better defining qualities (Shah and Abraham, 2009).
Studies suggest that young people’s ability to access
digital technologies runs strongly along lines of socioeconomic status and social class, as well as gender,
geography and the many other prominent, entrenched
“social fault lines” (Golding, 2000).
Some social groups of young people appear to be just
“They leap around. It is as though their cognitive structures
were parallel, not sequential” (Prensky, 2001b: 10). He
asserts that “today’s students think and process information
fundamentally differently from their predecessors” and that
their “brains have changed” (Prensky, 2001a: 4).
According to Prensky, digital natives have been conditioned
by their technological environment to expect immediate
responses. They prefer random non-linear access to
information (i.e. hyperlinks), and have a preference for images
over text-based content. Described as multitaskers, they are
comfortable being engaged in several tasks simultaneously.
They are characterized as being impatient with slower,
systematic means of acquiring information and knowledge,
and expect instant response and gratification or reward
as digitally excluded as older generations, although in
from the technologies they use. Additionally, according to
subtle ways. For instance, studies across Europe and North
these theories, they are highly adaptive, function best when
America show that levels of computer and Internet use are
networked, and use a range of technologies to network
lower among rural youth, female youth and youth from
with their peers (Prensky, 2001a; Robinson, 2008: 1; Helsper
families with low levels of parental education (Vandewater
and Eynon, 2010: 2).
et al., 2007; Selwyn, 2009). Another study shows that girls
use the Internet in a greater variety of ways than boys at a
younger age (9-15 years), but that boys make broader use
of the Internet at an older age (16-19 years) (Livingstone
and Helsper, 2007: 13).
Citing neurobiology, social psychology and studies done
on children using games for learning, Prensky (2001b) also
suggests that digital natives learn differently: “linear thought
processes that dominate educational systems now can
actually retard learning for brains developed through game
General academic literature on Internet use echoes these
and Web-surfing processes on the computer” (Prensky,
studies, suggesting that even once people cross the initial
2001b: 10). Their approach to learning, he posits, is more
connectivity divide, numerous differences affect how they
collaborative, oriented to problem-solving and task-based
incorporate the Internet into their lives, including level of
(Prensky, 2001a).
134
Measuring the Information Society 2013
However, other scholars and research studies disagree
more research in this area seems necessary. Nonetheless, it
with, or are skeptical about, the notion that digital natives
appears clear that many education systems are integrating
process information differently. A study by Margaryan et al.
technology in institutional design and curricula for students
(2011) in Australia did not find evidence to support claims
at all levels (pre-primary through higher education), with
that students’ patterns of learning and technology use
mixed results, both enhancing and hindering students’
are shifting or that young people adopt radically different
ability to learn.
7
learning styles. Rather, they conclude that students seem to
conform to traditional pedagogies, albeit with minor uses
of digital technology tools for content delivery (Margaryan,
The literature described above demonstrates that there is an
array of definitions for the digital native, from a generation,
Littlejohn and Vojt, 2011).
to an age range, to including aspects of expertise, learning,
Bullen and Morgan’s (2011) study conducted in six different
some argue that the set of digital natives is defined not just
countries at a range of different institutions showed that
by who they are or what they do, but also by how their brain
learners have differing views about the integration of social
works and how they learn and think.
and academic uses of technology, and are not generally
challenging the dominant academic paradigm. They
conclude that, to date, there is no convincing evidence to
support claims that digital natives learn differently and that
the “implications for education are far from clear” (2011: 60,
62-23).
A 2013 study carried out among first-year undergraduate
students at the University of Hong Kong (HKU), China,
showed that “first-year undergraduate students at HKU are
indeed digital natives, using a wide range of technologies
for personal empowerment and entertainment, but not
always digitally literate in using technology to support
their learning” (Kennedy and Fox, 2013). The study, which
aimed at expanding knowledge on digital natives to the
“Asian learner and their use of technology”, also tried to
understand the potential impact that digital nativism
had on the design of learning environments in higher
depth or breadth of use, or years of exposure. In addition,
The following section will show that the literature not only
varies on just how to define digital native, but also differs in
terms of its enthusiasm for the concept itself. While some
writers have argued that digital nativism is the biggest
change to hit the world’s youth, others suggest it is more
of the same and part of an ever-evolving media landscape.
Criticisms of the digital native concept
As the concept of the digital native has attracted increasing
attention within the academic and popular media, a
significant body of critical literature has challenged many
points. Looking at these critical responses helps to reveal
ways in which a quantitative model of the kind presented
in this chapter is inherently limited, as well as areas where
the work can respond to specific critiques and challenges.
Moral panic and historical amnesia
education. It found that there were new opportunities
to “create blended learning environments” (2013: 76),
One criticism levelled at Prensky’s work in particular is that
including opportunities to motivate and assess students
it inspires an academic moral panic, being put forward
that take advantage of different learning technologies,
with “tones of euphoria and paranoia” (Shah and Abraham,
but that face-to-face relationships remained important.
2009: 12). This school of thought argues that digital native
proponents have developed an argument in “dramatic
Much of the literature emphasizes ways in which technology
language, proclaim a profound change in the world, and
may be incorporated as an educational tool to enhance
pronounce stark generational differences” (Bennett et al.,
digital natives’ learning, and countless journals, articles and
2008; Bennett and Maton, 2010). Critiques quote Prensky’s
blogs join the conversation about how best to incorporate
dramatic tone (“really big discontinuity... a ‘singularity’ – an
technology in the classroom.
event which changes things so fundamentally that there is
absolutely no going back” (2001a: 1)) and binary language
In sum, the debate as to whether digital natives think, learn
(new generation vs. all previous; technical natives vs.
or work differently and, if so, how, is not yet settled, and
immigrant accents; learners vs. teachers, etc.).
135
Chapter 4. Measuring the world’s digital natives
Digital nativism also falls prey to something Bennett and
special abilities among students interviewed (Sánchez et
Maton (2010) call historical amnesia. Historical amnesia, they
al., 2011).
say, is when declarations of fundamental change obscure,
if not explicitly deny, past precedents for contemporary
Moreover, the issue of ICT disparity between developing
change (Bennett and Maton, 2010: 16). The digital native,
and developed countries has been raised numerous times
when described as a radical break, lessens the incentives
to recognize preceding social or cultural changes. Bennett
and Maton also suggest that the digital native theory may
mistake new expressions of well-known interests and
in the literature as a constraint on the global applicability
of the existing concepts of digital nativeness (Brown and
Czerniewicz, 2010; Palfrey and Gasser, 2008; Palfrey, Gasser,
Maclay and Beger, 2011; Smith, 2009; Thinyane, 2010; Tustin
behaviours for totally new phenomena.
et al., 2012; Williams, 2011).
Homogeneity in the presence of diversity
Palfrey and Gasser contrast the “high levels of broadband
One of the most prevalent criticisms focuses on the diversity
(often) emphasize critical thinking” in wealthy countries with
of young users of technology (and those who do not use
the situation in the developing world where “technology
it at all), and the tendency to conflate digital natives into a
is less prevalent, electricity often scarce, and literacy rates
homogeneous whole.
low, and the number of teachers who know how to instruct
access, high rates of literacy, and educational systems that
kids in the use of technologies in short supply” (Palfrey and
The critics of treating digital natives as a generation point
Gasser, 2008: 14). Furthermore, the growing disparity in
out that the generation in question is quite diverse in terms
technology access and use also exists within rich countries,
of its access to and use of technology. Many authors have
such as among rural or low-income communities (Palfrey
argued that there is a digital divide in technology access and
and Gasser, 2008). The Berkman Center for Internet and
use, as evidenced by significant differences in how and why
Society at Harvard University and UNICEF underline this
young people use the new technologies and the Internet, as
concern by identifying three divides that must be bridged:
well as how effectively they use them.8 A number of writers
basic access to technologies and related infrastructure
have highlighted the complexity and diversity of the use
(e.g. electricity); skills to use the technologies; and limited
of new technologies by young people, which tend to be
understanding of how young people navigate the online
ignored or minimized in arguments that support the digital
native concept (Helsper and Eynon, 2010). Studies highlight
systematic variation among young adults’ online behaviour
(Hargittai, 2010) and the way in which the digital native theory
“over-states the rift between generations in terms of their
level of immersion in technology” (Bayne and Ross, 2007: 1).
This is especially the case in developing countries, where the
use of, and even basic access to, ICTs is much more limited
than in high-income countries. Brown and Czerniewicz
(2010) note that in South Africa the term digital native
describes only a small and elite group of students. They
also identified another group of students who were broadly
inexperienced with computer-based technologies; they
world (Palfrey et al., 2011). According to them, the effects of
these divides are felt most acutely in the developing world.
Other authors have emphasized the fact that there are
significant differences in how and why young people use
new technologies, as well as how effectively they use them
(e.g. DiMaggio and Hargittai, 2001; Facer and Furlong 2001;
Hargittai and Hinnant, 2008; Livingstone and Helsper, 2007).
According to Helsper and Eynon (2010), this complexity and
diversity of use of new technologies by young people is a
topic often ignored or minimized in many arguments in
support of the digital native concept.
“Othering” and creating binary opposites
go on to call this group “digital strangers” (Brown and
A further criticism levelled against digital native is that it is an
Czerniewicz, 2010). Li and Ranieri (2010) surveyed ninth-
“othering” concept. It sets up a binary opposition between
grade students in China, here too finding a broad range of
those who are natives and those who are not – the so-
digital competencies. Similarly, a qualitative study of digital
called digital immigrants (Brown and Czerniewicz, 2010).
natives in Chile did not find common technical traits or
Just as Prensky describes the new generation in contrast
136
Measuring the Information Society 2013
to predecessors, the technical natives as opposed to the
the same definition applied to other parts of the world
immigrants with unshakeable accents (2001a), Tapscott’s
would not hold true. Other scholars note the apparent
(1998) account also is based on binary oppositions between
predominance of research from developed countries (Palfrey
technologies (the television versus the Internet) and
et al., 2011) and in particular the United States (Thinyane,
generations (the baby boomers versus the net generation)
2010). Indeed, in one review of the global reach of the term,
(Buckingham, 2006).
respondents from Africa, Latin America and Asia routinely
expressed unfamiliarity with the digital native concept (Shah
According to these critiques, binary opposites create
an “other” by alienating one of the binary pair (e.g. the
noticeable immigrants and the outdated television).
Livingstone and Helsper (2007) concluded that a binary
divide between haves and have-nots, or users and nonusers, no longer applies to young people. For example, a
study of pre-service teachers at the University of British
Columbia in Canada found no statistically significant
difference in ICT scores between digital natives and digital
immigrants; they suggest that “the notion of a digital divide
is misleading and deceptive, distracting researchers from
studying the diversity of ICT users and the nuances of their
ICT competencies” (Guo, Dobson and Petrina, 2008: 235,
252). A recent study by Romero, et al. (2012) also suggests
that a binary divide between generations is a fiction. In their
study of one thousand or so online learners from Canadian
and European universities, they found that older learners
(people born before 1982) felt equally as confident with
using ICT as the younger learners (people born between
1982 and 1991) and were able to carry out different activities
and Abraham, 2009).
Summary of the literature review
The literature discussed above reveals the contours of the
digital native academic discourse and the extensive research
that has been carried out on the digital native concept,
albeit mostly in the United States and Western Europe.
First conceived of as a generation corresponding roughly
with Generation Y (people born between 1980 and 1995),
it has been posited that a second generation was born with
the Web 2.0 wave. Other scholars depart from the idea of
characterizing digital natives by age range (for example,
young people under 25) or generation, arguing instead that
other features such as breadth of use, skills, experience or
expertise are more pertinent. Proponents of this approach
suggest that digital natives can be recognized by their use
of technology, whether it is used as a toy for socializing
and entertainment or as a tool for information and career
advancement. Notably, taking into consideration the use
simultaneously.
of technology, and in particular skilled or honed expertise,
Western bias
from older generations who have as much experience
broadens the scope for some authors to include people
with technology as young people born and raised with
An additional significant criticism levelled against the
the technology (if not more). In these cases, digital natives
digital native concept is that it is reminiscent of morally
are best considered a population – neither a complete
questionable chapters in history related to “migration,
generation, nor confined to a particular generation.
integration, and racial and cultural differences in Western
society” (Bayne and Ross, 2007). Bayne and Ross (2007)
Another prominent approach to digital natives focuses on
submit that the native evokes a controlling force in the
how they think, describing them as non-linear, collaborative
future while the immigrant is portrayed as old and obsolete.
multitaskers who expect immediate responses, are highly
networked, and prefer images and multimedia over text.
This Western bias underlines, for some authors, the high-
While some believe that digital natives think fundamentally
income country partiality of many digital native proponents.
differently from previous generations, others express doubt
For instance, defining natives and immigrants by generation
that digital natives learn and process information differently.
reflects a privileged position of living in the United States,
according to Thomas (2011), who argues that Prensky’s
Not surprisingly, the digital native concept has been subject
description of a digital native describes a generation gap
to a range of criticisms. Some claim that much of the
which may have occurred in the United States, but that
literature adopts an alarmist attitude that exaggerates the
137
Chapter 4. Measuring the world’s digital natives
role of technology, overly singing its praises or dwelling on
Having said that, quantifying and counting digital natives
its pitfalls. Another critique focuses on the homogeneous
cannot respond to the full range of criticisms levelled against
nature of some descriptions of digital nativism, pointing out
the concept. For example, the proposed process of counting
that not all young people have access to or use technology
digital natives does not allow for nuancing, but rather entails
in the same way, and that those who use technology are not
a binary decision: either someone is or is not a digital native.
necessarily young or skilled.
Nevertheless, adding a global quantitative model and
The literature review clearly demonstrates how little research
analysis of the digital native to the available literature
has been done so far on digital natives and networked youth
should provide greater insights into the practical uses of
in the developing countries. While this can be explained by
the concept – and in addition provide a testable platform
a number of factors, including the fact that the information
that can further illuminate its strengths and weaknesses.
society, and especially Internet use, has emerged much later
in those countries compared with the United States and
Irrespective of the conceptual debates, the world’s
Western Europe, there is an urgent need for further research
population of digitally networked youth is real and, hence,
on how ICTs are used by, and impact on, young people
measurable. By creating a globally testable measure of
in the developing world. There is plenty of evidence that
digital nativism, as this report does for the first time, some
points to the eagerness of young people across the world
of the points of debate outlined above can be reasoned
to jump on the information society bandwagon once the
through and, perhaps, put aside.
technologies become available and affordable. Indeed, ITU
statistics show that Internet usage among young people
(15-24 years old) is higher than the corresponding figure for
the total population, especially in countries with low Internet
usage overall. In many developing countries, Internet access
at home is limited. Other places, such as schools and Internet
cafes, not only become important locations for Internet
access but are also more targeted towards, or frequented by,
The digital native model
This section puts forward a definition of the digital native
that is operational within the confines of the existing data.
It then develops a computational model that maps existing
data onto the definition. Put simply, a digital native is defined
here as the population of networked youth – aged 15-24
the younger members of the population. Coupled with the
years – with five or more years of online experience. The
relatively higher proportion of youth in the populations of
number of digital natives in 2012 is computed country by
developing countries, an important group of digital natives
country using the model, either on the basis of existing
could emerge in those countries within the next decade.
country estimates of the number of young people online
in 2007 (five years before 2012), or by employing a statistical
function to work out an estimate. The resulting estimate,
4.3 Quantifying digital natives
along with overall country population data, creates a
worldwide measure of digital natives in 2012.
While the literature on digital natives is rich and significant,
The literature review above makes clear that many
to date there has been no attempt to develop a quantitative
parameters have been used to define a digital native: age
model and count the digital native population worldwide.
range, date of birth, level of exposure to the Internet and
Through the creation of such a model, and the resulting
related technologies, depth and range of use of these
analysis, the concept can be circumscribed and tested for
technologies, and more. Any analytical model will want to
its value and validity. This process will serve both to provide
include the most salient parameters, but has to balance this
evidence to support (or refute) the value of the concept, and
against the need for a realistically quantifiable model that
to highlight possible responses and policy issues specific to
relies on available global datasets.
the digital native community. This chapter thus complements
and augments the existing literature by providing a global
With these two requirements in mind, this chapter puts
perspective and offering testable results and measurements.
forward the following definition:
138
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Definition: A digital native is defined as a youth, aged
15-24 inclusive, with five years or more experience using
the Internet.
This definition encompasses the most salient elements often
cited in the literature, while excluding those dimensions
that are prohibitively hard to operationalize and measure
(e.g. depth of use) and/or most controversial (e.g. cognitive
differences defining the population). Nor does the definition
prescribe what the Internet is used for.
Specifics of the model
Consider the year 2012. According to the definition above,
in 2012 a digital native would be someone with five or more
years of experience using the Internet who is 15 to 24 years
of age. Under this model, a simplifying assumption is made
that once someone in their youth starts to use the Internet
they continue to use it year after year. For example, if a young
person was using the Internet in 2007, the model assumes
that they are still using it in 2012. Similarly, if they were using
the Internet before 2007, they continued to use it in 2007.
This is called the monotonicity assumption.
Monotonicity assumption: Once a young person
starts to use the Internet, they continue to use it year
after year, presuming no deaths or drop-outs among
young Internet users.
Given the above definition and assumption, the number of
digital natives in a country in 2012 is equal to the number
of Internet users aged 10-19 in the year 2007. Such people
will have at least five years of Internet experience by 2012.
Therefore, in order to calculate the total number of digital
natives in a country in 2012, it is necessary to take the
Internet penetration (users per 100 people) for youth aged
10-19 in 2007 in that country and multiply it by the total
number of youth aged 10-19 in 2007 in that same country.
Box 4.3: Digital native model
Digital native penetration (%) in year t = Internet users (%) aged 10-19 in year t - 5
Digital native absolute numbers in year t =
Internet users (%) aged 10-19 in year t - 5 * population aged 10-19 in year t - 5 / 100
Youth Internet use functions:
Internet users (%) aged 10-19 = survey data, where available, otherwise:
y = -0.014x2 + 2.358x + 0.337;
y = 100;
0 < x ≤85
x > 85
(1)
(2)
where x is the total Internet user penetration (%) and y is the youth Internet user penetration (%) in a given year.
Country example: Costa Rica
The youth Internet user penetration was not available for Costa Rica in 2007; therefore, the model has to be applied.
Since total Internet user penetration in Costa Rica in 2007 was estimated at 28.4, function (1) is applied:
y = -0.014 * 28.42 + 2.358 * 28.4 + 0.337 = 56.01
This means that the estimated youth Internet user penetration (%) for Costa Rica in 2007 was 56.01, which, according to the digital
native model, is equal to the digital native penetration (%) in year 2012.
Digital native absolute number in year 2012 = Internet users (%) aged 10-19 in year 2007 * population aged 10-19 in year 2007 / 100
= 56.01 * 855 218 / 100 = 479 028
139
Chapter 4. Measuring the world’s digital natives
In order to determine the percentage of youth who used
Figure 4.1 illustrates the distribution of digital natives
the Internet in 2007, national household survey data
by country across the globe, with countries listed in
collected by ITU were used, where available, with any
alphabetical order. A bigger box means more digital
missing values being estimated. To estimate the missing
natives within that country. Not surprisingly, countries with
values for the proportion of youth Internet users, a function
very large populations, such as Brazil, China and India, are
was developed, based on available data from household
prominent in the figure, but highly networked countries
surveys, which relates the Internet penetration of the overall
with relatively smaller populations, including Canada, the
population (x) to the Internet penetration specific to youth
Netherlands and the Republic of Korea, also stand out.
(y) (see Box 4.3).
9
When viewed in terms of their absolute numbers, digital
Since more survey data are available for the age group
natives in the largest countries (e.g. China and India)
15-24 than for the age group 10-19, data for the first age
predominate. However, when they are studied in terms
group were used in the function.10 Hence, for the purpose
of penetration per 100 people, i.e. as a percentage of
of this analysis, it is assumed that Internet user penetration
the overall population, other patterns are revealed. The
for the age group 10-19 is similar to that for the age
estimated proportion of a total population that are digital
group 15-24. Available data show that in most cases the
natives varies between countries, from a low of 0.13 per
penetration for the 10-14 age group is indeed the same or
cent (Timor-Leste) to a high of 14 per cent (Iceland).The
very similar to that for the age group 15-24.11 In summary,
countries at the median are Belarus and Syria, with 5.5 and
this Youth Internet Use Function takes the available youth-
5.4 per cent digital natives, respectively. Interestingly, China
disaggregated Internet penetration data and estimates
is very close to the median, with digital natives representing
youth Internet penetration for all countries where this
5.6 per cent of its population.
information is not available from household surveys for a
given year, in this case for 2007. The model was applied to a
These percentages are portrayed on the map in Figure 4.2,
total of 180 countries.12 Box 4.3 presents the model specifics
where darker shading represents a higher proportion of
and a country example.
digital natives. Table 4.1 shows the values for all countries
included in the model.
4.4 Analysis of the results
Not surprisingly, the results show that high-population
countries have high absolute numbers of digital natives,
and that high-income countries (which usually display
The previous section defined the digital native and
high overall levels of Internet use) tend to have relatively
operationalized the definition with a formal model and
high percentages of their population categorized as digital
existing data from surveys. This section will apply the
natives. Iceland, New Zealand, the Republic of Korea and the
results for an analysis of digital natives across the world
United States, for example, are all countries with relatively
(180 countries).
high levels of ICT use that also have a high proportion of
According to the above digital native model, in 2012 there
digital natives.
were 363 million digital natives out of a world population of
The countries with the highest proportion of digital natives
around 7 billion. Thus, across the globe, some 5.2 per cent of
are all high-income or upper-middle-income countries, and
the world’s total population qualified as digital natives. At the
include countries with very high levels of overall Internet
same time, this accounts for 30 per cent of the global youth
penetration, countries at the top of the ICT Development
population aged 15-24. If all digital natives came together
Index (IDI) and countries with relatively larger shares of
to make up their own country, it would be slightly bigger
youth population.
than the United States, the world’s third most populous
nation. The sum of all digital natives also represents more
Iceland, the country with the highest proportion (14 per
than the entire population of Brazil and Mexico combined.
cent) of digital natives among its population, boasts the
140
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Figure 4.1: Distribution of digital natives across countries (absolute numbers), 2012
Algeria
Argentina
Indonesia
Germany
Canada
Japan
Brazil
Australia
Moldova
Iran (I.R.)
Ban- Belglad- gium
esh
Chile
Korea
(Rep. of)
India
Mexico
Italy
Morocco
Sudan
Nigeria
Turkey
Netherlands
China
Thailand
United
Kingddom
Pakistan
Peru
Russian
Fed.
Venezuela
Philippines
United States
Saudi
Arabia
Russian
Fed.
Colom- Czech Rep.
bia
Egypt
Viet Nam
Spain
France
South
Africa
Note: Absolute number of digital natives in each country (listed alphabetically, top to bottom and left to right) indicated by relative size of box.
Source: ITU
highest Internet user penetration rates worldwide, at 96
87.4 per cent and an Internet usage penetration of 89.5 per
per cent in 2012, and almost all households in the country
cent. While this is somewhat below other top IDI performers,
have Internet at home. Iceland’s youth population accounts
New Zealand’s youth population is proportionately larger
for more than 14 per cent of the total population of the
than that of other top IDI countries, at 14.3 per cent of the
country – one of the highest ratios among the European
total population. In 2012, almost 95 per cent of the youth
countries. In 2012, no fewer than 96 per cent of Iceland’s
population were digital natives.
young people were digital natives.
The Republic of Korea lies in third place, 13.5 per cent of
New Zealand stands out among the high-income countries,
its population being digital natives, just below the figure
in second position with 13.6 per cent of its population
for New Zealand. ICT uptake in the country is exceptionally
qualifying as digital natives. Ranked 16th in the IDI, New
high, and the Republic of Korea has topped the IDI for
Zealand has a household Internet access penetration of
the past three years. Although its youth population is also
141
Chapter 4. Measuring the world’s digital natives
Figure 4.2: Digital natives as a percentage of total population, 2012
0.1 - 3.0
3.1 - 6.0
6.1 - 9.0
9.1 - 14.0
Source: ITU.
relatively large, at 13.5 per cent of the total population, the
cent) that was also fairly high in 2007 (42 per cent). With 18
main reason for the Republic of Korea’s high position is
per cent of the population falling into the youth age range,
high Internet usage among young people: by 2012, almost
however, Malaysia does not have a particularly large youth
100 per cent of the country’s youth population qualified as
“bulge” (more will be said about this phenomenon below).
digital natives. The government has made extensive efforts
Instead, the main explanation for Malaysia’s position near
to adapt its education system to the needs of digital natives
the top of the list is the high estimated proportion of young
and to take advantage of ICTs to transform the way students
people who have at least five years of experience in using
learn. Its SMART Education project stands for Self-directed,
the Internet, at 74.7% in 2012. While home Internet access
Motivated, Adaptive, Resource-enriched and Technology-
was not particularly high (15 per cent) in 2007, young people
embedded learning. By 2015, all students will be able to
may access the Internet in other locations, such as schools.
access cloud-based educational services via wireless Internet
Malaysia has a history of investing not only in education, but
in school, and utilize the learning materials whenever and
also in ICTs in education. A 2002 ITU study on the Internet
wherever they want. There will be an unlimited amount of
in Malaysia highlighted the country’s advances in bringing
educational material, in all possible formats, including videos
schools online, and back in 2000 as many as 31 per cent of
and games. The Government of the Republic of Korea also
primary and 54 per cent of secondary schools already had
provides opportunities for teachers to further develop their
PC facilities, while 10 per cent of primary and 34 per cent of
ICT-in-education skills.
secondary schools had Internet access (ITU, 2002).
Malaysia, in particular, stands out as a developing country
Among the Latin American countries, Brazil, Chile, Costa
with one of the highest proportions of digital natives. With
Rica and Uruguay each have 10 per cent or more digital
13.4 per cent of digital natives in 2012, the country ranks
natives, more than in a number of high-income developed
fourth globally, as compared with its much lower rank (59th)
countries. In Morocco, Peru and Turkey, some 9 per cent
on the IDI. This is a country with a relatively high overall
of the population are digital natives, more than in Spain,
Internet penetration across all age groups in 2012 (66 per
Greece or Italy. In Italy, in particular, the percentage of digital
13
142
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Table 4.1: Digital natives, 2012
Rank
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
Economy
Iceland
New Zealand
Korea (Rep.)
Malaysia
Lithuania
United States
Barbados
Slovakia
Latvia
Denmark
Norway
Singapore
Brunei Darussalam
Finland
Netherlands
Israel
Canada
Poland
Estonia
Sweden
Hong Kong, China
Australia
Chile
Switzerland
United Kingdom
France
Malta
Luxembourg
Saint Lucia
Macao, China
Belgium
Austria
Saudi Arabia
Hungary
Trinidad & Tobago
Grenada
Brazil
Germany
Uruguay
Costa Rica
Slovenia
TFYR Macedonia
Czech Republic
Peru
Cyprus
Ireland
Japan
Croatia
Turkey
Bahamas
Portugal
Morocco
Argentina
Jamaica
Jordan
Viet Nam
Montenegro
Serbia
Spain
Colombia
Maldives
Kuwait
Venezuela
Panama
United Arab Emirates
Mexico
Bulgaria
Greece
Moldova
Romania
Bosnia and Herzegovina
Dominican Rep.
Lebanon
Micronesia
Mauritius
S. Tomé & Principe
St. Vincent and the Gr.
Italy
Egypt
Kyrgyzstan
Tunisia
Bahrain
Guyana
Russian Federation
Thailand
Albania
Zimbabwe
Azerbaijan
China
Belarus
DN
(total)
45’495
606’040
6’552’589
3’914’573
436’045
41’322’288
35’830
696’917
275’036
685’624
607’837
643’589
50’049
645’961
1’993’587
915’636
4’124’622
4’538’102
158’260
1’110’582
833’148
2’621’640
1’961’464
862’768
6’992’034
6’982’540
45’548
56’414
18’921
60’149
1’139’462
886’475
2’988’281
1’018’863
137’561
10’702
20’081’178
8’287’453
340’181
479’028
202’731
205’166
1’044’895
2’922’648
110’504
447’888
12’200’091
420’144
6’933’267
32’393
980’279
2’829’799
3’555’551
238’553
542’817
7’527’242
52’658
819’138
3’887’992
3’904’502
26’444
234’242
2’366’932
285’298
635’781
9’086’114
560’896
861’104
263’203
1’584’515
270’180
733’019
306’940
8’013
92’113
11’849
7’335
4’065’346
5’532’746
357’450
700’044
87’967
48’049
8’974’678
4’387’062
198’333
796’166
551’410
75’210’372
527’032
DN as a
% of total
population
13.9
13.6
13.5
13.4
13.2
13.1
13.1
12.7
12.3
12.3
12.3
12.2
12.1
12.0
11.9
11.9
11.9
11.8
11.8
11.7
11.6
11.4
11.3
11.2
11.1
11.0
10.9
10.8
10.6
10.6
10.6
10.5
10.4
10.2
10.2
10.2
10.1
10.1
10.0
10.0
9.9
9.9
9.9
9.8
9.8
9.8
9.6
9.6
9.3
9.2
9.2
8.7
8.6
8.6
8.4
8.4
8.3
8.3
8.3
8.2
8.2
8.1
7.9
7.9
7.8
7.8
7.6
7.5
7.5
7.4
7.2
7.2
7.2
7.1
7.0
6.9
6.7
6.7
6.6
6.6
6.5
6.5
6.3
6.3
6.3
6.1
6.1
5.9
5.6
5.5
DN as a
% of
total
youth*
95.9
94.8
99.6
74.7
92.7
95.6
90.5
92.9
97.0
96.9
93.3
88.4
73.7
98.3
98.4
80.0
90.1
89.4
96.0
89.4
90.5
83.1
67.0
94.0
85.9
90.7
79.8
88.5
56.0
73.7
91.3
87.7
59.0
84.9
63.4
48.4
60.2
94.2
65.4
54.7
92.3
67.5
82.1
52.1
62.7
78.4
99.5
80.7
53.7
53.3
86.7
45.8
52.5
46.7
40.4
43.6
60.1
62.8
84.6
45.6
35.4
55.8
43.5
46.0
56.6
43.3
68.3
74.6
45.6
60.1
55.7
38.8
40.1
32.2
42.3
32.8
36.5
67.8
34.9
30.5
36.7
50.8
32.4
49.6
42.3
34.1
25.1
30.9
34.7
41.8
Share of
youth
population**
14.4
14.3
13.5
17.9
14.3
13.7
14.4
13.7
12.7
12.6
13.1
13.8
16.5
12.2
12.1
14.9
13.2
13.3
12.3
13.1
12.8
13.8
16.8
11.9
13.0
12.1
13.6
12.2
19.0
14.4
11.6
12.0
17.7
12.1
16.1
21.0
16.8
10.7
15.3
18.3
10.8
14.7
12.1
18.9
15.6
12.5
9.7
11.9
17.3
17.3
10.6
19.0
16.5
18.5
20.8
19.2
13.8
13.2
9.8
18.0
23.0
14.5
18.2
17.1
13.8
18.1
11.1
10.1
16.4
12.3
13.0
18.5
17.8
22.2
16.6
21.0
18.4
9.8
18.9
21.5
17.8
12.7
19.6
12.7
14.8
18.0
24.4
19.0
16.0
13.2
Rank
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
Economy
Syria
Suriname
Belize
Bolivia
Qatar
Honduras
Ecuador
Cape Verde
Fiji
Oman
Iran (I.R.)
Algeria
Mongolia
Tajikistan
Sudan
Paraguay
Uzbekistan
Kenya
Senegal
Cuba
South Africa
Haiti
Guatemala
Tonga
Pakistan
Tanzania
El Salvador
Vanuatu
Nigeria
Georgia
Gambia
Gabon
Bhutan
Philippines
Ukraine
Botswana
Yemen
Samoa
Namibia
Swaziland
Armenia
Indonesia
Zambia
Nicaragua
Lesotho
Libya
Ghana
Uganda
India
Kazakhstan
Angola
Cameroon
Sri Lanka
Congo
Togo
Comoros
Guinea-Bissau
Rwanda
Afghanistan
Solomon Islands
Lao P.D.R.
Côte d'Ivoire
Bangladesh
Benin
Djibouti
Papua New Guinea
Turkmenistan
Nepal
Equatorial Guinea
Mauritania
Somalia
Malawi
Mozambique
Iraq
Chad
Mali
Guinea
Burundi
Burkina Faso
Madagascar
Cambodia
Liberia
Ethiopia
Central African Rep.
Eritrea
Congo (Dem. Rep.)
Niger
Sierra Leone
Myanmar
Timor-Leste
DN
(total)
1’141’451
28’450
16’847
500’185
93’271
362’189
671’850
22’316
38’639
126’663
3’188’749
1’512’106
117’484
280’152
1’789’721
259’834
1’072’320
1’596’013
485’465
414’580
1’848’847
369’222
528’839
3’655
6’143’363
1’571’929
197’758
7’909
5’154’598
128’126
53’912
44’935
21’253
2’699’063
1’231’068
54’891
665’487
4’583
57’556
29’692
75’543
5’841’176
324’758
123’340
43’477
122’917
468’171
644’338
22’660’059
269’422
317’113
302’917
301’853
55’530
72’077
8’701
17’710
118’691
335’958
5’549
62’152
195’380
1’423’409
84’682
8’169
62’852
39’693
238’079
5’653
26’877
56’955
85’334
122’269
166’937
55’872
73’385
46’734
38’081
74’860
83’190
50’145
12’759
229’727
11’713
14’180
175’259
40’436
11’034
76’302
1’495
DN as a
% of total
population
5.4
5.3
5.2
4.9
4.8
4.6
4.5
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.2
4.1
4.1
4.0
3.9
3.9
3.8
3.7
3.7
3.7
3.6
3.6
3.5
3.5
3.4
3.3
3.2
3.1
3.1
3.0
3.0
2.9
2.8
2.8
2.7
2.7
2.6
2.5
2.4
2.4
2.4
2.4
2.3
2.1
2.0
1.9
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.6
1.6
1.5
1.4
1.3
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.0
1.0
1.0
0.9
0.9
0.9
0.9
0.9
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.1
DN as a
% of
total
youth*
26.1
31.6
24.4
24.2
38.6
21.6
24.6
19.7
24.7
26.0
21.6
21.6
20.7
17.2
19.9
19.5
17.5
18.5
18.0
26.7
18.6
17.3
17.2
18.5
16.0
16.9
14.4
15.8
16.0
19.7
14.4
13.6
13.7
14.1
21.4
12.4
12.0
12.6
11.5
9.9
14.4
13.7
11.8
9.8
8.5
11.4
9.3
9.0
9.5
9.6
7.9
7.3
9.5
6.8
5.5
6.3
5.6
5.4
4.9
5.0
4.2
4.7
4.7
4.6
4.2
4.6
3.7
3.7
3.9
3.7
3.1
2.6
2.5
2.5
2.4
2.3
2.2
2.0
2.1
1.9
1.6
1.6
1.2
1.2
1.3
1.2
1.3
0.9
0.9
0.6
Share of
youth
population**
20.7
16.8
21.3
20.1
12.5
21.2
18.4
22.5
17.9
16.7
19.5
19.2
19.9
23.0
19.7
19.9
21.8
20.2
20.5
13.8
19.6
20.8
20.4
18.8
21.3
19.5
21.9
19.9
19.3
15.1
20.5
21.1
20.7
19.8
12.8
21.5
21.8
19.7
21.2
24.5
16.9
17.5
19.8
21.2
23.1
16.7
19.7
20.1
18.9
17.1
20.0
20.4
15.0
19.2
20.7
17.9
19.9
19.6
20.6
19.5
23.0
20.4
20.1
19.7
21.2
19.3
21.0
20.9
19.4
19.8
18.7
20.4
19.8
19.6
19.8
19.6
19.8
21.9
20.0
20.2
21.8
19.2
21.6
20.6
19.5
20.4
18.5
19.5
18.2
21.2
Note: DN: Digital natives. * Refers to population aged 15 to 24. ** Share of youth population (15-24) among the total population.
Source: ITU.
143
Chapter 4. Measuring the world’s digital natives
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
0.4
As % of total population
As % of total population
Chart 4.1: Digital natives as a percentage of total population, top countries (left) and bottom countries
(right), 2012
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.0
Source: ITU.
natives (6.7 per cent) is relatively low, compared with other
major urban areas, Cambodia could rapidly increase its
European countries and developed countries elsewhere.
number and proportion of digital natives. Important steps
This can be explained by the relatively low youth population
are already under way in this regard: in 2013, the country
ratio in Italy and its lower Internet user penetration relative
finalized its National Broadband Policy, which aims at
to other countries from the European Union in 2007.
expanding broadband Internet access nationwide.15
In Africa, Mauritius, which ranks first in the regional IDI, also
Digital natives and the ICT Development
Index (IDI)
has the highest percentage (7 per cent) of digital natives.
Second is Zimbabwe, where 6.1 per cent of the population
are digital natives in 2012. The country has the world’s
A comparison between countries’ ICT infrastructure and
second highest share of young people aged 15-24, at 24.5
uptake – as measured by the IDI – and their proportion of
per cent.
digital natives shows a strong correlation (Chart 4.2). This
suggests that enhancing ICT access and use should support
Chart 4.1 shows the 15 countries with the largest estimated
a growing level of digital nativism.
proportion of digital natives among their population, as
well as the ten countries with the smallest percentage
Nevertheless, the correlation is not as strong as between
of digital natives. The ten countries with the lowest
the IDI and per capita gross national income (GNI p.c.),
proportion of digital natives – all well below one in 100
and the results also reveal somewhat different patterns
people – are mostly nations suffering from conflict, with
compared with the IDI results (see Chapter 2). While a
very low Internet penetration overall and which also
number of the top IDI performers (such as the Nordic
feature low on the IDI. Five of them – Central African
countries, but also the Republic of Korea and Hong Kong,
Republic, Democratic Republic of the Congo, Eritrea,
China) also have high percentages of digital natives, other
Ethiopia and Niger are among the ten countries with the
countries with relatively larger youth populations display
lowest IDI 2012 values, and Liberia ranks 146th out of 157
higher proportions of digital natives in relation to some
on the IDI.14 Cambodia, on the other hand, ranks 120th on
top IDI performers.
the IDI, and has one of the largest shares of young people
(aged 15-24) in the world. This suggests that, with the
Countries well above the trendline, including Malaysia,
right policies aimed at increasing Internet access outside
Peru and Zimbabwe, have a relatively large number of
144
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Chart 4.2: Relationship between digital natives as a percentage of total population and the IDI value
16
Malaysia
14
Digital natives (%)
12
Peru
10
8
Zimbabwe
6
Qatar
4
Ukraine
2
Kazakhstan
Armenia
R² = 0.7755
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
IDI value
Source: ITU.
digital natives compared to their IDI levels. Countries
of digital natives in each region varies from a high 10 per
below the trendline, including Armenia, Kazakhstan and
cent in the Americas to 1.9 per cent in Africa. Africa and
Qatar, have a relatively low number of digital natives
Asia and the Pacific have relatively low levels of digital
compared to their IDI levels. While in the case of Qatar
natives per capita compared with, for instance, Europe.
this may be explained by the low proportion of youth
(Chart 4.3, left).
in the population (15-24 years olds made up only 12.5
per cent of the total 2012 population), the proportions
There is, however, significant variation among countries
of youth in Armenia and Kazakhstan are about the same
within the regions, in particular within the Asia and Pacific
as the world average (around 17 per cent), suggesting
that more efforts could be undertaken to connect the
region (where the proportion of digital natives ranges
from 0.13 per cent in Timor-Leste to 13.6 per cent in New
younger generation there.
Zealand). The least variation among countries is found in
Digital natives across income and
geographic categories
A country’s population of digital natives also resonates
Europe.
with its level of (economic) development. Some 4.2 per
Studying the countries with very high and very low
cent of the people residing in developing countries are
percentages of digital natives among their population
digital natives, while in the developed countries digital
reveals some geographic and income patterns. High-
natives account for 10 per cent of the population (Chart
income countries that have high ICT levels (and rank
4.3, left). Looking at income groupings, there is a consistent
high on the IDI), notably many European countries, seem
increase in the percentage of digital natives when moving
to have high percentages of digital natives, while low-
from low- to high-income countries (Chart 4.3, right). The
income countries, notably African countries, dominate
significantly lower proportion of digital natives in low-
the list with low levels. Indeed, upon closer analysis, the
income countries than in high-income countries is primarily
proportion of digital natives in a country varies according
due to their relatively lower levels of ICT – and in particular
to economic level and geographic region. The proportion
Internet – uptake.
145
Chapter 4. Measuring the world’s digital natives
12
12
10
10
As % of total population
As % of total population
Chart 4.3: Digital natives as a percentage of total population, by region and level of development (left)
and by income (right), 2012
8
6
4
2
0
8
6
4
2
0
High-income Upper-middle Lower-middle Low-income
-income
-income
Source: ITU.
Youth bulge
combined with medium or relatively high levels of overall
Internet use in 2007; or (ii) high levels of Internet use in
For the purposes of this chapter, digital natives are defined
2007, resulting in high levels of five-year youth Internet use
as youth with at least five years of experience in using the
in 2012; or (iii) some combination of the two.
Internet. Therefore, high proportions of digital natives in
2012 for a given country may be attributable to: (i) relatively
Many countries are known to have a “youth bulge” or, in
high number of young people aged 10-19 in 2007, resulting
other words, a large proportion of young people relative to
in a high number of young people aged 15-24 in 2012,
their population as a whole. Studies on this phenomenon
Chart 4.4: Population distribution by age group and gender, Egypt, 2010
Male
Female
100+
90-94
80-84
70-74
60-64
50-54
40-44
30-34
20-24
10-14
0-4
5'000
4'000
3'000
2'000
1'000
Source: United Nations Population Division (UNPD).
146
0
0
Population (thousands)
1'000
2'000
3'000
4'000
5'000
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Chart 4.5: Percentage of population in the age group 15-24, by region and level of development (left),
and income group (right), 2012
25
20
15
10
5
0
Youth as % of total population
Youth as % of total population
25
20
15
10
5
0
Low-income Lower-middle Upper-middle High-income
-income
-income
Source: ITU.
have focused in particular on the developing world, where
not unexpected given that, as mentioned, youth bulges are
a combination of high fertility rates and declining infant
particularly prevalent in developing nations. The percentage
mortality has resulted in a large proportion of the population
of population in the 15-24 age range in 2012 is depicted on
comprising children and young adults. The population
the map in Figure 4.3.
pyramid depicted in Chart 4.4 shows a “classic” youth bulge
based on 2010 population data from Egypt. A majority of
Looking at income categories, it is apparent that the youth
Egyptians are aged 25 or younger.
bulge is most significant among the low-income and lower-
Indeed, the percentage of a country’s population that falls
why some low-income economies, such as Kyrgyzstan and
within the digital native age range of 15-24 in 2012 varies
Zimbabwe, where 15-24 year olds represent 21.5 and 24.4
significantly across the world, from a low of 9.7 per cent in
per cent of the population, respectively, have relatively
Japan to a high (youth bulge) of 24.5 per cent in Swaziland.
high percentages of digital natives. Similarly, lower-middle-
The global figure is 17 per cent.
income economies Morocco, Egypt and Syria have relatively
middle-income countries (Chart 4.5, right). This also explains
high proportions of digital natives, owing in part to a large
Differences between the proportions of youth within the
age range 15-24 are significant between developed and
developing countries: 12.3 per cent in the former compared
with 18.2 per cent in the latter. Regionally, the percentage
of the population in the 15-24 age range varies from 20.1
per cent in Africa to 12.4 per cent in Europe (Chart 4.5,
left). In the Europe region, Germany, Greece, Italy, Portugal,
Slovenia and Spain have a relatively small proportion of
young population group.
Digital natives compared with overall
youth population
Another way of looking at digital natives is by analysing their
penetration as a percentage of the total youth population
in a country.
15-24 year olds, below 11 per cent. In Cape Verde, Lao PDR,
The variation in the proportion of a nation’s youth population
Lesotho, Maldives, Micronesia, Swaziland, Tajikistan and
that are estimated as having been Internet users for five years
Zimbabwe, the percentage is at least twice as high. Africa,
or more (i.e. are digital natives) in 2012 ranges from a high
in particular, but also developing countries in Asia and the
99.6 per cent in the Republic of Korea to a low 0.6 per cent
Pacific, Latin America and the Caribbean, and the Arab
in Timor-Leste. In 21 countries (mainly high-income and
States, have more of a youth bulge than Europe, which is
developed), more than 90 per cent of 15-24 year olds have
147
Chapter 4. Measuring the world’s digital natives
Figure 4.3: Percentage of population in the age group 15-24, 2012
1.0 - 10.0
11.0 - 15.0
16.0 - 20.0
21.0 - 25.0
Source: UNPD.
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
As % of youth population (15-24)
As % of youth population (15-24)
Chart 4.6: Digital natives as a percentage of youth (15-24), by region and level of development (left),
and by income group (right), 2012
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
High-income Upper-middle Lower-middle Low-income
-income
-income
Source: ITU.
been online for at least five years. The figure varies significantly
Further disaggregation by the four income categories shows
according to region and economic level, between 9.2 per cent
a range from 5.7 per cent in low-income countries to 89.6
in the Africa region and 79.1 per cent in Europe (Chart 4.6 left).
per cent in high-income countries (Chart 4.6, right).
The percentage of Internet users aged 15-24 with five or more
While many low-income countries have a youth bulge, they
years of experience ranges from 22.8 per cent in the developing
also have relatively low numbers of young people who have
world to 81.9 per cent in the developed world (Chart 4.6, left).
been using the Internet for at least five years compared with
148
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Chart 4.7: Percentage of digital natives among youth Internet users, 2012
Youth Internet users
Digital natives (five years or more using the Internet)
Non digital natives (less than five years using the Internet)
14%
53%
47%
44%
56%
86%
Developed (145 million)
Developing (503 million)
World (648 million)
Source: ITU.
higher-income countries. In high-income countries, most
young people (89.6 per cent) fall into this category (and
are thus digital natives); whereas in low-income countries,
only about one in 20 young people qualify as digital natives.
Age gaps: Internet use among youth compared with Internet use among the overall
population
Similarly, 8 out of 10 young people in Europe have five or more
As mentioned before, a country will have a large proportion
years of experience on the Internet, while only about one in 10
of digital natives if it has a youth bulge and at least medium
young people in Africa have had similar network experience.
levels of Internet user penetration; or if it has high and
sustained Internet user penetration within its population as
Comparing absolute figures for digital natives with the
a whole. Nonetheless, there are also significant differences
total numbers of youth Internet users in 2012, important
among countries when it comes to the percentage of youth
differences can be observed across regions. Chart 4.7
who are Internet users in relation to the percentage of the
presents digital natives as a proportion of total connected
overall population using the Internet. While some countries
youth in 2012, for developed and developing regions, and
have fairly uniform levels of Internet penetration across
for the world as a whole. It shows that there are a large
all age groups, in others, according to available data and
number of young people who started using the Internet
estimates, young people are much more networked than
only more recently (i.e. less than five years ago). Out of a
the population as a whole.
total of 145 million young Internet users in the developed
countries, 86.3 per cent are estimated to be digital natives,
The previous section analysed the percentage of youth
compared with less than half of the 503 million young
with sustained Internet experience, comparing the
Internet users in the developing world. Looking at the world
figures around the globe. More online youth will naturally
figure, slightly more than half (56 per cent) of young Internet
lead to more digital natives. This section compares the
users are considered digital natives. This means that there
relative intensity of youth Internet use with a country’s
are around 285 million (44 per cent) of “newcomers” (young
overall Internet penetration. While the percentage of a
people with less than five years of experience in using the
country’s youth Internet use (for at least five years) is what
Internet) in the world in 2012.
drives its proportion of digital natives, any difference (or
149
Chapter 4. Measuring the world’s digital natives
gap) between the levels of Internet use among young
low of 1.0 in Iceland (where nearly everyone, from all age
people, on the one hand, and the overall population,
groups, is an Internet user, with only a tiny increase among
on the other, will help explain to what degree these
young people). The global average is 1.8, demonstrating
digital natives are the early adopters, leading the way in a
that, worldwide, youth are, on balance, nearly two times
nation’s path towards becoming an information society.
more networked than the global population as a whole.
The extent to which digital natives drive a nation’s ICT
uptake is important for understanding, learning from
This ratio reveals a significant higher degree of Internet use
and responding to the needs of these network-enabled
among young people than in the population as a whole in
youth. It is also important since it helps understand the
most countries, but with variations between regions and
potential that these networked youth represent in terms
according to economic level. Looking at the six regions,
of driving the information society, stimulating innovation
the ratio ranges from 2.3 in Africa to 1.3 in Europe (Chart
and harnessing the benefits of ICTs.
4.8, left). The average ratio for developing countries is 2
(i.e. twice as many young people are online than members
The Internet user age gap can be calculated as the ratio
of the population as a whole), while the average ratio for
of Internet user penetration in the 15-24 age range to
developed countries is 1.3. Looking at variations across the
overall Internet user penetration. For the purpose of this
four income categories, the ratio decreases significantly as
section, 2012 Internet user figures are compared. A ratio of
we move from low-income to high-income countries, as
one would mean that Internet penetration among youth
depicted in Chart 4.8, right.
is exactly the same as for the population as a whole (no
age gap); a ratio of 2 would mean that youth are twice as
In every country of the world, the 15-24 year olds are more
networked as the overall population; and so forth.
likely to be Internet users, suggesting that the young are
drivers of the information society. In most of the world’s
Table 4.2 shows Internet user penetration for youth and
least developed countries, young people are nearly three
for the total population, as well as the calculated ratio
times more likely than the general population to be using
between these two penetration rates (the age gap), for
the Internet. This is the case, for example, in Timor-Leste,
each country. The ratios range from a high of 2.8 in Eritrea
Myanmar, Burundi, Sierra Leone and Somalia, even if Internet
(nearly three times as much Internet use among young
penetration in these countries remains very low. In highly
people as compared with the population as a whole) to a
populated countries such as Bangladesh, Pakistan and India,
3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
3.0
Ratio of youth Internet usage to
overall Internet usage
Ratio of youth Internet usage to
overall Internet usage
Chart 4.8: Ratio of youth (15-24) Internet usage to overall Internet usage, by region and level of
development (left), and by income group (right), 2012
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
Low-income
Source: ITU.
150
Lowermiddleincome
Uppermiddleincome
High-income
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Table 4.2: Internet user penetration, youth and total population, 2012
Economy
Korea (Rep.)
Germany
United Arab Emirates
Switzerland
France
Australia
Belgium
Canada
United Kingdom
United States
Austria
Bahrain
Qatar
Slovakia
Kuwait
Japan
Estonia
Ireland
New Zealand
Finland
Luxembourg
Denmark
Netherlands
Czech Republic
Sweden
Singapore
Latvia
Norway
Israel
Barbados
Hong Kong, China
Iceland
Hungary
Spain
Bahamas
Malta
Slovenia
Lithuania
Malaysia
Bosnia and Herzegovina
Poland
Macao, China
Portugal
TFYR Macedonia
Croatia
Chile
Lebanon
Cyprus
Brunei Darussalam
Oman
Trinidad & Tobago
Italy
Montenegro
Greece
Argentina
Bulgaria
Uruguay
Morocco
Albania
Azerbaijan
Saudi Arabia
Kazakhstan
Russian Federation
Romania
Brazil
Colombia
Saint Lucia
Serbia
St. Vincent and the Grenadines
Costa Rica
Belarus
Jamaica
Georgia
Panama
Turkey
Dominican Rep.
Egypt
Venezuela
Moldova
China
Grenada
Tunisia
Mauritius
Jordan
South Africa
Viet Nam
Armenia
Maldives
Mexico
Peru
Youth
Internet user
penetration*
99.6
99.6
99.6
99.6
99.6
99.6
99.6
99.5
99.5
99.5
99.5
99.4
99.4
99.4
99.3
99.3
99.2
99.2
99.2
99.0
98.8
98.5
98.5
98.4
98.3
98.2
98.2
98.0
98.0
98.0
97.8
97.7
97.5
97.5
97.4
96.8
96.8
95.9
94.9
94.6
94.5
94.1
93.9
93.4
93.3
92.4
92.2
92.1
91.6
91.4
91.1
90.0
89.1
88.5
88.3
87.8
87.8
87.7
87.4
87.0
86.8
86.3
86.2
83.2
83.1
82.2
81.9
81.4
80.8
80.8
80.1
79.7
78.6
78.3
78.2
78.1
77.1
77.0
76.3
75.0
74.8
74.0
74.0
73.5
73.5
71.6
71.2
70.9
70.3
70.0
Total
Internet user
penetration
84.1
84.0
85.0
85.2
83.0
82.3
82.0
86.8
87.0
81.0
81.0
88.0
88.1
80.0
79.2
79.1
79.0
79.0
89.5
91.0
92.0
93.0
93.0
75.0
94.0
74.2
74.0
95.0
73.4
73.3
72.8
96.0
72.0
72.0
71.7
70.0
70.0
68.0
65.8
65.4
65.0
64.3
64.0
63.1
63.0
61.4
61.2
61.0
60.3
60.0
59.5
58.0
56.8
56.0
55.8
55.1
55.1
55.0
54.7
54.2
54.0
53.3
53.3
50.0
49.8
49.0
48.6
48.1
47.5
47.5
46.9
46.5
45.5
45.2
45.1
45.0
44.1
44.0
43.4
42.3
42.1
41.4
41.4
41.0
41.0
39.5
39.2
38.9
38.4
38.2
Age gap**
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.1
1.1
1.2
1.2
1.1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.3
1.0
1.3
1.3
1.0
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.0
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8
Economy
Uzbekistan
Philippines
Ecuador
Tonga
Cape Verde
Suriname
Guyana
Bolivia
Fiji
Ukraine
Nigeria
Kenya
Paraguay
Thailand
Iran (I.R.)
Micronesia
Cuba
El Salvador
Bhutan
Belize
Syria
Kyrgyzstan
S. Tomé & Principe
Sudan
Swaziland
Libya
Senegal
Sri Lanka
Honduras
Yemen
Ghana
Zimbabwe
Angola
Mongolia
Guatemala
Indonesia
Algeria
Uganda
Tajikistan
Equatorial Guinea
Nicaragua
Zambia
Tanzania
Namibia
Samoa
India
Gambia
Botswana
Nepal
Haiti
Lao P.D.R.
Vanuatu
Pakistan
Gabon
Djibouti
Rwanda
Turkmenistan
Iraq
Solomon Islands
Bangladesh
Congo
Comoros
Cameroon
Afghanistan
Mauritania
Cambodia
Mozambique
Lesotho
Malawi
Togo
Benin
Liberia
Burkina Faso
Central African Rep.
Guinea-Bissau
Côte d'Ivoire
Papua New Guinea
Mali
Chad
Madagascar
Congo (Dem. Rep.)
Guinea
Ethiopia
Niger
Somalia
Sierra Leone
Burundi
Myanmar
Timor-Leste
Eritrea
Youth
Internet user
penetration*
67.8
67.4
65.9
65.5
65.4
65.3
64.8
64.6
64.0
63.9
62.7
61.6
53.9
53.0
52.2
52.1
51.6
51.4
51.3
50.5
49.4
45.0
44.7
43.7
43.3
41.7
40.5
38.8
38.5
37.2
36.6
36.5
36.3
35.2
34.5
33.3
33.0
32.0
31.6
30.5
29.6
29.6
28.8
28.5
28.5
27.8
27.5
25.6
24.9
24.3
24.1
23.8
22.4
19.6
18.9
18.4
16.6
16.4
16.2
14.6
14.2
13.9
13.3
12.8
12.6
11.6
11.4
10.9
10.3
9.5
9.1
9.1
8.9
7.3
7.0
5.9
5.7
5.4
5.2
5.1
4.3
3.8
3.8
3.6
3.6
3.4
3.2
2.8
2.5
2.2
Total
Internet user
penetration
36.5
36.2
35.1
34.9
34.7
34.7
34.3
34.2
33.7
33.7
32.9
32.1
27.1
26.5
26.0
26.0
25.6
25.5
25.4
25.0
24.3
21.7
21.6
21.0
20.8
19.9
19.2
18.3
18.1
17.4
17.1
17.1
16.9
16.4
16.0
15.4
15.2
14.7
14.5
13.9
13.5
13.5
13.1
12.9
12.9
12.6
12.4
11.5
11.1
10.9
10.7
10.6
10.0
8.6
8.3
8.0
7.2
7.1
7.0
6.3
6.1
6.0
5.7
5.5
5.4
4.9
4.8
4.6
4.4
4.0
3.8
3.8
3.7
3.0
2.9
2.4
2.3
2.2
2.1
2.1
1.7
1.5
1.5
1.4
1.4
1.3
1.2
1.1
0.9
0.8
Age gap**
1.9
1.9
1.9
1.9
1.9
1.9
1.9
1.9
1.9
1.9
1.9
1.9
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.1
2.1
2.1
2.1
2.1
2.1
2.1
2.1
2.1
2.1
2.1
2.1
2.1
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.4
2.4
2.4
2.4
2.4
2.4
2.4
2.4
2.4
2.4
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.7
2.7
2.8
Note:
GNIto
per
capita is based
onto
the
World
Bank’s
Atlas Method.
Note: *The
* Refers
population
aged 15
24.
** Ratio
of youth
(15-24) Internet users to overall Internet users.
Source:
Source: ITU.
ITU.
151
Chapter 4. Measuring the world’s digital natives
Figure 4.4: Ratio of youth (15-24) Internet users to overall Internet users, 2012
1.0 - 1.5
1.6 - 2.0
2.1 - 2.5
2.6 - 3.0
Source: ITU and UNPD.
the ratio is also high, between 2.2. and 2.3. The map of the
Indeed, it is a reasonable conjecture that, as the age gap
ratio is shown in Figure 4.4
increases, so too do the most dramatic properties ascribed
to digital natives by some proponents – namely, that they
Clearly, youth in low-income and lower-middle-income
think differently and are a breed apart.
countries as well as in many African and Southern Asian
countries are the relatively most networked – they are the
What this finding points to is that it is the countries with
early adopters leading their countries in Internet use. This
the biggest age gaps (which are primarily in the developing
factor, along with the additional youth bulge described
world) that are liable to be those most impacted by their
above, points to the significance, not just in number, but in
importance, of digital natives especially in low-income and
lower-middle-income countries and countries of Africa and
Southern Asia. If youth are leading digital adoption within
a country, then they are likely to:
•
have an online life experience with which the rest of
the country’s population will not be so familiar;
•
have higher levels of expertise and digital literacy
compared with the population as a whole;
•
152
digital natives. Paradoxically, while most of the literature on
digital natives focuses on high-income countries, the most
important location for the application of this concept is likely
to be the developing world. These findings also highlight the
need for further research to analyse how digital natives think,
work and do things differently, and whether this should have
an impact on the way digital natives are taught or employed.
Age gap and youth bulge
Finally, some countries have both a youth bulge and a relatively
more networked youth. In fact, a country’s youth bulge and
have potentially adopted a more networked mindset
the age gap are strongly correlated (the correlation coefficient
(as described in some of the literature above) than the
between the two indicators is 0.78). Relatively small youth
wider population.
bulges and low age gap ratios (meaning that young people
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Chart 4.9: Relationship between the ratio of youth (15-24) Internet users to overall Internet users
(y-axis) and percentage of total population aged 15-24 (x-axis), by income group, 2012
3.0
Ratio of youth Internet users to overall Internet users
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
High-income
Upper-middle-income
Lower-middle-income
0.5
Low-income
0.0
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
% of youth population (15-24)
Note: Linear fit. Shaded regions depict 95 per cent confidence levels of fit.
Source: ITU and UNPD.
are not particularly more networked) occur in high-income
income groupings. For these countries, young people truly
countries, while the reverse is true for low-income countries.
are driving Internet use. However, and interestingly, as the
youth bulge increases in low-income countries, the ratio of
Chart 4.9 portrays the relationship between a country’s youth
youth Internet users to the users in the general population
bulge and the age gap, with countries grouped according
actually declines, in contrast to what occurs in the other
to the four income levels. The bottom three lines represent
three economic groups, which show the opposite trend.
countries in the high-income, upper-middle-income and
This might be the case in low-income countries because
lower-middle-income groups. What is clear is that, for each
the youth bulge in those settings occurs particularly in
of these groups, the lower the income levels the higher the
their most under-resourced (e.g. rural) areas, i.e. in the
relative degree of Internet use among youth. Furthermore, the
contexts and communities least able to gain Internet access.
greater the youth bulge for these income groups, the more
If this is true, it implies that those particular settings are
networked the youth are relative to the country as a whole.
characterized at the same time by a higher percentage of
youth and a lower level of overall Internet use (including
Finally, the graph shows that the youth in low-income
among young people) in comparison with the country’s
countries (the top line) are indeed the most relatively
more developed areas. Verifying this hypothesis will require
networked in comparison with the countries in the other
further research, as it carries important policy implications.
153
Chapter 4. Measuring the world’s digital natives
Digital natives and educational factors
of digital natives brings out a number of interesting
The above analysis makes clear that the world is filled
enrolment at the secondary and tertiary levels17 and a
(unevenly) with digital natives and that in low-income
country’s proportion of digital natives.18 The age range
countries in particular young people are the most networked
for digital natives, namely15-24, places them within these
and are driving Internet penetration. Encouraging and
stages of education. What can be seen overall is that, as
nurturing these digital natives is important everywhere, but
secondary and tertiary school enrolment levels go up, so
especially so in the developing world, where they are the
too does the percentage of digital natives. This suggests
early Internet adopters.
that secondary and tertiary education plays a positive role
linkages. Chart 4.10 shows the relationship between school
in enhancing levels of digital nativism, although this may
There are many ways in which a country might nurture
also be the outcome of additional factors. For instance,
and expand its population of digital natives. One perhaps
all of these figures are closely related to a country’s level
obvious solution is simply to enhance the availability and
of economic development (a factor at best exogenous to
affordability of Internet access, for instance through ensuring
the digital native model).
competition and a robust ICT marketplace. Indeed, a nation’s
proportion of digital natives correlates strongly with all of
While digital natives’ age range places them contem-
the major ICT indicators16 (e.g. mobile-phone subscriptions,
poraneously at the secondary or post-secondary edu-
Internet usage, household access to a computer and to
cation levels, arriving at these stages of schooling would
Internet). As shown above, there is a strong relationship
have required them to pass through primary school. And,
between a nation’s ICT infrastructure and uptake (as
indeed, the level of primary school enrolment measured
measured by the IDI) and the percentage of its population
in a year in which many of these digital natives would
that are digital natives.
have been of primary school age correlates with levels
of digital nativism. Chart 4.11 portrays the relationship
In addition to ICTs, education, which is also taken into
between primary school enrolment in 2002 and the
account in the IDI calculation (see Chapter 2), is another
percentage of the population categorized as digital
important correlate to digital nativism. An analysis of
natives in 2012. While the relationship is significant and
the major educational indicators, using the most recent
positive,19 it is not at all as strong as the relationship with
available data, and their relationship to a nation’s share
secondary and tertiary school enrolment (also reflecting
160
120
140
100
Gross tertiary enrolment ratio
Gross secondary enrolment ratio
Chart 4.10: Relationship between digital natives as a percentage of total population and school
enrolment, by education level, 2012
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
-20
60
40
20
0
-20
-40
-40
-5
0
5
10
15
Digital natives as a % of total population
Note: Linear fit. Shaded regions depict 95 per cent confidence levels of fit.
Source: ITU and UNESCO Institute for Statistics (UIS).
154
80
-5
0
5
10
15
Digital natives as a % of total population
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Chart 4.11: Relationship between digital
natives as a percentage of total population,
2012 and primary enrolment, 2002
This suggests that, while primary school enrolment
is obviously a critical pre-condition for increasing a
country’s proportion of youth who are digital natives,
Gross primary enrolment ratio
it is ultimately by enhancing the level of secondary
160
and tertiary school enrolment that the most significant
140
positive impact on the degree of digital nativism is likely
120
to be achieved.
100
Another interesting relationship exists between a country’s
80
level of digital nativism and gender balance within school
60
enrolment. Chart 4.12 plots the ratio of female to male
40
enrolment in secondary and tertiary schools against
20
-5
0
5
10
15
Digital natives as a % of total population
the percentage of digital natives in a country. There is a
statistically significant relationship between digital nativism
and the ratio of females to males in secondary school and
Note: Linear fit. Shaded regions depict 95 per cent confidence
levels of fit.
Source: ITU and UIS.
tertiary school.20 While it is too early to draw firm conclusions
from this particular observation, it is possible that girls are
more likely to gain access to the Internet from education
facilities. This would require equal access to education for
both boys and girls. The analysis shows that the higher the
the fact that overall primary school enrolment rates are
enrolment of females in secondary and tertiary schools, the
much higher and more homogeneous across countries
higher a country’s share of digital natives. These findings will
than enrolment rates for higher levels of education).
require additional research.
Chart 4.12: Relationship between digital natives as a percentage of total population and ratio of
females to males in school enrolment, by education level, 2012
1.5
Gender parity index for gross
secondary enrolment ratio
Gender parity index for gross
tertiary enrolment ratio
2.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
-5
0
5
10
15
Digital natives as a % of total population
-5
0
5
10
15
Digital natives as a % of total population
Note: Linear fit. Shaded regions depict 95 per cent confidence levels of fit.
Source: ITU and UIS.
155
Chapter 4. Measuring the world’s digital natives
4.5Conclusions
Digital nativism is not homogeneous across the globe,
While the concept of digital native has received considerable
development. Indeed, the estimated proportion of a
attention, been defined in various ways and attracted
country’s total population that are digital natives varies
a certain amount of criticism, it seems very clear that
from a low of 0.13 per cent to a high of 16 per cent, with
“digital media are changing the way young people learn,
a global value of 5.2 per cent. Aggregating by region, the
play, socialize, and participate in civic life” (Ito et al., 2008).
share of digital natives varies from a high of 10 per cent in
Although more research is needed in order to understand
the Americas to 1.9 per cent in Africa. Some 4.2 per cent of
the impact that digital natives have in driving the information
people in developing nations are digital natives, as against
society, and on the way digital natives learn, work and do
10 per cent in the developed countries.
and varies by country, region and level of economic
things, there is general agreement that young people learn
and adapt to ICTs quickly. In other words, in their hands and
A country will have a high percentage of digital natives if
with their minds, ICTs become a particularly powerful tool.
it has: relatively high levels of youth and at least medium
levels of Internet use; high levels of Internet use; or some
This chapter defines a digital native as a networked youth
combination of the two.
between the age of 15 and 24, with five or more years of
experience using the Internet. It then develops a model
Many countries have a large proportion of young people
that operationalizes this definition, and applies the model
relative to their population as a whole, or, in other words,
to datasets in order to quantify the world’s digital natives,
a youth bulge. Broken down by region, the proportion of
country by country. The chapter thus offers the first indicator,
the population in the 15-24 age range varies from 20.1 per
and the first quantified mapping, of the world’s digital
cent in Africa to 12.4 per cent in Europe. Variations are also
natives.
significant across economic groups, with 18.2 per cent of
the developing world in this age range as against just 12.3
According to the model, in 2012 there were around 363
per cent of the developed world. The youth bulge in Africa
million digital natives out of a world population of nearly
and developing economies should be a core driver of
7 billion. This means that 5.2 per cent of the world’s
the level of digital nativism in those countries.
population and 30 per cent of 15-24 year olds engaged in
sustained activity online. The digital natives are, globally
Furthermore, young people are more likely to be online than
speaking, a minority of today’s youth. This is primarily due
the general population as a whole. The proportion of the
to relatively low Internet usage rates in many developing
youth population who are young Internet users with five or
countries with large (youth) populations; but also to the fact
more years of experience ranges from a high of 99.6 per cent
that ICTs are a fairly new phenomenon and that, back in
to a low of 0.6 per cent. Aggregation by income categories
2007, by which time young people had to be online in order
shows shares ranging from 5.7 per cent in low-income
to be considered digital natives today (needing at least five
countries to 89.6 per cent in high-income countries. The
years of experience), Internet penetration was relatively low:
high degree of sustained youth Internet use drives the
in 2007, only 21 per cent of the global population was online.
level of digital nativism, in particular in Europe, North
America and the developed economies in general.
Over the past five years, Internet usage has increased
significantly in the developing world, from 11.9 percent in
The age gap can be calculated as the ratio of a country’s
2007 to 30.7 per cent in 2012. This report has shown that 53
Internet user penetration in the 15-24 age range to its
per cent of today’s young Internet users in the developing
overall Internet user penetration. Values for this ratio range
world do not yet qualify as digital natives. Within the next
from a high of 2.8 to a low of 1.0, with a global average
five years, therefore, the digital native population
of 1.8. The average ratio for developing countries is 2 (i.e.
in the developing countries will more than double,
twice as many young people are online in comparison
assuming no drop-outs from Internet usage among the
with the population as a whole), while the average ratio
youth population.
for developed countries is 1.3. Therefore, the age gap is
156
Measuring the Information Society 2013
most salient in the developing world, where digital
of digital nativism. Secondary school and tertiary education
natives are vigorously leading their nation’s use of
enrolments also correlate strongly with the percentage of
the Internet.
digital natives within a country.
It is reasonable to conclude that, as the age gap increases,
Finally, the results of this analysis yield distinct conclusions in
so too do the most dramatic properties ascribed to digital
respect of developed and developing nations. In developed
natives by some proponents – namely that they think
economies, the majority of young people are already
differently and are a breed apart.
online, as are most of the population as a whole. As a result,
What this finding points to is that the countries with the
biggest Internet user age gaps (which are primarily
in the developing world) are likely to be those most
impacted by their digital natives. Paradoxically, while
most of the literature on digital natives focuses on highincome countries, the most important location for the
application of this concept is likely to be the developing
world. These findings also highlight the need for further
research to analyse how digital natives think, work and do
things differently, and whether this should have an impact
digital nativism may confer less of a driving role or unique
position on youth – whether in relation to their peers or to
the population as a whole. By contrast, for the developing
economies, the findings may offer much more food for
thought. Digital natives are driving ICT usage in many
of the developing nations, insofar as young people
are inimitably online relative to the population as a
whole. As the early adopters, they are already concentrating
skills and experience, and encapsulate many of the most
distinct traits of the digital native. Analysis from the model
on the way digital natives are taught or employed.
suggests that sustained enhancement of ICT infrastructures,
In addition, there is a strong correlation between a nation’s
enrolments, especially among females, are ways to boost
ICT infrastructure and uptake (as measured, for example, by
levels of digital nativism even further. If young people are
the IDI results) and the percentage of its population that are
indeed the tip of the developing world’s digital spear, then
digital natives. Enhancing infrastructures and improving the
this is all the more reason to focus on them, learn from them
affordability of ICT services should support a growing level
and grow with them.
together with an increase in secondary and tertiary school
157
Chapter 4. Measuring the world’s digital natives
Endnotes
The 15-M Movement (Movimiento 15-M), which started on 15 May 2011, is part of a series of demonstrations in Spain whose origin can be traced to
social networks and civilian digital platforms. The movement demands a radical change in Spanish politics, as protesters do not consider themselves
to be represented by any traditional party nor favoured by the measures approved by politicians. Yo Soy 132 is a Mexican protest movement, also
closely linked to social networks, centred around the democratization of the country and its media. For more information, see
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/2011%E2%80%9312_Spanish_protests and http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Yo_Soy_132.
1
Region refers to the ITU/BDT regions, see http://www.itu.int/ITU-D/ict/definitions/regions/index.html.
2
References to income levels are based on the World Bank classification, see
http://data.worldbank.org/about/country-classifications/country-and-lending-groups.
3
Telefónica, in partnership with the Financial Times, commissioned 12 171 online quantitative interviews among young people aged 18-30, across
27 countries in six regions, including North America, Latin America, Western Europe, Central and Eastern Europe, Asia and the Middle East, and
Africa. The survey was carried out between 11 January and 4 February 2013, and included millennials from Argentina, Australia, Brazil, Canada, Chile,
China, Colombia, Czech Republic, Egypt, France, Germany, India, Israel, Italy, Japan, Saudi Arabia, Republic of Korea, Mexico, Peru, Poland, Russian
Federation, South Africa, Spain, Turkey, United Kingdom, United States and Venezuela. Country sample sizes represented in the global number were
weighted by the percentage of the population in each country with access to the Internet. See more at:
http://survey.telefonica.com/survey-findings/#sthash.WAVOxBcm.dpuf.
4
See http://survey.telefonica.com/connected-yet-divided-telefonica-survey-of-the-millennial-generation-reveals-digital-natives-are-optimisticabout-their-individual-futures-despite-splits-across-political-economic-and-technology-ou/.
5
However, Livingstone and Helsper’s (2007) research suggests that some young people choose not to be submerged, as shown by findings that low
and non-users have wholly different priorities and cannot even contemplate how the Internet could become embedded in their daily routines.
6
See, for example: Bekebrede et al. (2011); Bennett, Maton and Kervin (2008); Bullen and Morgan (2011); Guo, Dobson and Petrina (2008); Jones and
Cross (2009); Kennedy et al. (2007, 2008, 2009); Pedró (2009); Reeves and Oh (2008); Selwyn (2009); Smith (2009); van den Beemt et al. (2010).
7
See, for example: Brown and Czerniewicz (2010); DiMaggio and Hargittai (2001); Facer and Furlong (2001); Hargittai and Hinnant (2008); Kennedy et
al. (2008); Livingstone and Helsper (2007); Oliver and Goerke (2007); Selwyn (2009); and Thinyane (2010).
8
The function is a quadratic function based on Internet user penetration data available for the 15-24 age group for 70 countries for at least one year
during the period 2009 to 2011. Internet user data collected from official sources (representative household surveys) are scarce in many developing
countries (out of the 70 countries, 28 are developing), as are, a fortiori, data broken down by age. Therefore, data from various years had to be used.
When developing the function, patterns were identified according to level of Internet usage in countries but not according to specific years, so
various years could be combined. The R-squared of this quadratic function is 0.958.
9
ITU collects ICT use statistics by age groups using the following breakdowns: <15, 15-24, 25-74, >74.
10
A selected number of countries collect data for the age group 10-14, and these data confirmed the assumption that Internet user penetration
rates for the two age groups (10-14 and 15-24) are similar. For most of these - developed and developing - countries, Internet user penetration
in both groups was almost the same (with a ratio of 1:1). However, for some developing countries, Internet user penetration in the age group
15-24 was slightly higher (with a ratio of 1.2:1). Since the penetration levels in many developing countries were still very low in 2007, the impact
on the calculation of the global figures for the number of digital natives should be relatively small, although the country figure could be slightly
overestimated.
11
Of the 180 countries included in the analysis, 2007 survey data on youth Internet user penetration was available for 42 countries; the figures for
the remaining 138 countries were estimated using the function presented in Box 4.3. Some countries were excluded because there are either no
population statistics broken down by age or no overall Internet use figures available. The sum of their population represents less than 1 per cent of
the world population.
12
See http://www.koreatimes.co.kr/www/news/nation/2012/05/113_111504.html.
13
Neither Sierra Leone nor Timor-Leste are included in the IDI 2012.
14
See http://www.itu.int/net/pressoffice/press_releases/2013/CM04.aspx#.UcrdTfn0Geg.
15
Correlation coefficients between digital natives as a percentage of the total population in 2012 and the IDI 2012 indicators are as follows: 0.76 with
fixed-telephone subscriptions per 100 inhabitants; 0.62 with mobile-cellular subscriptions per 100 inhabitants; 0.87 with percentage of households
with a computer; 0.86 with percentage of households with Internet; 0.9 with percentage of individuals using the Internet; 0.8 with fixed (wired)broadband subscriptions per 100 inhabitants; and 0.58 with wireless-broadband subscriptions per 100 inhabitants. For all indicators, n=154 and p
values are below 0.0001.
16
Gross school enrolment is measured as the ratio of the number of pupils or students enrolled in a given level of education, regardless of age, and
the official school-age population corresponding to the same level of education.
17
Correlation coefficients between digital natives as a percentage of the total population and gross enrolment ratios are: 0.76 with secondary
enrollment, and 0.74 with tertiary enrolment (r(153) =0.76, p<0.0001) and (r(153)=0.74, p<0.0001 respectively).
18
The correlation coefficient between digital natives as a percentage of the total population and gross primary enrolment ratio is 0.27 (r(139)=0.27,
p=0.0009).
19
The correlation coefficients between digital natives as a percentage of the total population and the ratio of females to males in secondary and
tertiary school are both significant at 0.40 (r(122)=0.40, p<0.0001 and r(113)=0.40, p<0.0001 respectively).
20
158
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Chapter 5. Digital TV broadcasting
trends
Television transmission has long been a regular electronic
(content creators, transmission networks and viewers)
communication service, although it has undergone several
have changed considerably since the first broadcasts of
technological changes throughout its history (Box 5.1).
TV signals. In the original scheme, TV stations created and
Together with fixed telephony and radio broadcasting,
packaged the content, which was then broadcast using the
it is among the most enduring ICT services. However,
analogue terrestrial transmission network. Viewers received
unlike radio and fixed telephony, TV has seen no decline
the signal through an antenna at their home, and watched
in penetration, and almost 80 per cent of households
TV in their living rooms.
worldwide had a TV by end 2012. This means that TV
signals are received by a vast majority of the global
Today, the audiovisual landscape is much more diverse:
population, making them much more pervasive than other
multichannel TV offers3 are widely available; traditional linear
ICTs. Moreover, TV has maintained its relevance as a mass
content (i.e. TV channels) coexists with non-linear content,
communication channel, and continues to be one of the
such as catch-up TV and video-on-demand;4 user-generated
main ways of conveying information to a large audience.1, 2
content and other non-traditional sources are enriching
the audiovisual offer, blurring the boundaries between TV
The importance of TV access as a development enabler has
and video and between professional and non-professional
also been acknowledged in the context of the World Summit
content. Viewers do not only consume audiovisual content
on the Information Society (WSIS). Among the ten global
in their living rooms, but also on the move, using a mobile
targets for the information society identified in the Geneva
phone, a tablet or a laptop computer, which are becoming
Plan of Action, Target 8 specifically aims “to ensure that all
more and more frequent complements to the traditional
of the world’s population have access to television and radio
TV set.5
services” (ITU, 2005). TV is thus recognized as an important
means of providing information to people, expressing
The telecommunication networks that distribute TV signals
national identity, providing a vehicle for domestic content
have evolved considerably to meet the demands of content
and fulfilling educational purposes (ITU, 2010). The inclusion
producers and viewers, and have also become more efficient
of TV in international development targets and in national
in the use of scarce resources (such as spectrum). Several
e-strategies has called attention to the issues associated
technologies have been progressively added as alternatives
with the measurement of TV uptake and the evolution of
to traditional terrestrial broadcasting networks (Figure 5.1):
the different TV transmission platforms (Box 5.2).
cable TV (CATV),6 direct-to-home satellite (DTH),7 Internet
Protocol TV (IPTV),8 etc. In parallel, there has been a gradual
Telecommunication networks provide the means of
shift towards digital technologies, which is still ongoing
transmitting TV content to viewers, thus linking audiovisual
with the switchover of terrestrial broadcasting networks to
content creators with their public. The three elements
digital technologies.
159
Chapter 5. Digital TV broadcasting trends
Box 5.1: Historic developments in TV broadcasting – North America and Europe
The United Kingdom’s BBC began the first regular TV-broadcasting
cable operators by virtue of their ability to provide a larger
transmissions in November 1936. Cable networks started to spring
number of channels and use spectrum more efficiently. Satellite-
up in the United States in 1948, principally to serve households
TV operators were able to deploy digital TV rapidly since they
that could not receive over-the-air terrestrial signals. The number
were not subject to the same obligation as cable operators (in
of households with a TV set increased as prices fell, networks
terms of both cost and time) to build out new infrastructure.
expanded and more content became available.
The switchover from analogue to digital TV signals is being
Cable-TV services requiring a subscription commenced in the US in
completed with the upgrade of cable and terrestrial broadcasting
1950. Subscription TV involves the encryption (scrambling) of a TV
networks to digital technology. The process is particularly
signal that is decrypted in the subscriber’s home using a set-top box.
complex in the case of terrestrial broadcasting networks, because
Cable networks in the US were restricted in terms of the content
they could offer, partly owing to their limited network capacity,
but also because the channels provided were local. This changed
in the late 1970s with the rapid growth of “superstations” (such
as CNN), some of which achieved regional or near-national
it requires a national strategy to free, reallocate and then reassign
the spectrum used for terrestrial TV transmissions. In addition,
since in many countries terrestrial broadcasting networks are the
most common means of receiving TV signals, awareness-raising
campaigns need to be carried out to educate the population on
coverage, being distributed by many cable networks.
the practicalities of the digital switchover.
Cable enjoyed a multichannel TV monopoly in North America
Despite the technical challenges of the digital switchover, there
until the mid-1970s, when satellite TV (DTH) was introduced. Even
then competition was limited, because households receiving
satellite TV required a large dish. Most homes receiving satellite
TV were in rural areas – outside the reach of cable-TV networks.
Satellite TV started to offer stiffer competition to cable in the
mid-1980s in North America and Europe, with the introduction
of both smaller dishes and subscription-based services. These
dishes received analogue signals.
are many advantages that justify the effort. Digital signals are
more robust than analogue ones, thus improving sound and
image quality. Moreover, they use spectrum more efficiently than
analogue transmissions, thus allowing more TV programmes
to be accommodated within the same amount of spectrum
thanks to digital video compression. Governments can then
decide to allocate the freed spectrum (the “digital dividend”) for
additional TV channels or for other telecommunication services,
such as wireless broadband (Table 5.1). The digital dividend is of
Satellite-TV operators quickly adopted digital transmission
exceptional value because it is in the low range of the spectrum,
technology in the early 1990s, giving them an advantage over
and thus particularly suited to covering large areas.
The Internet is also starting to have an impact on the
audiovisual sector, particularly through over-the-top (OTT)
audiovisual content providers, such as YouTube or Netflix.
This adds to IPTV offers, which allow telecommunication
operators to include TV services as part of their bundles
(fixed telephony, Internet and TV), while ensuring that
consumers have a guaranteed quality of service in the TV
signal they receive. Conversely, an increasing number of
TV sets, set-top boxes, game consoles and DVD players are
equipped to be connected to the Internet, and include
applications that link consumers to audiovisual content over
the Internet (OECD, 2013).9 This confirms the trend towards
“the convergence of telecommunications and broadcasting
into a multiplatform audiovisual environment” (OECD, 2012b;
OECD, 2011).
160
The recent changes experienced in the audiovisual sector
have also had an effect on revenue streams, which can be
classified into three broad categories according to their
origin: advertisement revenues, subscription revenues and
public funding. The latter may come from a budget allocation
or, in some cases, may be levied directly from people
receiving the TV signal.10 Free-to-air (FTA) TV is financed
through advertisement and/or public funding, while pay TV
depends on subscription revenues, which in some cases are
complemented with advertisement revenues. The growing
number of players and technological platforms are altering
the balance between the different revenue flows in the sector.
This chapter takes a closer look at the current state of play
and evolution of TV-distribution services, with a focus on
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Box 5.2: Measuring TV uptake
A complete analysis of the uptake of TV services requires data
‘Proportion of households with multichannel television service,
from two distinct sources: surveys on ICT access and use by
by type of service’. The latter was recently discussed and agreed
households, and administrative records from operators. These
by EGH.12
can be complemented with data from third sources, such as
Administrative data collected from operators capture only
Internet-TV content providers.
TV services requiring a subscription. Despite this limitation,
ITU has been collecting data on TV indicators since the 1960s. The
operators can often provide more accurate data on the TV
initial indicators – ‘Television-equipped households’ and ‘Number
platform and technology behind each subscription. These
of TV sets’ – have been replaced by newer indicators to reflect
details may not be known to subscribers, and are thus more
the changes in TV services and technologies. The Expert Group
difficult to collect from household surveys. EGTI is reviewing
on ICT Household Indicators (EGH) and the Expert Group on
the two administrative indicators currently collected by ITU on
Telecommunication/ICT Indicators (EGTI) have been reviewing
TV services: ‘Number of terrestrial multichannel TV subscriptions’
the list of ITU indicators on TV services.11
and ‘Direct-to-home (DTH) satellite antenna subscriptions’.13 The
Nationally representative household surveys and censuses are
results of the discussion will be presented at the 11th World
the usual vehicles for obtaining reliable data on household
Telecommunication/ICT Indicators Symposium (WTIS), to be
access and uptake of TV services, particularly for TV services
held in Mexico City, Mexico, from 4 to 6 December 2013.14
that do not require a subscription and hence cannot be
measured from the supply side. ‘Proportion of households
At the last World Telecommunication/ICT Indicators Meeting
with a TV’ is the basic indicator for measuring both free and
(WTIM),15 which took place in September 2012, in Thailand,
paid TV access. It is included in the Partnership on Measuring
a session was devoted to the measurement of digital
ICT for Development’s list of Core ICT Indicators (Partnership,
broadcasting.16 The discussions at the 10th WTIM and the work
2010), and it is also part of the statistical framework defined to
of EGH and EGTI on the subject are expected to improve data
measure the WSIS targets (Partnership, 2011). A complementary
collection on TV services, and raise awareness of its relevance in
indicator also included in the WSIS statistical framework is
measuring and analysing the information society.
Figure 5.1: Main TV-distribution technologies
Analogue
Digital
Analogue
terrestrial
broadcasting
wireless
Analogue
cable TV
(CATV)
Digital terrestrial
TV broadcasting
(DTT)
wired
satellite
Digital cable
TV (CATV)
free to air
Internet Protocol
TV (IPTV)
paid
Direct-to-home
satellite (DTH)
bundled with broadband
Source: ITU.
161
Chapter 5. Digital TV broadcasting trends
digital technologies. First, it presents and analyses data on
multichannel TV services, and the growth of digital TV. It
then goes on to examine TV services by type of platform,
with a view to highlighting the main technological trends.
The analysis is supplemented by a presentation of the most
salient features of TV reception in each region. The chapter
also looks at the current status of the digital switchover,
and recent trends in OTT audiovisual distribution. Finally,
the analysis is concluded with some regulatory and policy
considerations regarding digital broadcasting.
of households during the same period (66 million). This
confirms that TV reach is expanding and that more and more
households are gaining access to TV services.
In the developed world, virtually all households had a
TV by 2008, while in developing countries 69 per cent
of households had a TV. In the four-year period between
2008 and 2012, most growth took place in the developing
world, with the addition of 87 million more households
with a TV, thus reaching 72 per cent of households with a
TV by 2012. In developed countries, where the margin for
growth was limited, the percentage of households with a
5.1 Growth of households with a TV
Television reach is increasing as a greater proportion
of homes in developing countries buy TV sets. Rising
disposable incomes in the developing world and bigger
economies of scale are making sets more affordable.
Moreover, television has become more attractive as more
channels have been granted licences.17
It is estimated that there were 1.4 billion households with
at least one TV set globally by end 2012, corresponding
to 79 per cent of total households.18 Around 95 million
new households with a TV were added between 2008 and
2012, clearly outpacing the growth in the global number
TV was maintained during the four year period (Chart 5.1).
This proves that even in developed countries TV services
continue to be relevant in today’s information society.
Developing countries accounted for 66 per cent of total
households with a TV by end 2012. This is a relatively high
proportion compared with the share that households with
a computer (50 per cent) or Internet access (47 per cent)
in developing countries represented in the world’s total. It
signifies that TV reaches more people than most other ICT
services in the developing world, and thus remains a highly
relevant technology for digital inclusion.
However, there is room for further growth: around 349
million households in developing countries did not have
a TV by end 2012, which means that the total number of
people that cannot watch TV at home is still fairly significant
Chart 5.1: Households with a TV, world and by
level of development, 2008-2012
in the developing world. This is particularly true in Africa,
where fewer than a third of households had a TV by end
2012. In contrast, the percentage of households with a
100
As % of total households
95
TV in all other regions was above 75 per cent (Chart 5.2).
98
98
98
98
85
Developed
World
Developing
80
79
90
77
78
78
98
region can be explained, among other factors, by the limited
access to electricity: fewer than 25 per cent of households
79
70
69
70
70
71
2008
2009
2010
2011
72
2012
60
Source: Estimates based on Digital TV Research and ITU data.
Data cover 140 countries, accounting for 98 per cent of all
households in the world.
162
in Sub-Saharan Africa have access to electricity (AFREA,
2012). However, as regional and national initiatives improve
75
65
The low percentage of households with a TV in the African
household access to electricity in Africa,19 household access
to TV is expected to grow accordingly in the region.
Indeed, Africa experienced the highest growth rate of
all regions between 2008 and 2012, with an 18 per cent
increase in households with a TV. In absolute terms, the Asia
and the Pacific region was home to around half of the world’s
households with a TV by end 2012, having gained nearly 67
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Chart 5.2: Households with a TV, by region, 2008-2012
100
90
As % of total households
80
70
Africa
60
Asia & Pacific
50
Arab States
CIS
40
The Americas
30
Europe
20
10
0
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
Source: Estimates based on Digital TV Research and ITU data. Data cover 140 countries, accounting for 98 per cent of all households in the
world.
million households with a TV since 2008. This corresponds
to an 11 per cent increase in households with a TV in the
four-year period, as against a 4 per cent rise in the total
number of households in the region in the same period.
The regions with the highest household TV penetration
were the Americas, the Arab states, CIS and Europe, all of
them with more than 90 per cent of households with a TV.
The top seven countries accounted for 56 per cent of the
world’s households with a TV by end 2012 (Chart 5.3). The
countries with most households with a TV also are those
with the largest numbers of households, which confirms
Chart 5.3: Top seven countries by number of
households with a TV, 2012
that TV is a widespread technology and hence absolute
figures depend primarily on the number of households in
the country.
Share in global households with a TV
Indonesia
3%
Rest of the world
44%
Japan
3%
Russia
4%
Brazil
4%
United
States
9%
5.2 The growth of digital TV
Digital transmission is rapidly replacing analogue as the de
facto technology on account of its robustness and efficient
India
8%
use of spectrum, which allow better quality and more
China
25%
channel choice. Several countries have set deadlines for
ending analogue terrestrial transmissions. These deadlines
have been established on the basis of national digital
Source: Estimates based on Digital TV Research and ITU data.
Data cover 140 countries, accounting for 98 per cent of all
households in the world.
switchover targets and/or international agreements, such
as for instance the EU’s Radio Spectrum Policy Programme
(European Parliament, Council, 2012).
163
Chapter 5. Digital TV broadcasting trends
In parallel, operators are deploying digital terrestrial
television (DTT)20 networks to meet the targets set. However,
digital TV is not confined to terrestrial broadcasting
transmissions, and cable and satellite networks are also
being upgraded to digital technology.
services in the assigned bands occurs at a later stage, when
the digital switchover is completed and operators have
deployed their networks.24
Telecommunication companies have also realized the
benefits of digital TV transmissions, and seen them as
Several governments have decided not to allocate the
entire spectrum formerly used for analogue terrestrial TV
broadcasting to digital television. The surplus capacity –
known as the “digital dividend”21 – has in several countries
been allocated for non-TV purposes, usually wireless
broadband. This is the case, for instance, in a number of
European countries that have followed the recommendation
on the digital dividend contained in the Radio Spectrum
Policy Programme (European Parliament, Council, 2012) to
use the 800 MHz band – i.e. the digital dividend in Europe
– for high-speed electronic communication services, such
as wireless-broadband technologies, in particular to cover
sparsely populated areas.
A number of countries have already assigned part of the
digital dividend to telecommunication operators for the
deployment of advanced mobile-broadband networks
(Table 5.1), such as LTE. It should be noted that assignment
is a preliminary step, and that the effective launch of the
an opportunity to enter the pay-TV market. IPTV uses
broadband connections to carry TV signals. IPTV is different
from over-the-top (OTT) TV and video in that it provides a
guaranteed quality of service (QoS), comparable to that
of regular TV transmissions, whereas OTT TV is delivered
without such QoS assurances.
By means of IPTV, telecommunication operators can offer
their subscribers bundles of TV, fixed broadband, fixed
telephony and, in a growing number of cases, mobile
services (voice, data and SMS). Conversely, digital technology
also means that cable operators can provide similar bundles.
Both cable operators and telecommunication operators are
expanding their fibre-optic networks, bringing them closer
to the customers’ premises, and thus greatly enhancing their
offers (for instance, by providing a much faster broadband
connection). This convergence of networks is one of the
main driving forces of competition in current broadcasting
markets.
Mobile TV in most countries is delivered via mobile-
Table 5.1: Countries that have assigned part
of the digital dividend to mobile-broadband
networks
broadband connections through IP technology. In addition,
several countries have allocated spectrum specifically for
mobile TV, which is then delivered through technologies
such as DVB-H.25
Country
Date of assignment
United States22
March 2008
Germany
May 2010
Sweden
March 2011
Spain
July 2011
Italy
September 2011
France
December 2011
Portugal
December 2011
is also taking place in the developing world, where the
Switzerland
February 2012
number of households receiving digital TV almost tripled
Denmark
June 2012
from 138 to 380 million in the four-year period. In developed
Japan
June 2012
countries, meanwhile, as many as 81 per cent of total
Romania
September 2012
households with a TV received the TV signal through
Croatia
October 2012
digital technologies by end 2012. In absolute terms, this
Ireland
December 2012
means there are 385 million households receiving digital
Source: GSMA23 and regulators’ press releases.
The world witnessed a massive shift from analogue to digital
TV reception in the four years to end 2012. In 2012, a total
of 55 per cent of households with a TV received digital TV
signals, compared with 30 per cent in 2008 (Chart 5.4). The
halfway mark was passed in 2012. The digital switchover
TV in the developed world. This is explained by the fact
that the digital switchover was planned (through national
164
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Chart 5.4: Households with digital TV, world
and by level of development, 2008-2012
As % of households with a TV
90
Developed
80
World
switchover, in 2006 governments from 120 countries in
81
75
61
50
55
53
49
40
43
30
20
36
30
including deadlines for the analogue terrestrial television
switchover, in the ITU’s GE06 Agreement31 (Box 5.3).
42
35
However, complete digital transition has been harder to
29
achieve because governments’ switchover plans do not
22
10
Europe, the Middle East and Africa agreed to several measures
associated with the introduction of digital broadcasting,
68
60
equipment was ready for the digital switchover.30
As regards major international initiatives on the digital
Developing
70
a given date with a digital TV tuner, so that new consumer
17
usually include analogue cable. Cable networks are generally
0
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
owned by private companies, so governments do not always
have the legal basis to enforce switchover plans on them.
Source: Estimates based on Digital TV Research and ITU data.
Data cover 140 countries, accounting for 98 per cent of all
households in the world.
One exception is Finland, where the deadline for ending
digital analogue cable transmissions was set at February
2008, six months after the FTA analogue switch-off (Ministry
of Transport and Communications Finland, 2008).
laws) and deployed earlier in the developed countries than
in the developing countries, which are still in the process
of switching over. To some extent, this has benefited the
developing world, as equipment prices have fallen since
the first countries rolled out their digital networks, thanks
to economies of scale.
National governments and international initiatives (see
Box 5.3) have helped this transition to digital TV reception.
Governments have set deadlines for the transition from
analogue terrestrial broadcasting to digital terrestrial
broadcasting. In larger countries, this often involves
switching off the analogue terrestrial signals on a region-
Further momentum was provided by many pay-TV operators,
which have encouraged their subscribers to convert to their
digital offerings not only so that they can increase revenues
per subscription but also because they want to retain their
subscriptions in the face of additional competition from rival
pay-TV operators.
Bundling (whereby operators can provide TV and other
telecommunication services combined in one subscription
with one bill) has also opened up the market, as incumbent
telecommunication operators encroach on cable operators’
traditional turf and vice versa. In countries where local loop
unbundling is mandated, alternative operators can also offer
by-region basis, which is what has happened in the larger
bundled services based on the incumbent’s network, thus
Western European countries as well as in Brazil.26
increasing competition. Bundling provides operators with
Governments have spent considerable sums on educating
the public in respect of the forthcoming switchover,
including the benefits of digital broadcasting and the
practicalities involved.27 Several governments (including the
United States28) have subsidized the cost of a DTT set-top
box – or even given boxes away free – for lower-income
higher overall (blended) average revenue per subscription
(ARPU) than standalone TV subscriptions, but lower ARPU
for TV services. Additionally, double-play and triple-play
subscribers (i.e. those contracting subscriptions to two and
three bundled services, respectively) are more loyal than
standalone ones, thus reducing churn (disconnections) and
the related subscription-retention costs.
homes. Other government initiatives (for example, in
Uganda29) have included reducing sales taxes or luxury taxes
A regional analysis shows that the proportion of households
on set-top boxes. In some countries, national legislation
receiving digital TV signals out of the total households
requires product manufacturers to fit all TV sets sold after
with a TV varies substantially across regions (Chart 5.5). In
165
Chapter 5. Digital TV broadcasting trends
Box 5.3: The ITU GE06 Agreement
In June 2006, at the conclusion of ITU’s Regional Radio-
Radio and television broadcasting in Europe, Central Asia, the
communication Conference (RRC-06) held in Geneva, Switzerland,
Middle East and Africa, like in other regions, is undergoing a
a total of 107 countries from Europe, Africa, Central Asia and the
substantive transformation with the changeover from analogue
Middle East as well as the Islamic Republic of Iran adopted the
to digital. For example, digital technologies allow the transmission
GE06 Agreement with a view to advancing in the development of
of up to 20 television programmes in the same radio-frequency
‘all-digital’terrestrial broadcasting services for radio and television.
channel, whereas analogue transmissions could only fit in one
The GE06 Frequency Plan ensures that as many as 70 500 digital
programme. Moreover, digital broadcasting opens the door to
32
broadcasting services offered in 120 countries (henceforth
new innovations, such as TV broadcast to mobile devices and
referred to as planning area) can operate in a compatible manner.
handsets (through the DVB-H standard) and high-definition
A key factor for the success of the conference was the outstanding
television (HDTV), while providing greater bandwidth for existing
cooperation between ITU, the European Broadcasting Union (EBU)
mobile, fixed and radionavigation services.
and the European Organization for Nuclear Research (CERN), which
The GE06 Agreement was conceived as a regulatory framework
made its computer grid system available for the time-consuming
that is responsive, flexible and durable in the face of changing
task of compatibility calculations.33
technological developments, future demand for spectrum
ITU Member States in the Americas and the Asia and the Pacific
for other uses (e.g. mobile and radionavigation services) and
regions were not concerned by the conference, because of the
changing communication policies in Member States in the
geographical separation from the GE06 countries. There are no
planning area.
major international agreements of this kind on digital radio and
The precedents for GE06 were the frequency planning frameworks
34
television in the Americas and the Asia and the Pacific regions,
although some countries have adopted bilateral or multilateral
agreements (with a small number of countries) on the subject.
that had been established for analogue television – 45 years ago
for Europe (Stockholm Frequency Plan, 1961) and 16 years ago
for Africa (Geneva Frequency Plan, 1989). These frequency plans
The GE06 Agreement sets 2015 as the deadline for completion of
were no longer suitable for the digital age, and a new frequency
the transition period35 from analogue to digital TV broadcasting, and
framework was required in order to take full advantage of digital
2020 in respect of analogue television services in the VHF band (174-
broadcasting. The GE06 Agreement marks the beginning of the
230 MHz) for a number of developing countries in the planning area.
end of analogue broadcasting.
Figure Box 5.3: GE06 countries
Source: ITU.
166
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Chart 5.5: Households with digital TV, by region, 2008-2012
100
90
As % of households with a TV
80
70
Africa
60
CIS
50
Asia & Pacific
The Americas
40
Arab States
30
Europe
20
10
0
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
Source: Estimates based on Digital TV Research and ITU data. Data cover 140 countries, accounting for 98 per cent of all households in the
world.
the Americas, the Arab States and Europe, more than half
Households receiving digital TV as a percentage of total
the households receiving TV signals did so through digital
households with a TV reached almost 100 per cent in
technologies by end 2012. In the Arab States, this is due to
some countries, such as Estonia, Finland, Italy, Spain and
the prevalence of satellite technologies (which are digital)
36
the United Kingdom. In all these countries, the analogue
as the main means of receiving TV signals. In the Americas,
switch-off had already taken place by end 2012 (DigiTAG,
the growth in digital TV penetration is mainly explained by
2013). Several other countries are in the process of digital
the conversion of CATV networks to digital technologies.
switchover and have already achieved a significant level
Europe has reached first position in terms of percentage
of households with a TV that receive the signal through
digital technologies on account of the advances made in
the DTT switchover (see section 5.3 for more details on the
breakdown by platform).
On the other hand, Africa, CIS and Asia and the Pacific are still
short of the halfway mark in the TV digital switchover process.
Nonetheless, all three regions have more than doubled
the number of households receiving digital TV between
2008 and 2012. In the CIS region, growth is attributable
to the conversion of households receiving analogue TV
to digital technologies. In Africa, data suggest that many
new households with a TV have directly adopted digital
technologies. In Asia and the Pacific, it is both conversion
of digital TV coverage. However, coverage of digital TV
signals does not equate to actual uptake, as other barriers
to adoption may persist, such as for example the high cost
or lack of set-top boxes, limited supply of electricity, lack
of relevant content in local languages or high cost of TV
sets. In Rwanda, the Ministry of Youth and ICT has launched
the “Tunga TV” programme to reduce price barriers to DTT
adoption by making digital TV sets and set-top boxes more
affordable.37
Some developed countries have not achieved full digital
conversion owing to the legacy of analogue cable
subscriptions. These remaining analogue cable subscribers
are reluctant to convert to digital and to pay more for their
TV reception, even if they get more channels in exchange.
to digital TV and new households directly adopting digital
Asia and the Pacific hosts several of the world’s most
technologies that are driving digital TV uptake.
populous countries (with 12 of the region’s countries
167
Chapter 5. Digital TV broadcasting trends
Chart 5.6: Top seven countries by number of households with digital TV, 2008 and 2012
Share in global households with digital TV
2008
2012
Brazil
India
4%
1%
Rest of the world
44%
Germany
5%
Rest of the world
42%
Brazil
4%
United
Kingdom
6%
Japan
7%
United
Kingdom
3%
China
11%
United
States
22%
Germany
4%
Japan
5%
India
7%
United
States
15%
China
20%
Source: Estimates based on Digital TV Research and ITU data. Data cover 140 countries, accounting for 98 per cent of all households in the
world.
boasting populations in excess of 50 million), so it is not
surprising that the number of households receiving digital
TV has increased so rapidly there (Chart 5.6). By virtue of the
sheer size of the country, the number of households with
digital TV in China rocketed between 2008 and 2012, with
India also mirroring this growth. However, only 46 per cent
of households with a TV in China received digital signals by
end 2012, and 44 per cent in India – indicating that there is
still plenty of room for growth.
in practice delays the go-live date. Fixed networks (cable and
IPTV) took time to catch up owing to the effort needed to
build out their infrastructures. Terrestrial TV broadcasting
networks require time to enter into operation, on account
of both the construction work and the necessary spectrum
arrangements involved. Moreover, once terrestrial TV
broadcasting, CATV and IPTV networks are completed, they
still cannot reach every household, owing to the geographic
limitations of terrestrial signals. Hence, they often need to
be complemented by satellite networks in order to ensure
universal coverage.38
5.3 TV reception by platform
Cable and telecommunication operators’ networks
nevertheless have a distinct advantage over current
satellite networks: once they are deployed, incremental
costs per unit of capacity are lower, which is particularly
relevant for bandwidth-hungry applications. This allows
telecommunication operators to provide TV, broadband
and telephony bundles (triple-play) at competitive prices.
The United Kingdom and Ireland’s BSkyB39 is one of the few
satellite-TV platforms to offer triple-play bundles.
The massive shift from analogue to digital TV reception
in recent years has been achieved through the rapid
introduction of new technologies – and the subsequent fall
in equipment prices as take-up has reached mass-market
levels.
Satellite TV (DTH) was the initial driver for digital television
since it is easier to roll out, securing pan-regional coverage
the moment a satellite is deployed. However, a national
authorization is required before a satellite-TV platform can
officially launch commercial services in each country, which
168
Digital TV technologies have been driving the growth in
households with a TV between 2008 and 2012 (Chart 5.7).
Digital cable subscriptions more than doubled in the four-
Measuring the Information Society 2013
The technology recording the highest relative growth was
IPTV, with total subscriptions increasing more than fourfold.
However, in absolute terms IPTV still represented only a
marginal share of total households with a TV.
It should be noted that data referring to terrestrial TV
broadcasting (both analogue and DTT) presented in this
chapter include households with a TV that receive only
terrestrial TV broadcasts. If a household subscribes to cable,
IPTV or satellite services in addition to receiving terrestrial TV
broadcasting, it is counted under cable, IPTV or satellite and
Chart 5.8: Households with a TV by four main
technologies, 2008-2012
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
As % of households with a TV
year period, as did the number of households receiving DTT.
not under terrestrial TV broadcasting, thus avoiding double
counting.The analysis of the four main TV-distribution
1
15
22
33
34
51
39
2008
IPTV
5
2009
DTH satellite
2010
Cable
2011
2012
Terrestrial broadcasting
technologies (grouped regardless of the analogue/digital
differentiation) shows that terrestrial broadcasting remained
the most popular TV-distribution platform, although the
number of households receiving terrestrial TV broadcasts
declined significantly between 2008 and 2012 (Chart 5.8).
Cable slightly increased its share in total households with a
TV, while DTH satellite subscriptions experienced the highest
Note: DTH satellite refers to the sum of FTA and pay DTH
satellite; cable includes analogue and digital CATV;
terrestrial broadcasting refers to the sum of analogue
and digital terrestrial TV broadcasting. Mobile TV is not
included owing to lack of data. It would anyhow represent
only a marginal share of the total.
Source: Estimates based on Digital TV Research and ITU data.
Data cover 140 countries, accounting for 98 per cent of all
households in the world.
increase in the four-year period.
The following sections present a more detailed analysis
of the main TV technology platforms: terrestrial TV
broadcasting (analogue and digital), cable TV (analogue
and digital), DTH satellite (free and paid), IPTV and mobile
TV. For each technology, the key trends in the period 2008-
Chart 5.7: Households with a TV by type of
technology, 2008-2012
IPTV
100
FTA DTH
satellite
90
As % of total households
80
2012 are described.
Terrestrial TV broadcasting
Terrestrial TV broadcasting maintains a significant position in
the TV universe. About 546 million households still watched
Pay DTH
satellite
Analogue
cable
Digital
cable
TV only through terrestrial TV broadcasts on their main sets
30
DTT
higher if households watching terrestrial TV broadcasting in
20
Analogue
terrestrial
broadcasting
addition to subscribing to pay-TV platforms were counted.
70
60
50
40
10
0
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
by end 2012, although this figure was down from 657 million
at end 2008. From the 2012 total, 409 million (75 per cent)
were in the developing countries. The figure would be even
China (139 million) was the top country measured by
households receiving only terrestrial TV broadcasts by end
Note: Mobile TV is not included owing to lack of data. It would
anyhow represent only a marginal share of the total.
Source: Estimates based on Digital TV Research and ITU data.
Data cover 140 countries, accounting for 98 per cent of all
households in the world.
2012, followed by Brazil (41 million), Indonesia (35 million)
and the Russian Federation (24 million). Analogue terrestrial
broadcasting has been the de facto TV delivery platform in
many countries for many years: a cheap and well-established
169
Chapter 5. Digital TV broadcasting trends
Chart 5.9: Households with only terrestrial TV
broadcasting, by region, 2008-2012
As % of households with a TV
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
Asia & Pacific
Africa
CIS
Arab States
Europe
The Americas
Source: Estimates based on Digital TV Research and ITU data.
Data cover 140 countries, accounting for 98 per cent of all
households in the world.
technology that allows upgrading to digital as a progressive
and relatively easy process.
By end 2012, 74 per cent of households with a TV in Africa
received the signal only through terrestrial broadcasting,
and over 50 per cent in CIS countries (Chart 5.9). In other
regions, between 30 and 40 per cent of households with a
TV relied on terrestrial broadcasting. This testifies to the fact
that terrestrial broadcasting remains important in all regions.
Even in the Arab States, where the percentage of households
with a TV watching only terrestrial TV broadcasts was the
second lowest, terrestrial broadcasting still accounted for
nearly one-third of the total, being the main alternative to
satellite TV, which accounted for the rest.
Despite the overall high penetration of terrestrial TV
broadcasting, it should be noted that it experienced a
significant decrease between 2008 and 2012. This is mainly due
to growing competition from other TV platforms, which has
only partially been counterbalanced by the growth in DTT. The
following sections present separately the trends in analogue
terrestrial broadcasting and DTT in the period 2008-2012.
Analogue terrestrial TV
Analogue terrestrial TV has traditionally been the main means
of broadcasting TV signals in most countries. Despite the
170
far-reaching and rapid conversion to digital, there were still
404 million households with a TV receiving only analogue
terrestrial TV broadcasts by end 2012. However, this figure is
well down on the 600 million recorded at end 2008.
The proportion of households with a TV receiving only
analogue terrestrial TV broadcasts fell from 36 per cent in
2008 to 23 per cent by end 2012. The switchover to DTT or
other TV platforms occurred in all regions, but particularly
in Europe, where only about 5 per cent of households with
a TV watched only analogue TV programmes (Chart 5.10).
In Africa, the share of analogue terrestrial broadcasting in
total households with a TV was still 65 per cent at end 2012,
although this was down from 84 per cent at end 2008. The
Arab States was the region where households receiving only
analogue terrestrial TV broadcasts decreased the least, which
is partly explained by the fact that the digital switchover is
still in its infancy there.
The list of countries with most households watching only
analogue terrestrial broadcasts includes the ones with the
largest populations, such as China (125 million by end 2012),
Indonesia (35 million), Brazil (28 million) and the Russian
Federation (19 million). This highlights the fact that the
digital switchover is one of the main ICT challenges that
lie ahead in these countries. The only BRIIC country not
included in the list is India, where cable remains the main
Chart 5.10: Households with only analogue
terrestrial TV broadcasting, by region, 2008-2012
90
80
As % of households with a TV
70
60
50
40
30
Africa
Asia & Pacific
Arab States
20
10
CIS
The Americas
Europe
0
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
Source: Estimates based on Digital TV Research and ITU data.
Data cover 140 countries, accounting for 98 per cent of all
households in the world.
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Chart 5.11: Number of countries by % of households with analogue terrestrial TV broadcasting,
2008-2012
140
Analogue terrestrial
TV broadcasting has
little significance*
120
Number of countries
100
Analogue terrestrial
TV broadcasting is
significant**
80
60
40
Analogue terrestrial
TV broadcasting
dominates***
20
0
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
Note:
* Countries where <10% of households with a TV have only analogue terrestrial TV. ** Countries where 11-50% of households with a
TV have only analogue terrestrial TV. *** Countries where >50% of households with a TV have only analogue terrestrial TV.
Source: Estimates based on Digital TV Research and ITU data. Data cover 140 countries, accounting for 98 per cent of all households in the
world.
TV platform. Chart 5.11 shows the evolution in the relevance
one, even though this may also imply that further efforts
of analogue terrestrial broadcasting by number of countries
are necessary to extend terrestrial broadcasting network
between 2008 and 2012.
coverage.
Digital terrestrial TV
For many households, DTT is a low-cost investment, as the
Digital terrestrial television (DT T ) has experienced
substantial growth over the last five years, as governments
aim to meet the targets set nationally and internationally
for the digital switchover. Digital terrestrial television
boxes are relatively cheap and most of the channels on
offer are free-to-air. Depending on the technology involved,
most boxes retail at USD 15 to 60. Many governments have
subsidized or given away set-top boxes for lower-income
homes. In addition, most new sets are built with integrated
is usually free-to-air, although some countries (such
DTT receivers, and in several developed countries this
as Denmark, France, Italy or Spain) also offer pay-DTT
has become a legal requirement for authorized product
packages. In Africa, several countries have introduced pay
manufacturers (DigiTAG, 2013). As a result, digital TV tuners
DTT as a cheaper alternative to satellite TV, and also as a
are becoming more commonplace on all TV sets within a
means of overcoming the problem of the limited cable or
household – not just the main set.
broadband infrastructure in Africa.
Estimates presented in this section refer to primary DTT
Digital switchover is most complex – and most expensive
(i.e. homes not subscribing to cable, DTH satellite or IPTV,
– in countries where the analogue network is most
but taking DTT) on the main set, in order to avoid double
developed. Therefore, some African countries, for instance,
counting with other TV-delivery platforms.
have found digital switchover to be a relatively easy task,
since it is a simple matter of replacing a single analogue
There were 142 million households receiving only DTT on
transmitter with a more powerful and efficient digital
their primary TV set (10 per cent of households with a TV)
171
Chapter 5. Digital TV broadcasting trends
Chart 5.12: Households with only DTT, by
region, 2008-2012
As % of households with a TV
30
25
Europe
Africa
Asia & Pacific
Cable TV
Cable TV remains strongest in developed countries where
it was first included as part of the household rent, such as
The Americas
CIS
Arab States
Belgium and the Netherlands. The low monthly cable bill
was often added to the monthly rent by the local council
or landlord. Cable TV originally comprised retransmission
20
of public-service broadcasters to avoid signal interference.
15
The situation has often been different in developing
10
countries. In India, local entrepreneurs hooked up their
5
neighbours to rudimentary analogue cable systems. Most
of these analogue cable networks started before Indian
0
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
DTH satellite operations, which offer many more channels.40
Today, there are a large number of cable operators in India41
Source: Estimates based on Digital TV Research and ITU data.
Data cover 140 countries, accounting for 98 per cent of all
households in the world.
that redistribute popular local content at affordable prices,
in some cases complementing subscription revenues with
advertising revenues. Most Indian cable subscribers still rely
on basic analogue cable networks.
globally by end 2012, up by 24 million from a year earlier
and by 86 million from 2008.
Europe is by far the region where the digital switchover is
most advanced, with as many as 12 countries already having
switched off analogue terrestrial broadcasting (DigiTAG,
2013). Indeed, the region has long constituted the global DTT
stronghold, being home to 42 per cent of global primary DTT
With the improvement of cable technologies, CATV
networks have been upgraded to deliver broadband
Internet and fixed telephony together with TV services, thus
entering into direct competition with telecommunication
operators. In some countries, such as the United States, cable
networks are the main infrastructure-based competition to
the telecommunication incumbent.
households by end 2012. The Americas region achieved the
Global cable subscriptions amounted to 467 million (34 per
first DTT switchover milestone in 2009, with the analogue
cent of households with a TV) by end 2012, up from 420
switch-off in the United States. Other large countries in the
million (33 per cent of households with a TV) at end 2008.
region, such as Brazil, are also in the process of gradually
The proportion has fallen in most developed countries
switching over. The Africa and CIS regions started to make
owing to additional competition, but it has climbed in the
some progress in the transition to DTT in 2012, while the
developing nations, such that there is now little difference
progress in Asia and the Pacific is ongoing but much slower,
between the two.
because of the sheer size of the region (Chart 5.12). In the
Arab States, DTT was only operational in Mauritania, Morocco,
In relative terms to total households with a TV, cable
Saudi Arabia and Tunisia in 2012 (ITU, 2012c).
penetration is highest in Asia and the Pacific and the
Americas, whereas it is negligible in Africa and the Arab
Italy had 17 million primary DTT households at end 2012,
States (Chart 5.13). In absolute terms, the Asia and Pacific
followed by the United States (16 million) and China (14
region is home to most cable-TV subscriptions, China (175
million). However, the proportion of primary DTT homes
million) and India (62 million) being the countries with
to households with a TV was highest in Spain (76 per cent),
most cable subscriptions in 2012. In relative terms, 45 per
followed by Italy (73 per cent) and Australia (62 per cent).
cent of all households received cable TV in China and 27
These are countries where pay-TV services from cable,
per cent in India by end 2012. Cable-TV penetration was
satellite or IPTV have had less of an impact.
higher in several developed countries, such as Belgium (68
172
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Chart 5.13: Households with CATV, by region,
2008-2012
gave their competitors (especially DTH satellite players) firstmover advantage. Nevertheless, most cable networks now
offer digital services, although many still provide analogue
packages as well.
45
As % of households with a TV
40
35
Recording less dramatic growth than IPTV but higher
30
subscription numbers, digital cable reached 251 million
25
subscriptions (18 per cent of households with a TV) by end
20
2012, up from 114 million in 2008 (9 per cent of households
15
Asia & Pacific
Europe
Arab States
10
5
The Americas
CIS
Africa
with a TV).
The number of subscriptions to digital cable TV in the
developing countries overtook the developed countries’
0
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
total in 2010. By end 2012, developing countries accounted
for 58 per cent of the world total. Countries in the Asia and
Source: Estimates based on Digital TV Research and ITU data.
Data cover 140 countries, accounting for 98 per cent of all
households in the world.
the Pacific region supplied 57 per cent of global digital
cable-TV subscriptions by 2012.
The most dynamic regions in terms of digital cable uptake
per cent), Canada (59 per cent), Luxembourg (68 per cent),
Netherlands (65 per cent) and Switzerland (65 per cent).
were Asia and the Pacific and Europe, which doubled the
percentage of households with a TV subscribing to digital
cable between 2008 and 2012 (Chart 5.14). The Americas
Digital cable TV
region also experienced strong growth in households
Despite the limited capabilities of analogue networks,
region with the highest share of digital cable subscriptions
cable operators (many of which were owned by public
in total households with a TV. The CIS region also saw some
organizations in Europe) were reluctant to make the massive
growth in the significance of digital cable TV, whereas in
outlay required to upgrade their networks to digital. This
Africa and the Arab States digital cable remained negligible.
receiving digital cable TV, and retained first position as the
Chart 5.14: Households with digital CATV (left) and analogue CATV (right), by region, 2008-2012
The Americas
Europe
Arab States
25
Asia & Pacific
CIS
Africa
20
15
10
5
0
35
As % of households with a TV
As % of households with a TV
30
30
25
20
15
10
Asia & Pacific
The Americas
Arab States
5
CIS
Europe
Africa
0
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
Source: Estimates based on Digital TV Research and ITU data. Data cover 140 countries, accounting for 98 per cent of all households in the
world.
173
Chapter 5. Digital TV broadcasting trends
China had an estimated 113 million digital cable-TV
subscriptions to digital CATV. Data suggest that the regions
subscriptions by end 2012, up by 18 million on the previous
that advanced the most in the conversion from analogue to
year and up by 77 million since 2008. China accounted for
cable TV were Asia and the Pacific, Europe and the Americas.
45 per cent of the world’s digital cable-TV subscriptions by
Indeed, analogue CATV subscriptions decreased in parallel
end 2012.
with the increase in digital CATV (Chart 5.14).
In relative terms, more than half of households received
Nevertheless, there are still more analogue than digital
digital cable TV in Denmark (51 per cent), Finland (54 per
CATV subscriptions in Asia and the Pacific, which highlights
cent), Luxembourg (51 per cent) and Malta (53 per cent).
the fact that a substantial part of the cable switchover still
These were the leading countries in terms of digital cable-TV
needs to be carried out. Indeed, almost three-quarters of the
penetration in 2012.
remaining analogue cable subscriptions in the world were
Analogue cable TV
Given cable’s historic image as a low-cost, no-frills service,
cable operators have encountered some reluctance on the
part of subscribers to upgrade to digital platforms.
To accelerate the digitization process, some governments
are forcing cable operators to switch off their analogue
networks. China and India42 are notable examples of this.
In China, cable networks are consolidating on a national
level: the regulator, the State Administration of Radio, Film
and Television (SARFT), is creating the China Radio and TV
in the Asia and Pacific region by end 2012. Cable switchover
continues to be a challenge in China and India, where,
despite government rulings to convert cable subscriptions
to digital, there were still 61 and 54 million homes receiving
analogue cable TV in 2012, respectively.
Although the absolute numbers are smaller because of the
population size, conversion of analogue to digital cable
networks is also a pending issue in the CIS countries. Indeed,
most analogue CATV subscriptions have been maintained in
the period 2008-2012, and digital CATV is still in its infancy.
Satellite TV
Network.43 This network will cover 200 million subscribers
A major advantage of satellite TV over cable and IPTV is its
and should be operational from November 2013, with full
low initial infrastructure costs relative to the large coverage
integration envisaged by 2015. The cable networks will be
it achieves as soon as it starts operations. All that DTH
upgraded to also offer broadband and telephony, with
satellite subscribers need is a dish and a set-top box – with
CNY 4 billion backing from the Ministry of Finance over two
no expensive construction costs.
years. The cable operators will receive government funding
to upgrade their broadband networks.
However, unlike many cable operators and telecommunication operators, very few DTH satellite operators offer
In India, the Ministry of Information and Broadcasting44 set
bundles, because of bandwidth constraints inherent to
December 2014 as the national conversion date, following
satellite networks. BSkyB in the United Kingdom and Ireland
October 2012 for the big four cities (Phase I: The “metros”)
is a rare exception: the company takes advantage of the
and March 2013 for the other 38 cities with populations
local loop unbundling regulation to complement its services
exceeding 1 million (Phase II: 16 million households in
offered through satellite infrastructure with on-the-ground
total). However, not all analogue cable subscriptions
infrastructure from the incumbent. This is only possible in a
will automatically be converted to digital cable, the six
small number of countries, since local loop unbundling is
DTH satellite operators claiming that many analogue
not available in the majority of countries. Most DTH satellite
cable subscriptions have switched to their services.
operators focus on supplying value-added TV services, such
as high-definition channels or digital video recorders.
The global number of digital cable subscriptions overtook
the analogue cable total in 2012. In fact, the number of
When satellite-TV platforms were first launched, many
analogue cable subscriptions fell by 89 million between
observers believed that take-up would be restricted to
2008 and 2012, owing to the conversion of many of these
rural areas outside the footprint of the fixed terrestrial
174
Measuring the Information Society 2013
networks. However, by virtue of the fact that it often
provides hundreds of channels, satellite TV appealed to
city dwellers too, especially because cable networks were
Chart 5.15: Households with DTH satellite TV,
by region, 2008-2012
slow to convert to digital. Free-to-air satellite television
70
has been utilized by several governments to ensure that
every home (including those in remote areas not covered
by the digital terrestrial TV network) can receive digital
television signals.
By end 2012, 301 million homes watched TV via a satellite
dish, up from 198 million at end 2008. The developingcountry total climbed to 164 million by end 2012, 84 million
up on the total at end 2008.
As % of households with a TV
(such as Freesat in the United Kingdom and Tivusat in Italy)
60
Arab States
Africa
CIS
50
40
30
20
10
0
2008
The Arab States is by far the region where DTH satellite
plays the most important role as a TV-distribution platform
Europe
The Americas
Asia & Pacific
2009
2010
2011
2012
Source: Estimates based on Digital TV Research and ITU data.
Data cover 140 countries, accounting for 98 per cent of all
households in the world.
(Chart 5.15). This is explained by the relatively low coverage
of alternative multichannel platforms (DTT, CATV and IPTV),
and the large number of channels offered through free-toair satellite transmissions (ITU, 2012c). As a result, 66 per cent
Unlike cable and terrestrial TV broadcasting, DTH satellite
of households with a TV receive it through DTH satellite,
is already almost 100 per cent digital. Whereas CATV is a
compared with 31 per cent in Europe and around 25 per
paid service, terrestrial TV broadcasting is mostly free (see
cent in Africa, the Americas and CIS. Asia and the Pacific is
section 5.6 for more details on pay DTT). In the case of DTH
the region where DTH satellite TV is least relevant. However,
satellite TV, two modalities coexist: paid channels and FTA
the technology is still important in some countries such as
channels. Below we take a closer look at the evolution of
India, the satellite-TV world leader at end 2012 in terms of
paid and FTA DTH satellite services.
absolute numbers, with 42 million homes receiving satelliteTV signals (or 36 per cent of all households with a TV). The
Pay satellite TV
United States followed with 37 million, corresponding to 30
per cent of all households with a TV. However, penetration
Satellite TV has driven pay-TV penetration in many countries,
was higher in almost all Arab States, where more than 500
especially those with few digital cable or IPTV networks, or
free-to-air channels are readily available. For instance, in
even those where DTT is yet to make much of an impact.
45
Algeria, Bahrain, Jordan, Kuwait, Morocco, Saudi Arabia
and Tunisia more than 80 per cent of households with TV
By end 2012, 179 million homes (13 per cent of households
received DTH satellite TV by end 2012.
with a TV) paid to receive satellite-TV signals, up from 164
million a year earlier and 108 million at end 2008. The total
The overall increasing importance of DTH satellite TV
in the developed countries stood at 92 million (19 per cent
is noteworthy: in all regions the share DTH satellite TV
of households with a TV) by end 2012, up by 14 million from
represents in total households with a TV grew between 2008
end 2008. The total in the developing countries increased
and 2012. This was particularly the case in Africa and the CIS
by 56 million over the same period to reach 87 million in
region, where DTH satellite subscriptions almost doubled in
2012 (10 per cent of households with a TV).
the four-year period, and the share they represent in total
households with a TV rose markedly. This suggests that
Although Asia and the Pacific recorded the highest number
satellite TV is filling the TV coverage gap in Africa, and taking
of pay DTH satellite additions for any region between 2008
the place of other TV platforms in the CIS region.
and 2012, the Americas region still boasts the highest
175
Chapter 5. Digital TV broadcasting trends
Chart 5.16: Households with pay DTH satellite
TV, by region, 2008-2012
As % of households with a TV
have any cable or IPTV platforms, and thus DTH satellite
operator MultiChoice enjoys a virtual pay-TV monopoly.
25
Free-to-air satellite TV
20
FTA platforms are used by TV content producers to increase
the reach and viewership of their free-to-air channels, and
15
consequently raise advertisement revenues. For instance, the
Malaysian pay-TV powerhouse Astro also offers free-to-air DTH
10
satellite through the platform Njoi46 for those very reasons.
5
Furthermore, some pay-TV operators offer free-to-air
0
2008
2009
2010
2011
The Americas
Africa
Asia & Pacific
CIS
2012
DTH satellite platforms to ensure that viewers do not go
Europe
Arab States
elsewhere. They also hope that viewers will decide to
upgrade to pay services at a later date.
Source: Estimates based on Digital TV Research and ITU data.
Data cover 140 countries, accounting for 98 per cent of all
households in the world.
Some governments use FTA satellite TV to reach households
that are outside the terrestrial broadcasting network. This
process, known as infilling, is employed for example by
Sentech47 in South Africa.
absolute numbers of pay DTH satellite subscriptions (with
most of the growth coming from Latin America, building
By end 2012, 122 million homes received FTA satellite
on a substantial base in North America). This is also reflected
signals, up from 90 million at end 2008. This represented 9
in the penetration figures, which show that the Americas
per cent of global households with a TV by end 2012, up
remains the region where pay DTH satellite represents the
from 7 per cent at end 2008. The proportion was as high as
largest share in total households with a TV (Chart 5.16).
63 per cent in the Arab States by end 2012, whereas it was
around 10 per cent or lower in all other regions (Chart 5.17).
The number of pay DTH satellite subscriptions tripled in the
CIS countries between 2008 and 2012, and almost doubled
in Africa during the same period. In both these regions, pay
DTH satellite is becoming an increasingly important platform
for TV reception, which highlights that a relevant number
Chart 5.17: Households with FTA DTH satellite
TV, by region, 2008-2012
of viewers are willing to pay for TV services in exchange
70
DTH satellite penetration is relatively low in the Arab States,
where FTA DTH satellite dominates. As stated in ITU (2012c),
“end users in the region are, for the most part, not used to paying
for content due to the plethora of free broadcasting content,
and piracy remains a problem.”
India (38 million) and the United States (36 million) had the
most pay DTH satellite subscriptions by end 2012. The thirdand fourth-placed countries, Russian Federation and Brazil,
As % of households with a TV
for exclusive content and more channels. In contrast, pay
60
50
Arab States
CIS
Asia & Pacific
40
30
Europe
Africa
The Americas
20
10
0
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
each had about 10 million pay DTH satellite subscriptions
by end 2012. However, South Africa (54 per cent) had the
highest penetration of pay DTH satellite as a proportion of
households with a TV at end 2012. South Africa does not
176
Source: Estimates based on Digital TV Research and ITU data.
Data cover 140 countries, accounting for 98 per cent of all
households in the world.
Measuring the Information Society 2013
This highlights the importance of FTA satellite channels as
a means of information in the Arab States, and their less
significant role in other regions.
Chart 5.18: Households with IPTV, by region,
2008-2012
12
was maintained in all regions during the period 2008-2012,
proving that the increase in pay DTH satellite penetration
came from non-satellite viewers switching to pay DTH
satellite or from new households with a TV that opted for
pay DTH satellite.
IPTV
IPTV uses broadband networks to carry TV signals, but
maintaining a guaranteed quality of service. This requires
reliable and high-capacity broadband connections. IPTV
is generally aimed at viewing over a television set, making
the quality of experience comparable with that of other TV
As % of households with a TV
The share of households with a TV receiving FTA satellite TV
Europe
The Americas
CIS
Asia & Pacific
Arab States
Africa
10
8
6
4
2
0
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
Source: Estimates based on Digital TV Research and ITU data.
Data cover 140 countries, accounting for 98 per cent of all
households in the world.
platforms. Thus, IPTV is considered as a substitute for cable,
satellite or terrestrial broadcasting TV. IPTV should not be
confused with over-the-top (OTT) or online TV and video,
Furthermore, many operators only provide IPTV services
which is delivered via the Internet.
as part of a bundle, which requires a substantial economic
Many IPTV services have been launched in recent years, usually
bundled with other telecommunication services, such as
telephony and Internet access.48 However, not all countries
allow telecommunication operators to enter the TV market
through IPTV. This is changing with convergence, as the
regulatory trend is to foster cross-competition between TV and
telecommunication operators, including the authorization of
IPTV services where they are still prohibited. This is the case,
for instance, in Mexico, where the Government has recently
approved new legislation for reform of the telecommunication
sector, including measures to foster competition in payTV services, which could lead to a lifting of the ban on
telecommunication operators’ offering TV services.49
The number of IPTV subscriptions reached 72 million
globally by end 2012, up by 17 million from the previous year
and more than four times the total recorded in 2008. IPTV
penetration (as a percentage of total households with a TV)
commitment on the part of the subscriber and is thus
beyond the means of a large proportion of the population
in the developing world.
The percentage of households with a TV that subscribe
to IPTV passed the 10 per cent mark in Europe in 2012,
while remaining below 5 per cent in all other regions
(Chart 5.18). Despite more than doubling in number in all
regions between 2008 and 2012, only in Europe did IPTV
subscriptions reach a critical mass. This is consistent with
the high fixed-broadband penetration in the region, the
wide reach of FTTx and DSL networks, and the popularity
of bundled ICT services,50 all of which are enabling factors
for IPTV reception at home.
Most IPTV subscriptions were in the European Union (22
million), China (19 million) and the United States (11 million),
altogether accounting for almost three-quarters of the
in the developed countries stood at 9 per cent by end 2012,
world’s IPTV subscriptions by end 2012. In the European
compared with 3 per cent in 2008. In developing countries,
Union, the leading country in terms of IPTV subscriptions
3 per cent of households with a TV received IPTV by end
is France, with 12 million IPTV subscribers by end 2012.
2012, up from less than 0.3 per cent at end 2008. One reason
The three main fixed operators include more than 150
why this proportion is so low is the lack of widespread fixed-
TV channels in their basic DSL triple-play packages,51 well
broadband infrastructure in many developing countries.
beyond the regular DTT offer of 25 TV channels.
177
Chapter 5. Digital TV broadcasting trends
In relative terms, Hong Kong (China) was the world leader
broadcast mobile TV ) limits available bandwidth for
by end 2012 in terms of IPTV subscriptions as a percentage
mobile-TV transmissions, which require rather large
of households with a TV (48 per cent), ahead of France (47
capacity. Moreover, broadcast mobile TV uses spectrum
per cent), Singapore (35 per cent), Slovenia (32 per cent)
continuously for broadcasting purposes, independently of
and the United Arab Emirates (30 per cent). The United
the number of mobile-TV viewers. In the current context
Arab Emirates is an exception among the Arab States, as
of scarce spectrum, this is only justified if there is strong
most homes in the region receive free-to-air satellite TV
demand and a solid business case.
signals. Etisalat and Du, the two main telecommunication
operators in the country, started offering IPTV services
However, there have been some notable exceptions and
before 2008. Moreover, they are rolling out FTTH networks,
successes with broadcast mobile TV, including in Japan,
which will improve bandwidth and hence their capacity
the Republic of Korea and to a lesser extent Italy. The
to transmit TV channels (ITU, 2012c).
Republic of Korea started its mobile-TV services in 2002
via CDMA, later upgrading to DMB technologies. NTT
IPTV penetration is negligible in Africa owing to low
infrastructure build-out and the low number of fixedbroadband subscriptions. The CIS region also displays low
penetration at present, but this is set to change soon as
DoCoMo launched the first mobile-TV service in Japan in
2005, using the ISDB standards. Italy followed with a DVB-H
service from 3 Italia in June 2006.
many next-generation networks are under construction,
Dyle is the primary example of broadcast mobile TV in the
especially in the Russian Federation (see section 5.4 for
United States. It is operated by a joint-venture of 12 major
more details on network developments in CIS).
broadcast groups, including Fox and NBC.52 Dyle began
Mobile TV
operations via broadcast networks in August 2012. It was
There are two main forms of mobile TV: (i) mobile TV
broadcast over terrestrial networks or via satellite; (ii)
mobile TV transmitted over a 3G/4G mobile-broadband
network. The standards for the broadcast side of mobile
TV reflect the digital terrestrial standards such as DVB-H
(adopted by the European Union), CMMB (China), ISDB
(Japan and South America), DMB (Republic of Korea) and
ATSC-M/H (North America).
Both forms of mobile TV have so far seen limited success.
The lack of devices capable of receiving broadcast mobile
TV (and the lack of handset subsidies) has stifled its take-up.
Mobile consumers have proven reluctant to pay more to
receive TV services on their mobile phones. Furthermore,
lack of content adapted to the size of mobile screens and
to viewing patterns while on the move (shorter viewing
periods than regular TV) has also proved to be an issue for
further adoption. The screen size may become less of a
available in 35 cities by end 2012, offering about five free
live standard-definition channels in each city. The company
wants to be present in 39 cities by end 2013. Apple mobile
users access Dyle through an accessory called Elgato. The
Samsung Galaxy S Lightray 4G is the only Android phone
to run the service at the moment.
MultiChoice is pushing broadcast mobile TV in Africa
through its DStv Mobile operation.53 The hybrid DVB-H and
3G service started up in South Africa in December 2010,
and has now spread to Ghana, Kenya, Namibia, Nigeria,
and Tanzania.
Mobile T V transmitted through mobile-broadband
networks has registered slightly more success compared
with broadcast mobile TV, taking advantage of the roll-out
of 3G data networks throughout the world. In this case, TV
is streamed to the user’s handset in a similar manner as IPTV
at home, using the mobile data connection. Examples of
barrier in the future as tablets and large-size smartphones
mobile TV transmitted using the 3G/4G network include
become more common.
Movistar’s “Imagenio en el móvil” 54 or Etisalat’s Mobile TV.55
This kind of mobile-TV offer may further develop in the
In addition to demand-side difficulties, there are technical
future as the deployment of advanced mobile-broadband
constraints on the supply side: a shortage of spectrum
technologies, such as LTE-Advanced and WirelessMAN-
(or even a lack of allocated spectrum, in the case of
Advanced, increases.
178
Measuring the Information Society 2013
5.4 TV reception by region
public broadcaster. Cable and broadband networks are
While each country is different, with unique features when
it comes to TV reception, there are some broad regional
trends. This is due to both regional technical constraints
(e.g. satellite footprints are often regional) and common
policy decisions (e.g. the ITU GE06 Agreement sets 2015
as the deadline for the completion of the transition period
from analogue to digital TV broadcasting in Africa, CIS and
Europe, whereas in other regions no such international
agreement exists). The following sections present the most
salient trends for each region.
CATV uptake is marginal.
underdeveloped in the African region, and thus IPTV and
Data for the period 2008-2012 confirm that analogue
terrestrial TV broadcasting is the dominant TV platform
(20 per cent household penetration), although DTT has
been significant in the region since 2010 and reached 3
per cent household penetration by end 2012. FTA satellite
complements the free TV offer in the region, providing
service to some 2 per cent of households (Chart 5.19).
Nearly all pay TV in the region corresponds to pay DTH
Africa
satellite, with cable TV and IPTV negligible in Africa at
The number of households with a TV is growing in many
African countries as consumers’ disposable incomes rise.
However, household TV penetration is still low: less than
a third of African households had a TV by end 2012. Pay
satellite TV service providers such as MultiChoice/DStv
and CanalSat have been available for many years, but the
monthly subscriptions are beyond the pockets of most
Africans.
Households with a TV that are unable to afford satelliteT V platforms have traditionally relied on analogue
terrestrial transmissions, which were often restricted to the
present. Almost all of the pay-TV subscribers are signed up
to one of the pan-regional pay satellite TV platforms, with
MultiChoice/DStv and CanalSat being dominant.
Digital terrestrial television (DTT) is beginning to make an
impact, with governments issuing licences to domestic
commercial players. Many countries are in the process
of converting their terrestrial broadcasting networks to
digital. In several cases, this process is relatively simple,
as the analogue network is rudimentary (often confined
to some analogue transmitters in the main cities). Just
replacing these transmitters with a more powerful and
more efficient digital transmitter instantly increases
reach and improves picture and sound quality for many
Chart 5.19: Households with a TV by type of
technology, Africa, 2008-2012
households, although these households still need a digital
set-top box.
The cost of set-top boxes is beyond the disposable
incomes of many homes. In Tanzania, for instance, DTT
35
As % of total households
30
Other
25
FTA DTH
satellite
20
15
10
2009
2010
2011
capita (GNI p.c.) stood at USD 570 in 2012,56 and hence
the price of the set-top box may represent more than 10
Pay DTH
satellite
per cent of annual GNI p. c. The situation is similar in other
0
2008
for many people, given that gross national income per
DTT
Analogue
terrestrial
broadcasting
5
set-top boxes retail at USD 50 to 100. This is unaffordable
2012
African countries, although the range of set-box prices is
somewhat narrower (Table 5.2).
Nevertheless, the cost of set-top boxes has fallen in recent
years. For instance, the retail price of a set-top box halved in
Source: Estimates based on Digital TV Research and ITU data.
Data cover 34 countries, accounting for 98 per cent of all
households in the region.
Nigeria during 2012.57 In addition to growing competition
and bigger economies of scale in the product manufacturer
market, tax exemptions have contributed to making set-
179
Chapter 5. Digital TV broadcasting trends
Table 5.2: Prices of DTT set-top boxes (STB) in selected African countries, July 2013
Tanzania
Price STB
Price STB as a % of annual GNI p.c.
Kenya
Rwanda
With transitory tax
exemptions*
Without transitory tax
exemptions
USD 55 - 80
USD 30 - 40
USD 25 - 30
USD 50 - 100
6% - 9%
5% - 7%
4% - 5%
9% - 18%
Note: * StarTimes was granted a transitory 100 per cent tax exemption for terrestrial set-top boxes in Tanzania until 31.12.2012.
Source: Communications Commission of Kenya (CCK), Rwanda Utilities Regulatory Agency (RURA) and Tanzania Communications Regulatory
Authority (TCRA).
top boxes more affordable. For example, import duties are
waived for set-top boxes in Kenya, Rwanda and Tanzania.
Arab States
Moreover, in Tanzania, a 100 per cent tax exemption for DTT
More than half of the households in the Arab States receive
set-top boxes was granted to StarTimes until end 2012. As a
their TV signals via free-to-air digital satellite (Chart 5.20),
result, retail prices of set-top boxes were relatively affordable
as more than 500 channels are available. In fact, many
in Tanzania until end 2012.
households in the Gulf States own more than one dish, each
receiving signals from different satellites. Analogue terrestrial
Pay DTT is also growing fast, as governments award licences.
TV broadcasting is the second most popular TV platform in
Pay DTT is cheaper than satellite TV, so it appeals to the
the Arab States, and 28 per cent of households in the region
growing middle class. China-based StarTimes is a pay-
watched only analogue terrestrial broadcasts in 2012.
TV operator that has invested in the African region and
offers pay-TV services combining satellite and terrestrial
Digital terrestrial TV broadcasting is still in its infancy in the
TV broadcasting. The operator is active in several African
region: just four countries had operational digital terrestrial
countries and reported 2.5 million DTT subscriptions in
broadcasts in 2012 (ITU, 2012c), and a mere 2 per cent of
Africa by June 2013. Multichoice’s GOtv is a competing
households in the Arab States had only DTT by end 2012. This
pay-DTT operator, which has established DTT operations in
confirms that the digital switchover process is in an early stage
partnership with the local government or public broadcaster
of implementation, and remains a challenge in the region.
58
in several African countries.
59
The abundance of FTA channels and the high level of content
StarTimes and GOtv operate hybrid free-to-air and pay
piracy in the Arab States have dampened the impact of pay-
systems. The FTA side of the operation usually comprises
TV services (ITU, 2012c). Pay DTH satellite operators struggle
channels from the public broadcaster as well as (often
to convince homes to convert to their packages, their
newly-licensed) private local channels. Both companies
main advantage being exclusive access to premium sports
usually sell their pay-TV services on a prepaid basis via
rights. For example, UAE-based OSN controls exclusive
rechargeable smart cards, sometimes accepting mobile
rights to golf, rugby and cricket in an attempt to attract
payment.
the expatriate community. Another example is Al Jazeera
Sports, which has about 1 million subscriptions in the Gulf
Some African pan-national operators have ambitious plans
region. The company has grown thanks to its aggressive
for infrastructure expansion. For example, Kenya’s Zuku offers
exclusive acquisition of major rights (such as the European
triple-play cable bundles so far only in Nairobi, but plans to
Champions League, various top European domestic leagues
expand its cable infrastructure to other major East African
and the World Cup). Notwithstanding singular successful
cities. The operator also provides a pay DTH satellite platform
business cases, only 3 per cent of households in the region
for the rest of Kenya and nine other East African countries.
subscribed to pay DTH satellite services.
180
60
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Chart 5.20: Households with a TV by type of
technology, Arab States, 2008-2012
Chart 5.21: Households with a TV by type of
technology, Asia and the Pacific, 2008-2012
100
Other
80
DTT
70
Pay DTH
satellite
60
50
Analogue
terrestrial
broadcasting
40
30
20
FTA DTH
satellite
10
As % of total households
As % of total households
90
80
IPTV
70
DTT
Pay DTH
satellite
FTA DTH
satellite
Digital
cable
60
50
40
30
Analog
cable
Analogue
terrestrial
broadcasting
20
10
0
0
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
Source: Estimates based on Digital TV Research and ITU data.
Data cover 15 countries, accounting for 80 per cent of all
households in the region.
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
Source: Estimates based on Digital TV Research and ITU data.
Data cover 23 countries, accounting for 99.8 per cent of
all households in the region.
Cable and telecommunication operators have heavily
ended analogue terrestrial TV broadcasts in 2011, while the
promoted the advantages of double-play and triple-play
analogue switch-off is scheduled to take place in Australia
bundles in order to attract new subscriptions in those
during 2013.61 Analogue terrestrial switch-off has also been
Arab States where broadband penetration is highest. This
finalized in the Republic of Korea (December 2012), but DTT
is the case, for instance, in the United Arab Emirates, where
does not have as much importance in the country as many
Etisalat plans to migrate all of its eVision TV customers (TV
households subscribe to other platforms.
services offered through wired technologies) to its eLife IPTV
bundles. There were 510 000 eLife double- and triple-play
In 2012, the number of households receiving CATV (analogue
subscribers at end 2012, up from 350 000 a year earlier. Du’s
plus digital) overtook those receiving only terrestrial TV
IPTV service – competing with Etisalat’s offers in the United
broadcasting (analogue plus DTT) in the Asia and the
Arab Emirates – had 121 807 subscriptions at December
Pacific region. China (175 million) and India (62 million)
2012, up from 113 474 at end 2011.
contributed a vast number of CATV subscriptions, although
Asia and the Pacific
household CATV penetration was highest in the Republic
Developments in TV markets in the Asia and the Pacific
massive task of converting homes away from cheap and
region have an impact on the global TV sector, because of
the sheer size of countries such as Bangladesh, China, India,
Indonesia, Japan and Pakistan.
of Korea (54 per cent of total households had CATV). The
rudimentary analogue cable networks is under way in the
region, with both the Chinese and the Indian governments
enshrining this conversion in law.62 Nevertheless, there were
still more analogue cable subscriptions than digital cable
Analogue terrestrial broadcasting remains the most popular
subscriptions by end 2012, although this situation is likely
TV platform in Asia and the Pacific, although it has lost a
to have changed by end 2013.
lot of market share in recent years: households with only
analogue terrestrial broadcasting decreased from 37 to
In India, rapid conversion to digital cable is in progress,
26 per cent between 2008 and 2012 (Chart 5.21). Except
the Ministry of Information and Broadcasting having set
in developed countries, such as Australia and Japan, DTT
December 2014 as the national deadline for migrating
is yet to make much of an impact in the region. Japan
analogue cable to digital technologies. In China, cable
181
Chapter 5. Digital TV broadcasting trends
integration expected by 2015.
63
Digital cable will not be the only beneficiary of the analogue
cable conversion. For instance, DTH satellite operators
have successfully attracted analogue cable subscribers to
upgrade to their services in countries such as India. IPTV has
also attracted customers previously subscribing to analogue
cable, particularly in countries with high fixed-broadband
penetration, such as the Republic of Korea. Indeed, IPTV is
the TV platform that has experienced most growth between
Chart 5.22: Households with a TV by type of
technology, CIS, 2008-2012
100
IPTV
90
DTT
80
Pay DTH
satellite
FTA DTH
satellite
Digital
cable
Analogue
cable
Analogue
terrestrial
broadcasting
As % of total households
networks are consolidating on a national level, with full
70
60
50
40
30
2008 and 2012, increasing total subscriptions in the region
20
more than tenfold to a level almost on a par with the number
10
0
of DTT households. Both DTT and IPTV are expected to enjoy
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
strong growth in the future, given that their share in total
households is still small (less than 5 per cent).
Commonwealth of Independent States
Source: Estimates based on Digital TV Research and ITU data.
Data cover 10 countries, accounting for 97 per cent of all
households in the region.
Analogue terrestrial broadcasting remains the most popular
TV platform in the CIS region, despite experiencing a
basic analogue networks to state-of-the-art networks.
decrease in the period 2008-2012, when the proportion of all
Initially concentrated in Moscow and St Petersburg, this
households with only analogue terrestrial TV broadcasting
construction is being extended to provincial towns and
fell from 63 to 41 per cent (Chart 5.22). Although this
cities.
downturn has been offset to some extent by the increase
in households with only DTT (from less than 1 per cent in
Nearly all of the new network construction in the Russian
2008 to 8 per cent in 2012), other TV platforms, such as pay
Federation is led by private companies. Major players include
DTH satellite and IPTV, have also benefited from the decline
Rostelecom, MTS and ER Telecom. However, these fixed-line
in the number of households with only analogue terrestrial
operators have to compete against DTH satellite operators,
broadcasting. Indeed, pay DTH satellite subscriptions
such as Tricolor,64 which has experienced fast take-up owing
tripled in the four-year period, climbing to 12 per cent of
to its low-cost packages.
households in the region in 2012. IPTV grew from virtually
zero in 2008 to 4 per cent household penetration in 2012.
In Belarus, the biggest cable TV operators are upgrading
their networks to digital technologies: Cosmos TV launched
Analogue CATV experienced a slight decrease in the period
digital operations using the DVB-C standard in 2009, MTIS
2008-2012, which was however more than counterbalanced
launched DVB-C in Minsk in 2011, and Garant, which
by the increase in digital CATV. Nonetheless, four out of
operates in several regions, started DVB-C services in 2012.65
five households with CATV continued to rely on analogue
DTT deployment is well advanced in the country, with 96
technology, which highlights that most cable operators
per cent of the population covered by the DTT signal in
in the region still face the challenge of upgrading their
June 2013.66 The analogue terrestrial broadcasting switch-
networks to digital CATV. The same can be concluded
off is scheduled to start in some areas in 2013 and extend
for terrestrial TV broadcasting, with the digital switchover
progressively until completion in 2015.67
pending for a majority of households in the CIS region.
Europe
In response to the digital conversion that lies ahead, the
Russian Federation is engaged in major construction of
The European television landscape is split between the
digital networks, which will transform the TV sector from
maturing West and the less-developed East.68 For instance,
182
Measuring the Information Society 2013
nations at end 2012, compared with 66 per cent in the
Eastern countries. Deadlines for analogue terrestrial switchoff were earlier in the West (usually before end 2012) than
the East (usually mid 2015). However, the percentage of
households with a TV is already very high in both parts of
the region (98 per cent). Furthermore, pay-TV penetration
is not expected to increase by too much.
Most of Western Europe achieved analogue terrestrial
switch-off by end 2012. This marked a level of maturity for
the subregion. The main pay-TV competition in Western
Europe will involve attracting the remaining analogue cable
subscribers, for instance through price promotions or by
Chart 5.23: Households with a TV by type of
technology, Europe, 2008-2012
IPTV
100
Pay DTH
satellite
90
As % of total households
digital TV penetration stood at 92 per cent in the Western
80
FTA DTH
satellite
Digital
cable
Analogue
cable
70
60
50
40
30
DTT
20
Analogue
terrestrial
broadcasting
10
0
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
offering advanced television services (e.g. HD channels,
digital video recorders and video-on-demand libraries).
Source: Estimates based on Digital TV Research and ITU data.
Data cover 38 countries, accounting for 99.98 per cent of
all households in the region.
The higher number of DTT channels – and their expanding
reach – is rocking the TV advertising sector (which has
also suffered from the economic recession in developed
countries). Audience fragmentation means that the
DTH satellite subscriptions (both pay and free-to-air) have
traditional channels are losing viewers and therefore cannot
grown by attracting consumers who previously received
necessarily justify high rates for ad spots. This trend is
analogue TV. However, the most successful technology in
confirmed by the audience share of the five main channels
attracting households switching to digital TV technologies
in the largest European markets (France, Germany, Italy,
has been IPTV, which was the fastest growing TV platform
Poland, Spain and the United Kingdom), which declined
in the period 2008-2012. This is consistent with the high
significantly in the period 2000-2009 in all markets except
uptake of broadband services in Europe, the increasing
Germany, where high CATV penetration had already brought
roll-out of FTTH/B networks (which allow for more capacity
about a fragmented audience in the 1990s (Lange, 2011).
that can be used to transmit IPTV),69 and the prevalence
Despite the economic recession, the transition from analogue
terrestrial broadcasting to DTT is well advanced in Europe. Only
of bundling in Europe,70 all of which are enabling factors
for IPTV uptake.
6 per cent of households in the region relied on analogue
The IPTV champion is France, where there were as many as
terrestrial broadcasting by end 2012, as compared with 25 per
12 million IPTV subscriptions by end 2012. The French TV
cent of households having only DTT by the same year (Chart
market was shaken up by Free,71 which began providing
5.23). The same transition is taking place with cable, albeit at a
its Freebox – an IPTV set-top box – free of charge to new
slower pace: 9 per cent of households in Europe with analogue
subscribers. Today, six telecommunication operators provide
CATV in 2012, as against almost 17 per cent with digital CATV.
IPTV packages, including the three main fixed-broadband
The analogue terrestrial broadcasting switch-off has not
only benefited DTT, and as many as 18 million households
operators: France Telecom, SFR and Free.
The Americas
that in 2008 used analogue or digital terrestrial broadcasting
have converted to other TV platforms. CATV has also lost
There is a big difference between the TV markets in North
5 million subscriptions in the transition from analogue to
America (Canada and the United States) and Latin America.
digital technology, which testifies to the strong competition
North America is a mature TV market, with a high percentage
from IPTV and pay DTH satellite operators.
of households with a TV (99 per cent) and little room for
183
Chapter 5. Digital TV broadcasting trends
increasing digital TV penetration. Digital TV reached 93
per cent of all households with a TV in North America by
end 2012, as compared with 35 per cent in Latin America.
Uptake of pay-TV services is also very different between
the two subregions: 86 per cent of households with a TV
subscribed to a pay-TV service in North America, as against
38 per cent in Latin America. Cable TV is the most popular
pay-TV platform in both North America (57 per cent of all
pay-TV subscriptions by end 2012) and Latin America (55
per cent of pay-TV subscriptions).
There has been a lively debate on ‘cord cutting’ (see for
instance OECD, 2012b and OECD, 2013), whereby pay-TV
subscribers forego their subscriptions to rely on TV and
video provision via the Internet. Research on the impact
of cord cutting has been contradictory. Digital TV Research
estimates that CATV subscriptions decreased by 6 million
(or almost 10 per cent) between 2008 and 2012 in the
United States. However, pay-TV subscriptions increased by
more than 4 million in the country, which suggests that
rather than cutting the cord, consumers switched to other
TV platforms. It should be noted that it is analogue cable
subscriptions that are declining; digital cable subscriptions
are enjoying strong growth.
Latin America paints a different picture, comprising
growing T V markets and booming economies. The
economic boom and governments’ encouragement of
foreign investment have resulted in substantial upgrades
to cable networks, and to investment in fibre and ADSL.
This is the case, for instance, in Brazil (Box 5.4). However,
much of the market growth has come from the pay
satellite TV boom. Three pan-regional players are pushing
the market forward. Following the established satellite
platform DirecTV/Sky, Claro (owned by América Móvil) and
Telefónica have expanded their offer of telecommunication
services by introducing lower-priced packages delivered
through pay DTH satellite.
Box 5.4: The digital TV boom in Brazil
The economic boom has driven digital TV forward in Brazil.
Many international players have operations in Brazil. The market
The sector has been helped by market liberalization. Law
has been boosted by foreign investment from companies such as
12.485/2011 removed entry barriers to foreign investment in
Vivendi, DirecTV, Portugal Telecom, Telefónica and América Móvil.74
the pay-TV market and allowed TV services over any platform
(removing previous restrictions on IPTV).72 Moreover, the creation
of the Serviço de Acesso Condicionado (SeAC) reduced the cost
of obtaining an authorization to provide pay-TV services, thus
creating an enabling environment for the increase in the number
of pay-TV service providers, including the participation of small
Brazil is experiencing a surge in triple-play offers, with the three
dominant telecommunication groups in the country (Telefónica,
América Móvil and Oi) also offering pay TV-services. The most
successful in extending its reach to the pay-TV market has been
América Móvil: it controls a cable-TV platform (Net) and a pay
DTH satellite (Embratel) which together account for more than 50
and medium-sized entrepreneurs.73
per cent of the pay-TV market. Telefónica and Oi each represent
Digital TV penetration reached 45 per cent of households by
less than 5 per cent of total pay-TV subscriptions in Brazil. The
end 2012, up from 34 per cent a year earlier. The Government is
other big pay-TV player is Sky, a DTH satellite service provider that
gearing up for the 2014 FIFA World Cup and the Rio 2016 summer
accounts for 30 per cent of pay-TV subscriptions in the country.
Olympics, with the TV and communications sectors set to benefit
However, Sky only offers TV services.75
from the extensive network build-out.
Increased competition in the pay-TV market is driving down
Pay-TV penetration is relatively low in Brazil, at 28 per cent of
average revenue per user, especially as operators launch cheaper
households in 2012. DTH satellite overtook cable to become
packages to attract middle-income homes.76
the dominant pay-TV platform in 2011. There were 9.8 million
Brazil chose ISDB-T as the DTT standard. The standard was
DTH satellite subscriptions by end 2012 (60 per cent of pay-
launched in December 2007, and by May 2012 some 47 per
TV subscriptions), up from 2.1 million at end 2008. Most
cent of the population were covered by DTT signals.77 Analogue
telecommunication operators have launched DTH satellite
switch-off is scheduled for June 2016. Sao Paulo metropolitan
platforms, and will follow up with IPTV/triple-play packages in
areas are due to switch off by March 2015. The Government is
the near future.
considering set-top box subsidies for low-income households.
184
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Regional figures show that terrestrial TV broadcasting
CATV (analogue plus digital) penetration decreased only
(analogue plus DTT) has decreased from a 43 per cent
slightly in the period 2008-2012, down to 33 per cent of
household penetration in 2008 to 36 per cent in 2012. A
all households in 2012 (from 35 per cent in 2008), thus
more detailed analysis shows that the number of households
nearly mirroring the uptake of terrestrial TV broadcasting.
with only analogue terrestrial TV broadcasting decreased
The number of analogue cable subscriptions decreased by
considerably, whereas DTT is growing strongly in the
some 22 million between 2008 and 2012, whereas digital
region (Chart 5.24). The United States switched off analogue
cable subscriptions almost counterbalanced the decrease,
terrestrial broadcasting in 2009, and other large countries
growing by 21 million in the same period.
such as Brazil (Box 5.4) and Canada are progressively
78
switching over to DTT. The growth of DTT in the region is
The proportion of households with pay DTH satellite
expected to continue in the future, insofar as the remaining
increased from 15 per cent in 2008 to 21 per cent in 2012,
countries in the region are starting to implement their
and IPTV from 1 to 4 per cent in the four-year period. This
national strategies for the digital switchover.79
suggests that these two platforms were the most successful
in attracting the households with a TV that previously had
The Americas is rather unique in terms of DTT technologies,
CATV or received only terrestrial TV broadcasting. Free-to-air
in that three different standards coexist in the region. The
DTH satellite was of little relevance in the Americas: only 1
Japanese ISDB-T standard has been chosen by most South
per cent of households relied on it to watch TV.
American countries for their DTT networks. In Ecuador, the
Japanese Government will supply 40 000 set-top boxes to
low-income households. However, the US-backed ATSC
standard has been adopted in most of Central and North
America, including the countries closer geographically to
the United States, such as Canada, Dominican Republic, El
Salvador, Honduras, Mexico and Puerto Rico. The European
DVB-T standard has been adopted by a minority of countries
in the Americas region, such as Colombia and Panama.
5.5 Pay-TV reception
The technological and regional review of TV distribution
presented so far has analysed both free-to-air broadcasting
and pay-TV services. This section analyses in more detail the
pay-TV sector, which includes the following technologies:
analogue cable, digital cable, IPTV, pay DTH satellite and
pay DTT.
Chart 5.24: Households with a TV by type of
technology, Americas, 2008-2012
Digital TV Research estimates that global pay-TV revenues
reached USD 183 billion in 2012, up from USD 145 billion in
2008. DTH satellite contributed USD 80 billion to the 2012
100
90
As % of total households
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
IPTV
total, followed by digital cable (USD 66 billion), analogue
Pay DTH
satellite
FTA DTH
satellite
Digital
cable
Analogue
cable
DTT
cable (USD 22 billion) and IPTV (USD 12 billion), while pay
Analogue
terrestrial
broadcasting
10
0
2008
2009
2010
2011
DTT had only a small share in total revenues compared with
the other pay-TV platforms.
Pay TV has been transformed by the shift to digital. Satellite
TV has provided numerous channels without the cost of
expensive infrastructure build-outs. Cable operators have
responded to this threat by upgrading.
2012
The conversion of households to digital TV usually implies
Source: Estimates based on Digital TV Research and ITU data.
Data cover 20 countries, accounting for 97 per cent of all
households in the region.
higher average revenue per subscription (ARPU) for the
service provider, less piracy and greater product choice
for the customer. However, digital television can also work
185
Chapter 5. Digital TV broadcasting trends
against the pay-TV sector. For instance, free-to-air DTT
usually provides homes with greater channel choice, which
could result in some households cancelling their basic payTV subscriptions.
to 42 per cent of households with pay TV by end 2012, which
means that 53 per cent of all households with a TV had a
pay-TV subscription. Indeed, since end 2010 there have been
more households with pay TV globally than households
with only free-to-air TV. This is particularly true in developed
However, pay TV retains the advantage of content exclusivity,
providing its subscribers with premium sports rights, for
example. There are some instances in which regulatory
authorities have decided to act in order to avoid exclusivity
of certain key content being used to stifle competition. The
most notorious example is the FCC’s Program access rules in
the United States, which required cable operators to grant
competing satellite-TV providers access to content they
owned. The Program access rules were in force between
1992 and 2012, when they were replaced by an ex-post
resolution mechanism for programme access complaints
on a case-by-case basis.80 A more recent example is the
intervention of the United Kingdom’s regulator (Ofcom) to
ensure that the dominant pay-TV operator, Sky, supplies two
sports channels to competing DTT and CATV operators at
regulated wholesale prices.81
The number of pay-TV subscriptions worldwide increased
by 32 per cent between 2008 and 2012. Most growth
occurred in developing countries, where the percentage of
households with pay TV went up from 24 to 34 per cent in
the four-year period (Chart 5.25). This brought the world total
countries, where more than 60 per cent of households with
a TV had a pay-TV subscription by end 2012.82
The Americas was the region displaying the highest pay-TV
penetration: almost 60 per cent of households subscribed
to pay-TV services by end 2012 (Chart 5.26). This is explained
by the high uptake of CATV and pay DTH satellite TV in the
region, and the weight of the United States, where 85 per
cent of households had pay-TV services (105 million by end
2012). Europe was the other region with more than 50 per
cent of households with pay TV. The slightly lower pay-TV
penetration compared with the Americas is explained by
the development of free-to-air DTT in Europe: 25 per cent
of households in Europe received only DTT, compared with
only 12 per cent in the Americas. This reflects the more
advanced stage of the DTT switchover in Europe, and the
fact that most DTT is free. Moreover, this finding suggests
that DTT can compete with other multichannel platforms
on an equal footing.
Household pay-TV penetration increased in Asia and the
Pacific from 30 to 41 per cent in the period 2008-2012,
with the addition of 115 million new pay-TV subscriptions
Chart 5.25: Households with pay TV, world and
by development level, 2008-2012
As % of total households
56
58
60
61
62
33
35
37
30
20
with most pay-TV subscriptions (194 million by end 2012),
24
26
29
40
32
42
34
Developed
World
Developing
10
0
2008
2009
million), taking respectively third and second place in terms
of absolute numbers of pay-TV subscriptions. However, pay-
50
40
four-year period). China retained first position as the country
while India (100 million) approached the United States (105
70
60
(65 per cent of new pay-TV subscriptions worldwide in the
2010
2011
TV household penetration was around 50 per cent in China
and India, well below the 85 per cent in the United States.
The CIS region also experienced a significant increase in
pay-TV subscriptions between 2008 and 2012: they grew
by more than 50 per cent, reaching 37 per cent household
penetration in 2012.
2012
Africa and the Arab States were by far the regions with the
Source: Estimates based on Digital TV Research and ITU data.
Data cover 140 countries, accounting for 98 per cent of all
households in the world.
186
lowest pay-TV penetration. Nevertheless, the number of
pay-TV subscriptions doubled in Africa between 2008 and
2012, and 7 per cent of households in the region subscribed
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Chart 5.26: Households with pay TV, by region, 2008-2012
100
90
As % of total households
80
Arab States
70
Africa
60
CIS
50
Asia & Pacific
40
Europe
30
The Americas
20
10
0
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
Source: Estimates based on Digital TV Research and ITU data. Data cover 140 countries, accounting for 98 per cent of all households in the
world.
to pay TV by end 2012. This dynamism contrasts with the
trend in the Arab States: the region experienced little growth
in pay-TV subscriptions during the four-year period, with
Table 5.3: Top 15 countries by percentage of
households with pay TV, 2012
pay-TV household penetration remaining below 5 per cent
Country
in 2012. This is in line with the predominance of FTA satellite
Netherlands
100
TV and analogue terrestrial broadcasting in the region (Chart
Norway
97
5.20), both of which are free TV platforms.
Belgium
94
Hong Kong, China
94
At the country level, pay-TV penetration was the highest
Korea (Rep.)
92
in the Netherlands, Norway, Belgium, Hong Kong (China),
Denmark
92
Republic of Korea and Denmark, with more than 90 per
Malta
86
cent of households in these countries subscribing to pay-TV
Sweden
85
services (Table 5.3).
United States
85
Canada
84
Chart 5.27 shows the breakdown of pay-TV subscriptions by
Latvia
84
Switzerland
84
Luxembourg
83
Romania
82
Singapore
78
technology. Analogue CATV subscriptions decreased by 89
million between 2008 and 2012, yet they still represented
about a third of global pay-TV subscriptions in 2012. The
decrease was more than offset by the 136 million digital
CATV subscriptions added in the four-year period, propelling
% of households with pay TV
Source: Estimates based on Digital TV Research and ITU data.
digital cable to first position in the ranking of pay-TV
subscriptions by technology.
Pay DTH satellite subscriptions also increased significantly
2012 they represented about a quarter of global pay-TV
between 2008 and 2012 (by 71 million), and by end
subscriptions. The highest relative growth, however, was
187
Chapter 5. Digital TV broadcasting trends
Chart 5.27: Pay-TV subscriptions by technology, 2008 and 2012
Share in global pay-TV subscriptions
2012
Total: 727 million
2008
Total: 550 million
Analogue cable
55%
Pay DTT
1%
Pay DTT
1%
IPTV
3%
Analogue cable
30%
Digital cable
34%
IPTV
10%
Pay DTH
20%
Digital cable
21%
Pay DTH
25%
Source: Estimates based on Digital TV Research and ITU data. Data cover 140 countries, accounting for 98 per cent of all households in the
world.
registered by IPTV subscriptions: they increased fourfold
the undecided nations are in the Caribbean or in Asia and
and added 55 million pay-TV subscriptions between 2008
the Pacific (Figure 5.2).83
and 2012, which confirms that growth was remarkable in
absolute terms, too. On the other hand, pay DTT failed to
The national and international targets set for the digital
take off and stagnated at a marginal 1 per cent of total
switchover (section 5.2) are driving DTT deployment, and
pay-TV subscriptions. This indicates that pay DTT is still an
they are also reflected in current uptake. Digital TV Research
emergent TV platform, and that a solid business model has
estimates that almost a third of all households in developed
yet to be established for pay DTT (see section 5.6).
countries had DTT by end 2012, either on its own or in
addition to other TV subscriptions (Chart 5.28). In developing
countries, there were only 4 per cent of households with
5.6 Digital switchover
DTT. This is explained by the advanced level of digital
switchover in developed countries, many of which have
already switched off terrestrial analogue signals (DigiTAG,
Many governments have set deadlines for full conversion
2013) or are at an advanced stage of the switchover process
to digital TV technologies and ceasing the broadcasting
(e.g. Australia and Canada).
of analogue terrestrial signals. Some countries, notably in
North America and Europe, had achieved this transition by
Of the almost 210 million households with DTT in 2012,
end 2012, whereas others are yet to start.
Digital TV Research estimates that around 70 per cent
were households watching DTT on the main set and not
There are four main DTT standards. The DVB-T standard is
subscribing to CATV, IPTV or satellite-TV services.
most popular in Europe and Africa. The ATSC standard has
been adopted in Canada, the United States, the Republic of
Europe has long been at the forefront of DTT uptake.
Korea and some Central American countries. The Japanese
The region surpassed the 40 per cent DTT household
ISDB-T standard has been taken up by several Latin
penetration mark in 2012 (Chart 5.29). Most of the Western
American countries, whereas China uses DMB-T. Many of
European countries had switched off their analogue
188
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Figure 5.2: DTT standard adoption by country, January 2013
DVB-T/DVB-T2
ATSC
ISDB-T
DMB-T
Undecided
Source: DiBEG (http://www.dibeg.org), DVB Project (http://www.dvb.org/) and ITU.
Chart 5.28: Households with DTT, world and by
level of development, 2008-2012
35
As % of total households
32
countries. These regions are thus expected to undergo
years.
26
20
analogue to digital TV broadcasting set under the GE06
a significant increase in DTT penetration in the next two
29
25
deadline for the completion of the transition period from
Agreement also applies to African, Arab States and CIS
Developed
World
Developing
30
European Commission’s extended deadline). The 2015
22
15
12
15
10
7
9
5
5
1
1
2
2008
2009
2010
10
3
4
Brazil, Canada and the United States account for more
than 90 per cent of households with DTT in the Americas,
whereas all other countries in the region are still in the
process of defining digital switchover strategies or in the
early stages of their implementation. In the Asia and the
0
2011
2012
Note: Data refer to all households with DTT. These households
may also subscribe to cable, satellite or IPTV, but have
DTT installed on a secondary TV set.
Source: Estimates based on Digital TV Research and ITU data.
Data cover 140 countries, accounting for 98 per cent of all
households in the world.
Pacific region, the number of households with DTT has
doubled in the period 2008-2012, but household DTT
penetration reached only 5 per cent in 2012. Taking into
account that there were still 239 million households with
only analogue terrestrial TV broadcasting in Asia and the
Pacific by end 2012 (representing 59 per cent of global
households still relying only on analogue terrestrial
terrestrial signals by end 2012, whereas the deadline for
broadcasts), the digital switchover challenge remains
the majority of countries in Eastern Europe is mid-2015
considerable in the region, and will require much policy
(in compliance with the ITU GE06 Agreement and the
and regulatory attention.
84
189
Chapter 5. Digital TV broadcasting trends
Chart 5.29: Households with DTT, by region,
2008-2012
As % of total households
Digital Video Recorders (DVRs) and bundles. This testifies to
the impact that DTT may have in the TV sector as a whole.
45
Another factor that has a definite impact on DTT uptake is
40
the cost of the reception equipment. The digital switchover
35
requires viewers with old TVs to buy a digital set-top box or
30
directly replace their TV with a new one capable of receiving
25
Asia & Pacific
Africa
Arab States
Europe
The Americas
CIS
20
DTT. In order to prevent the costs involved from becoming a
barrier to DTT adoption, many governments have subsidized
15
the cost of the required set-top box for lower-income
10
households and/or the elderly and persons with disabilities
– or even given the boxes away for free. Such policies have
5
been implemented in several developed countries where
0
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
the switchover has taken place or is currently under way,
some examples being Portugal’s Programa de Subsidiação,85
Note: Data refer to all households with DTT. These households
may also subscribe to cable, satellite or IPTV, but have
DTT installed on a secondary TV set.
Source: Estimates based on Digital TV Research and ITU data.
Data cover 140 countries, accounting for 98 per cent of all
households in the world.
the United Kingdom’s “switchover help scheme”86 and
Australia’s “Household Assistance Scheme”. 87 In other
countries, such as the United States88 and Italy,89 subsidies
for purchasing DTT set-top boxes have been made available
regardless of household income levels. In parallel to
government policies to reduce viewers’ switchover costs, the
It should be noted that there are other factors apart from
coverage that determine DTT uptake. DTT has achieved
higher penetration in countries where analogue terrestrial
market prices of set-top boxes have fallen, as manufacturers
reach mass-market production levels and competition
increases from the supply side.
TV broadcasting was a major TV platform before the digital
As the digital switchover progresses, the number of free-
switchover. For instance, the percentage of households
to-air channels is increasing. Administrations are taking
with DTT in Germany is low compared to other European
advantage of the spectrum efficiency of digital technologies
countries, because many homes already subscribed to
to award more licences and/or allow existing players more
cable or satellite services. On the other hand, DTT has
channels. This effect is reinforced by the growing cross-
achieved considerable uptake in Italy and Spain, where
platform competition, which incites other TV platforms, such
pay-TV penetration is relatively low and analogue terrestrial
as satellite-TV and IPTV providers, to increase their offer, too.
broadcasting was the main TV platform prior to the
The growth in the number of available TV channels may
switchover. Moreover, the Italian and Spanish Governments
have a considerable long-term effect on viewing patterns
have endeavoured to create vibrant DTT markets by
and lead to audience fragmentation (Lange, 2011; OECD,
promoting a large and varied choice of DTT content.
2011). On the one hand, as the newer channels increase
Indeed, both countries stand out for having a large number
their audience share, the advertising industry reacts by
of local channels (Lange, 2011) and some successful
spreading budgets. On the other hand, many of the new
pay-DTT offers (with larger market shares than the global
TV licences are granted to the thematic channels from the
average of 1 per cent of total pay-TV subscriptions). This
traditional broadcasting groups. As a result, their flagship
suggests that when a significant number of DTT channels
channel may lose audience share, but the group portfolio
are on offer the digital terrestrial platform begins to mirror
may sustain the overall share, and even be in a position to
the basic packages of traditional pay-TV operators. This
offer advertisers a more targeted choice.
creates cross-platform competition, which spurs pay-TV
operators to lower prices and stress the benefits of their
In addition to standard-definition TV channels, some
value-added services, such as premium sports rights,
governments have awarded high-definition (HD) DTT
190
Measuring the Information Society 2013
licences. For instance, Sweden’s Radio and Television
the pay-DTT model in the face of fierce competition from
Authority (RTVV) authorized seven HD DTT channels in
other multichannel platforms. Nevertheless, Europe had
June 2010. HD channels are also available in several other
around 7 million pay-DTT subscriptions by end 2012, and
EU countries, such as Finland, France, Hungary, Italy, Latvia,
thus accounted for more than 80 per cent of global pay-DTT
Lithuania, Norway, Spain and the United Kingdom.91 The
subscriptions. This is explained by the advanced stage of
DVB Project estimates that 24 countries provided high-
digital switchover in the region and the wide DTT coverage
definition DTT by January 2013, of which two-thirds were
achieved, so far unmatched in other regions.
90
92
in Europe.
Pay DTT is extending beyond Europe, and is having a
HD programmes provide enhanced image quality but
particular impact in Africa. Most African countries do not
require more spectrum, so more standard-definition
have well-established fixed (wired) telecommunication
channels could be broadcast with the same amount of
networks (i.e. cable, copper or fibre infrastructure), and
spectrum. Given these constraints, there are limits on the
pay-TV penetration is low, with only 7 per cent of total
number of HD channels that can be offered. However, many
households subscribing to pay-TV services by end 2012. In
of the new sets on sale are HD compatible and a growing
this context, the number of pay-DTT subscriptions increased
number of households therefore have HD-enabled TVs (ITU,
from fewer than 50 000 in 2008 to 1.5 million in 2012. Taking
2013c). This is driving customer demand for HD programmes
into account that there were only 10.7 million households
and making them an attractive prospect for potential DTT
with pay TV in Africa in 2012, pay DTT accounted for 14 per
customers.
cent of the total in the region.
Other governments have assigned spectrum to pay-DTT
The growth of pay DTT in Africa is explained by the launch
channels (usually alongside free-to-air ones), with mixed
of services in Burundi, Central African Republic, Gabon,
results. Pay DTT (usually on a prepaid basis) has proved
popular in Italy. Pay-DTT operators in Italy have benefited
from the absence of cable-TV networks and the limited
impact of IPTV (although DTH satellite from Sky Italia
provides strong competition in the pay-TV arena). Mediaset
Ghana, Kenya, Liberia, Malawi, Mozambique, Namibia,
Nigeria, Rwanda, Tanzania, Uganda and Zambia. Analogue
terrestrial networks in many of these countries are not in
good condition, so DTT is regarded as an opportunity to
upgrade the outdated terrestrial broadcasting network,
Premium provides 30 linear channels via pay DTT, and one
of its main attractions is pay-per-view football from Italy’s
top two leagues.
Chart 5.30: Households with pay DTT, Africa
and Europe, 2008-2012
several countries, such as Cyprus, Ireland and Portugal
(Lange, 2011). In France, pay-DTT distributor TV Numeric,
which was granted the second national pay-DTT licence in
2011, ceased offering pay-DTT services in December 2012
(CSA, 2013).
Global figures confirm that pay DTT has difficulties in
taking off: it accounted for only 1 per cent of global payTV subscriptions in 2012 (Chart 5.27). However, at regional
level, pay DTT accounts for a more significant share in total
pay-TV subscriptions in Africa and Europe (Chart 5.30). Pay
DTT represents 5 per cent of total pay-TV subscriptions in
Europe, but since 2010 pay-DTT subscriptions have been
decreasing. This testifies of the difficulties in consolidating
As % of households with pay-TV subscriptions
However, pay DTT has been postponed or cancelled in
16
Europe
14
Africa
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
Source: Estimates based on Digital TV Research and ITU data.
Data include African and European countries where pay
DTT is available.
191
Chapter 5. Digital TV broadcasting trends
while providing pay TV to a large share of the population that
Over-the-top TV and video is becoming a more attractive
cannot afford the premium-priced satellite-TV packages.
consumer experience owing to improvements in navigation,
Moreover, many of these pay-DTT platforms provide prepaid
recommendation, search, DVR functionality and electronic
plans, which helps make them affordable for people who
programme guides. Viewers want a clear and simple
cannot commit to other payment plans. These findings
experience, not requiring any technical expertise. In addition,
suggest that pay DTT is well positioned to become a very
picture and sound quality have improved considerably.
important pay-TV platform in Africa and, together with free
DTT, a means of reducing the multichannel TV gap that
afflicts Africa in comparison with other regions.
Furthermore, broadband speeds are increasing as competition
forces operators to offer consumers more for similar prices
(see Chapter 3). The roll-out of fibre networks (in some cases
backed by governments) has added even faster speeds and
higher capacity. However, Internet data traffic is increasing
5.7 Over-the-top Internet TV and
video
exponentially, driven by Internet video and TV, which in
2012 accounted for 57 per cent of consumer Internet traffic
(Cisco, 2013b). With the increasing number of interconnected
Watching TV and video over the Internet is becoming
increasingly popular, and its rapid uptake is expected
to continue in parallel with the increase in broadband
penetration. Over-the-top (OTT) TV relies on broadband
Internet connections, and unlike IPTV does not always require
an additional subscription for the TV services provided. For
instance, YouTube, the Chinese PPLive and many traditional
broadcasting stations offer streaming or downloading of
TV and video content on the Internet for free. Other OTT TV
providers, such as Netflix and Hulu, charge a pay-per-view or
subscription fee for accessing their content.
devices (e.g. smartphones, tablets, machine-to-machine
data connections), Internet data consumption threatens to
outpace network-capacity upgrades. This puts pressure on
the supply side, with some broadband operators threatening
to increase charges to OTT TV content providers in order to
guarantee access. Some middle-ground technical solutions,
such as the progress achieved through content delivery
networks95 with the participation of both content providers
and network operators, have eased the congestion to some
extent. Nevertheless, the topic remains one of the main
focuses of regulatory discussion (see, for instance, Chapter
2 in ITU, 2013b).
Streaming OTT TV and video requires extensive broadband
capacity – not only on the part of the viewer, who needs to
have a high-speed broadband connection, but also on the
part of the broadband network operators which provide
the end-to-end bandwidth that determines the quality of
experience. Unlike in the case of IPTV, where a QoS similar
to that of traditional TV is guaranteed, OTT TV and video is
Several governments (such as the Netherlands 96 and
Chile97 – while the subject is still being debated in the
United States98) have enshrined net neutrality in law, in
order to prevent network operators from giving priority to
Internet traffic directed to some sites over traffic going to
other sites. Some operators have decided to impose data
caps on subscriptions in order to limit Internet congestion,
delivered on top of the Internet, and thus the QoS depends
particularly in mobile-broadband plans (see Chapter 3).
on the capacity of each end-to-end connection.93
Some ISPs, such as Virgin Media, offer “through-the-middle”
Digital TV Research estimates that global online TV and
video revenues increased from USD 3.79 billion in 2010 to
services, which provide dedicated bandwidth to online
television and video.
USD 11.14 billion in 2012. By end-2012, 259 million homes
Although watching TV and video on a computer is a much
in 40 countries watched online television and video, up
better experience than in the past, ‘connected’ televisions
from 182 million in 2010. These figures cover online TV and
add another dimension to OTT TV and video delivery.
video developments over fixed broadband in 40 countries.
94
Many top-of-the-range sets now on sale have an Internet
Therefore, they do not include online video consumption
connection as standard, with applications preloaded.
over smartphones or tablets.
Games consoles have offered Internet connectivity (and
192
Measuring the Information Society 2013
therefore OTT access) for some time, and boast a large and
this is changing, with some new content being launched
growing user base. Blu-ray devices provide a further means
directly on the Internet. Nevertheless, there is little OTT live
of accessing connected TV.
premium content such as sports.
Nevertheless, so far online TV cannot fully replicate the
Advertising is by far the largest revenue generator in the
pay-TV experience. For example, few online providers can
online TV and video world. Online TV and video advertising
yet match the live sports offers of the traditional pay-TV
is the key driver in the OTT TV sector, generating revenues
operators. In addition, the traditional pay-TV operators still
of USD 6 billion in 2012, up from USD 2.4 billion in 2010.
have the upper hand as far as EPGs (electronic programme
Many broadcasters provide online catch-up services, which
guides – where channels are listed in menus by each pay-TV
are usually monetized through advertising. One popular
operator) and press recommendation (such as in newspaper
exception is the BBC’s iPlayer, which is free to UK residents
sections on TV) are concerned, although this advantage is
and carries no advertising. In addition to fixed- and mobile-
not likely to last for much longer.
broadband subscribers, iPlayer is also distributed by some
pay-TV operators, such as for instance Virgin and Sky. The
Some pay-TV operators have embraced online TV and
BBC iPlayer can be viewed on 600 different devices, and has
video, as a means of countering competing OTT players.
recently been adapted to iPad and Android smartphones.
Sky in the United Kingdom launched Now TV in July 2012.
Multidevice availability has indeed helped foster the strong
Unlike many other OTT platforms provided by traditional
increase in viewership requests from mobile devices and
pay-TV operators, Now TV is available to all UK broadband
tablets (Table 5.4). BBC Worldwide launched iPlayer abroad
subscribers, and not just Sky subscribers. Now TV does not
as a trial subscription service in mid-2011.
offer as much content as Sky’s DTH satellite platform, but
makes available a wide choice of pay-per-view movies plus
In spite of the fact that subscription revenues still represent
live streaming of sports. This allows Now TV to compete
only a small share of total OTT TV revenues, they are a fast-
with rival pay TV OTT players, such as Lovefilm and Netflix.
growing revenue stream. Although the likes of Netflix and
Hulu are already reasonably well established as streaming
Content is likely to remain the key battleground between
subscription services in North America, international
online TV and video providers and traditional TV platforms.
markets have been relatively untouched – until now.
Many people regard online television as a catch-up service
for missed shows. The OTT providers have provided little
According to estimates from Digital TV Research, revenues
in the way of original professional programming, although
from online TV and video subscriptions climbed from
Table 5.4: BBC iPlayer requests by device, Q4 2010 – Q4 2012, millions
Mobile
Tablets
Computers
Games
consoles
TV
operators
Others
Total
4Q10
16
0
306
26
71
0
419
1Q11
19
0
335
30
73
0
457
2Q11
24
3
307
27
73
12
446
3Q11
26
13
298
27
76
20
460
4Q11
35
23
352
26
85
27
550
1Q12
49
35
343
28
84
25
573
2Q12
45
39
311
30
75
39
539
3Q12
63
49
320
30
70
37
570
4Q12
92
70
315
32
83
47
639
Source: BBC.
193
Chapter 5. Digital TV broadcasting trends
Table 5.5: Netflix subscriptions by type of service, Q3 2011 – Q4 2012, millions
3Q11
4Q11
1Q12
2Q12
3Q12
4Q12
Total streaming subscriptions in the US
21.5
21.7
23.4
23.9
25.1
27.2
Paying streaming subscriptions in the US
20.5
20.2
22.0
22.7
23.8
25.5
1.5
1.9
3.1
3.6
4.3
6.1
Total streaming subscriptions outside the US
1.0
1.5
2.4
3.0
3.7
4.9
Total DVD subscriptions in the US
13.9
11.2
10.1
9.2
8.6
8.2
Paying DVD subscriptions in the US
13.8
11.0
10.0
9.2
8.5
8.1
Paying streaming subscriptions outside the US
Source: Netflix.
USD 645 million in 2010 to USD 2 553 million in 2012.
For example, Netflix paid streaming subscriptions
grew by 41 per cent between Q3 2011 and Q4 2012
5.8 Conclusions and recommendations
(Table 5.5). A substantial part of the growth came from
TV remains important as a source of news and information,
international paid streaming subscriptions, following
as well as a means of expressing national identity and
the launch of services in Canada (September 2010), 43
fostering local content. Its vast coverage and high uptake
Latin American and Caribbean countries (September
enable TV transmissions to fulfil some of the public services
2011),99 the United Kingdom and Ireland (January 2012),
related to communications. At the same time, TV is a
and Denmark, Finland, Norway and Sweden (October
major market for private content creators, distributors and
2012). Netflix streaming subscriptions can use more
networks. These private stakeholders are key to driving TV
than 800 different devices to receive the service, and the
uptake and underpinning developments in TV networks.
company has agreements with major audiovisual content
producers, such as Sony Pictures, Disney, Paramount and
The growth of digital TV is changing the sector. For the
Dreamworks.
first time, in 2012 there were more households with digital
TV than with analogue TV. The digital switchover brings
The OTT TV move towards subscription services will stifle
new challenges and opportunities for both policy-makers
the pay-per-view and rental market somewhat, since they
and operators. Policy initiative is necessary to manage the
supply similar consumer propositions. However, online
changes in the spectrum allocated for terrestrial TV services,
TV and video rental revenues increased from USD 282
guide the analogue terrestrial switch-off, set the rules for the
million in 2010 to USD 1 047 million in 2012, according
new DTT market and revise those governing other digital
to Digital TV Research. The fast take-up of subscription
TV markets with a view to fostering competition across TV
services will also adversely affect download-to-own (DTO)
platforms and service providers.
buying patterns, albeit less directly than the rental sector.
DTO revenues nevertheless jumped from USD 410 million
Operators (both public and private) face the challenge
in 2010 to USD 1 545 million in 2012, according to Digital
of upgrading their networks to digital technologies, and
TV Research.
expanding their reach to those regions which are not yet
covered. In some cases, operators may need the support
Revenue estimates suggest that online pay-TV platforms
of governments to meet these challenges, for instance in
are driving growth in the pay-per-view market, and that
the form of state aid for the extension of TV coverage to
there is further room for expansion, particularly if OTT TV
remote areas, or demand-side stimulus to make digital
services are extended to more countries beyond North
TV sets and set-top boxes affordable for low-income
America and Europe.
households. Actions of this kind will be particularly
194
Measuring the Information Society 2013
information campaigns on the practical steps for
households to start receiving the digital signal, etc.
relevant in countries with low household TV penetration,
such as most African countries and some economies in
Asia and the Pacific.
•
Policy-makers should decide on the use of the
digital dividend and make it available as soon as
possible. This spectrum is particularly valuable, and
well-suited for the coverage of large areas through
wireless signals. In view of the increasing spectrum
needs of wireless-broadband networks, the allocation
of part of the digital dividend for advanced wirelessbroadband networks should be considered. Several
developed countries have already assigned it for this
purpose, and could serve as a reference for lessons
learned on the use of the digital dividend.
•
There is no one-size-fits-all approach to the
regulation of TV-distribution platforms, since
different technologies have different relevance in
each country. However, policy-makers should consider
reviewing the overall regulation of TV networks in
order to foster cross-platform competition and ensure
that users benefit from it. Because of the historical
developments of TV platforms, several technologies
currently competing in the same TV markets may
be subject to different regulation. Legacy rules
applied to the sector should be reviewed in
view of convergence and technology neutrality.
Competition and channel diversity should be fostered
through, inter alia, transparent and streamlined
authorization processes.
•
Countries with low percentages of households with
a TV should consider specific initiatives to extend
household TV penetration. These initiatives should
consider both the demand and supply sides, i.e. actions
to increase household access to TV sets and actions to
increase the coverage of TV signals. Regarding the latter,
the digital switchover is an opportunity to expand the
reach of free-to-air multichannel TV, which could be
complemented by satellite coverage in remote areas.
Availability of relevant content adapted to the local
language should be promoted, and could help further
boost household TV uptake.
Another important trend in TV markets is increasing crossplatform competition. Traditional multichannel TV platforms,
such as cable and DTH satellite, face increasing competition
from IPTV service providers and even DTT channels.
Moreover, TV delivery over the Internet is becoming more
and more popular. The convergence of different platforms in
the TV market may require a revision of the overall regulation
of the sector, but it also constitutes an opportunity to
improve consumer choice, make TV services more affordable
and extend multichannel TV uptake.
Governments can take a number of steps to meet the
challenges of the digital TV switchover and ensure that
users benefit from better-quality, varied and affordable TV
services:
•
•
The digital switchover requires a set of complex
government actions (e.g. laws, technical decrees,
spectrum reallocation, new authorizations, crossborder frequency coordination) before operators can
effectively embark on the process and households can
start adapting to the change. Governments should
develop national strategies to coordinate all actions
needed for the digital switchover. These strategies
should include clear targets and deadlines, and be
monitored regularly. The population and all relevant
stakeholders (including the private sector) should
be informed in a transparent way of the progress
achieved. This is particularly valid in developing
countries, where the digital switchover is still in its
early stages.
Digital switchover strategies should include
specific actions to ensure a smooth and inclusive
transition to digital TV. Initiatives that could be
undertaken include subsidies for the acquisition of
set-top boxes, tax exemptions for DTT consumer
equipment, technical assistance for the installation
of new equipment or the adjustment of antennas,
195
Chapter 5. Digital TV broadcasting trends
Endnotes
In a recent survey on Arab media use commissioned by Northwestern University in Qatar, it was found that TV is perceived as the most important
source of news and information in most countries included in the study (Qatar, Bahrain, Egypt, Jordan, Saudi Arabia, Lebanon, Tunisia and the
United Arab Emirates). Only in Bahrain and Qatar was the Internet considered a more reliable source. This testifies to the importance of TV as a mass
communication medium, even in a region where the Arab Spring has highlighted the relevance of other information sources, such as social media.
For more details on the study, see http://menamediasurvey.northwestern.edu/.
1
TV is by far the most popular medium with Europeans, and the main source of information for political and European matters. TV is the second most
trusted medium after radio (European Commission, 2012a).
2
Multichannel TV refers to services that provide additional TV programming beyond free-to-air analogue terrestrial channels.
3
Non-linear TV services are those in which order and time are determined by the viewer, as opposed to linear broadcasting where programmes are
transmitted in a time sequence determined by the broadcaster.
4
See, for instance, Dyle (2012) and the January 2013 Business Insider survey, available at
http://www.businessinsider.com/these-10-mobile-video-data-points-will-blow-your-mind-2013-5.
5
Cable television (CATV) service – Multichannel programming delivered over a coaxial cable for viewing on television sets (ITU, 2011b).
6
Direct-to-home (DTH) satellite services – Received via a satellite dish capable of receiving satellite television broadcasts (ITU, 2011b).
7
Internet Protocol TV (IPTV) – Multimedia services such as television/video/audio/text/graphics/data delivered over an IP-based network managed to
support the required level of quality of service, quality of experience, security, interactivity and reliability. This does not include video accessed over
the public Internet, for example, by streaming. IPTV services are also generally aimed at viewing on a television set rather than a personal computer
(ITU, 2011b).
8
For examples of applications that add functionalities to TVs connected to the Internet, see Samsung’s website:
http://www.samsung.com/us/article/apps-built-for-your-tv/ or Smart TV’s website: http://www.yourappontv.com/about-smart-tv/featured-apps.
9
For example, people using a TV receiver must pay the TV licence fee in the United Kingdom (http://www.tvlicensing.co.uk/). Likewise, people that
receive radio or television services are required to pay licence fees in Switzerland (http://www.srgssr.ch/en/licence-fees/radio-and-tv-licence-fees/).
10
For more information on the ITU expert groups on ICT indicators, see http://www.itu.int/en/ITU-D/Statistics/Pages/definitions/default.aspx.
11
For more details on the ongoing EGH discussions, visit the EGH online forum: http://www.itu.int/net4/ITU-D/forums/EGH.
12
For more details on the ongoing EGTI discussions, visit the EGTI online forum: http://www.itu.int/ITU-D/ict/ExpertGroup.
13
For information on the 11th WTIS, see www.itu.int/en/ITU-D/Statistics/Pages/events/wtis2013.
14
At the 10th WTIM in Bangkok, it was agreed that the name of the meeting should be changed to World Telecommunication/ICT Indicators
Symposium (WTIS), from next year onwards.
15
The presentations made in the 10th WTIM are available at http://www.itu.int/en/ITU-D/Statistics/Pages/events/wtim2012/agenda.aspx.The final
report can be found at http://www.itu.int/en/ITU-D/Statistics/Documents/events/wtim2012/wtim2012_037_E_doc.pdf.
16
For instance, the number of registered channels in India increased from 524 in 2010 to 831 in 2012 (TRAI, 2012). Another example is the increase in
FTA satellite channels in the Arab States, where DTH satellite is the prevalent digital TV technology, see
http://www.arabadvisors.com/Pressers/presser-150512.htm-0.
17
The estimates on households with a TV presented in this chapter cover 140 countries, accounting for 98 per cent of all households in the world.
Estimates are based on Digital TV Research and ITU data.
18
For an example of an international initiative to improve electrification in Africa, see the World Bank’s “Africa electrification Initiative”
(http://go.worldbank.org/WCEDP90SZ0). For a national example, see the projects undertaken by the Rural Electrification Agency of Senegal
(http://www.aser.sn/).
19
Digital terrestrial television (DTT) – The technological evolution from analogue terrestrial television, providing capability for significantly more
channels (ITU, 2011b). There are four main DTT standards: the European DVB, the United States ATSC, the Japanese ISDB and the Chinese DMB.
20
“[T]he digital dividend is the amount of spectrum made available by the transition of terrestrial television broadcasting from analogue to digital”
(ITU, 2012d).
21
For more information on the assignment of the 700 MHz band in the United States, see the FCC’s public notice available at
http://hraunfoss.fcc.gov/edocs_public/attachmatch/DA-08-595A1.pdf.
22
See http://www.gsma.com/spectrum/wp-content/uploads/DigitalDividend/DDtoolkit/auctions-summary.html.
23
For example, in the United States Verizon and AT&T were the principal winners of the digital dividend spectrum auctioned in March 2008. Verizon
launched LTE services in December 2010 (http://news.verizonwireless.com/LTE/Overview.html), and AT&T started to provide LTE services in several
US markets during 2011
(http://www.att.com/gen/press-room?pid=22196&cdvn=news&newsarticleid=33623&mapcode=wireless-networks-general|consumer).
24
For instance, spectrum has been allocated for four national DVB-H networks in Italy. For more information, see pp. 245-247 in AGCOM’s 2012 Annual
Report, available at http://www.agcom.it/Default.aspx?message=viewrelazioneannuale&idRelazione=29. For more information on the DVB-H
standard, see http://www.dvb-h.org.
25
196
Measuring the Information Society 2013
See, for instance, the status of DTT coverage by region in Brazil by May 2012, at: http://www.anatel.gov.br/Portal/verificaDocumentos/
documento.asp?numeroPublicacao=276894&assuntoPublicacao=Emissoras%20em%20opera%E7%E3o&caminhoRel=In%EDcio-Radiodifus%E3oApresenta%E7%E3o&filtro=1&documentoPath=276894.pdf. Another example is Spain, where the analogue switch-off was organized progressively
in three phases (Red.es, 2010).
26
Examples of education campaigns on the transition to DTT include the FCC’s dedicated web portal (http://www.dtv.gov) or the Argentine
Administration’s website to provide information on FTA digital TV (http://www.tda.gov.ar).
27
For more information on the Digital Television Transition in the United States and Public Safety Act of 2005, see
http://www.ntia.doc.gov/legacy/otiahome/dtv/index.htm.
28
For more information on the the Digital Migration Policy for Television Broadcasting in Uganda, see
http://www.ucc.co.ug/files/downloads/Digital_Migration_policy.pdf.
29
For instance, policies mandating digital tuners in new TV sets were enforced in France, Italy, Spain and the United States in advance of the dates sets
for the analogue switch-off (see p. 11 in DigiTAG, 2013).
30
For more information on GE06, see http://www.itu.int/ITU-D/asp/CMS/Events/2011/ITU-ANFR/ITU_GE06.pdf.
31
The planning area covers 120 countries; however, 13 countries were not able to attend RRC-06.
32
The compatibility calculations and analysis required a substantial amount of computer capacity and time, in the order of 90 PC-days for each
iteration of the Plan. Four iterations were conducted during the conference. Two independent distributed computing systems were implemented
to provide additional flexibility and reliability: ITU’s distributed computer system, consisting of 100 high-speed (3.6 GHz) hyper-thread PCs, capable
of running 200 parallel jobs, and CERN’s computer grid structure (small part) using more than 300 PCs located at its member institutions in
Germany, Russian Federation, Italy, France and Spain.
33
Prominent landforms – such as the Atlantic and Indian oceans and high mountain ridges – limit radio-frequency propagation across countries and
regions. Conversely, in the absence of geographical barriers, broadcasts go beyond country borders and therefore require cross-border frequency
coordination. The ITU Radio Regulations define three regions for the purposes of international frequency planning. The GE06 Agreement covers
Region 1 and the Islamic Republic of Iran. For more information on GE06, see http://www.itu.int/ITU-R/terrestrial/broadcast/plans/ge06/.
34
The transition period is defined as the period following RRC-06 during which the assignments in the Analogue Plan shall be protected. This means
that, after the end of the transition period, analogue broadcasting stations may continue to operate as long as they do not cause unacceptable
interference to, and do not claim protection from, the digital assignments in the GE06 Plan.
35
Nearly all TV channels currently being broadcast by satellite are digital. Fewer than 50 analogue channels remain in operation, among the several
thousands of digital TV channels broadcast by satellite, see http://www.sathint.com/search?custom=analog&filter=tv.
36
For more information on the “Tunga TV” programme, see http://minict.gov.rw/ict/flagship-programmes/tunga-tv?lang=en.
37
For example, in Spain DTT coverage is complemented by a common satellite platform that integrates all state broadcasters, and provides the circa
1.5 per cent additional population coverage needed to reach universal digital TV service (Red.es, 2010).
38
For more information on BSkyB bundles, see http://www.sky.com/shop/bundles/popular/.
39
For more information on the first cable TV transmissions in India, see http://www.indiancabletv.net/cabletvhistory.htm.
40
There were around 60 000 cable TV operators in India in 2012 (TRAI, 2012).
41
For more information on India’s legislation on cable networks, see http://www.trai.gov.in/Content/TelecomDescription.aspx?id=138&qid=2&pg=0.
42
For more information on regulation of CATV operators in China, see Administration Order (No. 67) of the State Administration of Radio Film and
Television, available at http://www.sarft.gov.cn/articles/2011/12/12/20111212145719710703.html.
43
For more information on the Ministry of Information and Broadcasting’s acts and decrees, see:
http://www.mib.nic.in/linksthird.aspx.
44
For more information, see the Arab Advisors’ press release: http://www.arabadvisors.com/Pressers/presser-150512.htm-0.
45
For more information on Njoi, see www.njoi.com.my.
46
For more information on Sentech, see http://www.sentech.co.za/content/direct-home-satellite-distribution-platform.
47
For more information on bundling in Europe, see the EU’s E-Communications Household Survey from June 2012:
http://ec.europa.eu/public_opinion/archives/ebs/ebs_381_en.pdf.
48
On 10 June 2013, the President of Mexico signed the bill called “Reforma Constitucional en Materia de Telecomunicaciones y Competencia Económica”,
which includes several measures to foster competition in the telecommunication and pay-TV sectors. For more information, see
http://www.presidencia.gob.mx/articulos-prensa/gracias-al-pacto-por-mexico-nuestro-pais-demuestra-que-si-es-capaz-de-transformarse-endemocracia-epn/.
49
By end 2011, an estimated 43 per cent of homes in the European Union subscribed to a bundle including at least two ICT services, and half of these
bundles included television channels (European Commission, 2012b).
50
France Telecom includes 160 channels (http://abonnez-vous.orange.fr/residentiel/comparer-offres-internet.aspx?rdt=o), SFR includes 170
(http://adsl.sfr.fr/boxdesfr.html#sfrintid=V_nav_adsl_adsl&sfrclicid=V_nav_adsl_adsl) and Free includes 200 (http://www.free.fr/adsl/index.html).
51
For more information on Dyle, see http://www.dyle.tv/about/mcv/.
52
For more details on DStv, see http://www.dstvmobile.com/south-africa/.
53
For more information on Movistar’s mobile IPTV service, see http://www.movistar.es/particulares/television/ficha/imagenio-en-el-movil.
54
197
Chapter 5. Digital TV broadcasting trends
For more details on Etisalat’s Mobile TV, see http://www.etisalat.ae/en/personal/mobile/plans/prepaid/mobile-tv.jsp.
55
GNI per capita, Atlas method (current USD). Source: World Bank, http://data.worldbank.org/.
56
For more information on prices of set-top boxes in Nigeria, see
http://www.nigeriamobilesworld.com/5445/digital-tv-decoder-still-at-affordable-prices/.
57
StarTimes is engaged in the construction of digital TV transmission platforms in Burundi, Central African Republic, Kenya, Nigeria, Guinea, Rwanda,
Tanzania and Uganda. The operator is also trying to extend its business to Benin, Congo (Dem. Rep.), Mozambique and Senegal. Source:
http://en.startimes.com.cn/projectbrief/index.htm.
58
GOtv is available in eight countries: Ghana, Kenya, Malawi, Namibia, Nigeria, Uganda, Zambia and Zimbabwe. Source: www.gotvafrica.com. GOtv is
owned by the South African pay-TV operator Multichoice, which offers satellite pay-TV services in several African countries.
59
For more information on Zuku’s operations, see http://www.zuku.co.ke/info/about-us.html.
60
Some regions of Australia, such as Adelaide, Perth and surrounding areas have already switched off analogue terrestrial TV broadcasts. Others will
follow until end 2013. The switch-off plan includes complementary coverage through satellite retransmission of the digital signal in areas out of the
coverage of the terrestrial digital broadcasting network. For more information, see
http://www.acma.gov.au/Citizen/Consumer-info/Ready-for-digital-TV/Analog-switch-off.
61
See endnotes 42-44.
62
Ibid.
63
For more information on Tricolor, see: http://tricolor.tv/eng.
64
For more information of DVB-C implementation in Belarus, see the websites of Cosmos TV (http://cosmostv.by), MTIS (http://www.mtis.by) and
Garant (http://garant.by, http://www.garant-tv.by).
65
For the map of current DTT coverage in Belarus, see http://www.brtpc.by/files/mapdvb.jpg.
66
The complete schedule for analogue switch-off in Belarus is available at http://www.mpt.gov.by/ru/new_page_5_2_15108/.
67
Countries considered as Western Europe are Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, Malta,
Netherlands, Norway, Portugal, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and United Kingdom. Countries included in Eastern Europe are Albania, Bosnia and
Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Estonia, Greece, Hungary, Latvia, Lithuania, Montenegro, Poland, Romania, Serbia, Slovakia,
Slovenia, TFYR Macedonia and Turkey.
68
For the latest data on FTTH/B penetration in Europe, see the press note from FTTH Council Europe released in February 2013, available at
http://www.ftthcouncil.eu/documents/PressReleases/2013/PR2013_EU_Ranking_FINAL.pdf. For more details on the impact that fibre technologies
may have on TV delivery, see also http://www.ftthcouncil.eu/documents/Opinions/2013/Broadcast_Belgium_Final.pdf.
69
Bundling has proven very attractive across Europe: around 43 per cent of households in Europe subscribed to a bundle by end 2011. The
Netherlands, Belgium, France and Slovenia had more than 60 per cent of households subscribing to bundled services, whereas the Czech Republic,
Bulgaria and Finland were all below 25 per cent. Half of the homes taking a bundle opted to include TV services as part of their deal (European
Commission, 2012b).
70
For more information on the TV services offered by Free, see http://www.free.fr/adsl/television.html.
71
See Law No. 12.485 of September 2011, available at http://www.planalto.gov.br/ccivil_03/_Ato2011-2014/2011/Lei/L12485.htm#art40.
72
For more information on SeAC, see p.107 in ANATEL (2013) and http://www.anatel.gov.br/Portal/exibirPortalPaginaEspecial.do?acao=&codItemCanal
=1714&codigoVisao=4&nomeVisao=Cidad%E3o&nomeCanal=TV%20por%20Assinatura&nomeItemCanal=SeAC.
73
For market shares by operator, see ANATEL (2013), p. 107.
74
For more information on the pay-TV market in Brazil, see ANATEL (2013), pp. 101-107, and the overview of telecommunication groups in Brazil
provided by the consultancy firm Teleco, available at http://www.teleco.com.br/en/en_operadoras/grupos.asp.
75
For a benchmark of average prices for basic pay-TV packages, see http://www.teleco.com.br/en/en_rtv.asp.
76
By May 2012, 47 per cent of the population and 46 per cent of localities in Brazil were covered by DTT. For the latest official figures on DTT coverage
in Brazil, see ANATEL’s note available at http://www.anatel.gov.br/Portal/exibirPortalRedireciona.do?codigoDocumento=277056&caminhoRel=In%E
Dcio-Radiodifus%E3o-Apresenta%E7%E3o.
77
Many Canadian local stations stopped analogue terrestrial broadcasting by end August 2011. For more details on Canada’s transition to DTT, see
http://digitaltv.gc.ca/eng/1297877456613/1298648705530.
78
For instance, in 2011 Argentina approved the authorization for the operator providing the DTT transmission infrastructure in the country (Decree
835/2011), and DTT is already available in several regions (see http://www.tda.gov.ar/contenidos/mapa.html). In Uruguay, the Ministry of Industry,
Energy and Mining approved two laws mandating the cleaning and refarming of the analogue broadcasting spectrum, and setting the deadline for
analogue switch-off for some operators (see Decrees 73 and 231 from 2011).
79
For more information on the expiry of the FCC’s Program access rules in the United States, see
http://transition.fcc.gov/Daily_Releases/Daily_Business/2012/db1005/FCC-12-123A1.pdf.
80
For more information on Ofcom’s ruling on Sky exclusive content, see http://stakeholders.ofcom.org.uk/consultations/third_paytv/statement/.
81
Households with only free-to-air broadcasting in countries where a licence fee is levied from all households with a TV to finance the public
broadcasters are not counted as households with pay TV.
82
198
Measuring the Information Society 2013
For more details on the technical specifications of the different DTT transmission standards, see Part 4 in ITU (2010).
83
The deadline set in the EU’s Radio Spectrum Policy Programme to make available the 800 MHz band for electronic communication services. Specific
derogations until end 2015 have been granted to those EU countries with “exceptional national or local circumstances or cross-border frequency
coordination problems” (European Parliament, Council, 2012).
84
For more information on the subsidies granted for the acquisition of set-top boxes in Portugal, see pp. 76-80 of the final report of the Digital
Television Migration Monitoring Group, available at
http://www.anacom.pt/streaming/GAM-TD_25+out2012.pdf?contentId=1142587&field=ATTACHED_FILE.
85
For more details on the United Kingdom’s “switchover help scheme”, see http://www.helpscheme.co.uk/.
86
For more information on Australia’s “Household Assistance Scheme”, see
http://www.digitalready.gov.au/government-assistance/household-assistance-scheme.
87
See endnote 29.
88
The European Commission challenged the aid provided for the purchase of DTT decoders in Italy because it considered it contravened the EU
regulation on state aid. For more information, see DigiTAG (2013) and the note of the European Audiovisual Observatory on Italy, available at
http://mavise.obs.coe.int/country?id=18.
89
Source: European Audiovisual Observatory, see http://mavise.obs.coe.int/country?id=26.
90
Source: European Audiovisual Observatory and Lange (2011).
91
For more information on the DVB Project, see http://www.dvb.org/.
92
Regular Internet data transmissions are managed on a ‘best effort’ basis, and therefore no minimum quality of service is guaranteed to the end user
by the ISP.
93
Countries covered in these estimates are: Argentina, Australia, Austria, Belgium, Brazil, Canada, China, Czech Republic, Denmark, Finland, France,
Germany, Greece, Hong Kong (China), Hungary, India, Indonesia, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Japan, Malaysia, Mexico, Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway,
Poland, Portugal, Romania, Russian Federation, Singapore, South Africa, Republic of Korea, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, United Kingdom and
the United States.
94
A content delivery network (CDN) is a system of servers in multiple centres that allows easy and rapid access to content by bringing it close to the
end-user. CDNs may be directly deployed by large Internet content providers, such as Google, or rolled out by third parties, like Akamai or Level 3,
which offer wholesale access to interested online content providers.
95
For more information on the revised Telecommunications Act in the Netherlands, see
http://www.government.nl/documents-and-publications/notes/2012/06/07/dutch-telecommunications-act.html.
96
For more information on the law in Chile, see http://www.leychile.cl/Navegar?idLey=20453.
97
For more information on the FCC’s ruling in the United States, see http://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/pkg/FR-2011-09-23/pdf/2011-24259.pdf.
98
Netflix is operational in such Latin American countries as Argentina, Bolivia, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Ecuador, Mexico, Paraguay, Peru and Uruguay.
Netflix is available in Spanish, in Portuguese in Brazil, and in English in the Caribbean. Source: https://signup.netflix.com/MediaCenter/Press.
99
199
Measuring the Information Society 2013
List of references
ACMA (2013), Communications report 2011-12 series, Report 3 – Smartphones and tablets, Take-up and use in Australia,
Australian Communications and Media Authority, 2013.
AFREA (2012), Institutional Approaches to Electrification. The Experience of Rural Energy Agencies/ Rural Energy Funds in SubSaharan Africa. Africa Renewable Energy Access programme. The World Bank Group. Available at:
http://siteresources.worldbank.org/EXTAFRREGTOPENERGY/Resources/717305-1327690230600/83976921327690360341/AEI_Dakar_Workshop_Proceedings_As_of_7-30-12.pdf.
AGESIC (2011), Agenda Digital Uruguay 2011-2015. 15 objetivos para el 2015. Available at:
http://www.agesic.gub.uy/innovaportal/file/1443/1/agesic_agendadigital_2011_2015.pdf.
ANATEL (2013), Relatório Anual 2012. Agência Nacional de Telecomunicações. Available at:
http://www.anatel.gov.br/Portal/verificaDocumentos/documento.asp?numeroPublicacao=297390&pub=original&fil
tro=1&documentoPath=297390.pdf.
Bayne, S. and Ross, J. (2007), The “digital native” and “digital immigrant”: a dangerous opposition. Annual Conference of the
Society for Research into Higher Education, Brighton. Retrieved from:
http://www.malts.ed.ac.uk/staff/sian/natives_final.pdf.
Bekebrede, G., Warmelink, H. J. G. and Mayer, I. S. (2011), Reviewing the need for gaming in education to accommodate the
net generation. Computers and Education, 57(2), 1521-1529.
Bennett, S., Maton, K. and Kervin, L. (2008), The “digital natives” debate: A critical review of the evidence. British Journal of
Educational Technology, 39(5), 775-786.
Bennett, S. and Maton, K. (2010), Beyond the ‘digital natives’ debate: towards a more nuanced understanding of students’
technology experiences. Journal of Computer Assisted Learning, 26(5), 321-331.
Broadband Commission for Digital Development (2011), Broadband Targets for 2015. Available at:
http://www.broadbandcommission.org/Documents/Broadband_Targets.pdf.
Brown, C. and Czerniewicz, L. (2010), Debunking the “digital native”: beyond digital apartheid, towards digital democracy.
Journal of Computer Assisted Learning, 26(5), 357-369.
Buckingham, D. (2006), Is there a digital generation? Digital generations: Children, young people, and new media, 1-13.
Bullen, M. and Morgan, T. (2011), Digital learners not digital natives. La Cuestión Universitaria, 7, 60-68.
CCK (2012), Communications Commission of Kenya: Annual Report 2011-2012.
CGPID (2010), Programa nacional de banda larga. Available at: http://www4.planalto.gov.br/brasilconectado/forum-brasilconectado/documentos/3o-fbc/documento-base-do-programa-nacional-de-banda-larga.
Cisco (2012), Cisco Visual Networking Index: Forecast and Methodology, 2011-2016, White Paper, May 2012. Available at:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/solutions/collateral/ns341/ns525/ns537/ns705/ns827/white_paper_c11-481360.pdf.
201
List of references
Cisco (2013a), Cisco Visual Networking Index: Global Mobile Data Traffic Forecast Update, 2012-2017, White Paper, February
2013. Available at:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/solutions/collateral/ns341/ns525/ns537/ns705/ns827/white_paper_c11-520862.pdf.
Cisco (2013b), Cisco Visual Networking Index: Forecast and Methodology, 2012-2017, White Paper, May 2013. Available at:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/solutions/collateral/ns341/ns525/ns537/ns705/ns827/white_paper_c11-481360.pdf.
Crook, C. and Harrison, C. (2008), Web 2.0 technologies for learning at key stages 3 and 4: summary report. Becta.
CSA (2013), Rapport annuel 2012, Conseil supérieur de l’audiovisuel. Available at:
http://www.csa.fr/content/download/33999/434463/file/rapport_2012_pdf_couv_v3.pdf.
Deen-Swarray, M., Gillwald, A. and Morrell, A. (2013), Lifting the Veil on ICT Gender Indicators, Evidence for ICT Policy Action.
Policy Paper No. 13. Available at: http://www.researchICTafrica.net.
DigiTAG (2013), DigiTAG guide to digital switchover, Digital Terrestrial Television Action Group. Available at:
http://www.digitag.org/Guide_to_Digital_Switchover_v1.0.pdf.
Digital Nativism (n.d.). Retrieved 26 March 2013 from: http://fno.org/nov07/nativism.html.
DiMaggio, P. and Hargittai, E. (2001), From the ‘digital divide’ to ‘digital inequality’: Studying internet use as penetration
increases. Princeton: Center for Arts and Cultural Policy Studies, Woodrow Wilson School, Princeton University,
4(1), 4-2.
Duncan-Howell, J. A. and Lee, K. T. (2007), M-Learning – Innovations and Initiatives: Finding a place for mobile technologies
within tertiary educational settings. Ascilite.
Dyle (2012), Dyle™ Mobile TV Data Report, June 2012. Available at: http://www.dyle.tv/assets/Uploads/DyleReport.pdf.
Edmunds, J. and Turner, B. S. (2002), Generations, culture and society. Open University Press.
Ericsson (2012), Ericsson mobility report on the pulse of the networked society, November 2012.
European Commission (2010), Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European
Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions - A Digital Agenda for Europe, COM(2010)245 final.
Available at: http://eur-lex.europa.eu/LexUriServ/LexUriServ.do?uri=CELEX:52010DC0245:EN:NOT.
European Commission (2012a), Media use in the European Union, in Standard Eurobarometer 78, Autumn 2012. Available
at: http://ec.europa.eu/public_opinion/archives/eb/eb78/eb78_media_en.pdf.
European Commission (2012b), E-Communications Household Survey, in Special Eurobarometer 381, June 2012. Available
at: http://ec.europa.eu/public_opinion/archives/ebs/ebs_381_en.pdf.
European Parliament, Council (2012), Decision No 243/2012/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 March
2012 establishing a multiannual radio spectrum policy programme. Available at:
http://eur-lex.europa.eu/LexUriServ/LexUriServ.do?uri=CELEX:32012D0243:EN:NOT.
Facer, K. and Furlong, R. (2001), Beyond the myth of the ‘cyberkid’: Young people at the margins of the information revolution.
Journal of youth studies, 4(4), 451-469.
FCC (2010), Connecting America: The National Broadband Plan. Federal Communications Commission. Available at:
http://www.broadband.gov/download-plan/.
FCC (2013), Measuring Broadband America - February 2013. Federal Communications Commission. Available at:
http://www.fcc.gov/measuring-broadband-america/2013/February.
Golding, P. (2000), Forthcoming features: information and communications technologies and the sociology of the future.
Sociology, 34 (1), 165-84.
Guo, R. X., Dobson, T. and Petrina, S. (2008), Digital natives, digital immigrants: An analysis of age and ICT competency in
teacher education. Journal of Educational Computing Research, 38(3), 235-254.
202
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Hargittai, E. (2010), Digital Na(t)ives? Variation in Internet Skills and Uses among Members of the “Net Generation”. Sociological
Inquiry, 80(1), 92-113.
Hargittai, E. and Hinnant, A. (2008), Digital Inequality Differences in Young Adults’ Use of the Internet. Communication
Research, 35(5), 602-621.
Helsper, E. J. and Eynon, R. (2010), Digital natives: where is the evidence? British Educational Research Journal, 36(3), 503-520.
Horrigan, J. B. (2013), Broadband Adoption and Usage: What Has Four Years Taught Us, February 2013. Available at:
http://www.jointcenter.org/sites/default/files/MTI%20Remarks%20-%20Broadband%20Adoption%20-%202.6.13.pdf.
Howard, P. E., Rainie, L. and Jones, S. (2001), Days and Nights on the Internet: The Impact of a Diffusing Technology. American
Behavioral Scientist, 45(3), 383-404.
Howe, N. and Strauss, W. (2000), Millennials rising: The next great generation. Vintage.
Ito, M., Horst, H., Bittanti, M., Boyd, D., Herr-Stephenson, B., Lange, P., Pascoe, C., Robinson, L., Baumer, S., Cody, R. (2008),
Living and Learning with New Media: Summary of Findings from the Digital Youth Project, MacArthur Foundation.
Chicago, IL: John D. and Catherine T. MacArhtur Foundation.
ITU (2002), Multimedia Malaysia Internet Case Study, 2002. Available at:
http://www.itu.int/asean2001/reports/material/MYS%20CS.pdf.
ITU (2008), Use of Information and Communication Technology by the World’s Children and Youth, A statistical compilation,
2008. Available at: http://www.itu.int/en/ITU-D/Statistics/Documents/publications/anapub/Youth_2008.pdf.
ITU (2009a), Measuring the Information Society 2009 - The ICT Development Index. Available at:
http://www.itu.int/ITU-D/ict/publications/idi/index.html.
ITU (2009b), Manual for Measuring ICT Access and Use of ICT by Households and Individuals 2009. Available at:
http://www.itu.int/en/ITU-D/Statistics/Pages/publications/manual2009.aspx.
ITU (2010), Guidelines for the transition from analogue to digital broadcasting. Available at:
http://www.itu.int/pub/D-HDB-GUIDELINES.01-2010/en.
ITU (2011a), Measuring the Information Society 2011. Available at:
http://www.itu.int/ITU-D/ict/publications/idi/material/2011/MIS_2011_without_annex_5.pdf.
ITU (2011b), Handbook for the collection of administrative data on telecommunications/ICT 2011. Available at:
http://www.itu.int/pub/D-IND-ITC_IND_HBK-2011.
ITU (2012a), Measuring the Information Society 2012. Available at: http://www.itu.int/ITU-D/ict/publications/idi/index.html.
ITU (2012b), A bright future in ICTs. Opportunities for a new generation of women. Available at:
http://girlsinict.org/sites/default/files/pages/itu_bright_future_for_women_in_ict-english.pdf.
ITU (2012c), ICT adoption and prospects in the Arab region. Available at:
http://www.itu.int/ITU-D/ict/publications/arab/2012/index.html.
ITU (2012d), Digital dividend: Insights for spectrum decisions. Available at:
http://www.itu.int/ITU-D/tech/digital_broadcasting/Reports/DigitalDividend.pdf.
ITU (2013a), The world in 2013: ICT facts and figures. Available at:
http://www.itu.int/en/ITU-D/Statistics/Documents/facts/ICTFactsFigures2013.pdf.
ITU (2013b), Trends in telecommunication reform 2013: Transnational aspects of regulation in a networked society. Available at:
http://www.itu.int/pub/D-REG-TTR.14-2013.
ITU (2013c), Trends in broadcasting – An overview of developments. Available at:
http://www.itu.int/ITU-D/tech/digital_broadcasting/Reports/TrendsinBroadcasting.pdf.
ITU and Broadband Commission for Digital Development (2012), Strategies for the promotion of broadband services and
infrastructure: A case study on Albania. Broadband Series, September 2012.
203
List of references
ITU, Broadband Commission for Digital Development and Cisco (2013), Planning for Progress: Why National Broadband
Plans Matter. 1 July 2013. Available at http://www.broadbandcommission.org/documents/reportNBP2013.pdf.
Jones, C. and Cross, S. (2009), Is there a Net generation coming to university? In: ALT-C 2009 “In Dreams Begins
Responsibility”: Choice, Evidence and Change, 8-10 September 2009, Manchester, UK.
Jones, C., Ramanau, R., Cross, S. and Healing, G. (2010), Net generation or Digital Natives: Is there a distinct new generation
entering university? Computers and Education, 54(3), 722-732.
Jones, S. (2002), The Internet Goes to College: How Students Are Living in the Future with Today’s Technology. Pew Internet &
American Life Project. Retrieved 8 May 2013 from:
http://www.pewinternet.org/~/media/Files/Reports/2002/PIP_College_Report.pdf.pdf.
Kennedy, D. and Fox, B. (2013), ‘Digital natives’: An Asian perspective for using learning technologies. International Journal of
Education and Development using Information and Communication Technology (IJEDICT), 2013, Vol. 9, Issue 1,
pp. 64-79.
Kennedy, G., Dalgarno, B., Bennett, S., Gray, K., Waycott, J., Judd, T., Bishop, A., Maton, K., Krause, K-L. and Chang, R. (2009),
Educating the net generation: A handbook of findings for practice and policy.
Kennedy, G., Dalgarno, B., Gray, K., Judd, T., Waycott, J., Bennett, S., Maton, K., Krause, K., Bishop, A., Chang, R. (2007), The
net generation are not big users of Web 2.0 technologies: Preliminary findings. ICT: Providing choices for learners and
learning. Proceedings Ascilite Singapore, 517-525.
Kennedy, G. E., Judd, T. S., Churchward, A., Gray, K. and Krause, K. (2008), First year students’ experiences with technology: Are
they really digital natives? Australasian Journal of Educational Technology, 24(1), 108-122.
KISA (2012), Korea Internet White Paper 2012. Korea Communications Commission (KISA), Seoul, Republic of Korea, 2012.
Lange, A. (2011), Convergence et diversité des systèmes européens. Études de la documentation française, 5329-5330, 2011,
pp. 27-61, ISSN 1762-6191
Lenhart, A., Madden, M., Macgill, A. R. and Smith, A. (2008), Teens and Social Media: The use of social media gains a greater
foothold in teen life as they embrace the conversational nature of interactive online media. Pew Internet & American Life
Project. Washington DC. Retrieved 8 May 2013 from: http://www. pewinternet.org.
Levin, D. and Arafeh, S. (2002), The Digital Disconnect: The widening gap between Internet-savvy students and their schools.
Li, Y. and Ranien, M. (2010), Are ‘digital natives’ really digitally competent? A study on Chinese teenagers. British Journal of
Educational Technology, 41(6), 1029-1042.
Livingstone, S. and Bovill, M. (2001), Children and Their Changing Media Environment: A European Comparative Study.
Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc.
Livingstone, S. and Helsper, E. (2007), Gradations in digital inclusion: children, young people and the digital divide. New media
and society, 9(4), 671-696.
Luckin, R., Clark, W., Graber, R., Logan, K., Mee, A. and Oliver, M. (2009), Do Web 2.0 tools really open the door to learning?
Practices, perceptions and profiles of 11-16‐year‐old students. Learning, Media and Technology, 34(2), 87-104.
Margaryan, A., Littlejohn, A. and Vojt, G. (2011), Are digital natives a myth or reality? University students’ use of digital
technologies. Computers and Education, 56(2), 429-440.
MIC (2012), Towards a Knowledge Based Economy - Strategic Plan 2008-2012. Ministry of Information and Communications,
Kenya.
Ministry of Transport and Communications Finland (2008), Switchover to All-Digital Television. Available at:
http://ec.europa.eu/information_society/policy/ecomm/doc/current/broadcasting/switchover/fi_fin_rep_monit_
grp.pdf.
MITIC (2012), Draft Final Broadband Plan. Ministry of Innovation and ICT, Tirana, Albania, 2012.
204
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Monereo, C. (2004), The virtual construction of the mind: the role of educational psychology. Interactive Educational
Multimedia, Vol. 9.
NCCIR (2013), Annual report of the National Commission for the State Regulation of Communications and Informatization for
2012, National Commission for the State Regulation of Communications and Informatization (NCCIR), 2013. Available
at: http://en.nkrzi.gov.ua/img/zstored/File/2013_03/nkrzi-en.pdf.
NetDay (2004), NetDay’s 2004 survey results show 58 percent of students have cell phones, 60 percent email or IM adults on a
weekly basis. NetDay.org. Retrieved 8 May 2013 from: http://www.netday.org/news_2004_survey_results.htm.
Nielsen, J. (2005), Usability of Websites for Teenagers. Fremont, CA: Nielsen Norman Group.
Oblinger, D. (2003), Boomers Gen-Xers Millennials. EDUCAUSE review, 500, 36.
Oblinger, D. and Oblinger, J. (2005), Is it age or IT: First steps toward understanding the net generation. Educating the net
generation, 2(1-2), 20.
OECD (2010a), Wireless Broadband Indicator Methodology. OECD Digital Economy Papers, No. 169, OECD Publishing.
Available at: http://dx.doi.org/10.1787/5kmh7b6sw2d4-en.
OECD (2010b), Revision of the methodology for constructing telecommunication price baskets. Working Party on
Communication Infrastructure and Services Policy, March 2010. Available at:
http://www.oecd.org/officialdocuments/displaydocumentpdf/?cote=dsti/iccp/cisp(2009)14/final&doclanguage=en.
OECD (2011), Broadcasting and Audiovisual Content, in OECD Communications Outlook 2011, OECD Publishing. Available
at: http://dx.doi.org/10.1787/comms_outlook-2011-en.
OECD (2012a), Methodology for Constructing Wireless Broadband Price Baskets. OECD Digital Economy Papers, No. 205,
OECD Publishing. Available at: http://dx.doi.org/10.1787/5k92wd5kw0nw-en.
OECD (2012b), The Development and Diffusion of Digital Content. OECD Digital Economy Papers, No. 213, OECD Publishing.
Available at: http://dx.doi.org/10.1787/5k8x6kv51z0n-en.
OECD (2013), Broadcasting and Audiovisual Content, in OECD Communications Outlook 2013, OECD Publishing. Available
at: http://dx.doi.org/10.1787/comms_outlook-2013-en.
OECD and European Commission (2008), Handbook on constructing composite indicators: Methodology and user guide.
OECD and EC Joint Research Centre.
Ofcom (2011a), International Communications Market Report 2011. December 2011. Available at:
http://stakeholders.ofcom.org.uk/binaries/research/cmr/cmr11/icmr/ICMR2011.pdf.
Ofcom (2011b), Measuring Mobile Broadband in the UK: performance delivered to PCs via dongles/datacards. May 2011.
Available at: http://stakeholders.ofcom.org.uk/binaries/research/telecoms-research/bbspeeds2010/Mobile_BB_
performance.pdf.
Oliver, B., and Goerke, V. (2007), Australian undergraduates’ use and ownership of emerging technologies: Implications and
opportunities for creating engaging learning experiences for the Net Generation. Australasian Journal of Educational
Technology, 23(2), 171.
Palfrey, J. and Gasser, U. (2008), Born digital: Understanding the first generation of digital natives. Basic Books.
Palfrey, J., Gasser, U., Maclay, C. and Beger, G. (2011), The net generation and the three bridges to cross. UNICEF.
Partnership (2010), Core ICT Indicators. Partnership on Measuring ICT for Development. Geneva, Switzerland. Available at:
http://www.itu.int/dms_pub/itu-d/opb/ind/D-IND-ICT_CORE-2010-PDF-E.pdf.
Partnership (2011), Measuring the WSIS Targets – A statistical framework. Partnership on Measuring ICT for Development.
Geneva, Switzerland. Available at: http://www.itu.int/dms_pub/itu-d/opb/ind/D-IND-MEAS_WSIS-2011-PDF-E.pdf.
Pedró, F. (2009), New millennium learners in higher education: Evidence and policy implications. Paris: Centre for Educational
Research and Innovation (CERI).
205
List of references
Perillo, S. (2007), Reaching Generation Y: To be or not to be relevant. Australian Anglican Schools Network, Melbourne, 17-19.
Prensky, M. (2001a), Digital natives, digital immigrants Part 1. On the horizon, 9(5), 1-6.
Prensky, M. (2001b), Digital natives, digital immigrants Part 2: Do they really think differently? On the horizon, 9(6), 1-6.
Prensky, M. (2004), The emerging online life of the digital native. Retrieved from:
http://www.bu.edu/ssw/files/pdf/Prensky-The_Emerging_Online_Life_of_the_Digital_Native-033.pdf.
Prensky, M. (2009), H. sapiens digital: From digital immigrants and digital natives to digital wisdom. Journal of Online
Education, 5(3), 1-9.
Prensky, M. (2011), Digital wisdom and homo sapiens digital. Deconstructing digital natives, 15-29.
Red.es (2010), The transition to Digital Terrestrial Television in Spain. Available at:
http://www.ontsi.red.es/ontsi/sites/default/files/1299069615422_0_0.pdf.
Reeves, T. C. and Oh, E. J. (2008), Do generational differences matter in instructional design? In Instructional Technology
Forum.
Rideout, V. and Hamel, E. (2006), The media family: Electronic media in the lives of infants, toddlers, preschoolers and their
parents. Henry J. Kaiser Family Foundation.
Robinson, M. (2008), Digital nature and digital nurture: libraries, learning and the digital native. Library Management,
29(1/2), 67-76.
Romero, M., Guitert, M., Bullen, M. and Morgan, T. (2012), Learning in digital: an approach to digital learners in the UOC
scenario. Learning.
Sánchez, J., Salinas, A., Contreras, D. and Meyer, E. (2011), Does the new digital generation of learners exist? A qualitative study.
British Journal of Educational Technology, 42(4), 543-556.
Selwyn, N. (2009), The digital native – myth and reality. In Aslib Proceedings 61(4), 364-379. Retrieved from:
http://www.emeraldinsight.com/journals.htm?articleid=1800799&show=abstract.
Shah, N. and Abraham, S. (2009), Digital natives with a cause? A knowledge survey and framework. Centre for Internet and
Society, Bangalore, India, and Hivos Knowledge Programme, The Hague, Netherlands.
Smith, D. (2009), Academic greybeards and the net generation. Keynote address presented at South African Computer
Lecturers’ Association 2009 annual conference. Retrieved 8 May 2013 from:
http://www.sacla.org.za/SACLA2009/docs/SACLA_Keynote_2009.pdf.
Soiela (2013), Who, where and why uses the Internet?, Quarterly Bulletin of Statistics 1/13, Estonia, 2013.
Tapscott, D. (1998), Growing up digital (Vol. 302). McGraw-Hill New York. Retrieved from:
http://is.muni.cz/th/143121/fi_b/text.pdf.
Thinyane, H. (2010), Are digital natives a world-wide phenomenon? An investigation into South African first year students’ use
and experience with technology. Computers and Education, 55(1), 406-414.
Thomas, M. (2011), Deconstructing digital natives. Taylor and Francis.
TRA (2011), Mobile Broadband, DSL & International Bandwidth Prices. Telecommunications Regulatory Authority of
Lebanon, November 2011.
TRA (2012), ICT in the United Arab Emirates Household Survey, 2012. UAE Telecommunications Regulatory Authority,
October 2012.
TRA Bahrain (2013), Press release: Results of the retail price benchmarking study of telecommunications services in Arab
countries. Available at: http://www.tra.org.bh/EN/pdf/CompetitionandasoundregulatoryframeworkinBahrain_en.pdf.
TRAI (2012), Annual Report 2011-12. Telecom Regulatory Authority of India. Available at:
http://www.trai.gov.in/Content/Annual_Reports.aspx.
206
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Tustin, D. H., Goetz, M. and Basson, A. H. (2012), Digital divide and inequality among digital natives: A South African
perspective. African Journal of Business Management, 6(31), 9140-9150.
Van den Beemt, A., Akkerman, S. and Simons, R. J. (2010), The use of interactive media among today’s youth: Results of a
survey. Computers in Human Behavior, 26(5), 1158-1165.
Vandewater, E. A., Rideout, V. J., Wartella, E. A., Huang, X., Lee, J. H. and Shim, M. S. (2007), Digital childhood: electronic media
and technology use among infants, toddlers, and preschoolers. Pediatrics, 119(5), e1006-e1015.
Veen, W. and Vrakking, B. (2006), Homo Zappiens: growing up in a digital age. Network Continuum.
Wark, M. (1993), Planet of Noise: So who are Generation X and why are they saying these terrible things about us? Juice,
December: 74-78.
Williams, V. (2011), Digital divide among “Digital Natives”. Studies in Humanities and Cultures, 14, 78-91
Yusuf, M.A., Alam, Q. and Coghill, K. (2010), The Mobile Phone Market in Bangladesh: Competition Matters. Journal of Asian
and African Studies, 45(6), 2010. Available at: http://jas.sagepub.com/content/45/6/610.full.pdf+html.
207
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Annex 1. ICT Development Index (IDI)
methodology
This annex outlines the methodology used to compute the
modem). It also includes fixed wireless local loop (WLL)
IDI, and provides more details on various steps involved, such
connections, which are defined as services provided by
as the indicators included in the index and their definition,
licensed fixed-line telephone operators that provide last-mile
the imputation of missing values, the normalization
access to the subscriber using radio technology, when the
procedure, the weights applied to the indicators and sub-
call is then routed over a fixed-line telephone network (and
indices, and the results of the sensitivity analysis.
not a mobile-cellular network). In the case of VoIP, it refers to
1. Indicators included in the IDI
subscriptions that offer the ability to place and receive calls at
any time and do not require a computer. VoIP is also known
as voice-over-broadband (VoB), and includes subscriptions
The selection of indicators was based on certain criteria,
through fixed-wireless, DSL, cable, fibre-optic and other fixed-
including relevance for the index objectives, data availability
broadband platforms that provide fixed telephony using IP.
and the results of various statistical analyses such as
the principal component analysis (PCA).1 The following
2. Mobile-cellular telephone subscriptions per 100
11 indicators are included in the IDI (grouped by the three
inhabitants
sub-indices: access, use and skills).
ICT infrastructure and access indicators
Mobile-cellular telephone subscriptions refers to the number
of subscriptions to a public mobile-telephone service
which provides access to the public switched telephone
Indicators included in this group provide an indication of the
network (PSTN) using cellular technology. It includes both
available ICT infrastructure and individuals’ access to basic
the number of postpaid subscriptions and the number of
ICTs. Data for all of these indicators are collected by ITU.2
active prepaid accounts (i.e. that have been active during
1. Fixed-telephone subscriptions per 100 inhabitants
Fixed-telephone subscriptions refers to the sum of active
analogue fixed-telephone lines, voice-over-IP ( VoIP)
subscriptions, fixed wireless local loop (WLL) subscriptions,
the past three months). It includes all mobile-cellular
subscriptions that offer voice communications. It excludes
subscriptions via data cards or USB modems, subscriptions
to public mobile data services, private trunked mobile radio,
telepoint, radio paging and telemetry services.
ISDN voice-channel equivalents and fixed public payphones.
3. International Internet bandwidth (bit/s) per Internet
It includes all accesses over fixed infrastructure supporting
user
voice telephony using copper wire, voice services using
Internet Protocol (IP) delivered over fixed (wired)-broadband
International Internet bandwidth refers to the total used
infrastructure (e.g. DSL, fibre optic), and voice services
capacity of international Internet bandwidth, in megabits
provided over coaxial-cable television networks (cable
per second (Mbit/s). It is measured as the sum of used
209
Annex 1. ICT Development Index (IDI) methodology
capacity of all Internet exchanges offering international
bandwidth. If capacity is asymmetric, then the incoming
ICT use indicators
capacity is used. International Internet bandwidth (bit/s) per
The indicators included in this group capture ICT intensity
Internet user is calculated by converting to bits per second
and usage. Data for all of these indicators are collected by
and dividing by the total number of Internet users.
ITU.5
4. Percentage of households with a computer
1. Percentage of individuals using the Internet
A computer refers to a desktop computer, a laptop computer
Individuals using the Internet refers to people who used the
or a tablet or similar handheld computer. It does not include
Internet from any location and for any purpose, irrespective
equipment with some embedded computing abilities, such
of the device and network used. It can be via a computer
as smart TV sets, and devices with telephony as a main
(i.e. desktop computer, laptop computer or tablet or similar
function, such as mobile or smartphones. Household with a
handheld computer), mobile phone, games machine, digital
computer means that the computer is available for use by
TV etc.). Access can be via a fixed or mobile network.
any member of the household at any time.
3
Data are obtained by countries through national household
Data are obtained by countries through national household
surveys and are either provided directly to ITU by national
surveys and are either provided directly to ITU by national
statistical offices (NSO), or ITU carries out the necessary
statistical offices (NSO), or ITU carries out the necessary
research to obtain them, for example from NSO websites.
research to obtain them, for example from NSO websites.
There are certain data limits to this indicator, insofar as
There are certain data limits to this indicator, insofar as
estimates have to be calculated for many developing
estimates have to be calculated for many developing
countries which do not yet collect ICT household statistics.
countries which do not yet collect ICT household statistics.
Over time, as more data become available, the quality of
Over time, as more data become available, the quality of
the indicator will improve.
the indicator will improve.
5. Percentage of households with Internet access
2. Fixed (wired)-broadband subscriptions per 100
inhabitants
The Internet is a worldwide public computer network. It
Fixed (wired)-broadband subscriptions refers to the number
provides access to a number of communication services,
of subscriptions for high-speed access to the public Internet
including the World Wide Web, and carries e-mail, news,
entertainment and data files, irrespective of the device used
(not assumed to be only a computer – it may also be a mobile
phone, games machine, digital TV, etc.). Access can be via a
fixed or mobile network. Household with Internet access means
that the device to access the Internet is available for use by
any member of the household at any time.4
Data are obtained by countries through national household
surveys and are either provided directly to ITU by national
statistical offices (NSO), or ITU carries out the necessary
(a TCP/IP connection). High-speed access is defined as
downstream speeds equal to, or greater than, 256 kbit/s.
Fixed (wired) broadband includes cable modem, DSL,
fibre and other fixed (wired)-broadband technologies
(such as Ethernet LAN, and broadband-over-powerline
(BPL) communications). Subscriptions with access to data
communications (including the Internet) via mobile-cellular
networks are excluded.
3. Wireless-broadband subscriptions per 100 inhabitants
research to obtain them, for example from NSO websites.
Wireless-broadband subscriptions refers to the sum of satellite
There are certain data limits to this indicator, insofar as
broadband, terrestrial fixed wireless broadband and active
estimates have to be calculated for many developing
mobile-broadband subscriptions to the public Internet.
countries which do not yet collect ICT household statistics.
Over time, as more data become available, the quality of
the indicator will improve.
210
•
Satellite broadband subscriptions refers to the number
of satellite Internet subscriptions with an advertised
Measuring the Information Society 2013
download speed of at least 256 kbit/s. It refers to the
1. Adult literacy rate
retail subscription technology and not the backbone
technology.
•
Terrestrial fixed wireless broadband subscriptions refers
to the number of terrestrial fixed wireless Internet
subscriptions with an advertised download speed
of at least 256 kbit/s. This includes fixed WiMAX and
fixed wireless subscriptions, but excludes occasional
users at hotspots and Wi-Fi hotspot subscribers. It
also excludes mobile-broadband subscriptions where
users can access a service throughout the country
wherever coverage is available.
•
According to UIS, the Adult literacy rate is defined as the
percentage of population aged 15 years and over who can
both read and write with understanding a short simple
statement on his/her everyday life. Generally, ‘literacy’
also encompasses ‘numeracy’, the ability to make simple
arithmetic calculations. The main purpose of this indicator
is to show the accumulated achievement of primary
education and literacy programmes in imparting basic
literacy skills to the population, thereby enabling them to
apply such skills in daily life and to continue learning and
communicating using the written word. Literacy represents
Active mobile-broadband subscriptions refers to the
a potential for further intellectual growth and contribution
sum of standard mobile-broadband subscriptions
to economic-socio-cultural development of society.” 6
and dedicated mobile-broadband data subscriptions
to the public Internet. It covers actual subscribers,
not potential subscribers, even though the latter may
have broadband-enabled handsets. Standard mobilebroadband subscriptions refers to active mobilecellular subscriptions with advertised data speeds of
256 kbit/s or greater that allow access to the greater
Internet via HTTP and which have been used to
set up an Internet data connection using Internet
Protocol (IP) in the past three months. Standard
SMS and MMS messaging do not count as an active
Internet data connection, even if the messages are
delivered via IP. Dedicated mobile-broadband data
subscriptions refers to subscriptions to dedicated data
services (over a mobile network) that allow access
to the greater Internet and which are purchased
separately from voice services, either as a standalone
service (e.g. using a data card such as a USB modem/
dongle) or as an add-on data package to voice
services which requires an additional subscription.
All dedicated mobile-broadband subscriptions with
recurring subscription fees are included regardless of
actual use. Prepaid mobile-broadband plans require
use if there is no monthly subscription. This indicator
could also include mobile WiMAX subscriptions.
ICT skills indicators
2. Gross enrolment ratio (secondary and tertiary level)
According to UIS, “The gross enrolment ratio is the total
enrolment in a specific level of education, regardless of age,
expressed as a percentage of the eligible official school-age
population corresponding to the same level of education
in a given school-year.”
2. Imputation of missing data
A critical step in the construction of the index is to create
a complete data set, without missing values. There are
several imputation techniques that can be applied to
estimate missing data.7 Each of the imputation techniques,
like any other method employed in the process, has its
own strengths and weaknesses. The most important
consideration is to ensure that the imputed data will reflect
a country’s actual level of ICT access, usage and skills.
Given that ICT access and usage are both correlated
with national income, hot-deck imputation was chosen
as the method for estimating the missing data. Hotdeck imputation uses data from countries with “similar”
characteristics, such as GNI per capita and geographic
location. For example, missing data for country A were
estimated for a certain indicator by first identifying the
countries that have similar levels of GNI per capita and that
Data on adult literacy rates and gross secondary and tertiary
are from the same region and an indicator that has a known
enrolment ratios are collected by the UNESCO Institute for
relationship to the indicator to be estimated. For instance,
Statistics (UIS).
fixed (wired)-broadband subscription data of country A was
211
Annex 1. ICT Development Index (IDI) methodology
estimated by using fixed (wired)-broadband subscription
4 091 440. To diminish the effect of outliers at the high
end of the value scale, the data were first transformed
to a logarithmic (log) scale. The ideal value was then
computed by adding two standard deviations to the
mean of the rescaled values, resulting in a log value
of 5.79.
data of country B from the same region with similar level
of GNI per capita and similar level of Internet subscriptions.
The same logic was applied to estimate missing data for all
indicators included in the index.
3. Normalization of data
•
Mobile-cellular subscriptions, which in 2012 range
from 5.5 to 284.3 per 100 inhabitants. The ideal value
was computed using the same methodology as used
for the bandwidth data, by adding two standard
deviations to the mean. The resulting reference value
was 190 subscriptions per 100 inhabitants.
•
Fixed-telephone subscriptions per 100 inhabitants,
which range from zero to 61.9 in 2012. The same
methodology was used to compute the reference
value, resulting in a rounded value of 60 per 100
inhabitants.
•
Fixed (wired)-broadband subscriptions per 100
inhabitants. Values range from zero to 41.9 per 100
inhabitants in 2012. In line with fixed-telephone
subscriptions, the ideal value was defined at 60 per
100 inhabitants.
Normalization of the data is necessary before any
aggregation can be made in order to ensure that the data
set uses the same unit of measurement. For the indicators
selected for the construction of the IDI, it is important to
transform the values to the same unit of measurement,
since some of them are expressed as a percentage of the
population or of households, whereby the maximum value
is 100, while other indicators (although also expressed
as a percentage) can have values exceeding 100, such
as mobile-cellular subscriptions or international Internet
bandwidth.
There are certain particularities that need to be taken into
consideration when selecting the normalization method for
the IDI. For example, in order to identify the digital divide, it is
important to measure the relative performance of countries
(i.e. the divide among countries). Second, the normalization
procedure should produce index results that allow countries
to track progress of their evolution towards an information
society over time.
A further important criterion for the selection of the
normalization method was to choose one that can
be replicated by countries. Indeed, some countries
have shown a strong interest in applying the index
methodology at the national or regional level. Therefore,
certain methods cannot be applied, for example those
that rely on the values of other countries, which might
not be available to users.
For the IDI, the distance to a reference measure was used as
the normalization method. The reference measure is the
ideal value that could be reached for each variable (similar
to a goalpost). In all of the indicators chosen, this will be
100, except for four indicators:
•
212
International Internet bandwidth per Internet user,
which in 2012 ranges from 87 (bits/s/user) to almost
After normalizing the data, the individual series were all
rescaled to identical ranges, from 1 to 10. This was necessary
in order to compare the values of the indicators and the
sub-indices.
4. Weighting and aggregation
The indicators and sub-indices included in the IDI were
weighted based on the PCA results obtained when the index
was first computed.8 Annex Box 1.1 presents the weights for
the indicators and sub-indices.
5. Calculating the IDI
Sub-indices were computed by summing the weighted
values of the indicators included in the respective subgroup.
•
ICT access is measured by fixed-telephone subscriptions
per 100 inhabitants, mobile-cellular subscriptions per
100 inhabitants, international Internet bandwidth
per Internet user, percentage of households with a
computer and percentage of households with Internet
access.
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Annex Box 1.1: Weights used for indicators and sub-indices included in the IDI
Weights (Indicators)
Weights (Sub-indices)
ICT access
Fixed-telephone subscriptions per 100 inhabitants
0.20
Mobile-cellular telephone subscriptions per 100 inhabitants
0.20
International Internet bandwidth per Internet user
0.20
Percentage of households with a computer
0.20
Percentage of households with Internet access
0.20
0.40
ICT use
Percentage of individuals using the Internet
0.33
Fixed (wired)-broadband Internet subscriptions per 100 inhabitants
0.33
Wireless-broadband subscriptions per 100 inhabitants
0.33
0.40
ICT skills
Adult literacy rate
0.33
Secondary gross enrolment ratio
0.33
Tertiary gross enrolment ratio
0.33
0.20
Source: ITU.
•
•
ICT use is measured by percentage of individuals
using the Internet, fixed (wired)-broadband Internet
subscriptions per 100 inhabitants and wirelessbroadband subscriptions per 100 inhabitants.
ICT skills are approximated by adult literacy rate,
secondary gross enrolment ratio and tertiary gross
enrolment ratio.
6. Sensitivity analysis
Sensitivity analysis was carried out to investigate the
robustness of the index results, in terms of the relative
position in the overall ranking, using different combinations
of methods and techniques to compute the index.
Potential sources of variation or uncertainty can be attributed
The values of the sub-indices were calculated first by
to different processes employed in the computation of the
normalizing the indicators included in each sub-index
index, including the selection of individual indicators,
in order to obtain the same unit of measurement.
the imputation of missing values and the normalization,
The reference values applied in the normalization were
weighting and aggregation of the data.
discussed above. The sub-index value was calculated by
taking the simple average (using equal weights) of the
Each of the processes or combination of processes affects
normalized indicator values.
the IDI value. A number of tests were carried out to examine
the robustness of the IDI results (rather than the actual
For computation of the final index, the ICT access and
values). The tests computed the possible index values
ICT use sub-indices were given 40 per cent weight each,
and country rankings for different combinations of the
and the skills sub-index (because it is based on proxy
processes mentioned above. Results show that, while the
indicators) 20 per cent weight. The final index value was
computed index values change, the message remains the
then computed by summing the weighted sub-indices.
same. The IDI was found to be extremely robust to different
Annex Box 1.2 illustrates the process of computing the IDI
methodologies – with the exception of some countries,
for the Republic of Korea (which tops the IDI 2012).
particularly countries in the “high” group.
213
Annex 1. ICT Development Index (IDI) methodology
Annex Box 1.2: Example of how to calculate the IDI value
KOREA (REP.)
Indicators
ICT access
2012
Ideal value*
a
Fixed-telephone subscriptions per 100 inhabitants
60
62.0
b
Mobile-cellular telephone subscriptions per 100 inhabitants
190
110.4
621,834
26,035
c
International Internet bandwidth per Internet user**
d
Percentage of households with a computer
100
82.3
e
Percentage of households with Internet access
100
97.4
84.1
ICT use
f
Percentage of individuals using the Internet
100
g
Fixed (wired)-broadband Internet subscriptions per 100 inhabitants
60
37.6
h
Wireless-broadband subscriptions per 100 inhabitants
100
106.0
ICT skills
i
Adult literary rate
100
97.1
j
Secondary gross enrolment ratio
100
103.1
k
Tertiary gross enrolment ratio
Normalized values
100
99.0
Formula
Weight
ICT access
z1
Fixed-telephone subscriptions per 100 inhabitants
a/60
0.20
z2
Mobile-cellular telephone subscriptions per 100 inhabitants
b/190
0.20
1.00
0.58
z3
International Internet bandwidth per Internet user
log(c)/5.79
0.20
0.76
z4
Percentage of households with a computer
d/100
0.20
0.82
z5
Percentage of households with Internet access
e/100
0.20
0.97
ICT use
z6
Percentage of individuals using the Internet
f/100
0.33
0.84
z7
Fixed (wired)-broadband Internet subscriptions per 100 inhabitants
g/60
0.33
0.63
z8
Wireless-broadband subscriptions per 100 inhabitants
h/100
0.33
1.00
0.97
ICT skills
z9
Adult literary rate
i/100
0.33
z10
Secondary gross enrolment ratio
j/100
0.33
1.00
z11
Tertiary gross enrolment ratio
k/100
0.33
0.99
Formula
Weight
y1+y2+y3+y4+y5
0.40
Sub-indices
IDI access sub-index (L)
0.83
y1
Fixed-telephone subsriptions per 100 inhabitants
z1*.20
0.20
y2
Mobile-cellular telephone subscriptions per 100 inhabitants
z2*.20
0.12
y3
International Internet bandwidth per Internet user
z3*.20
0.15
y4
Percentage of households with a computer
z4*.20
0.16
y5
Percentage of households with Internet access
z5*.20
IDI use sub-index (M)
y6+y7+y8
0.19
0.40
0.82
y6
Percentage of individuals using the Internet
z6*.33
0.28
y7
Fixed (wired)-broadband Internet subscriptions per 100 inhabitants
z7*.33
0.21
y8
Wireless-broadband subscriptions per 100 inhabitants
IDI skills sub-index (N)
z8*.33
y9+y10+y11
0.33
0.20
0.98
y9
Adult literary rate
z9*.33
y10
Secondary gross enrolment ratio
z10*.33
0.33
y11
Tertiary gross enrolment ratio
z11*.33
0.33
IDI
ICT Development Index
((L*.40)+(M*.40)+(N*.20))*10
8.57
Note:
0.32
* The ideal value for indicators a, b, c and g was computed by adding two standard deviations to the mean value of the indicator.
** To diminish the effect of the large number of outliers at the high end of the value scale, the data were first transformed to a
logarithmic (log) scale. The ideal value of 621’834 bit/s per Internet user is equivalent to 5.79 if transformed to a log scale.
Source: ITU.
214
Measuring the Information Society 2013
The relative position of countries included in the “high” group
(see Chapter 2) can change depending on the methodology
used. Therefore, caution should be exercised when drawing
conclusions based on the ranking of these countries.
the “low” group is in no way affected by the methods or
techniques used, and the countries in this group ranked low
in all index computations using different methodologies.
This confirms the results conveyed by the IDI.
However, the relative position of countries included in
215
Annex 1. ICT Development Index (IDI) methodology
Endnotes
Principal component analysis was used to examine the underlying nature of the data. A more detailed description of the analysis is available in the
Annex 1 to the 2009 ‘Measuring the Information Society. The ICT Development Index’ report (ITU, 2009a).
1
More information about the indicators is available in the ITU “Handbook for the collection of administrative data on telecommunications/ICT’” 2011,
see ITU 2011b and the ITU “Manual for Measuring ICT Access and Use by Households and Individuals”, see ITU 2009b.
2
This definition reflects the revisions agreed upon by the ITU Expert Group on ICT Household Indicators (EGH) at its meeting in Sao Paulo, Brazil, on
4-6 June 2013, see http://www.itu.int/en/ITU-D/Statistics/Documents/events/brazil2013/Final_report_EGH.pdf ). As the data used in the calculation
of the IDI were collected before that meeting, however, the data may not necessarily reflect these revisions.
3
See endnote 3.
4
See endnote 2.
5
UIS ‘Education Indicators: Technical Guidelines’, see http://www.uis.unesco.org/ev.php?ID=5202_201&ID2=DO_TOPIC.
6
See OECD and European Commission (2008).
7
For more details, see Annex 1 to ITU (2009a).
8
216
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Annex 2. ICT price data methodology
1. Price data collection and sources
2. The ICT Price Basket (IPB)
The price data presented in this report were collected
The ICT Price Basket (IPB) is a composite basket that
in the fourth quarter of 2012. The data were collected
includes three price sets, referred to as sub-baskets: the
through the ITU ICT Price Basket questionnaire, which
fixed-telephone, mobile-cellular and fixed-broadband
was sent to the administrations and statistical contacts
sub-baskets. The IPB is the value calculated from the sum
of all 193 ITU Member States in October 2012. Through
of the price of each sub-basket (in USD) as a percentage
the questionnaire, contacts were requested to provide
of a country’s monthly GNI per capita, divided by three.
2012 data for fixed-telephone, mobile-cellular, fixed-
The collection of price data from ITU Member States
broadband and mobile-broadband prices; the 2010
and the methodology applied for the IPB was agreed
and 2011 prices were included for reference, where
upon by the ITU Expert Group on Telecommunication/
available. For those countries that did not reply, prices
ICT Indicators (EGTI)1 and endorsed by the eighth World
were collected directly from operators’ websites and/or
Telecommunication/ICT Indicators Meeting (WTIM) held
through direct correspondence. Prices were collected
in November 2010 in Geneva, Switzerland.
from the operator with the largest market share, as
measured by the number of subscriptions. Insofar
as, for many countries, it is not clear which Internet
service provider (ISP) has the dominant market share,
preference was given to prices offered by the (former)
incumbent telecommunication operator. In some cases,
especially when prices were not clearly advertised or
were described only in the local language, and when
operators did not respond to queries, alternative
operators were chosen. All prices were converted into
The fixed-telephone sub-basket
The fixed-telephone sub-basket refers to the monthly
price charged for subscribing to the public switched
telephone network (PSTN), plus the cost of 30 threeminute local calls to the same (fixed) network (15 peak
and 15 off-peak calls). It is calculated as a percentage of
a country’s average monthly GNI per capita, and also
presented in USD and PPP$.
USD using the IMF’s average annual rate of exchange
The fixed-telephone sub-basket does not take into
and into PPP$ using World Bank conversion factors.
consideration the one-time connection charge. This choice has
Prices for 2008, 2009, 2010 and 2011, which are also
been made in order to improve comparability with the other
used in chapter 3, were collected in previous years
sub-baskets, which include only recurring monthly charges.
(always during the second half of the respective year),
If the monthly subscription includes free calls/minutes, then
in national currencies, and converted using the average
these are taken into consideration and deducted from the
annual rates of exchange.
total cost of the fixed-telephone sub-basket.
217
Annex 2. ICT price data methodology
The cost of a three-minute local call refers to the cost of a three-
important access technology in its own right in a large
minute call within the same exchange area (local call) using the
number of countries. Additionally, the conventional
subscriber’s equipment (i.e. not from a public telephone). It thus
fixed-telephone line is used not only for dial-up Internet
refers to the amount the subscriber must pay for a three-minute
access, but also as a basis for upgrading to DSL broadband
call and not the average price for each three-minute interval. For
technology, which in 2012 still accounted for the majority
example, some operators charge a one-time connection fee for
every call or a different price for the first minute of a call. In such
cases, the actual amount for the first three minutes of a call is
calculated. Many operators indicate whether advertised prices
include taxes or not. If they are not included, taxes are added
to the prices, so as to improve the comparability between
countries.2 The sub-basket does not take into consideration
the price of a telephone set (see Annex Box 2.1).
of all fixed-broadband subscriptions. While more and
more countries are moving away from narrowband/dialup Internet access to broadband, dial-up Internet access
still remains the only Internet access available to some
people in developing countries. Since the IPB does not
include dial-up (but only broadband) Internet prices, and
since dial-up Internet access requires users to subscribe
to a fixed-telephone line, the fixed-telephone sub-basket
The ICT Price Basket includes a sub-basket for fixed
can be considered as an indication for the price of dial-up
telephony because fixed-telephone access remains an
Internet access.
Annex Box 2.1: Rules applied in collecting fixed-telephone prices
1.
The prices of the operator with the largest market share (measured by the number of subscriptions) are used.
2.
Prices include taxes.3
3.
Prices are reported and collected in national currency and then converted to USD and PPP$.
4.
Where the operator proposes different commitment periods, the 12-month plan (or the one closest to this commitment period)
is used.
5. If prices vary between different regions of the country, prices refer to those applied in the largest city (in terms of population).
If that informtion is not available, the prices applying to the capital city are used.
6. The same price plan applies across all the indicators. For example, if a given Plan A is used for the fixed-telephone service, the
elements in Plan A are also used for the monthly subscription and the local-call charges.
7.
Local calls refer to those made on the same fixed network (on-net) within the same exchange area.
8. Prices refer to a regular (non-promotional) plan and exclude, among others, promotional offers, limited discounts or options
such as special prices to certain numbers.
9.
Peak is the busiest time of the day, usually during working hours of weekdays. If there are different peak prices, the most expensive
one during the daytime is used.
10. If there are different off-peak prices, then the one that is the cheapest before midnight is used. If the only off-peak period is after
midnight (valid during the night), then this is not used. Instead, the peak rate is used.
11. If no distinction is made between peak and off-peak prices, then the same price is used for the peak and off-peak indicators.
12. With convergence, operators are increasingly providing multiple (bundled) services, such as voice telephony, Internet access and
television reception, over their networks. They often bundle these offers into a single subscription. This can present a challenge
for data collection, since it may not be possible to isolate the prices for one service. It is preferable to use prices for a specific
service; but if this is not possible, then the additional services that are included in the price are specified in a note.
218
Measuring the Information Society 2013
The mobile-cellular sub-basket
SIM card. The basket gives the price of a standard basket
of mobile monthly usage in USD determined by OECD
The mobile-cellular sub-basket refers to the price of
for 30 outgoing calls per month in predetermined ratios
a standard basket of mobile monthly usage for 30
plus 100 SMS messages.4 The cost of national SMS is the
outgoing calls per month (on-net, off-net to a fixed
charge to the consumer for sending a single SMS text
line and for peak and off-peak times) in predetermined
message. Both on-net and off-net SMS prices are taken
ratios, plus 100 SMS messages. The mobile-cellular
into account. The basket considers on-net and off-net
sub-basket is based on prepaid prices, although
calls as well as calls to a fixed telephone5 and, since the
postpaid prices are used for countries where prepaid
price of calls often depends on the time of day or week
subscriptions make up less than 2 per cent of all mobile-
it is made, peak, off-peak and weekend periods are also
cellular subscriptions. It is calculated as a percentage of
taken into consideration. The call distribution is outlined
a country’s average monthly GNI per capita, and also
in Annex Table 2.1.
presented in USD and PPP$.
Prepaid prices were chosen because they are often the
The mobile-cellular sub-basket is largely based on, but
only payment method available to low-income users, who
does not entirely follow, the 2009 methodology of the
might not have a regular income and will thus not qualify
OECD low-user basket, which is the entry-level basket
for a postpaid subscription. Rather than reflecting the
with the smallest number of calls included (OECD, 2010b).
cheapest option available, the mobile-cellular sub-basket
Unlike the 2009 OECD methodology, which is based on
therefore corresponds to a basic, representative (low-
the prices of the two largest mobile operators, the ITU
usage) package available to all customers. In countries
mobile sub-basket uses only the largest mobile operator’s
where no prepaid offers are available, the monthly
prices. Additionally, the ITU mobile-cellular sub-basket
fixed cost (minus the free minutes of calls included, if
does not take into account calls to voicemail (which in
applicable) of a postpaid subscription is added to the
the OECD basket represent 4 per cent of all calls), nor
basket. To make prices comparable, a number of rules
non-recurring charges, such as the one-time charge for a
are applied (see Annex Box 2.2).
Annex Table 2.1: OECD mobile-cellular low-user call distribution (2009 methodology)
To fixed
On-net
Off-net
Total
Call
distribution by
time of day (%)
26.0
100.0
100.0
Call distribution (%)
17.0
56.0
Calls (number)
5.2
16.9
7.9
30.0
2.4
7.8
3.6
13.8
Peak
46.0
Off-peak
1.5
4.9
2.3
8.7
29.0
Weekend
1.3
4.2
2.0
7.5
25.0
Duration (minutes per call)
2.0
1.6
1.7
Duration (total minutes of calls)
10.4
27.0
13.4
50.9
N/A
4.8
12.4
6.2
23.4
46.0
Peak
Off-peak
3.0
7.8
3.9
14.8
29.0
Weekend
2.6
6.8
3.4
12.7
25.0
Calls
30 calls per month
SMS
100 SMS per month (50 on-net, 50 off-net)
Note: N/A: Not applicable. ­
Source: ITU, based on OECD (2010b).
219
Annex 2. ICT price data methodology
Annex Box 2.2: Rules applied in collecting mobile-cellular prices
1.
The prices of the operator with the largest market share (measured by the number of subscriptions) are used. If prices vary between
different regions of the country, prices refer to those applied in the largest city (in terms of population). If that informtion is not
available, the prices applying to the capital city are used.
2.
Prices include taxes.6
3.
Prices are reported and collected in national currency and then converted to USD and PPP$.
4.
Prices refer to prepaid plans. Where the operator offers different packages with a certain number of calls and/or SMS messages
included, the one that comes closest to the 30 calls and 100 SMS included is used. In countries where prepaid subscriptions
account for less than 2 per cent of the total subscription base, postpaid prices may be used. In this case, the monthly subscription
fee, plus any free minutes, will be taken into consideration for the calculation of the mobile-cellular sub-basket.
5.
If per-minute prices are only advertised in internal units rather than in national currency, the price of the top-up/refill charge is
used to convert internal units into national currency. If there are different refill prices, then the ‘cheapest/smallest’ refill card is
used. If different refill charges exist depending on the validity period, the validity period for 30 days (or closest to 30 days) is used.
6.
Special offers and plans with limited availability (for example, and among others, those reserved for a limited number of customers,
or with a limited time period) are not taken into consideration.
7.
If subscribers can chose “favourite” numbers (for family, friends, etc) with a special price, this special price will not be taken into
consideration, irrespective of the quantity of numbers involved.
8.
Prices refer to outgoing local calls. If different rates apply for local and national calls, then the local rate is used. If charges apply
to incoming calls, these are not taken into consideration.
9.
If prices vary between minutes (1st minute = price A, 2nd minute = price B, 3rd minute = price C), the sum of the different prices
is divided by the number of different prices (for example: price per minute = (A+B+C)/3).
10. If prices vary beyond three minutes, the average price per minute is calculated based on the first three minutes.
11. If there is a connection cost per call, then this is taken into consideration in the formula for the mobile-cellular sub-basket, based
on 30 calls.
12. If there are different off-peak prices, then the one that is the cheapest before midnight is used. If the only off-peak period is after
midnight, then this is not used. Instead, the peak price is used.
13. If there are different peak prices, the most expensive one during the daytime is used.
14. If there are different weekend prices, the price that applies Sundays during the daytime is used (or the equivalent day in countries
where weekends are not on Sundays).
15. If there is no weekend price, the average peak and off-peak price that is valid during the week is used.
16. If peak and off-peak SMS prices exist, the average of both is used for on-net and off-net SMS.
17. If calls are charged by call or by hour (and not by the minute), the mobile-cellular sub-basket formula will be calculated on the
basis of 30 calls or 50.9 minutes. Similarly, if calls are charged by call or by number of minutes for a specific network/time of the
day, this will be taken into account for that particular network/time of the day.
18. Where monthly, recurring charges exist, they are added to the sub-basket.
220
Measuring the Information Society 2013
The fixed-broadband sub-basket
within a month, then the price per additional byte is added
to the monthly price so as to calculate the cost of 1 GB of
The fixed-broadband sub-basket refers to the price
data per month. Preference should be given to the most
of a monthly subscription to an entry-level fixed-
widely used fixed (wired)-broadband technology (DSL,
broadband plan. For comparability reasons, the
cable, etc.). The sub-basket does not include installation
fixed-broadband sub-basket is based on a monthly
data usage of (a minimum of ) 1 Gigabyte (GB). It is
calculated as a percentage of a country’s average
monthly GNI per capita, and also presented in USD
and PPP$.
charges, modem prices or telephone-line rentals that are
often required for a DSL service. The price represents the
broadband entry plan in terms of the minimum speed of 256
kbit/s, but does not take into account special offers that are
limited in time or to specific geographic areas. The plan does
Where several offers are available, preference is given to the
not necessarily represent the fastest or most cost-effective
cheapest available connection that offers a speed of at least
connection since often the price for a higher-speed plan is
256 kbit/s and 1 GB of data volume. If providers set a limit of
cheaper in relative terms (i.e. in terms of the price per Mbit/s)
less than 1 GB on the amount of data that can be transferred
(see Annex Box 2.3).
Annex Box 2.3: Rules applied in collecting fixed-broadband Internet prices
1.
The prices of the operator with the largest market share (measured by the number of subscriptions) are used.
2.
Prices include taxes.7
3.
Prices are reported and collected in national currency and then converted to USD and PPP$.
4.
Where operators propose different commitment periods, the 12-month plan (or the one closest to this commitment period) is
used.
5. Only residential, single-user prices are collected. If prices vary between different regions of the country, prices refer to those
applied in the largest city (in terms of the population). If that informtion is not available, the prices applying to the capital city
are used.
6.
The cheapest plan on the basis of 1 GB monthly usage and an advertised download speed of at least 256 kbit/s is selected.
7.
The price for the most widely used fixed (wired)-broadband technology in the country (DSL, cable, etc.) is used.
8.
The sub-basket does not include installation charges, modem prices or telephone-line rentals that are often required for a DSL
service.
9.
Prices refer to a regular (non-promotional) plan and exclude promotional offers or limited or restricted discounts.
10. With convergence, operators are increasingly providing multiple (bundled) services such as voice telephony, Internet access and
television reception over their networks. They often bundle these offers into a single subscription. This can present a challenge
for price data collection, since it may not be possible to isolate the prices for one service. It is preferable to use prices for a specific
service; but if this is not possible, then the additional services that are included in the price will be specified in a note.
221
Annex 2. ICT price data methodology
3. Mobile-broadband prices
To capture the price of lower-usage and higher-usage
In 2012, for the first time, ITU collected mobile-broadband
well as the use of different devices (handset and computer),
prices through its annual ICT Price Basket Questionnaire.8
mobile-broadband prices were collected for six different
The collection of mobile-broadband price data from ITU
Member States and the methodology applied was agreed
upon by the ITU Expert Group on Telecommunication/
ICT Indicators (EGTI)9 and endorsed by the tenth World
Telecommunication/ICT Indicators Meeting (WTIM) held
packages, and to cover prepaid and postpaid services, as
types of plans (see Annex Table 2.2), based on a set of rules
(see Annex Box 2.4). Two type of plans: (i) 250 MB, prepaid
handset-based, and (ii) 250 MB, postpaid handset-based
were not discussed in the analysis in chapter 3 because in
in September 2012 in Bangkok, Thailand. The methodology
the majority of countries included in the data collection
reflects the lessons learned from a pilot data-collection
(from both the developing and the developed world) there
exercise presented in the 2012 edition of this report.
were no specific plans for a 250 MB monthly data allowance.
Annex Box 2.4: Rules applied in collecting mobile-broadband prices10
1.
Mobile-broadband prices are collected from the operator with the largest market share in the country, measured by the number
of mobile-broadband subscriptions. If this information is not available, mobile-broadband prices are collected from the mobilecellular operator with the largest market share measured by the number of mobile-cellular subscriptions.
2.
Prices include taxes.11
3.
Prices are reported and collected in the national currency and then converted to USD and PPP$.
4.
Where operators propose different commitment periods for postpaid mobile-broadband plans, the 12-month plan (or the closest
to this commitment period) is selected.
5.
Only residential, single-user prices are collected. If prices vary between different regions of the country, prices refer to those applied
in the largest city (in terms of population). If that informtion is not available, the prices applying to the capital city are used.
6.
Prices are collected for one of the following technologies: UMTS, HSDPA+/HSDPA, CDMA2000 and IEEE 802.16e. Prices applying
to WiFi or hotspots are excluded.
7. Prices are collected for both a) handset-based mobile-broadband subscriptions and b) computer-based mobile-broadband
subscriptions.
8.
Prices are collected for prepaid and postpaid services, for both handset-based and computer-based plans.
9.
Prices are collected for the least expensive plan with a (minimum) data allowance of:
i.
1 GB for computer-based subscriptions
ii.
250 MB and 500 MB for handset-based subscriptions
providing access to the greater Internet12 over (a minimum of ) 30 days.
10. Data volumes refer to both uploaded and downloaded data.
11. Time-based offers linked to ‘hours of use’ and not to data volumes are excluded.
12. Preference is given to packages that are not bundled (with voice or other services). If the plan chosen includes other services
besides mobile broadband, this is specified in a note.
13. Prices refer to a regular (non-promotional) plan and exclude promotional offers and discounts limited in time or to special user
groups (for example, existing clients). Special prices that apply to a certain type of device only (iPhone/Blackberry, iPad, etc.) are
excluded.
222
Measuring the Information Society 2013
For plans that were limited in terms of validity (less than
are targeted towards very low-volume, occasional
30 days), the price of the additional days was calculated
usage – had to be excluded for comparability purposes
and added to the base package in order to obtain the final
since they were very expensive.
price. Two possibilities exist, depending on the operator,
for extending a plan limited in terms of data allowance
•
allowances available. Only mobile-broadband plans
(or validity). The customer: (i) continues to use the service
with limited data allowances were taken into account,
and pays an excess usage charge for additional data13 or
since unlimited offers are often very expensive in
(ii) purchases an additional (add-on) package. Thus, for some
comparison with limited offers and are not geared
countries, prices presented in chapter 3 reflect calculated
towards residential customers. Unlimited offers were
prices of the base package plus an excess usage charge
thus excluded for comparability purposes.
(e.g. a base package including 400 MB plus the price for
100 MB of excess usage for a monthly usage of 500 MB),
Only mobile-broadband services with unlimited data
•
Mobile-broadband offers only available bundled with
or a multiplication of the base package price (e.g. twice
other services, and very low data volumes included. If
the price of a 250 MB plan for a monthly usage of 500 MB).
standalone mobile-broadband data offers were not
available, the price for a bundled offer (including voice
The plans selected represent the least expensive offers that
and SMS) was used. However, if the amount of data
include the minimum amount of data for each respective
included in bundled offers was very low (i.e. bundles
mobile-broadband plan. The guiding idea is to base each
would have to be multiplied several times to fit the
plan on what customers would and could purchase given
data threshold), these offers became very expensive
the data allowance and validity of each respective plan.
and had to be excluded for comparability purposes.
Data availability and constraints
In 2012, 29 out of ITU’s 193 Member States were not (yet)
offering 3G services commercially. These countries were
therefore excluded from the mobile-broadband price
analysis. Other reasons for excluding countries from the
mobile-broadband price analysis include:
•
•
Only time-based mobile-broadband offers available. In
some cases, mobile-broadband offers are billed not
on the basis of a certain amount of data downloaded,
but on the basis of hours of usage. These offers had
to be excluded, as they are not comparable with
volume-based mobile-broadband offers. In a very
small number of countries time-based offers were
the only ones available, and these countries were
therefore excluded from the comparison.
Only mobile-broadband offers billed on a pay-as-yougo/pay per day basis available. The mobile-broadband
packages offered in some countries do not include
a certain amount of data, but rather customers are
charged per MB or per day of usage. In some cases,
these pay-as-you-go-offers were nonetheless recorded,
as prices were still competitive in relation to the given
data thresholds; generally, however, such offers – which
•
Mobile-broadband offers available to business customers
only. In some cases, mobile-broadband offers were not yet
available to the general public and were thus excluded.
In some countries, not all of the four different mobilebroadband offers (prepaid and postpaid handset-based
and prepaid and postpaid computer-based) exist. While
in some countries only prepaid mobile-broadband offers
are available, in others operators offer mobile-broadband
customers postpaid plans only. The data collection shows
that prepaid only mobile-broadband offers are more
common in developing countries: out of 100 developing
countries, 17 had only prepaid handset-based offers and 12
only prepaid computer-based mobile-broadband services
available. These include in particular low-income African
countries, but also countries from the Asia-Pacific and Arab
States regions. On the other hand, a number of European
countries did not have prepaid mobile-broadband offers
(out of 49 developed countries, eight had only postpaid
handset-based plans and nine had only postpaid computerbased plans.). In addition, in a few cases operators did not
offer a choice between handset-based and computer-based
usage, but only one or the other. In these cases, prices are
only recorded and analysed for combinations of plans for
which data are available (see Annex Table 2.2).14
223
Annex 2. ICT price data methodology
Annex Table 2.2: Number of countries for which
mobile-broadband price data were available
and collected
Mobile-broadband prices
Number of countries
very high offers (unlimited) in terms of data allowance and
validity were excluded from the data collection.15 Offers that
exceeded the required data allowance by several orders
of magnitude and were therefore much more expensive
compared with other plans or with the plans in other
250 MB, prepaid handset-based
61
countries were also excluded.16 However, when analysing
250 MB, postpaid handset-based
52
and comparing mobile-broadband prices, it should be
500 MB, prepaid handset-based
126
borne in mind that offers are not always strictly comparable,
500 MB, postpaid handset-based
124
as they may include different amounts of data. This also
1 GB, prepaid computer-based
124
applies to bundled offers, which do not only include data,
1 GB, postpaid computer-based
127
but also voice and SMS services.
Note: A total of 146 countries were included in the mobilebroadband data analysis.
Source: ITU.
Differences in advertised and actual speeds represent a
further difficulty in comparing mobile-broadband plans.
Real mobile-broadband speeds depend on several factors,
such as distance (from the base station), location (inside a
Data comparability
The data collection revealed some difficulties in comparing
mobile-broadband prices. As shown in Annex Table 2.2,
the exact data caps defined for each plan were not always
available in every country. The same is true, albeit to a lesser
extent, for validity, which did not always reach the required
30 days minimum. In these cases, the cheapest alternative
was used: either plans that include a higher amount of
data were selected, or different packages (a base plan plus
building or outdoors), movement (stationary or in motion)
and the number of people accessing a network in the same
location at the same time. Speeds are thus impossible to
predict, are usually slower than advertised, and will vary
for different users. Therefore, the quality of service that
customers will get for what they pay can vary considerably.
Furthermore, adequate speed is essential for the use of
mobile-broadband services, and poor network quality could
even prevent customers from consuming the full amount
of mobile-broadband data they have paid for.
excess charge) had to be combined. As a result, some of
Other difficulties in comparing mobile-broadband price
the plans recorded may exceed the minimum required
data arise from certain restrictions on packages, which are
data allowances of 500 MB and 1 GB. Plans that include a
indicated in small print only. These include throttling of
(much) higher amount of data are of course usually more
speeds or the application of fair-usage policies, the terms
expensive and thus the price is not directly comparable with
(i.e. the data allowances included in an offer) of which are
lower-volume plans.
often not clearly specified. In other cases it may not be clear
whether taxes are included in the advertised price or not.
In order to improve the comparability of prices, as discussed
Some operators make prepaid mobile-broadband offers
above, very small offers (pay-as-you-go/ pay-per-day) and
available only to existing customers.
224
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Endnotes
The Expert Group on Telecommunication/ICT Indicators (EGTI) was created in May 2009 with the mandate to revise the list of ITU supply-side
indicators (i.e. data collected from operators), as well as to discuss outstanding methodological issues and new indicators. EGTI is open to all ITU
members and experts in the field of ICT statistics and data collection. It works through an online discussion forum (http://www.itu.int/ITU-D/ict/
ExpertGroup/default.asp) and face-to-face meetings. EGTI reports to the World Telecommunication/ICT Indicators Symposium (WTIS).
1
In some cases, it is not clear whether taxes are included or not and it was not possible to obtain this information from country contacts or operators;
in such cases, the advertised price is used.
2
See endnote 2.
3
See OECD (2010b).
4
On-net refers to a call made to the same mobile network, while off-net and fixed-line refer to calls made to other (competing) mobile networks and
to a fixed-telephone line, respectively.
5
See endnote 2.
6
See endnote 2.
7
Data for fixed-telephone, mobile-cellular and fixed-broadband have been collected since 2008 through the ITU ICT Price Basket Questionnaire,
which is sent out annually to all ITU Member States/national statistical contacts.
8
See endnote 1.
9
These rules were presented to the Expert Group on Telecommunication/ICT Indicators (EGTI) in September 2012. EGTI agreed that ITU should
collect prepaid and postpaid prices, for both handset- and computer‐based services, with the following volume allowances: 1 GB for computer‐
based and 250 MB as well as 500 MB for handset‐based usage. The EGTI proposals to measure mobile-broadband prices were endorsed by the
tenth World Telecommunication/ICT Indicators Meeting (WTIM) held in September 2012 in Bangkok, Thailand.
10
See endnote 2.
11
In line with the ITU definition of active mobile-broadband subscriptions (ITU, 2011b) and the OECD Wireless Broadband Indicator Methodology
(OECD, 2010a), only plans that allow access to the greater Internet via HTTP are considered. This excludes plans that provide access only to walled
garden services (such as a limited number of websites, content and applications) or e-mail only services. It also excludes connections limited to a
part of the Internet, such as those limited to the national Internet, or to intranets.
12
Some operators throttle speeds after the data allowance included in the base package has been reached. Customers can then pay an excess usage
charge in order to continue to have full-speed connections. In some cases, even throttled speeds are still considered broadband (i.e. equal to, or
greater than, 256 kbit/s according to ITU’s definition).
13
In the Democratic Republic of the Congo, for example, only prices for prepaid mobile-broadband services were available in 2012. Thus, the country
is included for the prepaid handset-based and computer-based plans, but not for the postpaid handset-based and computer-based plans.
14
For some cases, pay-as-you-go and unlimited offers were retained, as those offers are still comparatively competitive overall.
15
For countries where the price for the respective plan exceeds 5 per cent of GNI p.c.: If the cap is five times as high as the required amount (i.e. 5 GB
or 2.5 GB) and a) the price in USD is at least five times as high for the 1GB than for 500MB plans or b) the price in USD for 500MB plans is higher than
for 1GB plans – the country is excluded for the respective plan.
16
225
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Annex 3. Statistical tables of
indicators used to compute the IDI
227
Annex 3. Statistical tables of indicators used to compute de IDI
Access indicators
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
228
Economy
Albania
Algeria
Angola
Antigua & Barbuda
Argentina
Armenia
Australia
Austria
Azerbaijan
Bahrain
Bangladesh
Barbados
Belarus
Belgium
Benin
Bhutan
Bolivia
Bosnia and Herzegovina
Botswana
Brazil
Brunei Darussalam
Bulgaria
Burkina Faso
Cambodia
Cameroon
Canada
Cape Verde
Central African Rep.
Chad
Chile
China
Colombia
Comoros
Congo
Congo (Dem. Rep.)
Costa Rica
Côte d'Ivoire
Croatia
Cuba
Cyprus
Czech Republic
Denmark
Djibouti
Dominican Rep.
Ecuador
Egypt
El Salvador
Eritrea
Estonia
Ethiopia
Fiji
Finland
France
Gabon
Gambia
Georgia
Germany
Ghana
Greece
Guinea
Guinea-Bissau
Guyana
Honduras
Hong Kong, China
Hungary
Iceland
India
Indonesia
Iran (I.R.)
Ireland
Israel
Italy
Jamaica
Japan
Jordan
Kazakhstan
Kenya
Korea (Rep.)
Lao P.D.R.
Fixed-telephone
subscriptions per
100 inhabitants
2011
2012
10.5
9.7
8.5
8.8
1.5
1.5
39.6
38.7
24.3
24.3
18.6
18.8
46.8
45.7
40.3
39.6
18.1
18.4
20.9
21.3
0.6
0.6
51.4
52.5
44.0
46.3
43.1
42.9
1.7
1.7
3.7
3.6
8.7
8.6
25.5
23.5
7.4
7.8
21.9
22.3
19.7
17.2
31.6
30.4
0.8
0.8
3.7
4.0
3.3
3.6
53.0
51.9
14.9
13.9
0.1
0.1
0.3
0.3
19.5
18.8
21.2
20.6
15.2
13.2
3.1
3.1
0.3
0.4
0.1
0.1
26.1
21.2
1.3
1.3
40.1
37.4
10.6
10.8
36.3
33.1
21.7
19.9
45.1
43.5
2.0
2.0
10.4
10.5
15.1
15.5
10.6
10.2
16.5
16.9
1.1
1.1
35.2
33.5
1.0
0.9
15.0
10.1
20.1
16.5
63.4
61.9
1.5
1.1
2.8
3.5
31.0
29.6
63.0
61.8
1.1
1.1
50.4
47.8
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.3
20.1
20.4
7.9
7.7
61.0
60.6
29.4
29.8
58.9
57.6
2.6
2.5
15.8
15.5
37.1
38.0
45.2
43.8
46.3
46.7
36.4
35.5
9.9
9.6
51.1
50.8
7.4
6.7
26.3
26.5
0.7
0.6
60.9
61.9
1.7
1.8
Mobile-cellular
subscriptions per
100 inhabitants
2011
2012
96.4
108.4
99.0
103.3
48.4
48.6
196.4
198.6
134.9
142.5
103.6
106.9
108.3
106.2
154.8
161.2
108.7
107.5
128.0
156.2
56.1
63.8
127.0
126.4
111.9
112.1
120.5
119.4
85.3
89.9
65.6
74.7
82.8
92.6
84.5
89.5
142.8
150.1
119.2
125.2
109.2
113.8
140.7
145.7
45.3
57.1
96.2
132.0
52.4
64.0
79.7
75.7
79.2
84.2
22.1
23.4
31.8
35.5
129.7
138.5
73.2
81.3
98.5
103.2
28.7
32.3
93.8
101.2
23.1
28.0
92.2
128.3
86.1
96.3
116.4
113.3
11.7
14.9
97.7
98.4
126.1
122.8
116.7
118.0
21.3
22.7
87.2
88.8
104.5
110.7
101.1
115.3
133.5
138.1
4.5
5.5
139.0
154.5
16.7
23.7
83.7
98.1
166.0
172.5
94.8
98.1
154.5
187.4
78.9
83.6
102.3
109.2
132.3
131.3
84.8
100.3
106.5
116.9
44.0
45.6
56.2
69.4
69.9
72.2
104.0
93.1
214.7
227.9
117.3
116.4
106.1
105.4
72.0
68.7
102.5
115.2
74.9
76.9
108.4
107.1
121.7
119.9
158.0
159.5
108.1
96.5
105.0
109.4
118.2
139.1
155.7
175.4
67.5
71.9
108.5
110.4
87.2
101.9
International Internet
bandwidth
Bit/s per Internet user
2011
2012
19’038
17’007
8’933
8’099
517
586
56’545
60’064
24’050
21’966
22’196
38’556
50’079
69’463
81’919
108’533
19’102
40’107
14’719
17’553
1’528
2’890
38’177
69’544
52’833
78’318
131’137
184’943
3’407
3’491
2’999
3’248
4’743
5’302
17’767
24’519
7’386
6’353
28’024
25’081
21’995
39’861
70’572
94’368
2’183
1’706
13’530
13’982
322
276
70’150
100’978
5’806
6’180
203
160
228
451
32’139
40’557
2’692
4’165
9’733
12’164
4’003
3’592
155
209
984
684
28’129
29’962
18’044
16’329
23’650
28’219
158
159
53’569
69’687
91’064
100’956
159’511
174’958
13’409
11’143
13’017
11’320
27’742
33’146
3’719
4’078
5’655
6’886
791
1’411
24’378
23’620
6’974
5’065
8’020
9’221
118’445
159’467
78’590
84’551
6’314
5’751
1’606
2’078
26’695
54’247
74’786
75’531
225
229
52’181
54’734
1’731
2’241
73
87
4’547
8’464
4’866
4’185
1’079’661
1’239’849
10’321
15’355
287’139
371’242
6’319
5’186
10’487
17’209
3’540
3’772
69’031
97’020
38’385
55’800
60’820
76’246
24’819
20’249
23’393
33’038
6’337
5’666
19’511
31’813
4’544
23’952
17’170
26’035
2’048
1’752
Percentage of
households
with computer
2011
2012
18.0
20.0
22.0
24.2
7.8
8.5
54.0
56.1
51.0
56.0
28.7
34.0
82.6
85.2
78.1
81.0
39.0
45.0
90.0
92.7
4.0
4.8
65.3
69.2
46.4
51.7
78.9
80.0
3.6
4.2
14.1
16.4
24.0
25.9
36.5
39.8
11.0
12.3
45.4
49.9
83.2
86.9
46.8
52.0
2.8
3.4
4.9
5.4
7.4
8.3
84.5
86.6
23.9
26.5
2.5
2.9
2.0
2.5
50.5
53.7
38.0
40.9
29.9
38.4
5.8
6.4
3.9
4.3
1.0
1.3
45.3
49.0
2.0
2.3
64.0
68.0
4.2
4.6
63.9
70.0
69.9
75.0
90.4
92.2
14.3
15.5
18.9
19.8
28.8
32.2
36.4
37.9
14.3
15.3
1.1
1.5
71.4
76.0
1.8
2.1
29.3
31.7
85.1
88.0
78.2
81.0
8.9
10.1
6.4
7.4
25.6
32.7
86.9
87.0
11.9
13.8
57.2
57.4
1.8
2.1
2.1
2.3
9.0
10.5
14.0
15.1
79.1
80.3
69.7
71.0
94.7
96.0
9.5
10.9
12.3
15.1
38.5
41.8
80.6
83.0
78.2
82.1
66.2
67.0
27.9
32.6
80.0
80.0
50.8
54.6
57.8
63.0
8.8
10.8
81.9
82.3
7.8
8.7
Percentage of
households with
Internet access
2011
2012
16.5
20.5
15.0
19.4
6.4
7.2
45.0
48.2
41.5
47.5
22.2
25.4
78.9
81.4
75.4
79.0
42.0
46.8
76.8
79.0
1.1
2.1
54.6
57.9
40.3
48.3
76.5
78.0
1.4
2.4
8.1
11.6
7.4
10.0
32.0
39.7
8.0
9.1
37.8
45.4
69.0
72.4
45.0
51.0
2.4
2.8
2.8
3.9
2.4
3.5
80.5
83.0
10.4
13.7
1.9
2.4
1.6
2.3
41.0
45.3
30.9
37.4
23.4
32.1
2.9
3.4
1.0
1.3
1.0
1.3
33.6
47.3
1.2
1.3
61.4
66.0
3.0
3.8
57.4
62.0
66.6
71.0
90.1
92.0
3.9
5.1
11.8
13.7
16.9
22.5
31.0
32.3
12.0
15.0
0.9
1.1
70.8
75.0
1.5
1.9
22.1
24.4
84.2
87.0
75.9
80.0
7.0
7.9
5.2
6.7
25.3
32.0
83.3
85.0
8.4
11.0
50.2
54.0
1.1
1.3
1.5
1.6
8.0
8.9
10.0
13.2
77.5
78.6
65.2
69.0
92.6
95.0
6.0
9.5
5.3
6.5
25.2
26.5
78.1
81.0
70.3
73.4
61.6
63.0
18.5
23.0
86.0
86.0
35.4
43.6
49.4
52.6
8.8
11.5
97.2
97.4
4.2
5.1
Measuring the Information Society 2013
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
Economy
Latvia
Lebanon
Lesotho
Liberia
Lithuania
Luxembourg
Macao, China
Madagascar
Malawi
Malaysia
Maldives
Mali
Malta
Mauritania
Mauritius
Mexico
Moldova
Mongolia
Morocco
Mozambique
Myanmar
Namibia
Netherlands
New Zealand
Nicaragua
Niger
Nigeria
Norway
Oman
Pakistan
Panama
Paraguay
Peru
Philippines
Poland
Portugal
Qatar
Romania
Russian Federation
Rwanda
Saudi Arabia
Senegal
Serbia
Seychelles
Singapore
Slovakia
Slovenia
Solomon Islands
South Africa
Spain
Sri Lanka
Saint Lucia
St. Vincent and the Grenadines
Sudan
Suriname
Swaziland
Sweden
Switzerland
Syria
Tanzania
TFYR Macedonia
Thailand
Tonga
Trinidad & Tobago
Tunisia
Turkey
Uganda
Ukraine
United Arab Emirates
United Kingdom
United States
Uruguay
Uzbekistan
Venezuela
Viet Nam
Yemen
Zambia
Zimbabwe
Fixed-telephone
subscriptions per
100 inhabitants
2011
2012
23.0
22.4
20.3
20.5
1.8
1.9
0.1
0.0
21.9
20.3
54.1
51.0
29.9
28.6
0.6
0.7
1.1
1.4
15.7
15.7
7.5
7.1
0.7
0.7
55.6
54.8
2.0
1.8
28.7
26.6
17.2
17.4
33.3
34.3
6.7
6.2
11.0
10.1
0.4
0.4
1.1
1.1
6.8
7.2
42.8
42.4
42.6
42.1
4.9
5.4
0.5
0.6
0.4
0.3
31.0
29.5
10.1
10.5
3.2
3.2
15.7
17.7
5.6
5.6
11.1
11.5
3.7
4.1
17.9
16.0
42.5
42.6
16.5
16.9
21.8
21.9
30.9
30.1
0.4
0.4
16.5
16.7
2.7
2.6
37.3
30.2
32.1
33.1
38.9
37.8
19.3
17.8
42.9
40.4
1.5
1.4
8.2
7.9
42.8
41.1
17.1
16.3
20.4
20.7
20.8
17.7
1.1
0.9
15.9
15.5
6.3
4.0
47.5
45.5
59.8
56.7
20.9
20.9
0.3
0.4
20.4
19.7
9.6
9.1
28.7
28.6
21.7
21.2
11.5
10.3
20.7
18.6
1.3
0.9
28.1
27.1
23.1
24.3
53.3
52.6
45.8
44.0
28.5
29.8
6.9
7.0
24.9
25.6
11.5
11.4
4.3
4.3
0.6
0.6
2.8
2.3
Mobile-cellular
subscriptions per
100 inhabitants
2011
2012
102.9
103.4
79.5
93.2
56.2
59.2
49.2
56.4
151.3
151.8
148.3
145.5
243.5
284.3
40.7
39.1
25.7
27.8
127.0
140.9
165.7
172.8
68.3
89.5
124.9
128.7
93.6
111.1
99.0
113.1
82.4
86.8
101.2
115.9
104.6
117.6
113.3
119.7
32.8
33.1
2.6
11.2
96.4
103.0
119.0
117.5
109.2
110.3
82.2
89.8
29.5
32.4
58.6
67.7
115.6
115.5
169.0
181.7
61.6
66.8
188.6
186.7
99.4
101.7
110.4
98.8
99.3
106.8
131.0
132.7
115.4
115.1
123.1
134.1
109.3
106.1
179.3
183.5
40.6
50.5
191.2
184.7
73.3
87.5
125.4
92.8
145.7
158.6
150.2
153.4
109.3
111.2
106.6
110.1
49.8
53.3
126.8
134.8
113.2
108.3
87.0
95.8
123.0
127.7
120.5
123.9
56.1
60.5
178.9
182.9
63.7
66.0
121.3
122.6
130.9
135.3
63.2
61.2
55.5
57.1
107.2
108.2
111.6
120.3
52.6
53.4
135.6
139.4
116.9
120.0
88.7
90.8
48.4
45.9
123.0
132.1
148.6
169.9
130.8
130.8
95.3
98.2
140.8
147.3
91.6
72.2
97.8
102.1
143.4
149.4
47.0
54.4
60.6
75.8
72.1
96.9
International Internet
bandwidth
Bit/s per Internet user
2011
2012
44’779
54’427
2’257
22’825
2’816
9’828
614
1’981
57’571
70’064
89’564
4’091’440
45’300
58’120
553
502
3’788
2’808
10’651
16’378
30’659
26’589
4’893
4’817
471’215
638’518
3’890
3’187
12’714
14’613
13’320
16’304
91’118
94’044
85’370
91’895
7’273
14’836
1’244
1’685
11’231
10’213
2’349
3’405
162’532
172’862
23’706
31’052
12’857
24’878
2’245
3’606
368
310
151’257
189’073
8’969
10’211
8’172
7’251
44’121
32’346
9’482
11’593
9’448
13’206
12’360
14’303
40’244
70’424
129’568
193’791
22’333
28’101
126’108
115’955
31’911
32’945
4’414
6’694
33’031
35’867
4’118
5’363
76’761
70’528
5’867
16’313
343’728
391’106
12’276
11’404
71’217
95’936
3’893
3’507
11’668
18’700
64’069
81’335
5’224
5’927
75’739
69’398
637’784
577’243
1’568
1’385
10’035
9’176
2’347
2’019
236’638
279’755
167’636
322’653
3’489
3’897
902
1’203
17’945
31’415
24’634
24’998
3’827
2’735
19’753
18’257
14’832
19’043
33’174
40’350
4’206
4’765
10’483
14’328
24’777
36’847
156’817
188’875
47’174
62’274
32’078
40’681
579
975
8’108
10’938
9’998
13’518
1’082
2’600
1’889
2’758
1’748
3’273
Percentage of
households
with computer
2011
2012
64.3
70.0
71.5
79.7
5.5
5.9
1.5
2.0
61.8
64.0
91.7
92.0
84.9
85.8
2.2
2.9
3.1
4.0
64.1
66.9
62.9
67.2
6.2
7.7
76.4
78.0
3.4
3.7
38.2
40.6
30.0
32.2
40.0
44.5
24.2
30.3
39.4
43.1
5.3
5.9
1.8
2.3
13.0
14.3
94.2
97.2
87.4
91.2
9.0
9.9
1.5
1.8
9.3
11.4
91.0
92.0
58.0
62.7
11.0
12.5
26.6
38.3
22.7
24.3
25.4
29.9
15.1
16.9
71.3
73.0
63.7
66.0
90.2
91.5
51.2
57.0
57.1
60.6
2.0
2.4
62.8
67.7
8.0
9.0
55.8
60.3
45.0
51.9
86.0
87.7
75.4
79.0
74.4
76.0
4.4
5.1
21.5
23.6
71.5
74.0
13.6
15.0
40.1
42.5
58.0
62.3
11.0
14.0
32.3
34.3
11.2
11.9
91.6
92.0
84.8
85.8
40.5
43.0
4.0
4.4
57.0
58.4
24.7
26.9
13.7
15.5
56.3
61.0
21.0
22.8
48.5
50.2
3.1
4.0
33.7
40.5
77.0
85.0
84.6
87.0
77.2
79.3
60.0
63.7
6.9
8.0
19.0
20.2
16.0
17.5
4.6
5.1
2.7
3.1
5.9
6.5
Percentage of
households with
Internet access
2011
2012
63.6
69.0
61.8
64.0
3.1
3.7
1.3
1.5
61.8
62.0
90.6
93.0
80.5
81.0
2.0
2.7
5.5
5.5
61.4
64.7
28.9
34.3
2.0
2.5
75.3
77.0
2.5
3.4
36.4
42.0
23.3
26.0
38.0
42.0
9.2
14.0
35.3
38.9
3.5
4.7
1.4
1.8
10.0
13.0
93.6
94.0
83.3
87.4
5.6
7.4
1.0
1.4
7.5
9.1
92.2
93.0
38.9
41.9
7.0
8.3
20.7
31.6
19.3
22.8
16.4
20.2
15.0
18.9
66.6
70.0
58.0
61.0
86.2
88.1
47.4
54.0
46.0
51.2
2.0
2.4
60.5
66.6
5.0
5.8
43.9
48.0
34.0
41.9
85.0
87.7
70.8
76.6
72.6
74.0
3.5
4.2
23.2
25.5
63.9
68.0
8.1
10.3
29.2
32.2
45.0
49.7
21.0
29.3
17.5
20.2
9.5
11.4
90.6
92.0
87.0
90.0
36.0
38.0
4.5
5.1
51.6
56.8
13.4
18.4
10.6
12.0
35.0
40.0
16.0
20.6
42.9
47.2
3.2
4.2
29.3
36.5
67.0
72.0
83.0
88.6
71.7
75.0
43.8
48.4
7.8
9.6
16.0
20.2
14.0
15.6
4.0
4.7
2.4
2.8
4.8
4.9
Note:
Data in italics refer to ITU estimates.
Source: ITU World Telecommunication/ICT Indicators database.
229
Annex 3. Statistical tables of indicators used to compute de IDI
Use indicators
Percentage of individuals
using the Internet
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
230
Economy
Albania
Algeria
Angola
Antigua & Barbuda
Argentina
Armenia
Australia
Austria
Azerbaijan
Bahrain
Bangladesh
Barbados
Belarus
Belgium
Benin
Bhutan
Bolivia
Bosnia and Herzegovina
Botswana
Brazil
Brunei Darussalam
Bulgaria
Burkina Faso
Cambodia
Cameroon
Canada
Cape Verde
Central African Rep.
Chad
Chile
China
Colombia
Comoros
Congo
Congo (Dem. Rep.)
Costa Rica
Côte d'Ivoire
Croatia
Cuba
Cyprus
Czech Republic
Denmark
Djibouti
Dominican Rep.
Ecuador
Egypt
El Salvador
Eritrea
Estonia
Ethiopia
Fiji
Finland
France
Gabon
Gambia
Georgia
Germany
Ghana
Greece
Guinea
Guinea-Bissau
Guyana
Honduras
Hong Kong, China
Hungary
Iceland
India
Indonesia
Iran (I.R.)
Ireland
Israel
Italy
Jamaica
Japan
Jordan
Kazakhstan
Kenya
Korea (Rep.)
Lao P.D.R.
2011
49.0
14.0
14.8
82.0
51.0
32.0
79.5
79.8
50.0
77.0
5.0
71.8
39.6
78.0
3.5
21.0
30.0
60.0
8.0
45.0
56.0
51.0
3.0
3.1
5.0
83.0
32.0
2.2
1.9
52.3
38.3
40.4
5.5
5.6
1.2
42.1
2.2
59.6
23.2
57.7
73.0
90.0
7.0
38.6
31.4
39.8
18.9
0.7
76.5
1.1
28.0
89.4
79.6
8.0
10.9
36.6
83.0
14.1
53.0
1.3
2.7
32.0
15.9
72.2
70.0
95.0
10.1
12.3
21.0
76.8
68.9
56.8
37.5
79.1
34.9
50.6
28.0
83.8
9.0
2012
54.7
15.2
16.9
83.8
55.8
39.2
82.3
81.0
54.2
88.0
6.3
73.3
46.9
82.0
3.8
25.4
34.2
65.4
11.5
49.8
60.3
55.1
3.7
4.9
5.7
86.8
34.7
3.0
2.1
61.4
42.3
49.0
6.0
6.1
1.7
47.5
2.4
63.0
25.6
61.0
75.0
93.0
8.3
45.0
35.1
44.1
25.5
0.8
79.0
1.5
33.7
91.0
83.0
8.6
12.4
45.5
84.0
17.1
56.0
1.5
2.9
34.3
18.1
72.8
72.0
96.0
12.6
15.4
26.0
79.0
73.4
58.0
46.5
79.1
41.0
53.3
32.1
84.1
10.7
Fixed (wired)-broadband
subscriptions per
100 inhabitants
2011
4.0
2.8
0.1
6.7
10.4
5.0
23.9
24.6
10.7
13.8
0.3
22.1
21.9
32.8
0.0
1.8
0.7
9.7
0.8
8.6
5.7
16.4
0.1
0.2
0.0
31.8
4.0
0.0
0.1
11.6
11.6
6.9
0.0
0.0
0.0
9.1
0.2
19.6
0.0
18.9
15.8
37.6
1.2
4.0
4.2
2.2
3.3
0.0
24.8
0.0
2.7
29.5
36.0
0.3
0.0
7.5
33.1
0.3
21.6
0.0
0.0
2.6
0.7
31.6
22.2
33.9
1.1
1.1
2.4
22.0
24.8
22.1
3.9
27.6
3.2
7.4
0.1
36.9
0.7
2012
5.0
3.0
0.2
5.6
10.9
6.6
25.1
25.2
13.8
12.7
0.3
23.8
26.6
34.1
0.1
2.2
1.1
10.8
0.8
9.2
4.8
17.6
0.1
0.2
0.0
32.9
3.8
0.0
0.2
12.4
13.0
8.4
0.0
0.0
0.0
10.0
0.2
20.3
0.0
19.2
16.6
38.2
1.7
4.4
5.4
2.7
3.9
0.0
25.7
0.0
1.5
30.4
37.8
0.3
0.0
9.1
34.0
0.3
23.5
0.0
0.0
3.9
0.8
31.6
22.9
34.5
1.1
1.2
4.1
22.7
22.2
22.1
4.3
27.9
3.0
9.7
0.1
37.6
1.5
Active mobilebroadband subscriptions
per 100 inhabitants
2011
8.8
0.0
1.5
19.7
12.4
26.1
80.7
46.1
24.3
17.7
0.4
0.7
18.9
19.5
0.4
0.9
2.9
11.0
11.8
21.6
6.3
30.8
0.0
2.2
0.0
39.4
3.0
0.0
0.0
18.0
9.5
3.8
0.0
0.5
0.0
10.0
0.0
46.8
0.0
31.0
51.4
81.0
0.0
7.9
10.6
24.0
3.6
0.0
45.8
0.3
15.5
87.1
44.0
0.0
0.5
21.7
34.9
23.0
36.3
0.0
0.0
0.1
2.6
56.0
18.3
57.5
1.9
22.1
0.5
61.1
40.6
44.5
1.5
104.0
6.5
38.4
0.3
105.1
0.6
2012
18.4
0.0
1.5
19.9
20.8
27.8
102.7
56.3
34.4
33.5
0.5
37.2
32.9
33.8
0.4
2.5
6.8
12.4
17.4
37.3
7.6
41.4
0.0
6.9
0.0
50.0
22.5
0.0
0.0
28.0
17.2
5.1
0.0
2.2
0.0
27.7
0.0
52.9
0.0
34.1
52.6
88.1
0.0
15.9
22.5
26.9
5.5
0.0
74.1
0.4
23.4
106.5
52.2
0.0
1.3
24.1
41.1
33.7
44.5
0.0
0.0
0.1
4.8
73.5
24.2
71.7
4.9
31.9
1.4
65.8
65.5
52.1
1.6
113.1
11.8
42.0
2.2
106.0
0.8
Measuring the Information Society 2013
Percentage of individuals
using the Internet
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
Economy
Latvia
Lebanon
Lesotho
Liberia
Lithuania
Luxembourg
Macao, China
Madagascar
Malawi
Malaysia
Maldives
Mali
Malta
Mauritania
Mauritius
Mexico
Moldova
Mongolia
Morocco
Mozambique
Myanmar
Namibia
Netherlands
New Zealand
Nicaragua
Niger
Nigeria
Norway
Oman
Pakistan
Panama
Paraguay
Peru
Philippines
Poland
Portugal
Qatar
Romania
Russian Federation
Rwanda
Saudi Arabia
Senegal
Serbia
Seychelles
Singapore
Slovakia
Slovenia
Solomon Islands
South Africa
Spain
Sri Lanka
Saint Lucia
St. Vincent and the Grenadines
Sudan
Suriname
Swaziland
Sweden
Switzerland
Syria
Tanzania
TFYR Macedonia
Thailand
Tonga
Trinidad & Tobago
Tunisia
Turkey
Uganda
Ukraine
United Arab Emirates
United Kingdom
United States
Uruguay
Uzbekistan
Venezuela
Viet Nam
Yemen
Zambia
Zimbabwe
2011
71.7
52.0
4.2
3.0
65.1
90.9
60.2
1.9
3.3
61.0
34.0
2.0
69.2
4.5
35.0
35.0
38.0
12.5
53.0
4.3
1.0
12.0
92.3
86.0
10.6
1.3
28.4
94.0
48.0
9.0
42.7
23.9
36.0
29.0
64.9
57.8
86.2
44.0
49.0
7.0
47.5
17.5
42.2
43.2
71.0
74.4
69.0
6.0
34.0
67.6
15.0
45.0
43.0
19.0
32.0
18.1
94.0
85.2
22.5
12.0
56.7
23.7
25.0
55.2
39.1
43.1
13.0
28.7
78.0
86.8
77.9
51.4
30.2
40.2
35.1
14.9
11.5
15.7
2012
74.0
61.2
4.6
3.8
68.0
92.0
64.3
2.1
4.4
65.8
38.9
2.2
70.0
5.4
41.4
38.4
43.4
16.4
55.0
4.8
1.1
12.9
93.0
89.5
13.5
1.4
32.9
95.0
60.0
10.0
45.2
27.1
38.2
36.2
65.0
64.0
88.1
50.0
53.3
8.0
54.0
19.2
48.1
47.1
74.2
80.0
70.0
7.0
41.0
72.0
18.3
48.6
47.5
21.0
34.7
20.8
94.0
85.2
24.3
13.1
63.1
26.5
34.9
59.5
41.4
45.1
14.7
33.7
85.0
87.0
81.0
55.1
36.5
44.0
39.5
17.4
13.5
17.1
Fixed (wired)-broadband
subscriptions per
100 inhabitants
2011
20.4
4.9
0.1
0.0
18.9
32.9
24.7
0.0
0.0
7.4
5.4
0.0
30.0
0.2
9.8
10.3
10.0
3.2
1.8
0.1
0.0
0.8
39.0
25.8
1.4
0.0
0.1
35.4
1.8
0.4
7.9
0.9
4.0
1.9
14.7
21.0
8.7
15.2
12.2
0.0
5.6
0.7
11.3
10.4
25.6
13.6
24.0
0.4
1.8
23.8
1.7
12.1
12.9
0.0
4.6
0.2
32.1
39.9
0.6
0.0
12.6
5.5
1.2
11.5
5.1
10.3
0.1
7.0
11.0
32.7
27.4
13.5
0.5
6.1
4.3
0.4
0.1
0.3
2012
21.5
11.7
0.1
0.0
19.5
32.6
25.5
0.0
0.0
8.4
5.5
0.0
31.7
0.2
10.6
10.9
11.9
3.6
2.1
0.1
0.0
2.8
39.4
27.8
1.7
0.0
0.0
36.9
2.5
0.5
8.2
1.1
4.8
2.2
16.6
22.3
8.2
15.9
14.5
0.0
6.8
0.7
10.2
11.7
26.1
14.6
24.6
0.4
2.2
24.3
2.0
13.8
12.4
0.1
5.7
0.3
32.2
41.9
1.8
0.0
14.6
6.2
1.4
13.6
4.8
10.5
0.1
8.1
11.7
34.0
28.0
16.6
0.7
6.7
5.0
0.7
0.1
0.5
Active mobilebroadband subscriptions
per 100 inhabitants
2011
37.9
11.0
9.2
0.0
11.0
66.7
216.1
0.1
3.1
12.3
17.5
0.3
36.1
5.1
12.6
7.1
3.6
17.4
8.0
1.0
0.0
21.0
52.6
53.9
0.8
0.4
10.0
77.3
38.7
0.4
14.5
5.3
1.5
3.4
53.2
27.4
70.4
14.2
48.0
1.1
41.6
1.6
35.1
5.2
115.6
35.7
29.6
3.8
19.8
41.8
2.3
0.0
0.0
15.8
0.3
1.1
97.4
35.7
1.0
1.2
19.2
0.1
0.1
2.4
2.4
8.8
2.8
4.4
21.8
52.6
69.8
22.0
18.4
4.3
18.0
0.1
0.2
14.9
2012
53.7
25.6
9.7
0.0
12.5
72.6
283.3
0.1
3.5
13.6
21.5
0.7
58.6
3.8
21.7
10.2
5.1
26.9
10.1
1.8
0.0
28.9
61.0
65.9
1.0
0.6
18.6
85.4
58.1
0.7
15.0
6.1
2.9
3.8
52.8
32.5
72.2
23.8
53.0
3.3
44.7
3.8
40.8
9.1
124.9
39.5
37.5
6.3
26.0
53.4
4.4
0.0
0.0
16.7
0.4
12.0
101.3
41.4
1.8
1.5
22.7
0.1
0.1
2.8
5.2
16.3
7.6
5.5
50.9
72.0
75.3
32.5
20.7
4.8
19.0
0.2
0.7
29.7
Note:
Data in italics refer to ITU estimates.
Source: ITU World Telecommunication/ICT Indicators database.
231
Annex 3. Statistical tables of indicators used to compute de IDI
Skills indicators
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
232
Economy
Albania
Algeria
Angola
Antigua & Barbuda
Argentina
Armenia
Australia
Austria
Azerbaijan
Bahrain
Bangladesh
Barbados
Belarus
Belgium
Benin
Bhutan
Bolivia
Bosnia and Herzegovina
Botswana
Brazil
Brunei Darussalam
Bulgaria
Burkina Faso
Cambodia
Cameroon
Canada
Cape Verde
Central African Rep.
Chad
Chile
China
Colombia
Comoros
Congo
Congo (Dem. Rep.)
Costa Rica
Côte d'Ivoire
Croatia
Cuba
Cyprus
Czech Republic
Denmark
Djibouti
Dominican Rep.
Ecuador
Egypt
El Salvador
Eritrea
Estonia
Ethiopia
Fiji
Finland
France
Gabon
Gambia
Georgia
Germany
Ghana
Greece
Guinea
Guinea-Bissau
Guyana
Honduras
Hong Kong, China
Hungary
Iceland
India
Indonesia
Iran (I.R.)
Ireland
Israel
Italy
Jamaica
Japan
Jordan
Kazakhstan
Kenya
Korea (Rep.)
Lao P.D.R.
2011
88.9
101.6
31.3
104.9
90.2
92.0
131.3
98.3
99.5
103.1
51.9
103.7
104.6
110.5
51.4
70.1
81.0
89.3
82.1
101.3
111.8
88.9
22.6
44.4
51.3
101.5
89.7
18.0
25.4
90.1
81.4
97.5
46.3
37.7
39.8
101.5
29.9
95.7
90.2
91.4
90.8
118.7
36.1
76.1
87.6
72.5
67.6
32.6
106.6
37.6
90.4
108.0
113.6
58.4
54.1
86.2
103.3
58.1
109.5
41.7
36.0
93.3
74.0
80.1
100.7
108.0
63.2
80.7
85.7
118.6
102.1
100.4
92.7
102.2
86.9
99.6
60.2
97.1
45.8
Secondary
Gross enrolment ratio
2012
88.9
101.6
31.3
104.9
90.2
92.0
131.3
98.3
99.5
103.1
51.9
103.7
104.6
110.5
51.4
75.3
81.0
89.3
82.1
105.8
111.8
88.9
24.7
44.4
51.3
101.5
89.7
18.0
25.4
90.1
81.4
97.5
46.3
37.7
39.8
101.5
29.9
95.7
90.2
91.4
90.8
118.7
39.1
76.1
87.6
72.5
67.6
32.6
106.6
37.6
90.4
108.0
113.6
58.4
54.1
86.2
103.3
59.2
109.5
42.7
36.0
93.3
74.0
80.1
100.7
108.0
63.2
80.7
85.7
118.6
102.1
100.4
92.7
102.2
86.9
101.9
60.2
97.1
45.8
2011
43.9
32.1
3.7
14.5
74.8
48.9
79.9
70.5
19.6
29.8
13.6
61.8
85.2
70.6
10.6
8.8
38.6
38.1
7.4
25.6
19.6
56.9
3.9
14.5
12.4
66.6
20.4
3.0
2.3
70.7
26.8
42.9
9.7
9.0
7.5
43.0
8.3
54.1
80.4
48.3
64.9
73.7
4.9
34.2
39.8
27.8
24.6
2.4
64.3
7.6
61.8
95.2
57.7
6.6
4.1
30.0
46.2
12.1
89.4
11.3
2.7
12.0
20.6
60.4
59.9
78.6
17.9
24.9
48.6
68.1
62.5
65.0
26.0
59.7
37.8
40.8
4.0
103.1
17.7
Tertiary
Adult
literacy rate
2012
43.9
32.1
3.7
14.5
74.8
48.9
79.9
70.5
19.6
29.8
13.6
61.8
85.2
70.6
10.6
8.8
38.6
38.1
7.4
25.6
19.6
56.9
3.9
14.5
12.4
66.6
20.4
3.0
2.3
70.7
26.8
42.9
9.7
9.0
7.5
43.0
8.3
54.1
80.4
48.3
64.9
73.7
4.9
34.2
39.8
27.8
24.6
2.4
64.3
7.6
61.8
95.2
57.7
6.6
4.1
30.0
46.2
12.3
89.4
11.3
2.7
12.0
20.6
60.4
59.9
78.6
17.9
24.9
48.6
68.1
62.5
65.0
26.0
59.7
37.8
43.2
4.0
103.1
17.7
2011
96.8
72.6
70.4
99.0
97.9
99.6
99.0
99.0
99.5
94.6
57.7
99.0
99.6
99.0
28.7
52.8
91.2
98.0
85.1
90.4
95.4
98.4
28.7
73.9
71.3
99.0
84.9
56.6
35.4
98.6
95.1
93.6
75.5
66.8
66.8
96.3
56.9
98.9
99.8
98.7
99.0
99.0
73.0
90.1
91.6
72.0
84.5
68.9
99.8
39.0
95.1
99.0
99.0
89.0
51.1
99.7
99.0
71.5
97.3
25.3
55.3
85.0
85.1
99.0
99.0
99.0
62.8
92.8
85.0
99.0
99.0
99.0
87.0
99.0
95.9
99.7
72.2
99.0
72.7
2012
96.8
72.6
70.4
99.0
97.9
99.6
99.0
99.0
99.5
94.6
57.7
99.0
99.6
99.0
28.7
52.8
91.2
98.0
85.1
90.4
95.4
98.4
28.7
73.9
71.3
99.0
84.9
56.6
35.4
98.6
95.1
93.6
75.5
66.8
66.8
96.3
56.9
98.9
99.8
98.7
99.0
99.0
73.0
90.1
91.6
73.9
84.5
68.9
99.8
39.0
95.1
99.0
99.0
89.0
51.1
99.7
99.0
71.5
97.3
25.3
55.3
85.0
85.1
99.0
99.0
99.0
62.8
92.8
85.0
99.0
99.0
99.0
87.0
99.0
95.9
99.7
72.2
99.0
72.7
Measuring the Information Society 2013
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
Economy
Latvia
Lebanon
Lesotho
Liberia
Lithuania
Luxembourg
Macao, China
Madagascar
Malawi
Malaysia
Maldives
Mali
Malta
Mauritania
Mauritius
Mexico
Moldova
Mongolia
Morocco
Mozambique
Myanmar
Namibia
Netherlands
New Zealand
Nicaragua
Niger
Nigeria
Norway
Oman
Pakistan
Panama
Paraguay
Peru
Philippines
Poland
Portugal
Qatar
Romania
Russian Federation
Rwanda
Saudi Arabia
Senegal
Serbia
Seychelles
Singapore
Slovakia
Slovenia
Solomon Islands
South Africa
Spain
Sri Lanka
Saint Lucia
St. Vincent and the Grenadines
Sudan
Suriname
Swaziland
Sweden
Switzerland
Syria
Tanzania
TFYR Macedonia
Thailand
Tonga
Trinidad & Tobago
Tunisia
Turkey
Uganda
Ukraine
United Arab Emirates
United Kingdom
United States
Uruguay
Uzbekistan
Venezuela
Viet Nam
Yemen
Zambia
Zimbabwe
2011
95.8
83.3
49.1
44.8
98.8
101.2
95.6
31.1
34.2
69.1
91.8
39.5
100.9
27.0
90.9
90.7
87.7
92.6
66.8
26.4
54.3
64.0
121.5
119.1
69.4
14.4
44.0
111.0
104.1
35.0
73.6
67.9
91.2
84.8
97.0
109.1
101.7
97.2
88.6
35.8
107.3
42.1
91.5
123.9
74.1
91.2
97.4
48.4
93.8
128.5
102.4
95.5
107.5
39.0
85.3
60.0
98.2
95.5
73.4
31.7
83.7
79.2
101.3
89.9
92.6
82.1
28.4
94.0
92.3
105.3
96.0
90.4
105.7
83.5
77.2
45.8
45.5
41.0
Secondary
Gross enrolment ratio
2012
95.8
83.3
49.1
44.8
98.8
101.2
95.6
31.1
34.2
69.1
91.8
39.5
100.9
27.0
90.9
90.7
87.7
92.6
69.8
26.0
54.3
64.0
121.5
119.1
69.4
15.2
44.0
111.0
104.1
35.0
73.6
67.9
91.2
84.8
97.0
109.1
101.7
97.2
88.6
35.8
107.3
42.1
91.5
123.9
74.1
91.2
97.4
48.4
93.8
128.5
102.4
95.5
107.5
39.0
85.3
60.0
98.2
95.5
73.4
35.1
83.7
78.2
101.3
89.9
92.6
82.1
28.4
94.0
92.3
105.3
96.0
90.4
105.7
83.5
77.2
45.8
45.5
41.0
2011
57.4
57.7
3.5
4.4
69.5
18.2
67.8
4.1
0.8
42.3
13.0
6.1
35.3
4.7
32.4
28.8
39.4
57.2
14.1
4.9
14.8
9.0
65.4
82.6
19.5
1.5
10.3
74.4
28.7
8.3
45.7
34.6
43.0
28.2
72.4
65.5
11.6
58.8
75.9
6.6
41.2
7.9
50.4
2.6
43.8
53.9
86.3
16.1
15.8
82.6
14.3
15.1
18.2
5.5
12.3
5.9
73.1
56.7
15.7
2.1
38.6
47.7
16.1
11.5
37.1
55.4
9.1
81.7
30.4
59.7
94.8
63.2
8.9
78.1
24.4
10.2
2.4
6.0
Tertiary
Adult
literacy rate
2012
57.4
57.7
3.5
4.4
69.5
18.2
67.8
4.1
0.8
42.3
13.0
6.1
35.3
4.7
32.4
28.8
39.4
57.2
14.1
4.9
14.8
9.0
65.4
82.6
19.5
1.5
10.3
74.4
28.7
8.3
45.7
34.6
43.0
28.2
72.4
65.5
11.6
58.8
75.9
6.6
41.2
7.9
50.4
2.6
43.8
53.9
86.3
16.1
15.8
82.6
14.3
15.1
18.2
5.5
12.3
5.9
73.1
56.7
15.7
3.9
38.6
46.4
16.1
11.5
37.1
55.4
9.1
81.7
30.4
59.7
94.8
63.2
8.9
78.1
24.4
10.2
2.4
6.0
2011
99.8
89.6
75.8
42.9
99.7
99.0
95.6
64.5
61.3
93.1
98.4
33.4
92.4
58.6
88.8
93.5
99.0
97.4
67.1
50.6
92.7
76.5
99.0
99.0
78.0
28.7
51.1
99.0
86.9
54.9
94.1
93.9
89.6
95.4
99.7
95.4
96.3
97.7
99.7
65.9
87.2
49.7
98.0
91.8
95.9
99.0
99.7
82.0
93.0
97.7
91.2
99.0
99.0
71.9
94.7
87.8
99.0
99.0
84.1
67.8
97.4
93.5
99.0
98.8
79.1
94.1
73.2
99.7
90.0
99.0
99.0
98.1
99.4
95.5
93.4
65.3
61.4
83.6
2012
99.8
89.6
75.8
42.9
99.7
99.0
95.6
64.5
61.3
93.1
98.4
33.4
92.4
58.6
88.8
93.5
99.0
97.4
67.1
50.6
92.7
76.5
99.0
99.0
78.0
28.7
51.1
99.0
86.9
54.9
94.1
93.9
89.6
95.4
99.7
95.4
96.3
97.7
99.7
65.9
87.2
49.7
98.0
91.8
95.9
99.0
99.7
82.0
93.0
97.7
91.2
99.0
99.0
71.9
94.7
87.8
99.0
99.0
84.1
67.8
97.4
93.5
99.0
98.8
79.1
94.1
73.2
99.7
90.0
99.0
99.0
98.1
99.4
95.5
93.4
65.3
61.4
83.6
Note:
Data in italics refer to ITU estimates.
Source: UIS. Latest available data.
233
2013
I n t e r n a t i o n a l
Te l e c o m m u n i c a t i o n
Measuring
Information
Society
Printed in Switzerland
Geneva, 2013
ISBN 978-92-61-14401-2
Photo credits: Shutterstock
Measuring the Information Society
the
*38501*
U n i o n
2013